RIYINGTON'S MATHEMATICAL SERIES 
 
 By J. HAMBLIN SMITH, M.A., 
 
 GONVILt-B AND CAIUS COLLEGE, AND LATE LECTURER AT ST. rBTEX's 
 COLLEGE, CAMDKIDGB. 
 
 Arithmetic, 3^. ^d. a Key, 9/. 
 
 Elementary Algebra, y, without Answers, zs, 6d. 
 
 ■^Ct 
 
 REESE LIBRARY T 
 
 UK THE 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. 
 
 Received ^ y^'^'^^C^^ iSS^' 
 
 Accessions No. -3(by±y Shelf No. -^OSZ/C/ 
 
 ^^ '■ &u . 
 
 roR llAMBLiN Smith's Geometry, Algebra, Trigono- 
 metry, Statics, and Hydrostatics, ij. 
 
 An Introduction to the St tidy of Heat, y. 
 
 By E. J. GROSS, M.A., 
 
 FELLOW OF GONVILLE AND CAIUS COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGH. 
 
 Algebra, Part ir. %s. 6d. 
 Kinematics and Kinetics, sj. 6^. 
 
 By 0. RICHARDSON, M.A., 
 
 ASSISTANT MASTER AT WINCHESTER COLLEGE. 
 
 Geometrical Conic Sections, 4^. 6^. 
 
 Waterloo Place, Pall Mall, London. 
 
 1 
 
ENGLISH SCHOOL CLASSICS 
 
 Edited by FRANCIS STORR, B.A., 
 
 CHIEF MASTER OF MODERN SUBJECTS IN MERCIIAN^ TAYLORS* SCHOOL. 
 
 THOMSON'S SEASONS: Winter. 
 
 With an Introduction to the Series. By the Rev. J. F. Bright, ]\I.A. is. 
 COWPER'S TASK. , ^ _, ^ 
 
 By Francis Storr, B.^; zj. ; or m Three Parts, gd. each. 
 
 COWPER'S SIMPLE POEMS. 
 
 By Francis Storr, B.A. is. 
 SCOTT'S LAY OF THE LAST MINSTREL. , ^ , , ^ . 
 
 By J. SuRTKES PiiiLLPOTTS, M.A., Head Master of Bedford School. 2S. bd. ; 
 
 or in Four Parts, gd. each. 
 SCOTT'S LADY OF THE LAKE. . , 
 
 By R. W. Taylor, M.A., Head Master of Kelly College, Tavistock. a#. 
 
 or in Three Parts, gd. each. 
 SCOTT'S MARMION. 
 
 By F. S. Arnold, M.A,, Assistant Master at Bedford School. 
 NOTES TO SCOTT'S WAVERLEY. 
 
 By H. W. Eve, M.A., Head Master of University College School, London. 
 
 xs. ; Waverley and Notes, -25. 6d. 
 BACON'S ESSAYS. Complete Edition. 
 
 By Francis Storr, B.A. 
 TWENTY OF BACON'S ESSAYS. 
 
 By Francis Storr, B.A. xs. 
 SIMPLE POEMS. 
 
 By W. E. MuLLiNS, M.A., Assistant Master at Rrarlborough College. Zd. 
 SELECTIONS FROM WORDSWORTH'S POEMS. 
 
 By H. H. Turner, B.A., late Scholar of Trinity College, Cambridge, is. 
 WORDSWORTH'S EXCURSION: The Wanderer. 
 
 By H. H. Turner, B.A. xs. 
 MILTON'S PARADISE LOST. 
 
 By Francis Storr, B.A. Book I., gd. Book II., gd. 
 MILTON'S L'ALLEGRO, IL PENSEROSO, AND LYCIDAS. 
 
 By Edward Storr, M.A., late Scholar of New College, Oxford, i*. 
 SELECTIONS FROM THE SPECTATOR. 
 
 By Osmund Airy, M.A., late Assistant Master at Wellington College. \s. 
 BROWNE'S RELIGIO MEDICI. 
 
 By W. P. Smith, M.A., Assistant Master at Winchester College, xs. 
 GOLDSMITH'S TRAVELLER AND DESERTED VILLAGE. 
 
 By C. Sankey, M.A., Head Master of Bury St. Edmund's Grammar 
 
 School, xs, 
 EXTRACTS from GOLDSMITH'S VICAR OF WAKEFIELD. 
 
 By C. Sankey, M.A. xs. 
 POEMS SELECTED from the WORKS OF ROBERT BURNS. 
 
 By A. M. Bell, M.A., Balliol College, Oxford. 2s, 
 MACAULAY'S ESSAYS: 
 
 MOORE'S LIFE OF BYRjON. By Francis Storr, B.A. qd. 
 
 BOSWELL'S LIFE OF JOHNSON. By Francis Storr, B.A. gd. 
 
 HALLAM'S CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY. By H. F. Bovu, laic 
 Scholar of Brasenose College, Oxford, is. 
 SOUTHEY'S LIFE OF NELSON. 
 
 By W. E. MuLLiNS, M.A. us. 6d. 
 GRAY'S POEMS. SELECTION FROM LETTERS, with LIFE 
 
 by JOHNSON. By Francis Stokr, B.A. is. 
 
 Waterloo Place, Pall Mall, London. 
 
 f 
 
CLASSICAL 
 EXAMINATION PAPERS 
 
\ 
 
 CLASSICAL 
 
 EXAMINATION PAPERS 
 
 ED/TED WITH NOTES AND REFERENCES 
 
 BY 
 
 P. J. F. GANTILLON, M.A. 
 
 SOMETIME SCHOLAR OK ST, JOHNS COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE 
 FORMERLY MASTER im rwiri TtrMWAM COLLEGE 
 
 JFOHN\^ 
 
 THIRD EDITION 
 
 RIVINGTONS 
 WATERLOO PLACE, LONDON 
 
 MDCCCLXXXVI 
 

 3<Sf -5^y 
 
TO ALL PATIENT FOLLOWERS 
 
 OF THE 
 
 TRUE scholar's RULE, 
 
 *&ladl^ wolde he Urn^.^nt gladltj tecbe,' 
 
 THIS VOLUME 
 
 HEARTILY DEDICATED. 
 
Digitized by tine Internet Arciiive 
 
 in 2007 witii funding from 
 
 IVIicrosoft Corporation 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/classicalexaminaOOgantrich 
 
PREFACE 
 
 1\ /FY object in editing this volume has been to supply 
 -^-^ •*- masters and pupils alike with an ample variety of 
 questions for practice. Any one who has had to prepare 
 candidates for competitive examinations, in which Classical 
 or Historical questions of a miscellaneous character form 
 part, can, I think, bear testimony to the difficulty hitherto 
 found, as a rule, in directing such a course of reading as may 
 be advantageous ; I trust that this volume, containing as it 
 does questions on almost every conceivable point of scholar- 
 ship, criticism, or antiquities, will do something to remove 
 that difficulty. The high character of the Examinations, in 
 which the questions were originally proposed, will be sufficient 
 guarantee for their value. I have aimed at making the Notes 
 suggestive ; not, by any means, complete. I do not think 
 that I have given too little help ; I trust, at the same time, 
 that I have not, as a rule, given too much. It is scarcely 
 necessary to say, that at the various College Scholarship 
 Examinations at Oxford, an English Essay always forms part, 
 and that at Cambridge there are always two or three papers 
 
 I in Mathematics ; this is also the case at the Examination for 
 the Bell Scholarships at the same University ; a specimen of 
 the Divinity questions always given in that Examination will 
 
viii Preface. 
 
 be found in the volume. The History questions, as given for 
 the last five years in the Classical Tripos, will, it is hoped, be 
 found valuable ; as also the volume generally, in suggesting 
 subjects for consideration to students preparing for the paper 
 in Greek and Latin Philology which is, in future years, to form 
 part of the same Examination. There now only remains for 
 me to express my hearty thanks to all friends who have^ in 
 any way, contributed to the putting together of the volume, 
 either by the furnishing of Examination Papers, or by contri- 
 buting to the hints given for their solution, and to say that I 
 shall be thankful for any future contributions of that nature, 
 as also for all corrections or suggestions addressed as below. 
 
 P. J. F. G. 
 
 The College, Cheltenham. 
 
 A FEW additional references, by which, it is hoped, the 
 attention of Students will be directed to some interesting 
 points, have been supplied in the Third Edition. 
 
 Cheltenham, 1886. 
 
INDEX OF EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Balliol College Scholarships, . . . 51, 54-57, 60, 84 
 
 Bell Scholarship, 
 
 
 138, 227 
 
 Christ Church Junior Studentships, 
 
 
 
 77-82, 218 
 
 Christ's College, . 
 
 
 
 141 
 
 Classical Tripos, History Questions, 
 
 
 
 . 229-238 
 
 Craven Scholarship, 
 
 
 
 • 43-45 
 
 Hertford Scholarship, 
 
 
 
 . 29-43, 131, 217 
 
 Indian Civil Service, 
 
 
 
 . 150-217 
 
 Ireland Scholarship, 
 
 
 
 1-29, 243 
 
 Magdalen College Demyships, . 
 
 
 
 74-77, 136 
 
 Moderations, 
 
 
 
 45-50. 52, 57, 82 
 
 New College Scholarships, 
 
 
 
 62-70 
 
 Pembroke College Scholarships, 
 
 
 
 85 
 
 Queen's College Scholarships, 
 
 
 
 . 70, 246 
 
 St. John's CoUege (Oxford), 
 
 
 
 135 
 
 Trinity College (Oxford) Scholarships, . 
 
 
 
 • 133, 147 
 
 Trinity College (Cambridge) Scholarship 
 
 5, I 
 
 
 111-131,247 
 
 Trinity College Miscellaneous Questions, 
 
 
 
 86-111, 220 
 
 Trinity College Fellowships, 
 
 
 
 . 142, 22Ti 
 
 University College Scholarships, 
 
 
 
 ' 72, 73 
 
 Miscellaneous Questions, . 
 
 
 
 24S 
 
INDEX OF PASSAGES QUOTED OR REFERRED TO. 
 
 iESCHINES. 
 
 Prom. V. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Lysist. PAGE 
 
 Ctes. 
 62, § 58, . 
 
 PAGE 
 l6l 
 
 766, . . 
 960. .. . 
 
 46, 101 
 46 
 
 108, 
 144. 
 
 152 
 152 
 
 66, §90, . 
 
 ^1' 
 
 Suppl. 
 
 
 p: : 
 
 657, 
 
 : % 
 
 lOI 
 
 72, § 132. 
 
 161 
 
 74, 
 
 49 
 
 74. § 143. • 101 
 •iESCHYLUS. 
 
 350, 
 
 IS ; ; 
 
 9 
 49 
 
 2 
 
 983, ... 152 
 
 1137, ... 152 
 
 Nub. 
 
 Agamgjii. 
 
 
 ALC/EUS. 
 
 
 144, 
 
 8 
 
 97. 
 
 
 14 
 
 
 
 241, 
 
 74 
 
 103, 
 
 
 
 81 
 
 Fragm., . 
 
 253 
 
 248. . 
 
 249 
 
 217, 
 
 
 
 8, 136 
 
 
 
 332, 
 
 152 
 
 242, 
 
 
 
 244 
 
 ANTH. PAL. 
 
 582. . 
 
 152 
 
 303. 
 
 
 
 62 
 
 
 
 xxZTseqq., 
 
 160, 93, no 
 
 315. 
 
 
 
 13 
 
 ix. 13. . 
 
 121 
 
 1471. 
 
 242 
 
 355. 
 
 
 
 45 
 
 
 
 1508, 
 
 205 
 
 385. 
 
 
 
 246 
 
 ARISTOPHANES. 
 
 Pax. 
 
 f^ 
 
 
 
 49 
 
 Achant. 
 
 
 205, 
 
 152 
 
 538, 
 
 73?: 
 
 
 
 2 
 18 
 
 2 
 
 6, . . 
 
 152 
 
 466-483,. 
 
 152 
 
 
 
 7, 
 159. 
 
 82 
 176 
 
 
 152 
 152 
 
 7«' 
 
 879. 
 901, 
 023, 
 329. 
 
 ChoS 
 
 ph. 
 
 .1 
 
 47 
 
 ^; : : 
 
 300, 
 
 IS: : : 
 % . : 
 
 772, 778, 
 
 49,94 
 152 
 
 152, 162 
 
 89 
 
 47 
 
 152 
 
 252 
 
 Pli 
 123, 
 
 747, 
 1020, 
 
 152 
 
 f. 
 
 6 
 
 152, 242 
 
 152 
 
 : 'i: 
 
 21, 
 
 219 
 
 890, . . 
 
 152 
 
 Rat 
 
 ue. 
 
 257, 
 
 
 
 45 
 
 893, . . 
 
 152 
 
 23, 
 
 70 
 
 275. 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 Avi's 
 
 
 67, 
 
 152 
 
 406, 
 634. 
 663. 
 749. 
 
 
 
 48 
 
 1 
 105 
 
 52 
 
 126, . . ■ 
 
 194. 
 395. 
 
 152 
 
 24, 100 
 
 89 
 
 • % 
 
 104 
 152 
 
 si,: : 
 
 439. 
 
 152 
 IS* 
 
 152 
 
 876, 
 940, 
 960, 
 
 
 
 219 
 
 I 
 14 
 
 ii : :' 
 
 694. 
 757-1471. 
 
 ^loscqq.. 
 
 152, 230 
 
 : :£ 
 
 Eumen. 
 
 lOI, 
 
 3 
 62 
 
 Ecch-s. 
 102, 
 197, 
 
 152 
 152 
 
 I034, 
 
 1043 seqq., 
 1 196, 
 
 22 
 
 180 
 152 
 
 340. 
 
 356, . . 
 
 152 
 
 1532, 
 
 152 
 
 Niob./r. 
 146. 147, 
 
 14 
 
 Equit. 
 36, . . 
 
 219 
 
 ^seqq.. 
 
 Wt. 
 
 152 
 
 Pers. 
 
 
 54, 
 
 152 
 
 ygseqg.. 
 
 152 
 
 346, . . 
 
 49 
 
 355. 
 
 152 
 
 194, 
 
 152 
 
 349. 
 
 . 
 
 162 
 
 579. 
 
 152 
 
 369, 
 
 4 
 
 367. 
 
 
 166 
 
 SSi. . . 
 
 162 
 
 524, 
 
 4 
 
 452, 
 
 
 53 
 
 834. • • 
 
 152 
 
 804. 
 
 152 
 
 503. 
 
 
 198 
 
 1251, 
 
 152 
 
 808, 
 
 15a 
 
 
 
 
 
 • Ed. Paley 
 
 
 
 
Index. 
 
 XI 
 
 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Bell. Call. 
 
 PACE 
 
 De Opt. Gen. Or. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 8ss seqq.. 
 
 152 
 
 i. 18, . 
 
 126 
 
 i. 2, 
 
 182 
 
 871 seqq., 
 1015 seqq., 
 10^ seqq.. 
 
 152 
 
 152 
 
 40, 
 in. 15. 
 
 
 191 
 58,97 
 
 De Orat. 
 
 
 152 
 
 iv. 13, . 
 
 
 31 
 
 i. 29, 132, 
 
 25 
 
 
 
 ^ 19, . 
 
 
 219 
 
 16, 70, 
 
 85 
 
 Vesp. 
 
 
 VI. 17, 18, 
 
 
 114 
 
 38, 173, • 
 
 92,95 
 
 210, 
 656, 
 
 
 
 152 
 74, 160 
 
 [Auct.^Bell. Hisp. 
 
 .. 39, • 
 u. 74, 300, 
 
 92 
 344 
 
 854. 
 
 
 
 152 
 
 30, • . • 
 
 182 
 
 40, 181, 
 
 X12 
 
 897, 
 
 
 
 152 
 
 
 
 
 
 934. 
 947. 
 
 
 
 78 
 152 
 
 CALLIMACHUS. 
 
 De Rep. 
 ii. 33, • 
 
 179 
 
 1284, 
 1483, 
 
 
 
 *I52 
 
 252 
 
 . Epigr. 
 
 199 
 
 De Senect. 
 13.45. • 
 
 83 
 
 
 
 
 
 7, 21, . 
 
 190 
 
 ARISTOTEL 
 
 ES. 
 
 CATULLUS. 
 
 Topica. 
 7, 30, . 
 
 
 De Interpret 
 
 
 iv. I, 
 
 109 
 
 10 
 
 i. 2, . 
 
 86 
 
 X- 25. 
 
 XI., 
 
 
 20 
 
 3IO 
 
 • Tvsc. 
 
 
 Eth. N. 
 
 
 xiv. 3, 
 
 
 40 
 
 i. 10, 22, 
 
 259 
 
 J- 6. . . 
 
 ^ 
 
 xxii. 9, 
 
 
 34 
 
 .. 40.96, 
 
 ;g 
 
 m. 3. 18, 
 
 162 
 
 10, 
 
 
 71 
 
 u. 17, 41, 
 
 viiL I. 6, . 
 
 126 
 
 XXV. s, 
 
 
 40 
 
 
 
 Mttaphys. 
 
 '■ 6 /«/•/.. '. 
 xii. (xm.)4. • 
 
 89 
 260 
 
 xli., 
 xlix., 
 
 liu. 3, 
 Iv. 3. 
 
 
 148 
 210 
 146 
 195 
 38 
 
 Oratio. 
 De Har. Resp. 
 20, 43, . 
 
 De Prov. Cons. 
 
 208 
 
 Poet. 
 
 
 10, 
 
 
 195 
 
 13,32, . . . 
 
 208 
 
 4. • 
 
 8, . . . 
 10, . 
 
 IS 
 
 45 
 M3 
 
 Ixiv. 18, 
 Ixvi. passim, 
 27, 
 Ixviii. 10, 56, t73, 82 
 
 250 
 195 
 20 
 
 In Catil. 
 iii. 4. 8, . 
 
 In Pis. 
 
 140 
 
 PoUt. 
 ii. 5- 8, . . 
 
 108 
 
 90, 
 
 ti9. 195 
 
 10, 23, . . . 
 
 25 
 
 6. 8, . 
 12, 
 
 108 
 
 88 
 
 CICERO 
 
 
 In Quint. Ctec. Div. 
 15, 49, . , . 258 
 
 iii. 14. 8, , 
 
 163 
 
 Acad. Post. 
 
 
 
 
 V. II. {9.) 13, . 
 
 127 
 
 i. 12, 44, 
 
 158 
 
 In Verr. 
 
 
 Rhet. 
 
 
 Acad. Pr. 
 
 
 i. 17, 51, . 
 II. ii. I, 3, • 
 
 41 
 190 
 
 i. 6. 22, 
 
 130 
 
 ii. 37, 118, . 
 
 223 
 
 . 57, 149, • 
 
 137 
 
 .. 7- 35, 
 
 130 
 
 
 
 IV. 39, 84, . 
 
 59 
 
 u. 23. 15, 
 lit. 8. 4, . 
 
 130 
 IS 
 
 De Dimn. 
 i. 17. 30. 
 
 2l6 
 
 Phil. 
 
 
 
 
 24. 49. 
 
 202 
 
 ii. 2, 3, . 
 
 83 
 
 ATHEN^U 
 
 S. 
 
 ii. 26, 55, 
 34. 72, 
 
 130 
 126 
 
 2, 4, . 
 31.77. 
 
 42 
 
 140 
 
 i. l8 E, . . 
 
 155 
 
 40. 84, 
 
 De Legists 
 
 256 
 
 V. 3,6, . 
 4, II. • 
 
 Pro Balb 
 
 .U 
 
 AULUS CELL 
 
 lUS. 
 
 .1.2,5. . . 
 
 u. 8, 20, . 
 
 ai7 
 99 
 
 22, 51, . 
 
 182 
 
 Hi. 3. 
 
 6, 181 
 
 iii. 3. 9. - 
 
 2I6 
 
 Pro Ccecin. 
 
 
 XV. 24, 
 
 133 
 
 
 
 6, 17, . . . 
 
 182 
 
 
 
 De Nat. Deori 
 
 m. 
 
 33. . . • • 
 
 196 
 
 AUSONIUS 
 
 
 iL 28, 7a, 
 
 216 
 
 34. ■ 
 
 112 
 
 Ephem. 
 i., . 
 
 210 
 
 DeOff. 
 i. 12, 37. 
 12, 38, 
 
 182 
 ao8 
 
 Pro Place. 
 39^98^ . . 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 .. 29. 104, . 
 
 6 
 
 Pro Font. 
 
 
 CiESAR. 
 Bell. Civ. 
 
 
 11. 3, 12, 
 
 iii 9. 38. 
 
 30, 109, 
 
 180 
 94 
 112 
 
 5.9. 
 
 Pro Leg. Manil 
 
 "4 
 
 ill 71 seqq., . 
 
 182 
 
 19. 77. 
 
 166 
 
 5. II. • 
 
 242 
 
 
 ' See 
 
 this 
 
 page for 
 
 the chief historic 
 
 :alps 
 
 issages in 
 
 Aristoph. collected. 
 
 
Xll 
 
 Index. 
 
 Pro Mtir. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 a. 3. 
 
 137 
 
 «4, 31, • 
 
 248 
 
 EpiSTOLiK. 
 
 
 AdAtt. 
 
 
 I 16. I, 
 
 "9 
 
 16, 2, 
 
 25 
 
 ». 24. 4. 
 
 17 
 
 iii. 23, 2, 
 
 250 
 
 iv. 15, 7. 
 
 100, 146 
 
 V. 15, 2, 
 
 99 
 
 •" 3' 
 
 127 
 
 viii. 8, . 
 
 221 
 
 . 9. 3» 
 
 221 
 
 «x. 9,4, 
 
 214 
 
 10, 1, 
 
 142 
 
 12, I, 
 
 131 
 
 X. 13, . 
 
 221 
 
 xil 6.3, . 
 
 181 
 
 xvi. I, 5, 
 
 171 
 
 AdDiv. 
 
 
 vii. 13, . 
 
 259 
 
 AdQ. F. 
 
 
 i. I, 
 
 178 
 
 ii. 6, 
 
 181 
 
 CORN. NEP. 
 Aristid. 
 
 31,72 
 
 DEMOSTHENES. 
 Aphob. 
 
 014, 
 819, 
 
 269, 
 284, 
 331, 
 
 217, 
 466. 
 
 Cor. 
 
 {Fad. Alex.] 
 
 Ill 
 126 
 
 162 
 
 137 
 
 137 
 
 17 
 
 51 
 
 161 
 161 
 
 930, 
 940, 
 
 460, 
 
 548, 
 565, 
 58s, 
 
 1250, 
 
 "75, 
 
 865. 
 
 Lacr. 
 Lept. 
 Meid. 
 
 Nicostr. 
 
 Olympiad. 
 
 Onet. 
 
 "I, 154 
 120 
 
 155 
 51 
 
 139 
 
 212 
 
 189 
 
 59 
 
 53 
 
 977, 
 
 910, 
 945, 
 
 743,- 
 
 Pant. 
 Phil 
 
 Pkortn. 
 
 Timocr. 
 
 DION CASS, 
 xlii. p. 285, 
 
 P.\GE 
 89 
 
 io8 
 126 
 
 161 
 
 253 
 
 104 
 
 1.30, 
 
 24,4, 
 52,3, 
 
 48. 
 57, 
 
 DION. HAL. 
 
 De Tktcc. Jud. 
 
 EURIPIDES. 
 
 Ale. 
 
 158, 
 445 seqg. 
 
 343, 
 
 972, 
 
 38, 
 887, 
 933, 
 1138, 
 
 38, 
 482, 
 
 1189, 
 
 1295, 
 
 Androm. 
 
 Bacch. 
 
 Electr. 
 
 Hec. 
 
 HeracL 
 
 Hippol. 
 Ino. Fr. 
 
 Ion. 
 
 Med. 
 
 90 
 
 257 
 257 
 
 324, 
 
 33°' o 
 579-608, 
 
 663 seqq. 
 
 746, 
 
 752, 
 
 824 seqq. 
 
 941, 
 1151, 
 1396, 
 
 Meleagr. Fr. 
 
 47 
 104 
 
 181 
 162 
 
 74 
 
 53 
 
 130 
 105 
 157 
 24 
 
 162 
 49 
 
 52 
 
 146 
 
 96 
 
 94,254 
 93, 103 
 254 
 254 
 162 
 249 
 249 
 162 
 47, 53 
 49 
 100 
 
 Orest. PAGE 
 
 317, 5 
 
 379, ... 53 
 
 1105, ... 24 
 
 Pkoen. 
 92, . . . 244 
 
 Phrixtis. Fr. 
 xvii., ... 79 
 
 Suppl. 
 18^ seqq., 162 
 
 TelepA. Fr. 
 xxiii., 256 
 
 Troad. 
 92, . Ill 
 
 HERODOTUS. 
 
 i. 25,2, . 
 
 177 
 
 50, 3, 4, ■ 
 
 118 
 
 i8s! 3! - 
 
 230 
 
 161 
 
 .. ^87.4, . 
 
 87 
 
 lu. 27, 4, 
 
 58 
 
 . 65, 10, . 
 
 161 
 
 IV. 118, 5, 
 
 78 
 
 V. 58, 1, 
 
 4 
 
 . 63 j^^^., 
 
 179 
 
 VI. 2, I, 
 
 161 
 
 21, 3, 
 
 180 
 
 vu. 8, I, 
 
 46 
 
 46, 6, . 
 
 »54 
 
 69,1. 
 
 "5 
 
 ... ^57.4, 
 
 3 
 
 viu. 73, . 
 
 175 
 
 ^; ■.•'•: 
 
 27 
 113 
 
 124, I, . 
 
 175 
 
 . 144, 4. 
 
 175 
 
 IX. 15*^^^., 
 
 90 
 
 58, 2. . 
 
 76 
 
 HESIODUS 
 
 
 op. et D. 
 
 
 n6o seqq.. 
 
 245 
 
 595 seqq.. 
 
 245 
 
 664, . . . 
 
 211 
 
 691, . . 
 
 an 
 
 814. . . . 
 
 9 
 
 Fragm. vii. (Goettl. 
 
 )> 100 
 
 HIERON. (S. Jc 
 
 rome). 
 
 Chron. {Opera, viii 
 
 
 426,), . . 
 
 118 
 
 HOMERUS 
 
 
 Ilias. 
 
 
 i. 114, . . 
 
 105 
 
 11. ^zseqq., . 
 
 163 
 
 . 402, . 
 
 205 
 
 111. 176, ■ 
 
 58 
 
 206. 
 
 24 
 
 292, . 
 
 205 
 
 VI. 146, 
 
 26 
 
Index. 
 
 Xlll 
 
 
 PAGB 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 A. P. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 vi. 168, 
 
 no 
 
 iiL23, 17, 
 
 63, 254 
 
 56, . 
 
 129 
 
 .. 518, 
 
 205 
 
 24, 60, 
 
 181 
 
 60, . 
 
 24 
 
 Vll. 222, 
 
 9 
 
 27, 73. 
 
 42 
 
 63,64, . : 
 
 130 
 
 ix. 698, 
 
 49 
 
 29.8, . . 
 
 :^ 
 
 128, . 
 
 42 
 
 X. 224, 
 
 129 
 
 .30, 
 
 129, . 
 
 29 
 
 . 329. 
 
 24, 219 
 
 IV. 4,3iseqq., 
 
 197, 209 
 
 136, . . . 
 
 "3 
 
 XI. II, 
 
 53 
 
 37. 
 
 171 
 
 251, . 
 
 12 
 
 xii. 167, 
 
 9 
 
 6, 19, 
 
 181 
 
 268, . . 
 
 21 
 
 . ?°7, 
 
 24 
 
 8. 17, 
 
 71 
 
 270, . 
 
 6 
 
 XVI. init. 
 
 205 
 
 12, 2, . 
 
 171 
 
 276, . 
 
 63 
 
 .. 494. 
 
 71 
 
 M. 25, 
 
 209 
 
 WiK : : . 
 
 181 
 
 xvu. 327, 
 
 26 
 
 47. 
 
 X2S 
 
 25 
 
 647. 
 
 185 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 xviii. xZseqg., 
 
 185 
 
 EPod. 
 
 
 
 
 xix. 221, 
 
 244 
 
 ii. 69, . 
 
 135 
 
 HYPERIDES. 
 
 .. 298, . 
 
 los 
 
 iv. IS, . . 
 
 ^ '35 
 
 Eux. 
 
 
 xxn. 509, 
 
 9 
 
 V. 87, . 
 
 36, 135 
 
 20, . 
 
 87 
 
 xxui. 372, 
 
 81 
 
 XI. 17, . 
 
 180 
 
 
 xxiv. 477 sefg., 
 
 185 
 
 xvii. IS, . 
 22, . 
 
 ISOCRATES. 
 
 Odyss. 
 iv. 684, . . 
 
 100 
 
 50, . 
 
 181 
 
 238. c. § 28, . 
 
 III 
 
 vi. 207, . 
 
 103 
 
 Epist. I. 
 
 
 
 
 ,, 613, . . 48 
 
 26 
 
 i. 2, . 
 
 186 
 
 JUVENALIS. 
 
 244 
 71, 100 
 
 .. 94, . 
 u. 29, . 
 
 .g 
 
 i. 13, . 
 
 79 
 
 xvii. 57, . 
 
 105 
 
 V. 21, . 
 
 .so, 129 
 
 74, • 
 
 200 
 
 xix. 29,. 
 177. • 
 
 105 
 100 
 
 vu. 48, . 
 
 "1 
 
 15s, • 
 
 =JI 
 
 
 
 94, • 
 
 17 
 
 _ii. 143, . 
 
 147 
 
 
 
 X. 49, . 
 
 259 
 
 lu. s, • 
 
 i6s 
 
 HORATIUS 
 
 Cann. 
 
 5. 
 
 xii. ult, 
 xvL 2, 4, . 
 5, • 
 
 180 
 214 
 109 
 
 II, . 
 
 .11 
 
 40, 119 
 
 i- 2, 7, . 
 
 194 
 
 xviii. 15, . 
 
 27 
 
 lOI, • 
 
 25 
 
 4, 17. 
 
 135 
 
 31, • 
 
 201 
 
 . 218, 
 
 i° 
 
 6, 2, . 
 
 79 
 
 xix. 13, . 
 
 79 
 
 IV. 107, . 
 
 181 
 
 7, 13. 
 
 209 
 
 26, . 
 
 35 
 92 
 
 141, . 
 
 125 
 
 26, 
 12, zisegg., 
 
 181 
 
 XX. 24, . 
 
 V. 2, . 
 
 VI. 124, . 
 
 25 
 180 
 
 A.oseqq., 
 
 Epist. II. 
 
 
 596, . • 
 
 180 
 
 21, 14, 
 
 125 
 
 i. liseqq., . 13 
 
 3, 6, 163 
 
 ult., . 
 
 248 
 
 26, 2, . 
 
 191 
 
 los, . 
 
 42,218 
 
 vii. 124, . 
 
 34 
 
 28, 30seqq., 
 
 34 
 
 170, 
 
 6 
 
 viii. so, . 
 
 \n 
 
 35. 29, 
 
 ^P 
 
 Sertn i 
 
 
 199 seqq., . 
 
 37, 
 .. 4, • 
 U. I. I, . 
 
 182 
 
 i8i 
 
 169, 221 
 
 i. 2S, . . 
 
 u. 14, . 
 
 ... 31, . • 
 
 m. 44 seqq., . 
 . 69, . . 
 IV. 105, . 
 
 201 
 
 52, "3 
 
 80 
 
 130, 164 
 
 253, • 
 X. 14, . 
 
 120, . 
 
 169 
 
 "5 
 
 2, 13 j*^^., 
 6, II, 
 
 .15 
 
 "3, . 
 192, . 
 
 58.'98 
 
 7, 9/^^?.. • 
 10, 18, 
 
 92 
 201 
 
 27 
 
 92 
 
 . 365, . . 
 XI. 30, 
 SO, . 
 91, 
 
 106 
 
 1 
 
 13. 
 18 f ' 
 
 92 
 244 
 
 vi. 12, . 
 
 71 seqq., . 
 
 ... 74, • 
 
 vm. 13, . 
 
 ix. 69, . 
 
 X. 64, . 
 
 32, 132 
 92 
 50 
 
 31, 239 
 
 19! 28! '. 
 ... 20. • 
 >n. 3. 9, • . 
 
 245 
 246 
 
 xii. S3, • 
 xiu. 100, . 
 xiv. 191, . 
 
 XV. 124, 
 
 32 
 
 «25 
 
 4. 9-20, . 
 
 92 
 
 Sfrm. II. 
 
 
 
 
 a : 
 
 125 
 201 
 
 ii. 123, . 
 iiL 18, . 
 
 40 
 165 
 
 LIVJUS. 
 
 
 5, 1-4, 
 
 210 
 
 72, . 
 
 52 
 
 Pro'/., . . 
 
 95 
 
 37. 
 
 25 
 
 228, . 
 
 165 
 
 i., . 
 
 200, ao2 
 
 u/i., 
 
 169 
 
 IV. 17, . 
 
 80 
 
 4, 5, ■ 
 
 97 
 
 8, 
 
 92 
 
 v. 17, 39, 55, 
 
 25 
 
 16,1, . 
 
 97 
 
 12,6, . 
 
 93 
 
 VI. 20, . 
 
 80 
 
 20, 3, . 
 
 ia6 
 
 M, 5, . 
 
 201 
 
 35, • 
 
 38 
 
 33, I, • 
 
 .1? 
 
 19, 9, • 
 
 147, 218 
 
 ... 40,56, . 
 
 .1' 
 
 34, 4, • 
 
 22, 2, . 
 
 181 
 
 vm. passim, . 
 
 44, 3. 
 
 »09 
 
XIV 
 
 Index. 
 
 X. 
 
 xxi. 
 
 xxui. 
 xxiv. 
 
 XXV. 
 
 xxvi. 
 xxvii. 
 
 xxix. 
 xxxiii. 
 xxxiv. 
 
 xli. 
 xliv. 
 
 »• 53, I, 
 
 .. 55, 7, 
 
 u. 1,4, 
 
 lo, 3. 
 
 12,8, 
 
 31 seqq. 
 
 49> 
 
 50, 
 
 lu. 6, 8, 
 34,2, 
 40, 5, 
 45, I, 
 9, 
 72, 2, 
 
 V. 6, 2, 
 20, 6, 
 24,8, 
 35,8, 
 52,4. 
 
 V. 5, 4, 
 8, 
 12, 
 13, 
 
 15-22, 
 37 seqq. 
 
 . 41. 7, 
 
 }• 41, 4, 
 
 1- 3,6. 
 
 8,6, 
 
 9,4, 
 
 29-32, 
 
 i. 19, II, 
 28.4, 
 
 c. 16-19, 
 
 40,4, 
 10, 2, 
 38, 3, 4 
 
 7,3, 
 57, 3, 
 18, 
 26, 
 
 6,5, 
 49, 3,4 
 27, 12, 
 43-51, 
 22, 6, 
 10, 
 
 4, 
 
 5. 
 32, 
 19. 
 44, 
 13, 
 
 9, 
 15. 
 
 103. 
 
 202 
 lo 
 
 208 
 196 
 196 
 
 III 
 
 .11 
 II 
 25 
 31 
 
 202 
 
 52 
 
 181 
 31 
 
 .si 
 
 186 
 186 
 186 
 197 
 
 H9 
 112 
 202 
 
 81 
 202 
 202 
 202 
 248 
 168 
 126 
 142 
 202 
 202 
 202 
 18s 
 
 43 
 109 
 202 
 202 
 197 
 202 
 202 
 191 
 202 
 36 
 256 
 258 
 114 
 258 
 
 *202 
 
 £pii. 
 
 LUCANUS. 
 
 
 PAGB 
 
 .?• 694 (689), . 
 
 182 
 
 " 424, . 
 
 209 
 
 ... 426, . . 
 
 209 
 
 m. 84-168, . 
 
 i8f 
 
 .. 399 seqq., . 
 
 X87 
 
 vu. 393, . . 
 
 186 
 
 ... 407 seqq., . 
 
 182 
 
 viu. 272, . . . 
 
 221 
 
 LUCRETIUS. 
 
 1. 11. 
 iii. 915, 
 IV. 1160 seqq., 
 V. 1222, 
 vi. 1106, 
 1270, 
 
 LYCURGUS. 
 
 153, § 40, 
 155, § 61, 
 
 LYSIAS. 
 
 117, § 10, 
 
 16, . 
 
 MACROBIUS. 
 Sai. 
 
 MARTIALIS. 
 
 40, . 
 319, ■ 
 404, . 
 
 600 (595). 
 
 "4, 
 
 u. 6, . 
 
 91, • 
 
 ... 92, . 
 
 m. 47, I, 
 
 2, 
 
 iv. 8, . 
 
 67, . 
 
 .. 87, . 
 
 vii. 65(66), 
 
 viii. 12, . 
 
 «. 3, 5, 
 
 x. 25, . 
 
 XI. 13, . 
 
 53, • 
 
 „ 70, . 
 
 xu. 28, . 
 
 *"»• 74, 75, 
 XIV. 99, . 
 191, . 
 
 L U., 
 
 i. 6. 
 
 Spectac. 
 
 MOSCHUS. 
 
 123 
 58 
 
 81 
 146 
 180 
 
 157 
 
 119 
 
 102 
 109 
 94 
 
 38 
 201 
 103 
 146 
 109 
 182 
 
 94 
 114 
 229 
 94 
 94 
 125 
 186 
 182 
 256 
 125 
 197 
 
 186 
 
 53 
 
 NOVUM 
 
 TESTAMENTUM. 
 
 Ev. Div. Mattk. pagb 
 
 xiii. 52, . . . 67 
 
 xxu. 13, . . 48 
 
 Ev. Div. Marc. 
 iv. 29, . 
 
 VI. 40, 
 vii. 3, 
 xii. 24, 
 xiv. 72, 
 
 X36 
 48 
 48 
 
 227 
 48 
 
 Ev. Div. Luc. 
 
 lu. 14, . 
 
 yl I, . 
 
 xix. 23, . 
 
 XX. II, . 
 
 25, . 
 
 Ev. Div. Joann. 
 iv. 21, 
 
 V. 17, . 
 
 Act. Apost. 
 
 vii. 20, . 
 
 .. 42, . 
 
 XIL I, . 
 
 XV. 19, , 
 
 xvu. 5, . 
 
 22, . 
 
 xix. 19, , 
 
 38, . . 
 
 Ep. ad Rom 
 
 111. 20, 
 viii. 20, 
 xii. 20, 
 
 Ep. ad Cor. 
 I. XV. 54, 
 II. u. 17, 
 
 Ep. ad Galat. 
 ii. 19, • 67 
 
 iii. 19, . . . 64 
 
 Ep. aii Phil. 
 iv. 5, . 64, 67, 22S 
 
 Ep. ad Tim. 
 
 227 
 48, 228 
 136 
 228 
 64 
 
 67 
 64 
 
 228 
 228 
 228 
 64 
 136 
 216 
 216 
 136 
 
 228 
 64 
 67 
 
 I. VI. 5, 
 
 Ep. Pet. 
 Ep. yiid. 
 
 OVIDIUS. 
 A mores. 
 
 1. 15. 19, 
 ilL 6. 25, 
 
 iii. 409, 
 
 Ars. Am. 
 
 228 
 229 
 
 182 
 134 
 
 183 
 
 iii. I. 34, 
 
 Ep. ex. P. 
 
 * See this page for various particulars connected with Livy. 
 
hidex. 
 
 XV 
 
 Fasti. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 PH^DRUS. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Rep. 
 
 PAGH 
 
 i. 64, . . 
 315. • 
 
 : ;S 
 
 ii. 5- 25, • 
 
 V. 8. 3, . . . 
 
 ,i: 
 
 343 A, . 
 369 A, . 
 
 53 
 262 
 
 l^Sseqq., . 
 
 202 
 
 
 371 D. 
 
 !|7 
 
 ii- 19-54. 
 
 112 
 
 
 
 380 D, 
 
 261 
 
 83. . . 
 
 98 
 
 PINDARUS. 
 
 
 394 c, . 
 
 156 
 
 103, . 
 
 140 
 
 
 
 400E, 
 
 130 
 
 "^^Sseqq., . 
 
 if 6, 196 
 
 Frag^i. 
 
 
 474 E, . 
 
 130 
 
 475, . 
 
 215 
 
 217 (114), 
 
 355 
 
 479 A, . 
 
 262 
 
 477. • 
 
 103 
 
 Isthm 
 
 
 514 c, . 
 
 154 
 
 ... 49^ seqq.. . 
 ">• 357. • 
 
 207 
 129 
 
 iii. 58 (67), . . 
 
 53 
 
 S15 B, . 
 
 560 E, . . 
 
 154 
 
 130 
 
 397, • 
 
 112 
 
 Netn. 
 
 
 588 C, . 
 
 261 
 
 617, . . 
 
 140 
 
 vii. nit.. 
 
 126 
 
 596 B, . 
 
 260 
 
 644, 645, . 
 
 140 
 
 viii. 43, . 
 
 9 
 
 615 D, 
 
 53 
 
 . 705, . • 
 IV. 169, . 
 321, . 
 
 182 
 
 213 
 
 31 
 
 01. 
 
 vi. 87, . 
 
 157 
 
 Sophist. 
 
 223 D, 
 231 D, 
 
 157 
 157 
 
 337 seqq., . 
 V. init., . 
 
 201 
 196 
 
 Pytk. 
 X. HI, 
 
 47 
 
 Symp. 
 
 
 140, . 
 
 112 
 
 
 219 C, 
 
 97 
 
 621, . 
 
 180 
 201 
 
 PLATO. 
 
 
 Thecetet. 
 164 A, 
 
 175 E, 
 
 108 
 
 vi. 352, . 
 
 166 
 
 Apol 
 
 
 157 
 
 tl* ' ■ 
 
 165 
 
 18 B, . . 
 
 205 
 
 183 B, . 
 
 105 
 
 600, . 
 
 207 
 
 19 c, 
 
 205 
 
 209 B, 
 
 127 
 
 634. • 
 
 207 
 
 23 D, . 
 
 205 
 
 
 
 Her. 
 
 
 Cratyl. 
 
 
 PLAUTUS 
 
 
 i. 104, . 
 
 25 
 
 Init., . . 
 
 143 
 
 AiHph. 
 
 
 xui. 60, . 
 
 201 
 
 423 B, 
 
 127 
 
 J. I. 156, 
 
 *i07 
 
 Metam. 
 
 
 Crito. 
 
 
 IV. 3. 14, . 
 
 107 
 
 i. 654, • • 
 
 747. • 
 ii. I, . 
 
 140 
 219 
 171 
 
 49 A, . . . 
 Gorg. 
 
 450 B, . . . 
 
 24 
 
 lOI 
 
 A sit I. 
 Prol. II, . 
 i. 1.64. . . 
 
 22 
 x8i 
 
 iii. init.y 
 
 187 
 
 E, . . . 
 
 104 
 
 iii. 2. 9, . 
 
 to7 
 
 64. . . 
 
 180 
 
 455 E, • 
 
 189 
 
 Aul. 
 
 
 V. 518, . 
 
 140 
 
 479 A, 
 
 129 
 
 iii. 2. 9, . 
 
 107 
 
 X. 700, . 
 xii. 188, . 
 ... 396, . . 
 ■vni. 73. • 
 XV. 871 seqq., . 
 
 Trist. 
 .1- 3- 19, ■ 
 u. 157, . 
 424, . 
 
 180 
 
 482 E, . . . 
 
 105 
 
 4- 7. • 
 
 107, 131 
 
 182 
 
 502 D, . . . 
 512 B, 
 
 Hipp. Maj. 
 297 B, 
 
 I^egg. 
 686 E, . . 
 
 801 A, . 
 
 no 
 104 
 
 261 
 
 219 
 147 
 
 Capt. 
 iii I. 29, . 
 
 Cure. 
 ii. 3. 76, . . 
 
 Epid 
 ii. 2. 80, . . 
 V. I. 57, . 
 
 165 
 »9 
 
 107 
 107 
 
 ... 471-484. • 
 
 ""H 
 
 PJued. 
 
 
 Men 
 
 
 ai. ^.t,^seqq., 
 iv. lo. 6, 
 
 PATERCULL 
 
 178 
 182 
 
 90 c, 
 
 99 D, . 
 
 108 D, . . . 
 
 109 B, . . . 
 
 Phadr. 
 
 130 
 
 261 
 261 
 
 .i.«.5, . . 
 
 V. 5. 31, . 
 
 Merc. 
 
 107 
 107 
 107 
 107 
 
 ii. ICO, 
 
 214 
 
 251 A, . . . 
 
 261 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 iv. 3. 14, . 
 
 107 
 
 PERSIUS. 
 
 
 Phileb. 
 67 A, . . . 
 
 Politic. 
 
 261 
 
 V. 2. 116, 
 
 181 
 
 Prol. 10. . 
 
 181 
 
 Mil. Glor. 
 il I. 33, . 
 
 59 
 
 i. 27, . 
 
 129, . 
 
 iv. 1, . 
 
 219 
 200 
 
 260 c, . . . 
 
 157 
 
 iv. I. 11, . 
 
 112 
 
 132 
 
 Protag. 
 
 
 Most. 
 
 
 49. . 
 
 f.i 
 
 313 A, . 
 
 94 
 
 i. I. 33. • • • 
 
 X07 
 
 V. 73. • 
 
 315 E, . 
 
 261 
 
 .. '♦S, • 
 
 107 
 
 75. ■ 
 
 99 
 
 317 c, 
 
 129 
 
 ii. 2. 2, . 
 
 107 
 
 . H^' • 
 
 no 
 
 323 c, . 
 
 129 
 
 ... 73, • 
 
 112 
 
 VI. ult., . 
 
 32 
 
 337 c, 
 
 los iii. 1. 109, 
 
 113 
 
 * J 
 
 >ee this p 
 
 .ige for remarks on the Syntax 
 
 of Plautas. 
 
 
XVI 
 
 Index, 
 
 Pan. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 JQUINTILIANUS. 
 
 SOPHOCLES. 
 
 V. 5- 29, . 
 
 48 
 
 Inst. Or. PAGE 
 
 
 Ajax. 
 
 PACK 
 
 RmL 
 
 
 i. Prooem. § 4, . 36 
 
 54. 
 
 
 i3 
 
 ii. 3- 42, . 
 
 107 
 
 4.6. . 
 
 ^^5 
 
 ^1' 
 
 
 
 87 
 
 Stick. 
 
 
 5. X9seqq., 
 57, 
 
 185 
 II 
 
 348, 
 572, 
 
 
 
 5 
 109 
 
 iv. 1. 71, . 
 
 181 
 
 ii. 15. 24, 
 
 
 251 
 
 6c», 
 
 
 
 8.63 
 
 Trin. 
 
 
 viiL 3. 29, 
 
 
 197 
 
 1120-1141, 
 
 
 
 254 
 
 iiL 1. 19, . 
 IV. 1. I seqq., . 
 V. 2. 35, . 
 
 74 
 
 X. I. 4,6, 
 52, 
 54. 
 
 
 75 
 213 
 
 "31. 
 
 I2C», 
 I217, 
 1231, 
 
 
 48 
 
 94 
 
 47 
 
 45,90 
 
 79,254 
 
 7'r«f. 
 
 
 61, 
 
 
 75 
 
 I24I, 
 
 
 
 48 
 
 ii. 2. 18, . 
 
 171 
 
 66, 
 68, 
 
 
 75 
 
 75 
 
 1285, 
 1369, 
 
 
 
 46 
 254 
 
 ♦PLINIUS. 
 Uisi. Nat. 
 
 88, 
 90, 
 93, 
 
 
 182 
 
 75 
 
 133, 160 
 
 % 
 
 Ant 
 
 tg- 
 
 18 
 6 
 
 ill 19, 
 
 215 
 
 94, 
 
 • 75 
 
 117, 
 
 
 
 63 
 
 viL 6, 
 
 119 
 
 loi, . 75, 197, 217 
 
 211, 
 
 
 
 82 
 
 xii. 25, 
 
 114 
 
 
 259, 
 
 
 
 81, 246 
 
 xxxiii. 55, 
 xxxiv. 16, 
 
 ii8 
 n8 
 
 SALLUSTIUS. 
 
 263, 
 350, 
 
 
 
 87 
 
 5 
 
 XXXV. 9, 
 
 114 
 
 Bell. Cat. 
 
 489, 
 
 
 
 47 
 
 36, 12, . 
 
 127 
 
 i. I, . . . 98 
 
 537, 
 
 
 
 80 
 
 
 
 6,. . . 
 
 202 
 
 556, 
 
 
 
 121 
 
 PLINIUS JUN 
 
 lOR. 
 
 31, 5, . 
 33, I, • 
 
 81 
 171 
 
 593, 
 632, 
 
 
 
 46 
 49 
 
 Epist. 
 
 
 53, 5, • 
 
 171 
 
 686, 
 
 
 48, 
 
 104, 139 
 
 V. I, . 
 
 6, j«3. /«//., 
 
 39 
 214 
 
 Jug. 
 
 84,3, . • • 53 
 
 710, 
 788. 
 
 
 
 1^ 
 
 vii. 11, . 
 
 39 
 
 791, 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 18, . 
 
 39 
 
 8s,. . . 197 
 
 872, 
 
 
 
 71 
 
 viii. 2, . 
 
 19 
 
 100, 4, . . . 12, 53 
 
 lOOI, 
 
 
 
 48,80 
 
 X. 18, . . 
 
 171 
 
 Fragm., . .17, 36 
 
 1068, 
 
 
 
 17 
 
 97, • 
 
 229 
 
 
 1 1 13, 
 
 Electr. 
 
 49 
 
 PLUTARCHl 
 
 JS. 
 
 SENECA. L. A. 
 
 De Bene/. 
 iv. I. 2, . . 165 
 
 47, 
 436, 
 
 
 
 :l 
 
 Artax. 
 
 
 466, 
 
 
 
 26 
 
 8, . . . 
 
 206 
 
 Epist. 
 
 ;f' 
 
 
 
 :i 
 
 POLYBIUS 
 
 
 7, .... 186 
 It' • • • • 'S 
 
 1462,' 
 
 
 
 249 
 249 
 
 i. 2. 3, . 
 3- 9, • 
 
 161 
 "5 
 
 88, ... . 96 
 95, . • "4 
 
 713, 
 
 Fragm. 
 
 127 
 
 ... ^3, • 
 ui. 2-5, . 
 
 "5 
 "5 
 
 Hippol [Seneca.} 
 
 ( 
 
 Ed Col. 
 
 
 274-324, . . . 2IO 
 
 308, 
 
 
 18, 23 
 
 tPROPERTIT 
 
 i. 3.18, . 
 
 If. : 
 
 19. 6, . 
 
 iv:i;28.- : 
 18, . 
 
 v. I. 124, 
 
 JS. 
 
 25 
 25 
 
 Med. 
 652-669, . , . 210 
 
 (Ed. 
 403-508, . . 210 
 
 335, 
 360. 
 374. 
 441. 
 475, 
 
 
 
 219 
 
 121 
 
 13 
 
 25 
 
 25 
 
 1 01 
 
 40 
 
 217 
 
 SILIUS ITALICUS. 
 iv, 81, . . 209 
 493, ... 209 
 
 668 seqq. 
 
 731, 
 1 120, 
 
 1371. 
 1443. 
 
 
 
 134 
 19 
 95 
 
 t 
 
 2. 7, . 
 
 165 
 
 xvii. 626, ... 202 
 
 Sfoi; 
 
 
 
 6. 15 seqq.. 
 
 182 
 
 
 
 
 
 8. 10, 
 
 40 
 
 SOLON. 
 
 c 
 
 Ed. Tyr. 
 
 8 
 
 9- 5, • 
 
 165 
 
 
 2, 
 
 
 10. 23 seqq.. 
 
 186 
 
 2 (13), . 252 
 36(25, • ■ • 88 
 
 12, 
 
 
 121 
 
 II. 19, 
 
 40 
 
 100, 
 
 
 a 
 
 • Ed. W< 
 
 ;ise. 
 
 t Ed. Paley. 
 
 
 I Ed. I 
 
 Jonn« 
 
 IL 
 
 
Index, 
 
 Vll 
 
 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 THEOPHRASTUS. 
 
 198. 
 
 
 95 
 
 iii. 2. . 
 
 
 
 107 
 
 Char. PAGE 
 
 220, 
 
 
 
 121 
 
 30. 
 
 
 
 197 
 
 2, . . . . 97 
 30, . . . . 130 
 
 327, 
 
 Si: 
 
 
 
 26 
 
 49 
 
 . 66. 
 IV. 5, 
 
 
 
 98 
 178 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 H' 
 
 
 
 258 
 
 
 3i5' 
 
 
 
 '1* 
 
 38. 
 
 
 
 107 
 
 THUCYDIDES. 
 
 380, 
 
 
 
 62 
 
 52. 
 
 
 
 25 
 
 
 397, 
 
 
 
 79 
 
 vi. 20, 
 
 
 
 203 
 
 i. 6,3, . 157 
 
 4", 
 
 
 
 120 
 
 21. 
 
 
 
 130 
 
 18,1, 
 
 
 179 
 
 523. 
 
 
 
 17 
 
 24, 
 
 
 
 130 
 
 24, 2, 
 
 
 160 
 
 596, 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 . 51. 
 
 
 
 217 
 
 32, 5, 
 
 
 ' 58 
 
 11^: 
 
 
 
 13 
 
 XI. 14, 
 
 
 
 214 
 
 33, I, 
 
 
 121 
 
 
 
 134 
 
 25, 
 
 
 
 215 
 
 36.2, 
 
 
 82 
 
 874. 
 
 
 
 • 95 
 
 xii. 18, 
 
 
 
 32 
 
 49, 7, 
 
 
 58 
 
 1062, 
 
 
 
 ^5 
 
 27. 
 
 
 
 103 
 
 1^4. 4, 
 
 
 90 
 
 "34» 
 
 
 
 47, 
 
 
 
 180 
 
 116, . 
 
 
 179 
 
 1340, 
 
 
 
 139 
 
 60, 
 
 
 
 9^ 
 
 121, 7, 
 
 
 94 
 
 i39i» 
 
 
 
 104 
 
 xiii. 26, 
 
 
 
 98 
 
 126, 11, 
 
 
 129 
 
 1478, 
 
 
 
 82 
 
 XV. s, 
 
 
 
 9^ 
 
 132, 3, 
 
 
 59 
 
 
 Philoct. 
 
 
 21, 
 
 
 98 
 
 137, 7, 
 
 .. 138,3, 
 
 11. 9, . 
 
 19,2, 
 
 23,3, 
 
 
 48,81 
 
 
 
 
 244 
 
 :3 
 
 Dialog. De Or 
 Analysb of, 
 22, . 
 
 at. 
 
 183 
 72 
 
 
 17s 
 179 
 
 206 
 
 "55> 
 
 Trcu 
 
 ch. 
 
 9 
 
 Germ. 
 26, . . . 
 
 214 
 
 34,6, 
 
 40, 2, 
 
 4, 
 
 
 I 
 
 ^?' 
 
 
 18 
 
 Hist. 
 
 
 52,3, 
 
 
 24 
 
 58, 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 i- 25, 
 
 203 
 
 62,3, 
 
 
 87 
 
 132. 
 138, 
 
 
 
 9 
 17 
 
 29, 
 
 31, 
 
 
 
 203 
 112 
 
 I'l 
 
 
 177 
 175 
 
 322. 
 
 
 
 19 
 
 39 -r^^i 
 
 '•1 
 
 
 203 
 
 ... 89.6, 
 
 
 47 
 
 f^' 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 S3> 
 
 
 
 112 
 
 UL I-SO, 
 
 
 179 
 
 614, 
 936, 
 
 
 
 19 
 46 
 
 70, 
 71, 
 72, 
 
 
 
 112 
 
 36 
 
 17,4. 
 
 22,8, 
 
 
 176 
 24 
 
 "83, 
 
 
 
 109 
 
 
 
 36,5, 
 
 
 '^1 
 
 
 
 
 ii. II, 
 
 
 
 112 
 
 37-40, 
 
 
 176 
 
 
 STATIUS. 
 
 
 .. 92, 
 ui. 19, 
 
 
 
 218 
 218 
 
 40, 4, 
 42, 2, 
 
 
 184 
 47 
 
 
 Silv. 
 
 
 36. 
 
 
 
 109 
 
 5, 
 
 
 ■f 
 
 iv. 5, 
 
 
 210 
 
 iv. 14, 
 
 
 
 218 
 
 43,4, 
 
 
 7. 
 
 
 210 
 
 
 
 47,4, 
 
 
 184 
 
 9» 
 
 
 210 
 
 TERENTIU 
 
 S. 
 
 53, 3, 
 56.7, 
 
 
 121 
 18 
 
 
 SUETONIU 
 
 S. 
 
 Adelph. 
 
 
 57, I, 
 83,2, 
 
 
 S 
 
 
 Jul. Ca-s. 
 
 
 \. 2. 53. • • 
 
 102 
 
 91, . 
 
 
 »74 
 
 20, . 
 
 . 
 
 221 
 
 HI. 4. 34, • 
 
 181 
 
 94, . 
 
 
 ^''i 
 
 54, . 
 
 
 221 
 
 iv. I. 21, . 
 
 181 
 
 95,2, 
 
 
 48 
 
 56,. 
 
 
 203 
 
 2. 48, . . 
 
 119, 166 
 
 98, . 
 
 
 174 
 
 4. • 
 
 Galb. 
 
 203 
 
 Andr. 
 Prol. 5, . . 
 
 107 
 
 102, . 
 . 105-114, 
 
 XV. 21. 3, 
 
 
 174 
 174 
 »7S 
 
 
 Oct 
 
 
 iL I. 10, 
 
 
 
 40, 72 
 
 28,2, 
 
 
 212 
 
 lOI, . 
 
 
 182 
 
 2. 22, 
 
 
 
 166 
 98 
 102 
 
 32,4. 
 
 
 139 
 
 5. • 
 
 Vit. Terent 
 
 133 
 
 iv. 5. 2, 
 V. 2. 20, 
 
 Eun 
 
 tch. 
 
 Is:,; 
 
 
 179 
 134 
 23 
 177 
 
 
 TACITUS. 
 
 
 ii. 3. 10, . 
 
 91 
 
 129. 4, 
 
 
 aig 
 
 10, . 
 
 Agr. 
 
 258 
 
 THEOCRITl 
 
 JS. 
 
 V. 16, . 
 
 19, . 
 24. • 
 
 
 179 
 179 
 '79 
 
 
 Ann. 
 
 
 V. 23, . 
 
 105 
 
 47. 7. 
 
 
 i6i 
 
 L3S, 
 
 
 q8 
 
 xiv. 65, . 
 
 
 157 
 
 63.3. 
 
 
 246 
 
 59. 
 
 
 i8i 
 
 XV. 6, . 
 
 
 157 
 
 84-116, 
 
 
 184 
 
 li. 20, 
 
 
 130 
 
 See also, on Th 
 
 gen 
 
 
 vi. 5. I, 
 
 
 160 
 
 78, 
 
 
 
 112 
 
 rally, 
 
 
 
 ao4 
 
 »s. • 
 
 
 »7S 
 
XVI 11 
 
 Index. 
 
 
 
 PACK 
 
 V 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 
 
 PAGK 
 
 vi. 16, 3, . 
 
 252 
 
 6, . . 
 
 219 
 
 14a, ... 244 
 
 21, I, 
 
 95 
 
 137. 
 
 34 
 
 153, 
 
 
 
 58 
 
 2, 
 
 27 
 
 172, 
 
 53 
 
 153, 
 
 
 
 99 
 
 31. 3, 
 
 160 
 
 568, . . 
 
 169 
 
 161, 
 
 
 
 • 25, 70 
 
 38, I, 
 
 53 
 
 580, . . 
 
 63 
 
 268, 
 
 
 
 »35 
 
 59, . 
 
 179 
 
 796, . . 
 
 40 
 
 283. 
 
 
 
 31 
 
 61, I, 
 
 vil xJiseqg., 
 
 59 
 90 
 90 
 
 VI. 
 
 62, 
 160, . . 
 
 71 
 
 750, 
 
 XI 
 
 
 51 
 
 86, . . 
 
 179 
 
 130 
 
 451, 
 
 34 
 
 vui. 14-64, 
 
 179 
 
 229, 
 
 41 
 
 725, 
 
 27 
 
 48. 5. • 
 67 seqq., . 
 87, 3, . 
 
 78 
 
 179 
 244 
 
 292, 
 
 n. : : 
 
 : i 
 
 i. 6, 
 
 Eclog. 
 
 204 
 
 103, 2, 
 
 177 
 
 743, 
 
 34 
 
 J^- 
 
 
 
 4» 
 
 
 
 S: : : 
 
 218 
 
 
 
 . 25, 125 
 
 
 
 207 
 
 lu. 77, 
 
 
 
 201 
 
 TIBULLUS 
 
 >. 
 
 ^3. • • 
 
 117 
 
 90, 
 
 
 
 25 
 
 i. 8. 22, . 
 
 106 
 
 868 seqq.. 
 
 217 
 
 
 
 130 
 240 
 
 iil 5. 18, . 
 
 203 
 
 VII. 
 
 
 103, 
 
 
 
 31 
 
 
 
 82, 
 
 246 
 
 . ^°f' 
 
 
 
 204 
 
 VARRO. 
 
 
 683, 
 
 209 
 209 
 
 IV. 38. 
 
 VI. I, 
 
 
 
 ri 
 
 L.L. 
 
 
 Ult., 
 
 32 
 
 86, 
 
 
 
 204 
 
 Y.89, . . 
 VI. 2, . 
 
 ':i 
 
 VIII. 
 
 64. . . 
 
 65, ' ■ 
 
 209 
 
 vii. 42, 
 
 ix 35, 
 
 45. 
 
 
 
 180 
 240 
 109 
 
 
 
 244 
 
 46, 
 
 
 
 81 
 
 VIRGILIUS 
 
 i. 
 
 90, 
 
 34 
 
 54, 
 
 
 
 204 
 
 Mneid 1. 
 
 
 140. 
 143, 
 
 132 
 
 X. 47, 
 
 
 
 204 
 
 48, . . 
 
 200 
 
 338, . . 
 
 38 
 
 Georgic. 
 
 56-59, 
 
 
 106 
 
 345. 
 
 94 
 
 i. 163, . 41 
 
 177, 
 
 
 130 
 
 ^S^seqq., 
 
 202 
 
 169, . 
 
 
 
 63 
 
 2IJ, 
 
 
 180 
 
 358, . . 
 
 38 
 
 ^h^ 
 
 
 
 147 
 
 242, 
 
 
 169 
 
 391. . . 
 
 201 
 
 208, . 
 
 
 
 40 
 
 275, 
 
 
 207 
 191 
 
 Ax^seqq., 
 
 ::io, 187 
 
 231, 
 
 
 
 201 
 
 319, 
 
 
 465, . . 
 
 80 
 
 269, 
 
 
 
 196 
 
 320, 
 
 
 50 
 
 522, 
 
 58 
 
 360, . 
 
 
 
 244 
 
 364, 
 
 
 214 
 
 566. . . 
 
 53 
 
 413, • 
 
 
 
 T 
 
 567, 
 
 
 201 
 
 596. . . 
 
 180 
 
 415, • 
 
 
 
 40,83 
 
 
 
 626-728, . 
 
 183 
 
 472. 
 
 
 
 180 
 
 ], 
 
 
 639, 
 
 207 
 
 489, 
 
 
 
 182 
 
 
 
 642, . . 
 
 99 
 
 491, 
 
 
 
 169 
 
 39, 
 
 136, 
 157, 
 218, 
 273, 
 
 
 70 
 135 
 
 675 seqq., 
 
 IX. 
 
 7, 
 
 51, 
 
 140, 
 
 182 
 3.83 
 
 ii. 224, . 
 
 225, 
 
 275. 
 
 277, 
 
 389, 
 lii- 314, 
 
 
 
 185 
 
 209 
 25 
 
 II 
 i7r 
 50 
 
 274, 
 
 
 132 
 
 174, 
 
 36 
 
 537, • 
 
 
 
 80 
 
 432, 
 
 
 35 
 
 266, 
 
 132 
 
 iv. 84. 
 
 
 
 201 
 
 510, 
 
 
 50 
 
 281, 
 
 20 
 
 116, 
 
 
 
 106 
 
 644, 
 662, 
 670, 
 
 
 34 
 132 
 25 
 
 385, . • 
 
 444^^4^^., 
 
 712, 
 
 210 
 
 207, 
 529. • 
 
 
 
 25 
 31 
 
 III. 
 
 
 816, 
 
 25 
 
 XENOPHON. 
 
 2, 
 
 132 
 
 X. 
 
 
 A nab. 
 
 162, 
 
 M7 
 
 13, . . . 
 
 s. 
 
 i. I. 2, . . 206 
 
 374, 
 
 27 
 
 145, 
 
 3. 2, . 
 
 \. 8-27*, 
 c. 8. c. 9, 
 
 
 188 
 
 684. . . 
 IV. 
 
 3 
 
 ;it : : 
 
 891, . . 
 
 3 
 20 
 218 
 
 
 206 
 206 
 
 18, . . 
 
 102 
 
 XI. 
 
 
 ii. 2. 17, . 
 
 
 95. 255 
 
 569, . . . 
 
 214 
 
 87. 
 
 30 
 
 3- ". • 
 
 
 121, 255 
 
 603, . 70, 
 
 106, 219 
 
 112, 
 
 98 
 
 4. 12 . 
 
 
 206 
 
 683, 
 
 . 
 
 7» 
 
 J25, 
 
 82 
 
 26, 
 
 
 
 255 
 
Index. 
 
 XIX 
 
 li. 
 
 6. 
 
 6-27, . 
 
 iii. 
 
 4- 
 
 41, . 
 
 iv. 
 
 c. 
 
 1-7. 
 
 
 4- 
 
 15, • 
 
 Apol. Socr. 
 
 34 
 
 
 De Re Eg. 
 
 PAGE 
 206 
 25X 
 
 2o6 
 
 259 
 
 Hellen. pack | 
 
 i. I. 23, 
 
 100 
 
 ii. 3- 48, 
 
 122 
 
 56. 
 
 158, 174 
 
 4. 2 seqq.. 
 
 90 
 
 14. 
 
 74 
 
 m. 3. 4-1 1, 
 
 174 
 
 IV. 5, 
 
 X31 
 
 V. 4- 34, 
 
 104 
 
 VI. X. 10, 
 
 47 
 
 vii. 5. 27, 
 
 179 
 
 Metnorab. 
 
 
 L I. 2, . 
 
 lOI 
 
 14, 
 
 233 
 
 n. I, 12, 
 
 95 
 
 iv. 7. I, . 
 
 129 
 
 CEconom. 
 
 
 7. 29, . . . 
 
 46 
 
 INDEX OF GREEK WORDS. 
 
 aj&.TO^, K.T.A., . 
 
 197 
 
 fiaCvto, . 
 
 243 
 
 ivClTTU, 
 
 4.8 
 
 apXrjxpos, 
 
 74 
 
 Paptk, . . . 
 
 60,243 
 
 eoiKa, 
 
 62 
 
 a^ofl-ifl', . 
 
 ':§ 
 
 /BooTKavo?, 
 
 137 
 
 iireiyta, 
 
 8 
 
 iyyeXtrjs (eAeeti'), . 
 
 /3eV0o?, . . 
 
 243 
 
 enem^voOe, 
 
 56 
 
 ayiovia, . 
 
 247 
 
 ^tr^i, . 
 
 62 
 
 ene4>vov, . 
 
 ♦ 
 
 aeifib). 
 
 243 
 
 /3AV}to, ,. 
 
 4 
 
 etrop.ai, 
 
 84 
 
 at6i)9, 
 
 143 
 
 /3A«<r»ta), . 
 
 49 
 
 ewos, 
 
 60 
 
 aie'Xoupos, 
 
 137 
 
 /3pOTOS, . 
 
 243 
 
 {pav . . 
 
 129 
 
 o:i.Qip, 
 
 143 
 
 Ppwii', . 
 
 I 
 
 epe^o?, . . 
 
 : ''I 
 
 aioAos, . 
 
 9 
 
 ^a>^<}s, . . . 
 
 2 
 
 epuecrdou, . 
 
 aKTjxeSaTcu, 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 epvTO, 
 
 4 
 
 aKLvr)Ta, . 
 
 250 
 
 yeirtav, 
 
 16 
 
 epxarai, . 
 
 56 
 
 a»CT^, 
 
 2 
 
 yevTO, 
 
 4,211 
 
 eo'Tro/u.jjv, . 
 
 243 
 
 oAa^toi/, . 
 
 137 
 
 yy}pd.vau., . 
 
 56 
 
 ejrraa-av, . 
 
 4 
 
 oA^?, . . 
 
 250 
 
 vAaOf, . . . 
 
 i6 
 
 coTacai', . 
 
 A 
 
 oAlTJS, 
 
 211 
 
 
 
 €<rxov_ 
 
 62 
 
 oAicTKO/uiai, 
 
 4 
 
 «" 
 
 129 
 
 eVepos, . 
 
 • '7, 211 
 
 a/ui,avp6s, . 
 
 74 
 
 fieiAr,, 
 
 247 
 
 evafiof, . 
 
 4 
 
 aj[*/3aT€, . 
 
 211 
 
 fieii^o?. 
 
 2 
 
 evfieieAos, 
 
 ■ 48.84 
 
 aixeCpeaOai, . 
 
 I 
 
 jiaKOVFO), 
 
 8 
 
 ru/ojAo?, . 
 
 60 
 
 ajLH7xa»'0S, 
 
 28 
 
 6ta«Topos, 
 
 22 
 
 ei)s, . 
 
 -♦! 
 
 a^oAyatTj, 
 
 250 
 
 atepo?. 
 
 243 
 
 eire. 
 
 58 
 
 a/LLoX-yos, . 
 
 48 
 
 Steavpe, . 
 
 48 
 
 
 
 (i/ivveiv, . 
 
 I 
 
 filAO), 
 
 51, 60 
 
 fi^Xos, 
 
 55 
 
 a/[A<^iAa0^S, 
 
 "•'il 
 
 AlOIOXTOS, 
 
 143 
 
 
 
 afx^i?, 
 
 StVAaf, . . 
 
 60 
 
 rje'Aio?, 
 ije'pio?. 
 
 60 
 
 ai/aiVo/u.at, 
 
 57 
 
 ■1 
 
 fits, 
 
 filWXb), 
 
 210 
 
 ,47 
 
 84 
 
 84 
 
 avakCaicu, 
 avSpa, . 
 
 avexetv, . 
 av6ofjio\oyfia€at.. 
 
 4 
 
 • i 
 
 fiovparo?, 
 Bpaxt^ri, . 
 
 6V<T€T0, 
 
 22 
 60 
 49 
 
 4 
 
 Tjioeis, 
 ijAijSaTOS, 
 
 •^/U./3pOTOI', 
 
 jjveixoMi)!', 
 
 airrefifiifid^tiv, 
 
 eavoi, 
 
 8 
 
 W/LltS, 
 
 55 
 
 ii/Tiau), 
 ai'wxei, . 
 
 : ^6 
 
 iep<n,. . . 
 €iAeti', 
 
 243 
 
 eeo-4>aT0?, 
 diyyai'eii'. 
 
 58 
 I 
 
 ifwojua, . 
 
 28 
 
 flirov. 
 
 243 
 
 Ovydrnp, . 
 
 16 
 
 an-ardw, . 
 
 8 
 
 eKaOevSov, 
 
 
 OvitM, 
 
 60 
 
 airei\e(x), . 
 
 8 
 
 iKaOt^ov, 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 afntnqp, jc.t.A., 
 
 204 
 
 iAavw, . . 
 
 243 
 
 IfilO?, 
 
 60 
 
 aTafffioAo?, 
 
 22 
 
 ijjiv^aerip, 
 
 139 
 
 tepos, 
 
 84 
 
 avToyvov, 
 
 250 
 
 efjiokov, 
 
 4 
 
 ii/a, 
 
 55 
 
 avTOx«ip, 
 
 134 
 
 ivaCpo), . 
 
 8 
 
 io>twp<K, 
 
 '^ 
 
 a^xiom'ac, 
 
 56 
 
 'Ei/6w/w,twr, 
 
 22 
 
 ITTWO?, 
 
 60 
 
 owpro, 
 
 56 
 
 tysKa, 
 
 17 
 
 ioTopt'a, . 
 
 '^2 
 
 awTOI', 
 
 135 
 
 iveiru, . 
 
 4 
 
 laaat. 
 
 28 
 
XX 
 
 Index. 
 
 
 PAGB 
 
 
 PAGB 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 KoS'rifJiepay, . 
 
 139 
 
 opuaBoi. . . 
 
 55 
 
 TovjjAeyijs, 
 
 13s 
 
 Kara x^oKa, 
 
 139 
 
 opfieia. 
 
 176 
 
 TeOvaiyiv, . 
 
 28 
 
 — xeov6i, . 
 
 139 
 
 opf-i^fo, . 
 
 176 
 
 Teeraope?, 
 
 84 
 
 KOa-fUK, . 
 
 74 
 
 opMO?, . 
 
 60, 176 
 
 TTjAeOowo-a, 
 
 22 
 
 Kouptfiios, 
 
 84 
 
 opo-eo, 
 
 56 
 
 n^AuyeTOS, 
 
 48 
 
 Kveto, 
 
 4 
 
 oao-ofiai, . 
 
 58 
 
 Tta-airOax, 
 
 I 
 
 Kvveui, 
 
 4 
 
 ouAai, ^ , 
 
 84 
 
 Tvirreodflu, 
 
 1 
 
 KxiiO, 
 
 4 
 
 ovAo/xos, . 
 
 58 
 
 
 
 KVUV, 
 
 243 
 
 oSAos, . 
 
 8 
 
 , 
 
 
 XetVco, 
 
 84 
 
 oui/ojxa, . 
 
 60 
 
 vnapxeiv, 
 vjrep^ioAo?, 
 
 38 
 
 48 
 
 Avxvo?, . 
 
 243 
 
 ndofiau., . 
 
 Trareofitu, 
 
 ireia-ofuu. 
 
 4 
 
 uTTo/SaAAeii/, 
 vJToireTTnjw?, . 
 
 4 
 
 /ueV/aXeTai, 
 
 4 
 
 nivre. 
 
 243 
 
 
 
 /u.6'jLL/3AuKa, 
 
 243 
 
 venoaee, . 
 
 4 
 
 <^apeTpo, . 
 
 55 
 
 IJ.eiT<TO^, . 
 
 60 
 
 TTeirru), 
 
 243 
 
 <^eyyo?, . 
 
 243 
 
 HeO' rinepav, . 
 
 139 
 
 veviea\ifi,(K, 
 
 8 
 
 <t>Oovel(reai, 
 
 129 
 
 M.e>»Tj/u.ai, 
 
 139 
 
 TTinrw, 
 
 28 
 
 ifxXelv, . 
 
 129 
 
 MeTej^eij/, 
 
 I 
 
 irKTTO?, . 
 
 2 
 
 (fxoparax, . 
 
 48 
 
 Merewpo?, 
 
 28 
 
 TTOAAOV, . 
 
 28 
 
 
 
 M*^f 
 
 55 
 
 WOITO?, 
 
 16 
 
 
 
 firixairq, . 
 
 63 
 
 noo-eiSii', 
 n-orepos, . 
 
 143 
 17 
 
 XapifVTO?, 
 Xopieo-o-a, 
 
 23 
 
 38 
 
 vavs. 
 
 28 
 
 TTOTVla, . 
 
 57 
 
 X«P'S. 
 
 : ^6 
 
 ve^p6s, . 
 
 "i 
 
 60 
 
 TrpeVet, 
 
 129 
 
 x«y» 
 
 ill 
 
 jrpooTjKet, 
 
 129 
 143 
 
 Xew, 
 
 Xpaoftot, . 
 XP«vw, . 
 
 4 
 4 
 4 
 
 
 
 ^e(", . . 
 
 84 
 
 XP«,«». 
 
 51 
 
 feVos, 
 
 2 
 
 pevtro/xai. 
 
 49 
 
 X/>'». 
 
 129 
 4 
 
 oTi/oi/». . 
 
 247 
 
 trnnepov, . 
 
 55 
 
 
 
 oAoiTpoxo?, 
 
 74 
 
 OTKOUO?, 
 
 16 
 
 ^xn, 
 
 143 
 
 6irA.6T€po«, 
 
 48 
 
 arepyeiv, . 
 
 129 
 
 
 
 ope'yw, . 
 
 60 
 
 (TTt^aS, . 
 
 247 
 
 tapro, 
 
 28 
 
 opKds. 
 
 55 
 
 otJto, 
 
 4 
 
 wart. 
 
 55 
 
 INDEX OF GREEK PHRASES, TECHNICAL 
 TERMS, ETC. 
 
 ayxi-crreCa, 
 
 6 
 
 yeuixopoi, 
 
 194 
 
 SCkt) ef ovAtj?, 
 
 • 47. 130 
 
 avaSa(Tp.6i, 
 
 176 
 
 yAavAces (AaupiwTiKOt), 189 
 
 epwos, 
 
 6 
 
 avaxpiveiv. 
 
 212 
 
 yvioa-ip-axeui . 
 
 57 
 
 
 189 
 
 avoLKpiaii, 
 
 6, 130 
 
 ypap-naTeiov (Aijliap 
 
 
 BUtfv alpely. 
 
 47 
 
 ava\vTiKd, 
 
 253 
 
 Xi-ifov), . . 
 
 167 
 
 
 130 
 
 avTCSoa-iij 
 
 6 
 
 7po/xp,aTtcmjs, k.t.A. 
 
 , 96 
 
 SiofJLoKoyeiadai 
 
 139 
 
 at^iAaxeiv, k.t.A., 
 
 120, 212 
 
 yp<^H . ; 
 
 212 
 
 5i«M00-ui, 
 
 I20 
 
 oi/TiTi/xao^at, K.T.A. 
 
 249 
 
 aTrpoorao-iou, 
 
 167 
 
 SoKi.fia^eiv, 
 
 6 
 
 dt^wp.oo'ia, 
 
 249 
 
 enirponri^, 
 
 120 
 
 SiopoSoKelv, 
 
 249 
 
 aTra-yyeAca, 
 anaytoyri. 
 
 'i? 
 
 napavop-oiv, 
 
 223 
 
 eyypa^^, . 
 
 88 
 
 a7roypcut>ri, 
 anroOet^K, 
 
 88 
 
 StaSiKaa-Ca, 
 
 189 
 
 iyypa^Oi, 
 
 155 
 
 139 
 
 S,.a9riKri, . 
 
 139 
 
 ei<c6s. 
 
 253 
 
 areoKom), 
 
 176 
 
 fiKUTjp-at, 
 
 175 
 
 eiKOOToAoyos, 
 
 347 
 
 aiToptlv, . 
 
 139 
 
 5taA«»tTt»t^, . . 
 
 253 
 
 eiAcKpiio}^, 
 
 S^ 
 
 diropeitrdai, 
 
 139 
 
 SteTe's (7j/3Tjtf-«u «iri), 
 
 175 
 
 eio-ayyeAt'a, 
 
 88, 139, 212 
 
 dTt>iiTO? {ayu>v). 
 
 167 
 
 SlVtTJ, 
 
 212 
 
 eicrayw-yevs. 
 
 : U 
 
 d«/)aiojs (ovorta), 
 
 175 
 
 
 249 
 
 ei(r</>opa, . 
 
 d^opp.»;, . 
 
 176 
 
 Ati/xiitos, 
 
 47 
 
 eK»cAT><rta, 
 
 137 
 
Index, 
 
 XXI 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 eitifvicXj^a, 
 
 63 
 
 KaroffKruTf), 
 
 139 
 
 TrpoonwpLi, 
 
 >39 
 
 iKtrtativ, 
 
 I 
 
 Kkt^rfip, . 
 
 137. 247 
 
 irpo<rLK-mp, 
 
 74 
 
 iK<f)v\\o^opCa, 
 
 175 
 
 KOHHOi, . 
 
 
 ■np6(TKkr\<Ti.^, . 
 
 139 
 
 €vSaTei<Tdai, . 
 
 137 
 
 KplTlKOS, . 
 
 96 
 
 npoa^aroi. 
 
 74 
 
 fi'fietfi?, . 
 
 88. 139 
 
 KpvnrtLa, 
 
 167 
 
 np6^a<Ti.^, 
 
 28 
 
 evSekexeia, 
 
 259 
 
 
 
 irpvraveia. 
 
 74 
 
 ev7f Koi via. 
 
 167 
 
 kapvyyC^eiv, . 
 
 134 
 
 nv\ay6pai, 
 
 194 
 
 ivOvfirffjia, 
 
 253 
 
 koyunai. 
 
 175 
 
 
 
 e»TeA«x«itt, 
 
 259 
 
 
 
 (TapitTtra, 
 
 223 
 
 •toflVVfJil, 
 
 inayye\ta, 
 inapiaoBai, . 
 
 iirL cunt dat. et geii. 
 
 J34 
 175 
 
 96 
 139 
 
 vavTiKo? (tokos), 
 
 VOfXOV aVTe(,(T<l}€p€lP, 
 
 eKOelvai, . 
 
 napeta^tptiv, 
 
 vono4>v\aKet, . 
 
 ■ "1 
 
 6 
 6 
 6 
 
 175 
 
 (rqp.elov, . 
 SjrapTtTJTOu, jt.T.A., 
 (Trdaifjiov, ^ . 
 orec^avtrrjs (aYwi/), 
 orpayyevetr^ot, 
 (TvAAoyicrfxds, . 
 avftfj^pia^ rjytfii^v. 
 
 253 
 205 
 
 % 
 
 57 
 253 
 
 «7rt5et^s, 
 
 139 
 
 
 
 (TuvSiKelv, 
 
 g 
 
 eVtStad^inj, 
 
 139 
 
 ^vvoiKta, . 
 
 160 
 
 avvriyopoi, 
 
 137 
 
 iniSiKO^, . 
 
 139 
 
 
 
 <rvvT«'Aeia, 
 
 6 
 
 iniSoaii, . 
 
 "3 
 
 o(rrpaKi(Tp.6i, . 
 
 . 167 
 
 
 
 eirn/rr^ifeii/, . 
 
 135 
 
 bxl/ov. 
 
 137 
 
 Tetxo*, Tb 5io /meoov, 
 
 189 
 
 en-w/SeXta, 
 
 105 
 
 
 
 Te'Ao?, 
 
 254 
 
 (pTqftr)v (xpKelv, 
 
 212 
 
 ffopa/Sao-ts, . 
 
 74 
 
 rifi.av,rifta<rBai., 
 
 ,67 
 
 «V»jdTJS, . 
 
 SI 
 
 irapaypaii>ri, . 
 
 • 28, 247 
 
 TOKOl «»riTpiTOl, 
 
 6 
 
 fv&vSi.Kia, 
 
 130 
 
 napaKaTa^oXrj , 
 
 130 
 
 «iroY5ooi, . 
 
 6 
 
 evOvvT], 
 
 13s, 167 
 
 napaKpovofievo^, 
 
 48 
 
 e<heKTOi, . 
 
 rpaytaoia, k.t.A., 
 
 6 
 
 ev(x>vvp.o^. 
 
 51 
 
 napoLKpovw, k.t.A,, 
 
 249 
 
 207 
 
 e<teori?, . 
 
 194 
 
 napanpeaPeCa, . 
 
 167, 242 
 
 
 
 e<jbeTai, 
 
 175 
 
 napaaratTK;, . 
 
 120 
 
 v/3pis. 
 
 130 
 
 iiukoKpaa-ia, . 
 
 48 
 
 TTopiovTCs (oi), . 
 
 48 
 
 vStop [rh ifiSv), 
 
 48 
 
 
 
 7rapo5os, , 
 
 63 
 
 iiTrepcunrioTai, . 
 
 223 
 
 rpfffiovLa, 
 
 223, 250 
 
 TreWo^os, 
 
 250 
 
 vjropxTfjita 
 
 ^3 
 
 ^A,iaia, . 
 
 55 
 
 rreptTre'Teia, 
 
 63 
 
 vnoTiixaavai, 
 
 189 
 
 
 
 7repi<TT0ixt^€Tat, 
 
 48 
 
 VTTOTpe'xeiv, 
 
 247 
 
 eeo-Mofle'Tot, 
 
 74 
 
 TreTaAic/Aos, 
 iroAvi7paTOs, 
 
 167 
 
 vnwuoaCa, 
 
 120 
 
 lepofJivriyMV, 
 
 57 
 
 TTO/unreia, . 
 
 48 
 
 <f>a<ni, 
 
 312 
 
 to-To/xei/o? (fi^i/). 
 
 194 
 
 npopo\ri, . 
 
 47 
 
 <t>tpeyyvo^. 
 
 74 
 
 
 
 rrpo^ovAevfia, . 47 
 
 , 74, 194 
 
 (jftepe'oiKos, 
 
 250 
 
 ffodoJos, . 
 
 176 
 
 7rpoeK5o<ri5, 
 
 96 
 
 
 
 KapoZoKilv, 
 
 22 
 
 TrpoKArjoris, 
 
 139 
 
 Xopov ioTovat, 
 
 6 
 
 INDEX OF LATIN WORDS. 
 
 Absurdus, 
 
 x6 
 
 amabam, . 
 
 107 
 
 actutum, . 
 
 195 
 
 amare. 
 
 37 
 
 adeo, . . 
 
 50, 195 
 
 amarier, . 
 
 37 
 
 adimo, . 
 
 171 
 
 amatum, . 
 
 37 
 
 adolere, . 
 
 51 
 
 amavero, . 
 
 49 
 
 ador. 
 
 171 
 
 ambages. 
 
 28 
 
 adorea, . 
 
 171 
 
 ambitlosus. 
 
 40 
 
 iEscuIapius, 
 
 "3 
 
 ambobus. 
 
 29 
 
 aestimo. . 
 
 16 
 
 amentum, 
 
 171 
 
 aetemus, . 
 
 171 
 
 amphora, 
 
 123 
 
 affatim, . 
 
 171 
 
 anas, 
 
 42 
 
 ager, . 
 
 214 
 
 anceps, . 
 
 207 
 
 Agnppa, . 
 
 119 
 
 anima, 
 
 171 
 
 ala, 
 
 207 
 
 animai, 
 
 29 
 
 altod, . 
 
 29 
 
 annona, . 
 
 126 
 
 altus, 
 
 171 
 
 annus, 
 
 214 
 
 alumnus, . 
 
 93 
 
 anser, 
 
 171 
 
 Anxuri . 
 
 239 
 
 apricus, . 
 aratrum, . 
 arbiter, . 
 
 X03 
 171 
 
 argentum, 
 Argiletum, 
 argutus, . 
 armentum, 
 
 »7i 
 93 
 50 
 
 103 
 
 arva, 
 
 214 
 
 atque, 
 audiendum, 
 augur, 
 auris, 
 
 39 
 aa 
 
 136 
 
 60 
 
 aurora, . 
 
 17X 
 
 auspex, . 
 aut, 
 
 57 
 73 
 
 autumnus, 
 
 X34 
 
XXll 
 
 Index, 
 
 
 PAGB 
 
 
 PACE 
 
 i 
 
 Benignus, 
 
 i6 
 
 eumdem, 
 
 124 
 
 indicare, . 
 
 bes, . . 
 
 i66 
 
 exantlare 
 
 , . . x8s 
 
 indicere, . 
 
 bidental, . 
 
 . . 126 
 
 exereeo. 
 
 50 
 
 indieere, . 
 indulgeo, . 
 
 brevis. 
 
 . 28.84 
 
 exiguus, 
 exilis. 
 
 171 
 
 bruma. 
 
 103, 207 
 
 171 
 
 induo. 
 
 
 
 extempio 
 
 X19 
 
 infensus, . 
 
 Caecus, . 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 infestus, . 
 
 caeruleus, 
 
 84 
 
 Facilis, 
 
 50 
 
 Infinitive mood. 
 
 caetera, . 
 
 . 39, 185 
 
 familias. 
 
 29 
 
 infitias ire, . 1 
 
 Cains, 
 
 124 
 
 fanaticus 
 
 57 
 
 infitior, . 
 
 calami tas. 
 
 79 
 
 fascis, 
 
 50 
 
 instar. 
 
 callis, . 
 
 . . 36 
 
 fassus. 
 
 X40 
 
 invenustus, 
 
 calumnia. 
 
 i66, 247 
 
 fastigium 
 
 , . . 22 
 
 ira, . . . . 
 
 candidus, 
 
 22 
 
 fatigo. 
 
 SO 
 
 
 candor, . 
 
 119 
 
 Februari 
 
 is, . . 112 
 
 Tovis, . 
 ]umentura. 
 
 career, . 
 
 160, 207 
 
 fecundus 
 
 171, 185 
 
 carere, . 
 
 SO 
 
 femen. 
 
 171 
 
 Justus, 
 
 carmen, . 
 
 171 
 
 fenus, 
 
 247 
 
 
 castrum, . 
 
 . . i6 
 
 feriae. 
 
 132 
 
 Lacrima, 
 
 cecini, 
 
 49 
 
 fermentu 
 
 m, , . 171 
 
 laevus. 
 
 cerebrum. 
 
 . . 28 
 
 fessus. 
 
 140 
 
 legumen, . 
 
 cemo, 
 
 60 
 
 filiabus. 
 
 29 
 
 lentus, 
 
 ceterum, . 
 
 . . 98 
 
 filius. 
 
 • 42. 79 
 
 letum. 
 
 clam. 
 
 195 
 
 Flamen, 
 
 112 
 
 liber. 
 
 classim, . 
 
 29 
 
 flamma. 
 
 . . . 84 
 
 libet, 
 
 linquunt, . 
 
 litera, . . 1 
 
 cliens, 
 
 171 
 
 foedus. 
 
 166 
 
 Clitumnus, 
 
 93 
 
 fomentun 
 
 1, . . 171 
 
 Cneius, . 
 Codes, . 
 
 124 
 
 119 
 
 forceps, 
 foris. 
 
 42 
 . . . 84 
 
 literae (singulae), 
 litus, . . , 
 
 coelum, , 
 
 . 39, 119, 124 
 
 fossa, 
 
 60 
 
 longus, ■. ; . 
 lucus. 
 
 coena, 
 
 39, 119, 124 
 
 frumentu 
 
 m, . . 171 
 
 colligere, 
 
 39 
 
 fuero. 
 
 . . . 28 
 
 ludus. 
 
 conditio. 
 
 124 
 
 fulmen, 
 
 55 
 
 luna, 
 lupus. 
 
 condo, . 
 
 50 
 
 fulvus. 
 
 . . . 36 
 
 confuto, . 
 
 166 
 
 
 
 lymphaticus, . 
 
 connecto, 
 
 124 Genialis. 
 
 SI 
 
 
 connubium. 
 
 124 
 
 Genitive 
 
 :ase, . . 30 
 
 Mactare, . 
 
 considero, 
 consul, . 
 
 171 
 
 Gerunds, 
 
 30 
 
 macte, 
 
 32 
 
 gremium. 
 
 171 
 
 Maneinus, 
 
 contamino, 
 contemplor, 
 
 207 
 166 
 
 gloria. 
 
 . . . 84 
 
 Manius, . . . 
 
 mare, 
 
 meditor, . 
 
 convicium. 
 
 119, 185 
 
 Hecuba, 
 
 123 
 
 copia. 
 
 171 
 
 Hercules 
 
 123 
 
 mensis, . 
 
 coquo. 
 
 : '^ 
 
 heres. 
 
 . . . 185 
 
 meridie, . 
 
 coram. 
 
 hiems. 
 
 171, 214 
 
 militiae, . 
 
 comu, 
 culmen, . 
 
 42 
 
 hispidus, 
 hominibu 
 
 22 
 
 5, . . 29 
 
 mina, 
 minister, . 
 
 cunae. 
 
 60 
 
 homo, 
 
 79 
 
 miscere, . 
 
 
 
 honor. 
 
 50 
 
 modo. 
 
 Denarius, 
 
 114 
 
 homus, 
 
 103 
 
 moenia, . 
 
 dens. 
 
 171 
 
 hortos. 
 
 132 
 
 moles. 
 
 deQm 
 
 22 
 
 hortus. 
 
 214 
 
 mollis. 
 
 dimico, . 
 
 166 
 
 hostia. 
 
 79 
 
 monstrum, 
 
 ditio. 
 
 124 
 
 hostes. 
 
 51 
 
 monui, . 
 
 diutumus. 
 
 166 
 
 humor. 
 
 39 
 
 musae. 
 
 divflm, , 
 
 29 
 
 
 
 
 domi, 
 
 . 29,94 
 
 Idus, 
 
 93 
 
 Narrare, . 
 
 donee. 
 
 195 
 
 igitur, 
 ifiius. 
 
 . . XX, 40 
 
 natales, . 
 
 drachma. 
 
 39, 114, 123 
 
 28 
 
 natura, . 
 
 dum. 
 
 
 imago. 
 
 28 
 
 nebulo, . 
 
 dumtaxat. 
 
 160 
 
 immanis. 
 
 . 79. "9 
 
 negligo, . . . ( 
 
 
 
 immo. 
 
 . 79, 185 
 
 nego. 
 
 Emolumentum, 
 
 X7t 
 
 imperator 
 
 . 39, 124 
 
 nemus, . 
 
 enimvero. 
 
 98 
 
 improbus, 
 
 . 2, 40 
 
 neuter, . 
 
 equus. 
 
 36 
 
 imus. 
 
 207 
 
 nihil. 
 
 eruditio, . 
 
 x66 
 
 incitega, . 
 
 119 
 
 noluerim, 
 
 esctt. 
 
 IX 1 
 
 inde. 
 
 37 
 
 noxa. 
 
Index. 
 
 XXllI 
 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 nubere alicui, . 
 
 50 
 
 quiiif . . 
 
 195. 253 
 
 suadeo, ... 16 
 
 nudius tertius, 
 
 166 
 
 quippe, . 
 
 19s 
 
 suavis, . 
 
 
 42 
 
 nuncubi, . 
 
 137 
 
 quisque, etc., . 
 
 200 
 
 sublimis, . 
 
 
 79, 160 
 
 nuntius, . 
 
 171 
 
 quo. 
 
 55 
 
 subtilis, . 
 
 
 z6o 
 
 nupsi. 
 
 37 
 
 quoniam. 
 
 73 
 
 sudus. 
 
 
 22 
 
 nurus. 
 
 171 
 
 
 
 surdus, , 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 Radicitus, 
 
 37 
 
 superstitio, 
 
 
 51. 55 
 
 Occupo, . 
 
 214 
 
 rastnun, . 
 
 16 
 
 suspicio, . 
 
 124, 166 
 
 oculus, . 
 
 171 
 
 re-, . . . . 
 
 »39 
 
 
 
 odi, . 
 
 72 
 
 refert. . 
 
 132 
 
 Tegmen, . 
 
 37 
 
 officina, . 
 
 3^ 
 
 rettuht, . 
 
 49 
 
 templum, . 
 
 
 79 
 
 olim. 
 
 36 
 
 regio, . . . 
 rehgio, . 
 
 55 
 
 tentare, . 
 
 
 124 
 
 olla, 
 
 207 
 
 55 
 
 terreo. 
 
 
 28 
 
 oppido, . 
 
 251 
 
 rostrum, . 
 
 16 
 
 Thorius Furius 
 
 
 119 
 
 oppidum, 
 
 79 
 
 ruri. 
 
 94 
 
 transenna. 
 
 
 251 
 
 orbis. 
 
 50 
 
 ruina. 
 
 81 
 
 triumphus. 
 
 
 247 
 
 oscillo, . 
 
 171 
 
 
 
 turunda, . 
 
 
 123 
 
 otium. 
 
 207 
 
 Scelus, . 
 
 16 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 scilicet, . 
 
 50 
 
 Ullus, etc.. 
 
 
 200 
 
 Palam, . 
 
 195 
 
 Scipio, . 
 
 119 
 
 ultro. 
 
 
 40,98 
 
 pango, . 
 
 60 
 
 secius, . 
 
 124, 132 
 
 Umbri, etc., . 
 
 
 215 
 
 parti. 
 
 29 
 
 secundus. 
 
 73 
 
 unae (literae). 
 
 
 98 
 
 paullum, . 
 
 185 
 
 securis, . 
 
 160 
 
 urbanitas. 
 
 
 119 
 
 pecus, . 
 
 16 
 
 securus, . 
 
 119, 160 
 
 urbium, . 
 
 
 49 
 
 pepuhsti, . 
 
 22 
 
 seditio, . 
 
 132 
 
 ut, . . 
 
 
 
 55 
 
 peritus, . 
 
 36 
 
 sedo. 
 
 132 
 
 
 
 
 
 pessum (dare), 
 
 137 
 
 segnis, . 
 
 119 
 
 Vanitas, 
 
 
 
 "9 
 
 placenta, . 
 
 123 
 
 sero. 
 
 171 
 
 vanus. 
 
 
 
 207 
 
 plaustrum. 
 
 16 
 
 si, . 
 Sibylla, . 
 
 16 
 
 vastus^ 
 Vejovis, 
 
 
 
 166 
 
 plebes, . 
 
 42 
 
 36 
 
 
 
 22 
 
 ploxemus. 
 
 134 
 
 sigillum, . 
 silicernium. 
 
 119 
 
 Velia, 
 
 
 
 ?i 
 
 plumbum. 
 
 36 
 
 119 
 
 velle. 
 
 
 
 poUex, 
 
 55 
 
 simplex, . 
 
 iig 
 
 velum. 
 
 
 
 207 
 
 postea, . 
 
 132 
 
 simul. 
 
 195 
 
 veni. 
 
 
 
 ■1: 
 
 postumus. 
 
 185 
 
 simultas, . 
 
 112 
 
 venire. 
 
 
 
 potissimum. 
 
 98 
 
 sino. 
 
 16 
 
 vertex. 
 
 
 
 22 
 
 prelum, . 
 
 . 18s 
 
 sinus. 
 
 50 
 
 verus. 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 premere, . 
 
 28 
 
 siremps, . 
 
 251 
 
 vescor. 
 
 
 
 40 
 
 privignus. 
 
 16 
 
 sodes. 
 
 171 
 
 vespa. 
 
 
 
 42 
 
 procella, . 
 
 16 
 
 sol, . . . 
 
 55 
 
 vestibulur 
 
 n, 
 
 
 55 
 
 procul, . 
 
 195 
 
 solatium, . 
 
 124 
 
 vestigium 
 
 
 
 55 
 
 profanus, . 
 
 126 
 
 solennis, . 
 
 124 
 
 vicis. 
 
 
 
 • 35.36 
 
 prcelium, . 
 
 93 
 
 solertia, . 
 
 51 
 
 vicus. 
 
 
 
 214 
 
 prosa. 
 
 36 
 
 solium. 
 
 60 
 
 vidi. 
 
 
 
 49 
 
 Prosepnais, 
 
 37 
 
 solum, 
 
 60 
 
 viginti, 
 volo. 
 
 
 
 42 
 
 
 
 spatium, . 
 
 28 
 
 
 
 17X 
 
 Quatuor, . 
 
 124 
 
 sponte, . 
 
 36 
 
 voluptas. 
 
 
 
 42 
 
 que. 
 
 73 
 
 stipendium, 
 
 207 
 
 vox, , 
 
 
 
 171 
 
 INDEX OF LATIN PHRASES, TECHNICAL 
 TERMS, ETC. 
 
 I 
 
 Adversus (lectus), 
 
 33 
 
 amanuensis. 
 
 32 
 
 asse, heres ex, 
 
 47 
 
 advocati, . 
 
 83 
 
 ambitus, . 
 
 192 
 
 assidui, . 
 
 • 63,86 
 
 ajrarium, . 
 
 209 
 
 ampliatio. 
 
 169 
 
 auctoritas. 
 
 122 
 
 facere, 
 
 47 
 
 annona, . 
 
 247 
 
 augural terms. 
 
 216 
 
 a;re, etc.,. 
 
 195 
 
 antestari. 
 
 7, 42 
 
 
 
 agger, . 
 
 177 
 
 appellatio. 
 
 169 
 
 Basilica. . 
 
 32 
 
 agnaius . 
 
 92 
 
 arrhabo, . 
 
 112 
 
 bcncficiarii, . 
 
 133 
 
XXIV 
 
 Index. 
 
 PACB 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 PACK 
 
 bidental. 
 
 112 
 
 Fiduciarius, 
 
 133 
 
 pedarii, . . 
 
 
 83 
 
 bigatum (argentum), 
 
 239 
 
 fiscus, 
 
 209 
 
 pedibus ire, etc.. 
 
 
 63 
 
 bissextus, . . 3a 
 
 no 
 
 
 
 perduellio, 
 
 
 74 
 
 
 
 Hereditas (sine sacris), 7 
 
 perpetuae (quaestiones). 
 
 83 
 
 Caducae (hereditates). 
 
 239 
 
 heres. 
 
 192 
 
 phalangae. 
 
 
 '33 
 
 callere, . 
 
 6 
 
 H. M. N. S. . 
 
 239 
 
 plebiscitur.i, . 
 
 
 92 
 
 canere cum dativo, . 
 
 6 
 
 honor, _ . 
 
 192 
 
 plebs, . . 
 
 
 122 
 
 capularis (senex), . 
 
 6 
 
 honorarium (jus). 
 
 168, 209 
 
 pomoerium. 
 
 
 122 
 
 caput, . 113, 192 
 cataphracti, . 
 
 ^^ 
 
 Imperium, 
 
 122, 192 
 
 populus, . 
 
 Pop. Rom. Quir., 
 
 
 122 
 122 
 
 causam (dicere), 
 
 93 
 
 impluvium. 
 
 33 
 
 portoria, . 
 
 "3 
 
 209 
 
 cedro digna loqui, . 
 
 no 
 
 indictio, . 
 
 "3 
 
 possessio. 
 
 122, 
 
 192 
 
 censeo, . 
 
 83 
 
 ingenuus. 
 
 169 
 
 posticum, 
 
 
 33 
 
 census, . . 113 
 
 209 
 
 inofficiosum (testa- 
 
 
 postliminium, . 
 
 . 92, 
 
 112 
 
 centesimae (usurae), . 
 
 63 
 
 mentum). 
 
 135 
 
 praejudicium, . 
 
 
 137 
 
 centuria, . 
 
 122 
 
 inquilinus. 
 
 169 
 
 praerogativa (tribus 
 
 i 
 
 42 
 
 cernere (hercditatem). 
 
 47 
 
 intercessio. 
 
 169 
 
 praetentura. 
 
 
 178 
 
 circulator. 
 
 134 
 
 intercisus (dies). 
 
 no 
 
 praetor, . 
 
 •32. 
 
 122 
 
 classis, . 
 
 122 
 
 
 
 praetorium. 
 
 
 240 
 
 clavum anni movere, 
 
 no 
 
 Janus Quirini, 
 judices, . 
 
 122 
 
 praevaricator, . 
 
 ^83, 
 
 137 
 
 coemptio, 
 
 63 
 
 192 
 
 primipilus. 
 
 
 i^ 
 
 cohors, . 
 
 133 
 
 justitium. 
 
 13s 
 
 princeps senatus, 
 
 
 h 
 
 collegium, 
 
 192 
 
 
 
 principia. 
 
 "164, 
 
 178 
 
 collini. 
 
 122 
 
 Latericulus, . 
 
 133 
 
 procinctu, in, . 
 
 
 240 
 
 collis . . . 
 
 122 
 
 Legion, officers of, 
 
 140 
 
 proletarii. 
 
 
 ^3 
 
 coUybus, . 
 
 114 
 
 Lex, etc.. 
 
 196 
 
 provincia. 
 
 • 32, 
 
 164 
 
 colonia, . 122 
 
 192 
 
 liceo. 
 
 126 
 
 provocatio, ; 
 
 
 169 
 
 comissatio. 
 
 74 
 
 liceor, 
 
 126 
 
 publicani. 
 
 113 
 
 209 
 
 comitia, . 
 
 122 
 
 licitatio, . 
 
 112 
 
 pulvinar, . 
 
 
 33 
 
 comitialis (morbus). 
 
 259 
 
 limes. 
 
 177 
 
 punctis singulis colligere, 6 
 
 comperendinare. 
 
 47 
 
 litura. 
 
 126 
 
 
 
 
 compitalia. 
 
 112 
 
 lituus, etc.. 
 
 216 
 
 Quadrata (Roma), 
 
 
 122 
 
 compitum. 
 
 247 
 
 loco consular! dicere 
 
 . 83 
 
 quadratum agmen. 
 
 . 
 
 240 
 
 conclamare (vasa), . 
 
 133 
 
 Lucae boves, . 
 
 no 
 
 quadruplator, . 
 
 
 42 
 
 conditione uti. 
 
 147 
 
 lustrum, . 
 
 16 
 
 quaestio, . 
 
 
 192 
 
 confarreatio. 
 
 42 
 
 
 
 quaterdecies (millies), 
 
 47 
 
 contabulatio, . 
 
 133 
 
 Majestas, 
 
 143, 196 
 
 quintana (via), 
 Quirites, . 
 
 
 164 
 
 contio, . . . 
 
 192 
 
 manceps, . 
 
 209 
 
 
 99 
 
 coronarium (aurur,), 
 
 209 
 
 mancipium, . 63 
 
 92, IQ2 
 
 
 
 
 cretio. 
 
 259 
 
 manipulus. 
 
 247 
 
 Redemptor, 
 
 
 112 
 
 cuniculus, 
 
 178 
 
 manum (conventio i 
 
 n), 92 
 
 religio, . 
 
 
 51 
 
 curiata (lex), . . 42, q2 
 
 mathematicus, 
 
 32 
 
 remulcum, 
 
 
 133 
 
 curulis (sella), . 
 
 122 
 
 Megalesia, 
 
 , 32 
 
 repetundae. 
 
 
 140 
 
 
 
 mices, dignus qui cu 
 
 Tl, 6, 166 
 
 repono, . 
 
 
 40 
 
 Decumanus, . 140 
 
 209 
 
 miles. 
 
 122 
 
 resonare cum dat. 
 
 
 6 
 
 decuriae, . 
 
 83 
 
 mirmillo, . 
 
 134 
 
 rogare Oegem), etc. 
 
 , 47 
 
 251 
 
 deduco, . 
 
 so 
 
 moenia, . 
 
 122 
 
 rorarius, . 
 
 
 35 
 
 denuntiare (testimonium), 47 
 
 momentum. 
 
 126 
 
 
 
 
 depontanus, . 
 
 169 
 
 mons. 
 
 122 
 
 Sacramento dicere, 
 
 
 247 
 
 dicis causa. 
 
 251 
 
 Mostellaria, . 
 
 112 
 
 sacrum inter saxumque. 
 
 7 
 
 dictator, . 
 
 122 
 
 municipium. 
 
 74, 192 
 
 saga sumere, . 
 
 
 239 
 
 diem dicere, . 
 
 63 
 
 
 
 sagnien, . 
 salarium, . 
 
 
 137 
 
 dierectum ire, . . 7 
 
 % 
 
 Nefastus (dies), 
 
 134 
 
 .32 
 
 209 
 
 discessionem (facere). 
 
 nexus. 
 
 137 
 
 salinae. 
 
 
 209 
 
 dividere (sententiam). 
 
 169 
 
 nomenclator, . 
 
 32 
 
 salutaris (litera). 
 
 
 169 
 
 divinatio. 
 
 83 
 
 numeris absolvi, 
 
 6 
 
 sarta (tecta), . 
 
 
 239 
 
 
 
 nundinae, . 
 
 126 
 
 scribere, . 
 
 
 122 
 
 Edictum, . 
 
 192 
 
 nutricius. 
 
 133 
 
 scriptura, . 115, 
 secundae (mensa:). 
 
 192 
 
 209 
 
 cgredi (relationem\ 
 
 no 
 
 
 
 
 33 
 
 emeriti, . 
 
 178 
 
 Operae subcesivae. 
 
 252 
 
 sensus communis. 
 
 
 239 
 
 equitum magistcr, . 
 
 122 
 
 theatrales, 
 
 252 
 
 Septimontium, 
 
 
 122 
 
 ericius, . 
 
 133 
 
 orchestra. 
 
 63 
 
 serviens ^fundus), 
 servitus (pra;dii). 
 
 
 92 
 
 Esquiliae, 
 
 122 
 
 
 
 
 19.- 
 
 evocatus, 
 
 133 
 
 Paganus, 
 
 171 
 
 sestertius, 
 
 
 "4 
 
 exauctoratio, . 
 
 240 
 
 patria potestas. 
 
 92 
 
 sistere (vadimonium). 
 
 42 
 
 exedra, . 
 
 33 
 
 patrimus, 
 
 126 
 
 societas, . 
 
 
 137 
 
 exilium, . 
 
 122 
 
 peculum castrense, 
 
 :tc., 135 
 
 sodallcium, 
 
 . 
 
 192 
 
 cxpers (maris). 
 
 239 
 
 pecunia, . 
 
 122 
 
 solarium, . 
 
 
 33 
 
Index. 
 
 XXV 
 
 PAGE 
 
 soHdus, . , 114 
 
 solistimum (tripudium), 216 
 stater, . 114 
 
 statumina, . 133 
 
 stipendii (homo nullius), 239 
 strictura, . . 134 
 
 subrogare (legem), 135, 251 
 susque deque, . . 251 
 
 Tablinum, 
 tabularium, 
 Talassio, . 
 tempestiva (convivla). 
 
 33 
 
 74 
 
 110 
 
 239 
 
 PACK 
 
 translatitium (edictum), i68 
 
 tribus, . . . 122 
 
 tributum, . 209 
 
 tripudium, . . 126 
 
 Umbilicum (adducere 
 
 ad), ... 63 
 
 unciarium (fenus), . 239 
 
 unguem (factus ad), 6, 63 
 
 universitas, 143 
 
 universus, 214 
 
 iisura, . . 209 
 
 usurpatio, . . 143 
 
 
 PACK 
 
 ususfructus, . 
 
 192 
 
 Vadari (reum). 
 
 47 
 
 vadato respondcrc. 
 
 63 
 
 vasarium. 
 
 209 
 
 vectigal, . 
 
 2oq 
 
 versura, . 
 
 135.209 
 
 vcxillum, . 
 
 112 
 
 Victoriatus, 
 
 114 
 
 vindicare, etc. , 
 
 II 
 
 vindicta, . 
 
 • 92. 140 
 
 vineas agere, . 
 
 240 
 
 FRENCH AND OTHER MODERN CONTINENTAL 
 WORDS. 
 
 Age, 
 
 aTx,. 
 
 Antibes, . 
 
 aujourdhui, 
 
 aurai, 
 
 aussi, 
 
 autre, 
 
 BesanQon, 
 boutique, . 
 
 Car,. . 
 causer, . 
 ce, . 
 cette, 
 chanteur, 
 cheval, 
 Coblentz, 
 Cologne, . 
 cour. 
 
 107 
 
 239 
 103 
 107 
 128 
 128 
 128 
 
 239 
 X03 
 
 I07 
 218 
 107 
 107 
 
 2X8 
 
 103 
 
 239 
 103 
 107 
 
 Demoiselle, 
 
 Feu, 
 
 fils. . . 
 
 G^ant, . 
 Gibraltar, 
 Grenoble, 
 
 Ici, . . 
 
 Larron, . 
 Lerida, . 
 Lodi, 
 
 Meme, 
 Modena, . 
 Monaco, . 
 
 Oporto, . 
 
 218 
 
 2X8 
 2X8 
 
 103 
 239 
 
 128 
 
 218 
 239 
 239 
 
 107 
 239 
 103 
 
 239 
 
 Palais, . . 
 Piacenza, 
 
 ai8 
 318 
 839 
 
 Queue, . 
 
 107 
 
 Roi, . . 
 
 aiS 
 
 Saragossa, 
 serment, . 
 Seville, . 
 Strasbourg, 
 
 ; "i 
 
 103 
 103 
 
 Tarragona, 
 
 Tivoli, 
 
 Turin, 
 
 239 
 239 
 103 
 
 Varna, . 
 
 103 
 
 verre. 
 
 X07 
 
 ENGLISH WORDS. 
 
 Advantage, 
 
 40 
 
 Caitiff, . 
 
 age, . . 
 
 40 
 
 category, . 
 
 arrive. 
 
 40 
 
 causeway. 
 
 author. 
 
 239 
 
 Church, . 
 
 axiom. 
 
 . 226 
 
 country, . 
 
 country-dance 
 
 court. 
 
 Battle. . 
 
 40 
 
 
 beefeater. 
 
 226 
 
 Dandylion, 
 
 bombasin, 
 
 103 
 
 dogcheap, 
 
 brother, . 
 
 16 
 
 draw, 
 
 193 
 
 226 
 226 
 
 40, 2X8 
 226 
 
 186 
 
 226 
 226 
 
 16 
 
 Eight, 
 entertain, 
 
 Feeble, 
 
 fish, 
 five, 
 foot, 
 forest. 
 
 Genial, 
 
 16 
 40 
 
 II 
 
 16 
 16 
 
 40 
 
 830 
 
XXVI 
 
 Index. 
 
 Heart, 
 hemp. 
 
 Instance, 
 
 instant, 
 
 island. 
 
 Jewel, 
 
 journey, 
 
 jovial. 
 
 Lay, 
 
 libertine, 
 
 licorice. 
 
 Mystery, 
 
 PAGE 
 
 16 
 16 
 
 226 
 226 
 40 
 
 171 
 
 239 
 
 226, 239 
 
 16 
 239 
 103 
 
 Negropont, 
 
 Peculiar, 
 
 pen, 
 
 pilgrim, . 
 
 pity, 
 
 prestige, 
 
 prevent, . 
 
 priest, 
 
 privilege, 
 
 profligate, 
 
 Quit, 
 
 Right, . 
 
 40 Saturnine, 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 PACK 
 
 226 
 
 secure, . 
 
 181 
 
 
 sister. 
 
 16 
 
 ni 
 
 species, . 
 
 226 
 
 spice. 
 
 226 
 
 239 
 
 spite. 
 
 73 
 
 218 
 
 squurel, . 
 
 107 
 
 239 
 
 
 
 239 
 
 Ten, . . 
 
 16 
 
 107 
 
 term. 
 
 226 
 
 239 
 
 thatch, . 
 
 16 
 
 239 
 
 
 
 
 Uncle, . 
 
 40 
 
 73 
 
 
 
 
 Wasp, . . 
 
 40 
 
 40, 226 
 
 way. 
 
 16 
 
 
 wiseacre, . 
 
 226 
 
 226 
 
 wrong. 
 
 226 
 
 SYNONYMS. 
 
 iErarium, fiscus. 
 
 142 
 
 Hie, iste, etc.. 
 
 129 
 
 Pontifex, Flamen, etc.. 
 
 99 
 
 Affinis, cognatus, etc. 
 
 142 
 
 Homo, vir, etc.. 
 
 214 
 
 
 
 Ager, arvum, etc., . 
 
 214 
 
 
 
 Quietus, tranquillus, 
 Quis, etc., . 128, 
 
 140 
 
 Agnosco, cognosco. 
 
 41 
 
 In jure, in judicio, . 
 
 140 
 
 200 
 
 Alga, ulva. 
 
 180 
 
 Invenire, reperire, . 
 
 140 
 
 
 
 Antiquus, vetus, . 4 
 
 ,60 
 
 Ita, sic, . 
 
 73 
 
 Rebellio, seditio, . 
 
 99 
 
 Armus, humerus, . 
 
 180 
 
 
 
 Resideo, resido. 
 
 140 
 
 At, autem, etc.. 
 
 73 
 
 Jam, nimc. 
 
 73 
 
 Rursus, iterum. 
 
 166 
 
 Bruma, hiems. 
 
 41 
 
 Labor, opus, etc., . 
 
 166 
 
 Sangxiis, cruor. 
 
 180 
 
 Bustum, rogus. 
 
 41 
 
 Lex, jus, . 
 
 142 
 
 Securus, tutus, etc., 60, 
 
 180 
 
 
 Libertus, libertinus, 41 
 
 , 142 
 
 Sentio, censeo. 
 
 142 
 
 Carere, indigere, etc.. 
 
 1§ 
 
 Mcerere, dolere, etc.. 
 
 259 
 
 Tartarus, Erebus, . 
 
 41 
 
 Circa, circum, etc., 
 Conjugium, connubium 
 
 Mulier, femina, etc.. 
 
 214 
 
 Teres, rotundus, 
 
 60 
 
 41 
 
 
 
 Timeo, metuo, etc., 60, 
 
 140 
 
 Consors, socius, etc.. 
 
 180 
 
 Omnis, cunctus, etc.. 
 
 166 
 
 
 
 Cutis, pellis, . 
 
 180 
 
 Operam dare, navare. 
 
 166 
 
 Ungula, unguis. 
 
 180 
 
 Cyathus, cantharus. 
 
 41 
 
 Ordiri, incipere, 
 
 129 
 
 Uxor, conjux, . 
 
 214 
 
 Facinus, flagitium, . 
 
 142 
 
 Peccatumi culpa, etc., 
 
 166 
 
 Vades, praedes. 
 
 140 
 
 Forte, forsan, etc., . 
 
 
 Plaga, rete, . 
 Plebs, populus. 
 
 41 
 
 Varius, diversus, etc.. 
 
 129 
 
 Fructus, fruges. 
 
 180 
 
 142 
 
 Vectigal, ultro tributum, 
 
 140 
 
 Furnus, fomax. 
 
 180 
 
 Poculum, crater 
 
 41 
 
 Venter, alvus, etc., 
 
 180 
 
 *PROVERBS. 
 
 a»/©epi»cov deptfeiJ', . 
 
 256 
 
 iaKTvXo^ OLfiepa, 
 
 256 
 
 cAo? Kal aAa(, . 
 
 130 
 
 anurepia tj yomj Kv^fxij, 
 
 253 
 
 Sevrepo^ wAovs, 
 
 105 
 
 «7rt Ovpaii v&piav, 
 
 130 
 
 'Attikos TrapoiKos, . 
 
 130 
 
 Aiovv<rios ev KopivOu), 
 Alb? KopivOoi, 
 
 130 
 105 
 
 rfii avTTj? opfitlv. 
 
 254 
 
 pSiXov aAijrrjs, . 
 
 256 
 
 
 
 TJAw ^Ao?, 
 
 127 
 
 * For some valuable explanations of Greek Proverbs, see Wilkins' Introduction to 
 Greek Prose Composition, § xv. 
 
Index. 
 
 xxvii 
 
 
 PAGB 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 fAGE 
 
 iJTJTe'a? irpo/taXeii', . 
 
 256 
 
 fiCa MuKOfo? 
 
 253 
 
 vwepov irtpiTpowri, . 
 
 254 
 
 
 
 /xC? TTto-cryjs yeveTai, 
 
 253 
 
 is irpb« 'ABrivav, 
 
 lOS 
 
 Ktpanevi KefMfitl, 
 
 130, aso 
 
 Mvawi' Aeui, . 
 
 126 
 
 
 
 «coiv6« 'Ep/u.115, . 
 
 130 
 
 
 
 
 
 KOAOIO? TTOTl K0\0l6v, 
 
 los 
 
 ov<K ayei fivtrrripia, 
 
 256 
 
 Bovi clitellas, . 
 
 127 
 
 
 
 ovov Trapducvi/'i?, k.t.A., 
 
 254 
 
 Modium salis edere. 
 
 127 
 
 KtovTtiv ivieSvKa, 
 
 256 
 
 
 
 Ne sutor supra cre- 
 
 
 AT^fiVM epya, , 
 
 los 
 
 iroXu7rpaYfio<rviaj, it.T.A. 
 
 354 
 
 pidam, . 
 
 127 
 
 AVKOK «I6€S, 
 
 254 
 
 
 
 Nulla dies sine linea, 
 
 127 
 
 
 
 STrapTTjv ikaxti, k.t.\., 
 
 256 
 
 Subula leonem, 
 
 251 
 
 fitra^v K. KoX 2., . 
 
 256 
 
 
 
 
 
 MCToppctv wcnrep 'E., 
 
 130 
 
 Tcdt^KcVai ^ SiJdo-KCiv, 
 
 256 
 
 English Proverbs, . 
 
 256 
 
EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 I. 
 
 Critical Questions. 
 
 1. What is meant by Comparative Philology] How does 
 it affect our view of the relation between the Greek and Latin 
 languages 1 
 
 2. Illustrate by examples any euphonic principles which 
 are discernible in the derivation or inflections of Greek words. 
 
 3. Contrast the force of the conjunctive with av in depen- 
 dent clauses with that of the conjunctive without av. 
 
 4. Show how the cases with which they are constructed 
 modify the primary force of the Greek Prepositions. 
 
 5. Give the constructions and meanings of the following 
 verbs : — ^/ovetv, d/xvvctv, aixd^ecrOai^ riiTaxrdai.^ rmrrecrSaiy avk- 
 Xeiv, ixiTe^eiv^ iKirea-eiv, %Lyydv€LV. 
 
 6. Suggest emendations for the following corrupt passages : — 
 
 a. rajrep 6 Aortas 6 Ila/oi/ao-tos, 
 
 /jteyav c^coj/ fivxov \6ovbs * * 
 
 * * CTT^ 6yd ei 
 
 a^€V aSoAws SoAtav 
 
 f^XaTTTOfxkvav xpovi(r6€icrav eVoi'xcTai.' 
 If. orav 8' avT c7raAK€s 
 
 S^pao-e', dircorao-ev a\o<s 
 
 Trpos TO <})av€L(T6ai fAoi KaAws.* 
 
 » ^sch. Choeph, 940 (Paley). « lb. 40& 
 
 A 
 
2 Exammatio7i Papers. 
 
 C. (rov(r9€ (rov(rd' oXofxevaL 6X.6fJL€v* tV d/xiSa. 
 err* dva TroXvppvrov 
 aXfJL'qevTa Topov, 
 Sco-TTocrt^ ^vv v^pet^ 
 yo/A<^o8€T^ re So pi 8t' oAoi», 
 at/Aoi/ tfft) or €7r afiica 
 'qarvSovTria TaTrtra* 
 KcAevo) /3t^ fiedea-Qai 
 txap, ^pevL t' arav.^ 
 
 d. <f)L\€i Se TLKT€LV V^pCS fl€V TTttXaca »/€({- 
 
 ^ovtrav €1/ KaKOLS /Sporiov vfiptv 
 
 tot' 17 TOT*, evT* av to Kvpiov poky. 
 
 veapa <f>dovs kotov 
 
 Baifiovd re tov apM^ov, diroXepov, 
 
 dvUpov '^pda-os, /xcAaiVas p^eXadpoKTiv aTas, 
 
 clSophav TOK€V(nv.^ 
 
 7. Give the usages of the following words, with any illus- 
 trations which may occur to you : — Surdus, c(bcus^ lentus^ impro- 
 bus^ verus, invenustus ; fSwpos, ukti}, Scivo?, ^evo?, StKatos, Trto-Tos. 
 
 8. Translate, and explain the difficulties in the following 
 passages : — 
 
 a. 7rdvT€<s yap ov cf>pov€LT\ lyw S' ov p-q iron 
 rap.' (OS av ciiro) p-q rd a-' eptp-qvo) KaKa.» 
 
 b. aXXa<s T€ </>o)V€fc 7rpocrl3oXa<s '^pivvvotv 
 €K Ttoi/ irarpi^tav alpdrinv rcXovpevas, 
 opojVTa Xapirpov iv (T/cot^ vw/awi/t' 6<f>pvv.* 
 
 C. p6\6ov<s yap €t X^yoipi KaX Suo-avXias, 
 
 (TTrapvas iraprj^cL'S, kol KaKoa-rpioTovs' Tt 8' ov 
 (rrevovTes ov Xa\6vT€s rjpxiTos p^pos \ * 
 
 d. dvhpr)XarovvTa<5 rj cfiovip <f>6vov irdXtv 
 XvovTas, ws ToS' aipa y^ipa^ov ttoAiv.' 
 
 1 ^sch. Sup/>1. 821. 3 Soph. O. T. 328. * jEsch, Ag. 538. 
 
 2 lb. ^^. 738. ♦ iEsch. CA^^'//«. 275. « Soph. O. r. 100 
 
Examination Papers. 3 
 
 e. dA7)s ^\v yap yiyvojxkvr] yj 'EAXas xup fieydX-q ^vvdyerai.^ 
 
 f. iradova-a ovtu) Setva Trpos twv <f)iXTa.Tti>v 
 ovSels VTrep fxov Sai/xovoiv /xr^vUTai* 
 
 1. Sed periisse semel satis est — peccare fuisset 
 Ante satis, penitus modo non genus omne perosos 
 Femineum.' 
 
 2. Contra jussa monent Heleni Scyllam atque Charybdim 
 Inter utramque viam lethi discrimine parvo 
 
 Ni teneant cursus, certum est dare lintea retro.* 
 
 3. His fretus non legatos neque prima per artem 
 Tentamenta tui pepigi.^ 
 
 4. Hos parere jubent Alphea ab origine Pisae; 
 Urbs Etrusca solo.' 
 
 5. Quid? illud quod proprie ad milites pertinet quibus 
 
 boni tribuni plebis quum stipendium extorquere vol- 
 uerint, nunc consultum repente volunt, quale est?' 
 
 9. Contrast briefly the life and occupations of an Athenian 
 citizen in the time of Pericles and Plato with those of a 
 Roman in the age of Cicero and Augustus. 
 
 10. Write a Latin or Greek epigram (not exceeding four 
 lines) on x^P'5 axapts. 
 
 [Dean Ireland's Scholarship, 1852.] 
 
 II. 
 
 Philological Questions, etc. 
 
 I. What is the origin of written alphabets? From whence, 
 and through whom, did the Greeks get theirs ; and what 
 changes are known to have taken place in it? Explain 
 
 1 Hdt. vii. 157, § 4. « /En. ix 14a • ^«. x. »79- 
 
 » iEsch. Bum. loi. •♦ lb. iii. 684. ' Liv- v. 5. 
 
 * lb. viiL 143. 
 
4 Examihation Papers. 
 
 Herodotus's statement, v. 58, a/xa t^ f^iav^ fAere/SaXov koI toi^ 
 pvOfJiov Twj/ ypafifxaTtav. 
 
 2. Give 
 
 a. J. Grimm's law for the interchange of consonants in 
 the Greek and cognate languages, with instances. 
 
 d. Instances of the interchange of the Latin letters, or 
 their Greek equivalents, — r with /, d, and s; /with 
 d ; p with ^u or k. Are any of these to be regarded 
 as exceptions to Grimm's law ? 
 
 3. Give rules 
 
 a. For the use of the present participle in Latin, and 
 cautions against its abuse. 
 
 d. To show how the Latin language supplies the defi- 
 ciency of a present participle passive, and a past 
 participle active. 
 
 4. Write an account of these words, giving grammatical forms 
 in full, marking quantities, and distinguishing significations, 
 with quotations : — dvaXtarKd), aXtcrKOfiai j €V€7r(i), eviTTTO) ; kvw, 
 ftueo), Kvveoi ; irareofiat, Trdofiai j XP°-^ iXP^'^^)) XP^^ {XP^P-^")- 
 
 5. Give a full account of the following grammatical forms, 
 marking quantities : — ^/?A^to, I/jvto, o-vto, x^to, I/xoAov, lir€<^vov^ 
 IcTTao-av, lo-Ttto-ai/, •UTroTreTrrr^ws, iraroa-de^ edXrjVj /xe/i/JAerat, 
 yivTO, evaSoVj -qiipporov^ x^^j OLKriykhaTaL, 
 
 6. Correct these passages, and justify your corrections : — 
 
 a. TttSe yap cittciv tov iravovpyov 
 ovK av otofuii Trap' rnxlv 
 ovSc ToXpL-qcTiiv iror' dv.^ 
 
 Ma T^v *Air6XX(o, OVK, €l ye firf 
 6ii6(rQS iiiol — 
 
 Hxprilio-j 
 
 vdcraK TexyatSf rjv fioi rt irepnrLTrroL KaKov.^ 
 
 » Ar. Tkesm. 524. • lb. 26a. 
 
Examination 
 
 C. Xa(TLav)(€vd ^' 
 
 imrov e^erat [al. a^crat] a/x^t'Ao^ov ^vyov. 
 (Compared with the words of the strophe, 
 aTTOT/overat, 
 
 IXXofievoiv dporpiav eros €i? Itos.)* 
 //. d S' ddvpocTTOixos 
 
 dxo) n^kecfiavrjs iTLKpas 
 
 ot/xwyas VTTOKetTai.^ 
 tf. V€a/:)d (fydovs kotov 
 
 Bai/iovd TC Tov dfia^^ov, aTToAc/MOV, 
 
 dvUpov '^pdcro's, fxeXaivas fieXdOpoLcrtv aras, 
 
 €i8ofi€vav TOKcvariv.^ 
 
 7. Distribute the following passages into verses, and give 
 a metrical account of each verse : — 
 
 a. tw (fiiXoL vav/?aTai, fxovoL ifiiov ^tAwv jaovot It' Iju/ic- 
 vovres 6pd(^ vopn^^ iSea-Oe /x' otbv a/ori Kvyaa <f)OiVLas 
 ■WTO ^aArys diJ.<f>L8pofJLOV KVKXciTai.* 
 
 h, alai' SpojJidSes w TrrepocfiopoL iroTVid^es ^eat, a^aK^cv- 
 Tov at ^laorov lAa^^er' Iv 8dKpv(ri koI yoots, /xeAay- 
 X/owTcs EvjU€i/t8cs, at T€ TOV Ttti/aov aidkp' dfAirdX- 
 X€a6\ aifiaros TLvvfx€vai SUav, Tivvfievai (f>6vovJ 
 
 C. fidKapes ol ficrpias ^eov /xerd re aoxppocrvvas fxerka-^ov 
 XkKrpoiV 'A^/oo8iTa9, yaAavei^ xp-qcrdixevoi pxuvoiik- 
 v(3iv otarrpoiVy odi 8rj 8i8vfi* "Epws 6 xpva-OKoixas to^* 
 €VTCtv€Tat yapiroiv.^ 
 
 8. Translate accurately : — 
 
 a. "AXrjOeSy <S SetAoTaTC Travriav Baipiovtov ; 
 oici yap €TvaL ttjv Atos TvpavviSa, 
 Kai Tovs Kcpavvovs d^LOvs rpLoy^oXov — j 
 'A, fi^ Xky <a wovrjpky TavT*. 
 
 "Ex' rjarvxos, 
 
 1 Soph. Ant. 350t ^ ^Esch. ^^. 743. * Eur. Orest. 317. 
 
 2 lb. PAi/. 188. * Soph. Ajax, 348. « //*. ^. 543. 
 
6 Examinatio7i Papers, 
 
 cyo) yap aTroSci^w (re tov Atus ttoXu 
 
 Nt) Tor Ovpavoi/. 
 avTiKa yap ap^et Sia Ttv' 6 Zcvs twi/ ^cwi/j^ 
 ^. TreiVo/xat yap ov 
 
 TOo-ovTov ovScv, to(rT€ /Mr/ ov KaAws ^avciv,' — explain- 
 ing the construction in this case. 
 
 9. What is known of the Hfe of Persiusl Give a brief 
 critique upon his style, and estimate of his literary merit 
 
 10. Whence did Virgil gain 
 
 a. His ideas about outward things, especially natural 
 
 scenery ; 
 ^. His philosophical views ; 
 c. The materials for the plan of the -^neis ? 
 
 11. Give Varro's and Horace's criticisms on the style of 
 Plautus. What evidence do his plays afford that the Latin 
 language was in a transition state in his time?^ 
 
 12. Give Bishop Blomfield's, or any other theory you know, 
 about the terminations of Greek adverbs. Can any rule be 
 given for the quantity of adverbs ending in -Ci In what 
 cases would you write -i, in what -ct ? * 
 
 13. Explain the terms ayxt^rreia, o-uvTeActo, vofiov iKd^lvai, 
 
 . , . Av€tV, . . . 7rap€L(J-(f>ip€LVj . . . dvT€LCr(f>€p€LV, (rVvSLK€LVj 8oKlfld^€lVj 
 
 dvTiSoa-is, dyo}V crT€^av4Ti;s, dvaKpicri'S, iprjfjLos BUrj, tokol €7roy- 
 8oot...€</>€KTOi...€7r6T/5tTot, yopov l(TTdvai. 
 
 14. Explain the phrases : — dignus quicum in tenebris mices 
 — ad unguem factus homo — numeris omnibus absolutus — 
 magis calleo, quam aprugnum callum callet — capularis senex — 
 punctis singuHs colligere — id virtuti resonat — cecinit receptui 
 
 1 Aristoph. Plut. 123. "^ Soph. Ant. 96. 
 
 • See Aul. Gell. iii. 3. Horace, Ep. li. * See Blomfield on Prom. Vinct. ai6, 
 
 T. 58, 170. A. P. 270. And, on Plautus, and cf. Elmsley on Eur. Bacch. 194, and 
 
 Cic deOff.\.v^ Soph. O. C. 1646. 
 
Examination Papers, 7 
 
 — hereditas sine sacris — i dierectum, cor meum — inter sacrum 
 
 saxumque stare — licet antestari 1 
 
 T5. Write a Greek or Latin epigram, not exceeding six 
 
 lines, on 
 
 * The Peace Conferences at Paris.* 
 
 {Dean Ireland's Scholarships 1856.] 
 
 III. 
 
 Greek Critical Questions. 
 
 1. Show by an analysis of the language and thoughts of 
 any passage in the Homeric poems, and any passage in Greek 
 tragedy, that the former must have been written earlier than 
 the latter. 
 
 2. *To express the thundering pace with which a heavy 
 stone comes back from a hill-top. Homer says — 
 
 avTts €7r€tTa ^rcSovSc KvAii/Sero Aaas ai^aiS^s.* 
 Here there is the shocking fault, to any metrical ear, of mak- 
 ing the emphasis fall regularly on the first syllable [of the 
 foot], which in fact obliterates all the benefit of the caesura. 
 Now Virgil, in an age of refinement, has not one such line, 
 nor could he have endured such a line. In that verse, ex- 
 pressing the gallop of a horse, he also has five dactyls — 
 
 " Quadrupedante putrem sonitu quatit ungula campum^^ 
 But he takes care to distribute the accents properly, on which 
 so much even of the ancient versification depended : except 
 in the two last feet, the emphasis of Virgil's line never coin- 
 cides with the last syllable of the foot.' Examine this, and 
 give any considerations it may suggest to you as regards 
 either accent or versification. 
 
 3. What are the reasons that have led some critics to assign 
 
 1 Od. xi. 598. • ^n. viii. 596. 
 
8 Examination Papers. 
 
 the Iliad and the Odyssey to different authors and different 
 ages ] Do they appear to you to be conclusive % 
 
 4. What evidences are there of aTrciAeo), aTraraa), draiVo/aat, 
 6taKOV€(o, SttoKO), cTreiyo), ci/ai/ow, iviTrTto, Kadatpio^ not being 
 verbs compounded of prepositions? What difference is ob- 
 servable between the separable and inseparable mode of 
 compounding verbs ? How does this bear upon such forms 
 as €Kd9€v8ov, -qvefxofiTjv^ CKa^i^ov? 
 
 5. Examine and classify, illustrating at the same time, the 
 Homeric uses of ovXo^, lavos, TrevKaXifxas. ciXctv, epvecrdai. 
 
 6. What is the essential relation to the verb expressed by 
 the accusative case? Explain, in accordance with this prin- 
 ciple, the following constnictions : — 
 
 a. TLvas TToO^ ISpas TaaSe /jlol ^oa^cre ;* 
 d. dvqpei' apTL Xai/oc^wvra ScoKpari^g 
 
 t^-vXAav, oTTOcrovs olWolto tovs avrrjs iroSas.' 
 C. €yyv<s 8' 6B' avTos dpTLTTOvs ^pwo-KCt So/zovs.' 
 
 d. "^flOS TOV J^lOaipQvOS TOTTOV 
 
 6 fikv 8LTrXoL(Tt TTOifiviOiSj eyw S' evl 
 €Tr\rj(rLa^ov tc^Sc ravSpl rpcis oAovs 
 
 €^ ^pOS €tS dpKTOVpOV €KfJ,ljvOV<S X/30V0VS.* 
 
 e. crAa 8' ovv '^vrrjp ^vyarpos yevka-Qai 
 yvvaiKOTToivdiV ttoXc/awv dpiayav.^ 
 
 f. iScnrep Sevp^ dire^vy-qv TToSas." 
 
 7. kyoi 8' 6 rXafioyv TraAatos a<^' ov xpo^os 
 'ISaia fiifivu) Aci/Awvt' airoiva, fi7]vicv 
 dvrjpiOfios dlcv evvutfK} 
 
 Xp6v(^ rpv\6fi€vo<s 
 
 KaKOLV lATTtS' €X.^V 
 
 €TL fie ttot' dvv(T€i 
 
 TOV aTTOT/aoTTOV dtSTjAov AiSav.^ 
 
 » Soph. (?. /?. a. 3 Soph. 7'ra<:A. 58. ° .Esch. CA<j^/)//. 6r,3. 
 
 « Ar. Nud. 144. < lb. O. /?. 1134. ' Soph, y^yajr, 600. 
 
 ' iEsch. Ag: 917. 
 
Examination Papers, 9 
 
 Translate. What was the original reading of this passage ? 
 Give any other corrections that have been suggested. Illus- 
 trate the use of oXZrjKo^ from Homer. What is its etymology ? 
 
 8. Extract the original and derivative meaning of atoAos 
 from a comparison of the following passages : — 
 
 a. vvv Sc a\ aioAat cvXat cSoi/Tat.* 
 
 b. <r<f>yJK€s fxka-ov atoAot." 
 
 C. fi€V€i yap ovt' atoAa vv^ /SpoToia-i.^ 
 
 d. vvv KoXov dvTt<j)ovov Kopk<jaL CTTOfia irpos X'V"' 
 IjUas (rapKo<s aioAas.* 
 
 e. o-aKos aioXov hna^ouov.^ 
 
 f. aioAov ^euSos." 
 
 9. ut] 8' avarov rfTpayiid tovt' aoTO^ei/wv 
 )LiryS' €^ deATTTO)!/ KaTrpo/xyjOrJTiov ttoXci 
 V€iKos yevTjTaL.'' 
 
 Explain the difference of the moods. What are the different 
 senses in which the Opt. and Conj. are used when apparently 
 independent 1 Give instances of each. 
 
 10. How are the Nom., Dat, and Ace. Absolute used in 
 Greek 1 How can they be accounted for 1 
 
 11. Travpoi 8' avT€ i(Ta(TL Tpi(r€Lvd8a fjLTjvos dpCcTTqv 
 ap^acrdai re ttlBov, k.t.X.^ 
 
 What day is here meant] How did the Greeks distinguish 
 the days of the month 1 
 
 12. Give an account of the usage of the Middle Voice in 
 Greek, and examples of its different significations. 
 
 13. The functions of the Chorus in the Greek drama : 
 Were they permanent or temporary? Mention the phases 
 which the Chorus underwent in tragedy, and account for its 
 eventual abolition in comedy. 
 
 1 //. xxii. 509. ' Soph. Track. 139. • //. vii. 222. 
 
 a //. xii. 167. * lb. Philoct. 1155. « Find. N. viii. 
 
 On all these passages, see Euttmann's Lexilogus, s. v. aioAo;. 
 7 iEsch. Sttppl. 350. 8 picsiod, 0J>. et D. 2,i^ 
 
lo Examination Papers. 
 
 14. Mention anything you know of the writings of Archi- 
 lochus and Menander. 
 
 15. What are the principal marks of spuriousness discovered 
 by Bentley in the Epistles of Phalaris?i 
 
 16. The advantages and disadvantages of combining the 
 study of modem with that of ancient Greek. 
 
 \pean Ireland'' s Scholarships 1858.] 
 
 IV. 
 
 Latin Critical Questions. 
 
 1. What do we know of the lapygian, Umbrian, Oscan, 
 and Etruscan languages? What appears to have been their 
 chronological relation to each other ? What reasons are there 
 for thinking that the Etruscans may have come from Lydia 1 
 
 2. *Libertatis originem inde magis, quia annuum impe- 
 rium consulare factum est, quam quod deminutum quidquam 
 sit ex regia potestate, numeres.' ^ Translate. What is the 
 principle of the change of mood % Illustrate by examples. 
 
 3. * Nolim enim, ne si Latine quidem dici possit, specierum 
 et speciebus dicere ; et saepe his casibus utendum est : zXformis 
 ttformarum velim.' — OV.» What nouns belonging to the fifth 
 declension are completely declined ? Mention any archaisms 
 that occur in this declension. 
 
 4. Si in jus vocat, ni it, antestator igitur in capito. 
 Si calvitur pedemve struit, manum endoiacito. 
 Si morbus aevitasve vitium escit, qui in jus 
 Vocabit jumentum dato ; si nolet arceram ne stemito. 
 
 Laws of t lie Twelve Tables.* 
 
 i See Monk's Life of Betitley, i. 80-83 ; and Dyce's edition of the Epistles, u. 384. 
 2 Liv. ii. I. ' Tfpic. 7. * See Varronianus, chap. vi. § 7 
 
Examination Papers. 1 1 
 
 Translate. Show from this passage the original meaning of 
 igitur. How do you account for the irregularities of the con- 
 jugation of the verb sum ? Mention such old forms as you 
 may remember. What is escit ? 
 
 5. Quintilian, on the introduction of foreign words into 
 the Latin tongue, says, * Plurima Gallica valuerunt.** Enume- 
 rate those you can recollect. Account for the fact, and state 
 what would be the probable date of their introduction. 
 
 6. Indulge ordinibus ; nee setius omnis in unguem 
 Arboribus positis secto via limite quadret.^ 
 
 Translate. Comment on the word 'setius' Illustrate the 
 phrase * m ujiguemJ What is its origin 1 Is the word used 
 in any other proverbial expressions'? 
 
 7. Collect Horace's criticisms on the literary merits of the 
 poets who had preceded or were contemporary with himself. ' 
 
 8. Hoc tantum sciat, sibi, si hujus vindiciis cesserit, con- 
 dicionem filiae quserendam esse. Me, vindicantem sponsam 
 in libertatem, vita citius deseret, quam fides.* Translate this. 
 What is the Latin expression for *to claim as a slave '1 
 ^Vhat is the meaning of 'vindicias secundum libertatem 
 postulare, dare : ' * vindicari puellam in posterum diem pate- 
 retur : ' ' decresse vindicias secundum servitutem ' 1 
 
 9. For a Latin epigram : — 
 
 "fl^eAe /AT^S' kykvovTO ^oaX vces* ov yap av rjfiels 
 
 TralSa ^lokXccSov SwttoAiv IcrrevofJiev. 
 vvv 8' 6 fi€v €11/ olXl irov (ftcperai vckvSj dvrl 8* Ifcctvov 
 
 ovvofia Kol Kevebv crrjfia 7rap€p)(6fjie6a. 
 
 10. Can you give any rules for the arrangement of words in 
 a Latin sentence 1 
 
 11. Hannibal, nihil prolatandum ratus, velut Italia ei 
 provincia decreta esset, ne se quoque casus aliquis opprime- 
 ret, etc. Explain the reason why these two different pronouns 
 
 1 See Quint, i. 5, 57, » See Hor. C. i. 6. i. J", i. 10. Ep. il 
 
 ' Virg. Georg. ii. 277. i. 50 seqq. A. P. 270 srqq. 
 
 * Liv. iiL 45. 
 
12 Examination Papers. 
 
 are used. What general principles determine in similar cases 
 what pronoun must be used % 
 
 12. Syllaba longa brevi subjecta vocatur iambus, 
 Pes citus ; unde etiam trimetris accrescere jussit 
 Nomen iambeis, quum senos redderet ictus, 
 Primus ad extremum similis sibi : non ita pridem, 
 Tardior ut paulo graviorque veniret ad aures. 
 Spondees stabiles in jura patema recepit 
 Commodus et patiens, non ut de sede secunda 
 Cederet aut quarta socialiter. Hie et in Acci 
 Nobilibus trimetris apparet rarus, et Enni 
 
 In scenam missos cum magno pondere versus 
 Aut operae celeris nimium curaque carentis, 
 Aut ignoratae premit artis crimine turpi. 
 Non quivis videt immodulata poemata judex, 
 Et data Romanis venia est indigna poetis.* 
 Paraphrase, comment, and illustrate. 
 
 13. * In Oratione Ciceronis quinta in Verrem scriptum fuit 
 . . . quocunque venerint, hanc sibi rem prcesidio sperant futurum. 
 Videbatur compluribus in extremo verbo menda esse : debuisse 
 enim scribi putabant non futurum stdifuturam' (Zz.n futurum 
 be justified either by example or by any analogy of language]^ 
 
 14. What do you know of the later didactic poets of Rome % ^ 
 
 15. Compare in detail the versification of Virgil with that 
 of Lucretius.* 
 
 \Dean Ireland's Scholarship^ 1858.] 
 
 1 Hor. A. P. 251. ' See Conington's Vergil^ vol. i. 389 
 
 2 See Kritz on Sail. Jug. 100, § 4— seqq. 
 
 futurum quee imperavisset < See Munro's Lucretius, ii. 102-106. 
 
Exanimaiion Papers. 
 
 Greek Critical Questions. 
 
 1. Sketch briefly the history of Greek lyric poetry, point- 
 ing out the peculiarities which distinguish it from other forms 
 of metrical composition, and the schools into which it natu- 
 rally divides itself. To what extent were the latter local or 
 national ? 
 
 2. The influence of Sicily on Attic literatiu-e. 
 
 3. Compare the Homeric with the Attic conception of the 
 Trojans. 
 
 4. Show the affinity between the Greek, Latin, and Teu- 
 tonic prepositions. 
 
 5. What is the force of conditional sentences with — 
 
 d and indie, inprotasi; opt. with av in apodosi: 
 d and opt. in protasi ; indie, in apodosi: 
 idv with subj. in protasi; opt with av in apodosi: 
 €1 and opt. with av in protasi; indie, in apodosi ? 
 Give examples. 
 
 6. Give instances of the absence of illusion in the Greek 
 drama. 
 
 7. To what extent do the Greek irregular verbs admit of 
 classification % 
 
 8. Examine and illustrate the following expressions ; — 
 
 a. x^ \i^v vca^wv Ktti "xpovi^ /M€t(i}v yeyws.^ 
 d. Kol Twv aX.6vT(av kol KparrjcroLVTiov Bi)(a 
 <f>doyyds aKov€tv loTt.* 
 
 C. KOL TrpOS T€ TTOLfJLVaS CKXpeTTO) a-V/XfJUKToi TC 
 
 kitas aSacrra ^ovk6\(ov <f>povprjiJiaTa.' 
 
 d. 686s 
 
 €S TttVTO AcA^wv KciTro AavA,(a$ ayei.* 
 
 1 Soph. O. C. 374. • Soph. Aj'ax, $4. 
 
 * JEsch. A(r "Ji"?. * lb. O. R. 733 
 
14 Examination Papers, 
 
 e. TovTCDi/ Al^ao-' o rt /cat Suvaroi/ 
 Ktti ^€/xis ati/etf, 
 iratwv T€ yevov t^ctSc fiepiixvrjs.^ 
 f. iSecrde X^P^"^ "^1^ SlttXtjv rvpavviSa 
 TrarpoKTOvovs re Sw/xartov 7ropdrJTopa<s.* 
 g. Qea-TTLs /MCVTOL 6 rpayiKos Std tovtwv aWo tc a-r^fiaivea-Oal 
 <f>rj(TiVf (SSe TTWS ypd(j)(i)v' 
 
 iSe (rot (TirevSo} Kva^^f3l to Acukov 
 (XTTo ^A-a/xovo)!/ %XL\pas KvaKiUv. 
 i8e (TOi ydvirTr]v Tvpov fxi^a^ 
 €pv6p(^ likXiTi, Kara twv awv, Ilttv 
 8lK€pO}S, TtdcfiaL /?(U/ic3l/ dyicDi/. 
 tSc (TOi ^pofiiov aWoira (fiXcyfiov 
 Xel/So).^ 
 Show that these lines cannot be by Thespis. 
 
 10. How does Kat come to mean ^^;/, ovhk not even? Ex- 
 plain the difference between Kat €t and ct Kai 
 
 11. Point out and correct the errors in the following 
 lines : — 
 
 ^v/a6s Se TTO^' d/xos ovpav^ Kvpiov dvu> 
 c/)a^€ TTLTTTii Kai fi€ Trpo(r^iiiVi.i Ta8c, 
 yiyv(]i(TK€. Tdv9p(j)7r€ia firj crkfiiiv ayav. 
 fi6vo<s ^e(ov yap Qdvaros ov Stoptav ipj^f 
 ovt' dv TL ^v(j)v ovT €7n(rir€v8o)v vaois, 
 ov I3(i)ix6<5 kcrriv ovSe 7rai(uvt^€Tat* 
 fiovov Se TleiOo) Saifiovoiv dTroo-Taret. * 
 
 12. What is meant by saying that the identity of certain 
 words in different languages depends on their outward un- 
 likeness 1 
 
 13. What is the doctrine of the deliberative subjunctive? 
 Mention and account for any exceptions. 
 
 1 i'Esch. A£'. 97. arts, § xl p. 291, ed. Dyce, 1836 ; or, p. 
 
 2 lb. ClWdph. 960, 240, ed 1699. 
 
 8 See Bentley On the Epistles 0/ Phal- * iEsch. Frag. 146. 
 
Examination Papers, 15 
 
 14. MaAtorra yap Ackti/cov twi/ fierpiov to laiiBeiov €0"TI. 
 Explain and examine this statement* 
 
 15. Write a Greek epigram, not exceeding four lines, on 
 </)tXos a^iAos. 
 
 [Z?<?d!;/ IrelajuVs Scholarship, 1861.] 
 
 VI. 
 
 Latin Critical Questions. 
 
 1. What are the principal materials for our knowledge of 
 those Italian languages which are supposed to have contri- 
 buted to the formation of Latin % 
 
 2. The relation of the philology of a language to the exe- 
 gesis of particular authors. 
 
 3. On what grounds has it been affirmed or denied that the 
 early Roman history was developed out of ballad poetry ? 
 
 4. Point out the influence of Alexandria on the literature 
 of Rome. 
 
 5. To what extent are we justified in identifying the Greek 
 and Roman mythology ? 
 
 6. It has been maintained that the perfect-subjunctive and 
 future-perfect are not really distinct tenses. Give your opinion, 
 and state the grounds of it. 
 
 7. Show the connexion between the alternative pronouns, 
 in Greek, Latin, and English, on the one hand, and the com 
 parative degree of the adjective on the other. Do you find 
 any form in either of those languages which bears a similar 
 relation to the superlative % 
 
 8. The efl"ects of Euphemism on language, illustrated by 
 instances in Latin. Do you find any cases in which later 
 
 1 Aristot. Pdt. 4 fin. Compare Rhet. iii. 8. 4. 
 
1 6 Examination Papers. 
 
 Latin writers have reverted to the primary signification of the 
 word? 
 
 9. Show the connexion between the following words and 
 their Latin cognates— 3/^2'^, eighty ten^ brother^ sister^ heart, 
 hemp^ fish ^ foot ^ thatch^ draw, way, lay. 
 
 10. What is the probable etymology of castrum, lustrum, 
 mojistrum, plaustrum, rastrum, rostrum, minister, cBstimo, pecus, 
 procella, privignus, benignus f 
 
 11. Explain and illustrate the following glosses from 
 Festus : — 
 
 Promenervat, item pro monet. 
 Praedopiont, prseoptant. 
 Pesnis, pennis. 
 
 Prae ted tremonti, praetremunt te. 
 Ploisima, plurima. 
 
 Pilumnoe poplce in carmine saliari, Romani, velut 
 pilis uti assueti, vel quia praecipue pellant hostis.* 
 
 12. Discrimen formarum amatus sum et amatus fui a vete- 
 ribus et bonis scriptoribus constantissime servatum. What is 
 this distinction 1 - 
 
 [Dean Ireland's Scholarship, 1861.] 
 
 VII. 
 
 1, What is the origin of the infinitive terminations in Greek 
 and Latin ? 
 
 2. What is the original meaning of a/t</)tAa</)7;s, SvyarTjp, 
 cTKatos, yeiriDv, yXav^, ttoktos, x'^'^P> instar, scelus, ira, sino, 
 suadeo, si, absurdus? 
 
 * See Varrotiiafius, cap. vi. § 4. Cicero, Phil. ii. § 19. Cf. Zuinpt, Lat 
 
 - See Madvig's Opiisc. ii. 218 seq., esp. Gr, § 592. Madvig, § 344. 
 p. »i9, as quoted in Mayor's note on 
 
Examination Papers. 1 7 
 
 3. IIoTc/oos, Itc/oos, k.t.A. Show the connexion between 
 these words and the comparative adjective ; and illustrate 
 from cognate languages. 
 
 4. What is the origin of IvcKa? What is its relation to 
 ovi/€Ka % Explain the use of the latter with a genitive. 
 
 5. Etr' ovi/, ovr ovv. What is the force of ovv in these com- 
 binations 1 
 
 6. Explain the use of the relative in the following : 
 
 a. dvd' wv exei'S fi€v rwv avo) /SaXoiv Kara).* 
 d. a Kot (rk Tcty avacrcrav eXiria-LV keyo} 
 
 c. Quod te, per genium dextramque deosque penates, 
 Obsecro et obtestor, vitae me redde priori.' 
 
 7. Explain the construction and use of o.v in the following : — 
 
 a. a A, A,' ^A^€ yXv Srj tovto rovveidos rd^ av 
 opyy PiaaSkv fxaXXov t] yvw/Ay <^pevCiv.* 
 
 b. Qdpcref <rv fxev ya/o, ovS' av €t rpiTTjS eyw 
 firjTpos <f>avii} TptSovXos, €K^aV€t KaK'q.^ 
 
 C. T^v 'EAaretav KareAajScv, m ovS' av, €t ti yevoiTO, hi 
 (TviMTrvevcrovrciiv vfxiav Kal twi/ 0i/^aia)v." 
 
 8. Explain and illustrate the following constructions : — 
 
 a. Permagni nostra interest. 
 
 b. Ut Numestio mandavi tecum ut ageret, item, atque 
 
 eo, si potest, acrius, te rogo ut ad me advoles.' 
 
 c. Auctoritate tua mihi opus est * 
 
 d. Quod parato opus est, para. ' 
 
 e. Ceteri vicem pecudum obtruncabantur. ^^ 
 
 9. Distinguish the different cases of Attraction, Apposition, 
 and Cognate Accusative which occur in Greek. 
 
 10. Distinguish carefully between the uses of the Latin 
 Imperfect and Perfect Subjunctive. 
 
 1 Soph. Ant. 1068. 4 Soph. O. T. 523. 8 Cic. ad Div. ix. 35. 
 
 » lb. Track. 138. B Jb. 1062. » Ter. Atidr. iii. a. 43- 
 
 » Hor. Ep. i, 7. 94. 6 Dem. De Cor. p. 284. AO Sallust. Fragm. 
 
 7 Cic. odAtt. ii. 24, § 4. 
 
 B 
 
I Examination Papers. 
 
 11. Translate, with short notes : — 
 
 a. €v^y\ii.ov ri[ko.p ov TrpeircL KaKayyeki^ 
 y\iji(r<Tjji /iiatVciV Xiopis rj Tifirj ^cwi/.* 
 
 d. ry 8' cj/avrty Kvret. 
 ekirls irpoa^et ;(€i/dos ov TrXrjpovniVip.* 
 
 C. ovK oT8a fSovXrjs rj(rTLVos tv)(^(j)V Xcyw 
 
 TOV 8/30JVTOS €0-Tl KOI TO f3ov\€V(raL TTCpL. • 
 
 //. oAA' evrvx^JS lkolto ry ^' aurou TrdAct 
 l/AOi T€* Tis yap ccr^Xos ov\ avn^ <f>[X.os ', * 
 
 e. oiwvois yXvKvv 
 %^aavpov €L(TopiO(TL Trpos X^P''^ /?opas.' 
 
 /. vv^ yap iia-dyei 
 
 KOL vv^ dirwOiL SiaSeSeyfJievq ttoi/ov.' 
 £» TO ^v/KJiepov OVK dXXo Ti vo/xtVat r^ twi/ ^vfifidxtov Tots 
 
 aya^or? oVaj/ act /?€/?atov t^j/ X°^P''^ ''^^ a/)€T^S eX***°^* 
 
 Kttt TO TrapavTtKa ttov -qfiiv u)c{>€XifM)V KadiarrJTaL.'' 
 h. Kpeicra-ovs Se ovTes aTravTCS Xoyicrfii^ Is to dv^XTTLo-Tov 
 
 ToO j8e/3atov fi^ TraOiLv fJidXXov Trpoea-Koirovv rj ttlq-- 
 
 Tcwat ISvvavTO.' 
 /'. PifSaLOTcpos §€ 6 Spdcra^ t^v X^P'*' (uo~rc 6<f>€LXofX€vriv 
 
 1 2. Translate and explain : — 
 
 ^. Templa tescaque me ita sunto quoad ego caste 
 
 lingua nuncupavero. 
 011a veter arbos, quirquir est, quam me sentio 
 
 dixisse, templum tescumque finito in sinistrum. 
 011a veter arbos, quirquir est, quam me sentio 
 
 dixisse, templum tescumque finito in dextrum. 
 Inter ea corregione, conspicione, cortumione, utque 
 
 ea rectissime sensi.*® 
 
 » iCsch. A^-. 619. •♦ Soph. O. C. 308. » Thuc. iiL 83. a. 
 
 » 16. 789. * lb. AfU. 29. » lb. iL 40. 4. 
 
 » 76. 1329. « lb. Track. 29. ^° Varro. L. L. vi. 2. 
 
 7 Thuc. iii. 56. 7. 
 
Examination Papers. 19 
 
 h. C. Provocat me in aleam, ut ego ludam. Pono 
 pallium. 
 lUe suom anulum opposivit ; invocat Planesium. 
 Fh. Meosne amores ? 
 C Tace parumper. Jacit volturios quatuor : 
 
 Talos arripio, invoco almam meam nutricem. 
 
 Me Hercule, 
 Jacto basilicumJ 
 c. Cum reputarem quosdam ex debito aliquantum, 
 quosdam aliquid, quosdam nihil reposuisse, nequa- 
 quam verum arbitrabar quos non aequasset fides 
 solutionis, hos benignitate remissionis sequare. 
 Rursus ergo iis qui solverant ejus quod solverant 
 decimam remisi. ^ 
 d. Conjugis ut quondam flagrans advenit amore 
 Protesilaeam Laodamia domum 
 Inceptam frustra, nondum cum sanguine sacro 
 Hostia caelestes pacificasset heros.' 
 
 13. What may be said for or against the following con- 
 jectural emendations 1 — 
 
 a. €L7r€p ©rSe Kivovvrac \6xot 
 
 TT/Dos a<TTv OrjPrjs' ov yap €(rO' ottws iroXiv 
 K^ivTjV e/aet Tts.* 
 
 Bninck, ex Tumebi conjectura, ipeCr/ziLs, 
 
 b. ov rapa ry ye irpoa-dev ovhev i^ ta-ov 
 Xp6v(^ SioiVei yXOxTO-av.^ 
 
 Wund. conj. St^o-et. 
 
 C. o iccivos evfiaOh 
 
 (TcfipaytSos €pK€L T(^8' €7r' ofi/xa ^^crerat.' 
 
 Wund. ex Billerbeckii conj. cttov fiadrja-erai, 
 
 1 Plaut. Cure. ii. 3. 76. • Catull. Ixviii. 73. » Soph. Track. 399. 
 
 « Plin. £/. viii. a. * Soph. O. C. 1371. • 76. 614. 
 
20 Examitiation Papers. 
 
 d. Arr. -nyv aXyjioXiorrov rjv eirefirpas €S Sofxovs 
 
 KaroLcrda hriirov) 
 AIX. <^iii' 7r/)os Tt 5' lo-Topets ;^ 
 
 Brunck corrects Karoia-da StJt' ; AIX. ov <f>rifii, on 
 the ground that Lichas had denied all know- 
 ledge of the name and history of the captive 
 referred to. 
 
 e. Anne bonum oblita es facinus, quo regium adepta es 
 
 Conjugium, quod non fortior ausit alisl' 
 For *quod — fortior,' 'quo — fortius' has been sug- 
 gested. 
 / Quaeso, inquit mihi, mi Catulle, paulura 
 Istos commoda, nam volo ad Serapin 
 Deferri. Mane me, inquii puellae.' 
 It has been proposed to read *commodum enim' 
 for * commoda, nam,' and to omit 'me' after 
 *mane.' 
 14. Give a history of the following passages in Virgil : — 
 a. Munera laetitiamque dii.* 
 ^. Non ego te, Ligurum ductor fortissime bello 
 Transierim, Cinyra, et paucis comitate Cupavo. 
 Cujus olorinse surgunt de vertice pennae. 
 Crimen amor vestrum, formaeque insigne patemae.' 
 c. Me nulla dies tam fortibus ausis 
 
 Dissimilem arguerit : Tantum fortuna secunda, 
 Haud ad versa cadat.« 
 
 \Dean Ireland's Scholar ship y 1863.] 
 
 1 Soph. Track. 417. « Catull. x. 25. » Mn. x. 185. 
 
 » Catull. IxvL 27. * Mn. L 636. » lb. ix. a8i. 
 
Examination Papers, 21 
 
 VIII. 
 
 1. *Vos exemplaria Graeca 
 Nocturna versate manu, versate diurna.'* 
 
 The good and bad effects of the influence of Greek models 
 on Roman literature. 
 
 2. The epic and dramatic elements in Greek prose literature. 
 
 3. * Sophocles is of all the Greeks at once the most en- 
 lightened and the most pious.' Examine this. 
 
 4. Enumerate the ordinary causes of corruption in mss. 
 Give any canons of conjectural emendation, and examine 
 their value. 
 
 5. *The Georgics of Virgil are a glorification of labour.' 
 Examine this statement.* 
 
 6. The simplest and most primitive verbal notions are 
 commonly expressed by irregular verbs. Give examples from 
 various languages, and account for the fact 
 
 7. Origin of the elegiac metre. By what Greek writers was 
 it used ] Compare the Greek and Roman elegy. 
 
 IX. 
 
 Questions to be Answered briefly. 
 
 1. Distinguish accurately the force of the compounds of quis. 
 
 2. Give instances of the various uses of the participle in 
 — dus. 
 
 3. Give rules for the order of clauses in Latin. 
 
 4. Explain, with examples, the uses of ovkovv, jxkvroi, Katroi^ 
 KOt fi-qv, KaiTrep, 8rj. 
 
 5. Compare Greek and Latin with respect to the preser- 
 vation in them (i.) of the letters of the original language, 
 
 ^ Hor. A. p. a68. * See Merivale's Pom.Emp. ch. xli Conington's Virg. i. i4i- 
 
2 2 Examination Papers. 
 
 (2.) of its vocabulary, (3.) of its inflexions, (4.) of its accen- 
 tuation and quantity. 
 
 6. Analyse into their component elements the following 
 words, pointing out the root, and the letters which are char- 
 acteristic of the declension or conjugation, or of the case 
 tense, or person, and those which are euphonic : — Sovparos, 
 Xa/)i€VTos, TT^Xc^ooxra, pepulistiy noluerim^ audiendum^ musce, 
 defim. 
 
 7. Account for the similarity of the dual in the second and 
 third personal pronouns in Greek. 
 
 8. What are the Latin equivalents for the digamma and zeta 1 
 
 9. What are the principal points of difference between the 
 Classical and the Romantic drama ? 
 
 10. Suggest etymological connexions of sudusj hispidus, 
 Vejovis, vertex^ lustrum^ fastigiu7ti^ stips^ candidus; 'EvSv/Atwv, 
 
 StaKTO/oos, aTacr^aXos, KapahoK^iv. 
 
 1 1. The characteristic differences between the language of 
 Homer and that of later epic poets. 
 
 12. 6 ^ctos "O^rypo? — 
 
 od^v 17 ^iir] <f>pr]V dirofxa^afievT) ttoXXols a/ocras iiroirja-ev.^ 
 What is the nature of the obligations of ^schylus to Homer? 
 
 13. Demophilus scripsit : Plautus vortit barbare.* Show 
 from internal evidence that the comedies of Plautus were not 
 mere versions. 
 
 [Dean Ireland's Scholarships 1865.] 
 
 X. 
 
 General Questions. 
 I. Contrast the state of society described in the Homeric 
 poems with that of the age of Aristophanes. Quote passages 
 in support of your view. 
 
 1 Ar. Ran. 1034. * PIa»'t- Asm. Prol tt 
 
Examination Papers. 23 
 
 2. How are the following names connected with the 
 Homeric writings ? Apollonius Sophista, Aristarchus, Eusta- 
 thius, Lycurgus, Pisistratus, Solon, Zoilus. Give dates. 
 
 3. What light do the extant plays of -^schylus throw on 
 the character of the man % 
 
 4. Plautus generally speaks of his comedies as versions from 
 the Greek. Quote passages to show that they are not mere 
 versions. 
 
 5. How far was the literary taste of the ancients in agree- 
 ment with our own % Illustrate this in the case of (i.) confusion 
 of metaphors, (2.) stage-propriety, and (3.) weak and taste- 
 less insertions. 
 
 6. Give a brief sketch of the history of Alexandrian 
 literature. 
 
 \Dean Ireland's Scholarships 1864] 
 
 XI. 
 
 Translate and explain — 
 
 1. Ot 8' €7r(l)^€A,€lV, 
 
 ot Tov Trarpos, t^ ■Trarpl Svvdfievoi, to Spav 
 ovK "qdikrja-av, d\X* Ittovs (r/Atic/ooiJ X^P"' 
 (fivyais (rcf>tv €^<a tttcuxos ^Aw/xr^v eyw.* 
 
 2. 'AAA.' eVTVXrjS LKOITO T^ ^' avTov TToAct 
 cfioi TC* Tis yap ko'dXos ov\ avry <f>i\os ', * 
 
 3. 'AAA' ov yap ovSi vovd€T€LV €^€(rri crc 
 rj Trdcrav ltjs yAwcro-av, ws t-^v firjrepa 
 KaKocrTOfJiovfiiv.^ 
 
 4. Oi Sk BoiWTOt d.Tr€.KpivavrOj ct pXv kv tq Botwrt'^ ilcriv, 
 aTTiovras €/c r^s kavrOtv dTro<l>€p€<T9aL ra cr^cre/aa, ct 5e €v tq 
 €K€tVo)v, avTovs yiyvtacTKetv ro TroLrjTeoVf vo/ai ^ovrcs r^v fx€v 
 
 1 Soph. O. C. 441. * /*. 308. » lb. EUctr. 595, 
 
24 Examination Papers. 
 
 Kiia-Oai ^vvcjSrj, ^Adr)vaL(ov Karcl to vrr/jKOov elvai Kal ovk av 
 avTovs Pii^ <r<f)0)v Kparrjcrat ovrtov ovS* av iaiTivSovTO Srjdev 
 VTTip rrjs cKciVwv* to Be €k rrjs cai^Twi/ <v7r/t>€7r^s fTvat drroKpi- 
 vacrOai aTriovTas koI aTroAa^eti/ a aTraiTovcriv.* 
 
 5. a. Uapdvia-xov 8^ Kal ot €k t^s ttoXccds HAaTai^ airo 
 Tov T€LXOvs <f>pvKTOis TToXAovs TTpoTipov napccTKeva- 
 CTfiivovs €S avTo TOVTo OTTWS d(racf)rj to. (rq/xiLa rrjs 
 *f>pvKT(i)pLas TOts voXefiLOLS y Kal fxr] /SorjOouv.* 
 b. "EScto-a /ii^ o-oi TToXe/xtos Aet^^cis 6 Trats 
 T/)otav dOpoLcrr) Kal ^vvoiKta-y irdXiv' 
 yv6vT€S 8' 'A^atot ^w^ra rTpta/ittStov riva 
 ^pvyiov €S afav av^is aXpoiev otoXov.* 
 
 C. To 8€ TrpOKXvCLV CTTCl yeVOlT* a|/ 7?AvO-tS TT/OO^at^CTW.* 
 ^. IleTeTO TTVOt^S dv€fJiOLO.* 
 
 C. Nvv Trao-t X^^P^> ^^^ H'^ "^^^ ao-TTtt^eTat.' 
 //. 'HorrpaTTTC yopyiairov crcXas.' 
 
 7. d!. "lo-TW vvv Zevs avTos iptySoviros 7roo-ts "H/oiys 
 
 ft^ /x€i/ TOts t7nroL(riv dvrjp e7ro)(iyo"€Tai aAAos.* 
 ^. /jid yjjv, /Att TraytSas, fta ve^cAas, /xa StKTva, 
 /x>7 'yo) v6r)ixa Ko/xxJ/OTepov rJKOvcrd irta.^'^ 
 
 8. a. OvSlvt Tpoirtj) i^apXv cKorras dSiKrjTcov ctvat.** 
 ^. *EA€i/ryv Krdvta/xfv Mci/cAey Av7n;v TriKpdv.^^ 
 
 C. 2u Kttt SiKaiiov aSiKovs <f>p€vas irapaa-Trj-S hrl Aw^Sji.*' 
 
 rt?l *Ic/t)a Kat oo-tou" 
 
 ^. ^lATttTov TO (Toi' Ka/oa. 
 
 9. «. Ut silvae foliis pronos mutantur in annos, 
 
 Prima cadunt : sic verborum vetus interit aetas, 
 Et juvenum ritu florent modo nata vigentque.^* 
 
 1 Thucyd. iv. 99. • Homer, Iliadxix. 207, ** Plat Crito. 49. A. 
 
 « lb. iii. 22. 8. ' Soph. O. T. 596. >» Eurip. Or«^ 1105. 
 
 8 Eur. /^^c. 1 1 38. • .Ksch. Pr^jw. f^/w^ 356. i» Soph. y<«/. 791. 
 
 « iEsch. Ag. 251, Dind. • Homer, Iliad^ x. 329. '♦ Thucyd. ii. 52. 3. 
 
 » Homer, lliady iii. 206. ^' Ar. Aves^ 194. '• Hor. A. P. 60. 
 
Examination Papers, 25 
 
 b. Penitus toto divisos orbe Britannos.* 
 
 10. a. (Deferri.) Mane me, inquii puellae.' 
 
 b. Vale, Vale, inquit, lola.' 
 
 c. Tu cave nostra tuo contemnas carmina fastu.* 
 
 11. a. Troum socia arma secutum, 
 
 Obruerent Rutuli telis, animam ipse dedissem.» 
 b. Hie unde vitam sumeret inscius pacem duello 
 miscuit.' 
 
 12. a. Non missura cutem nisi plena cruoris hirudo.' 
 
 b. Sicut unus paterfamilias his de rebus loquor." 
 
 c. In denso non segnior ubere Bacchus.' 
 
 d. Numquam omnes hodie moriemur inulti.^® 
 
 e. Neque enim plus septima ducitur aestas.** 
 
 /. lUe suo cum gurgite flavo accepit venientem." 
 g. Expertae metuens jurgia saevitiae.^* 
 h, Ut meus oblito pulvis amore vacet** 
 /. Quum ilium plumbeo gladio jugulatum iri tamen 
 
 diceret." 
 k. Tertius, immundae cura fidelis harae." 
 /. Suscipere sordes — Pedibus fulcire pruinas — Re- 
 coctus scriba ex quinqueviro — Rubra canicula 
 fmdet infantes statuas — ^Accipit endromida — 
 Aliena vivere quadra — Comes exterior — Prae- 
 varicator — Quadruplator. ^ ^ 
 13. For an epigram in Greek or Latin : — 
 Sol Pictor (Photography). 
 
 \I)ean Ireland's Scholarships 1866.] 
 
 1 Virg. EcL L 67. « Hor. Carm. iii. 5. 37. 11 VIrg. Georg. iv. 207. 
 
 s CatulL X. 27. 1 Ih. A. P. ult 1» lb. ^n. ix. 816. 
 
 « Virg. EcL iu. 79. ' Cic. De Orat. i. 29, § 132. l» Propert. i. 3. 18. 
 
 4 Propert L 7. 25. • Virg. Georg. ii. 275. 1* lb. i. 19. & 
 
 » Virg. ^n. xi. 161. " lb. */^n. ii. 670. " Cic. ad Att. i. 16, \ a 
 
 !• Ovid, Heroid. i. 104. * How is this parodied by Horace t 
 
 1^ Tac Ann. iv. 52. Prop. i. 8. 7. Hor. Hor. .S". ii. 5. 17. Cic. in Pis. \o. 23, ct 
 S. ii. 5. 55. lb. 39. Juv. iii. 101. lb, v. 2. alibi. Liv. iii. 72, et alibi. 
 
26 Examination Papers. 
 
 XII. 
 
 Explain and lUusirate the f dlowing passages : — 
 
 1. oh\ TTip <f>vX,X<jiv ycverj, rocrjSc koI dv8p(ov' 
 
 <f>vk\a TO. ixkv t' avcfxos x^l^o-Sis X"t, aAA.a 5e ^' vX.rj 
 TTjXedooya-a cfiV€L, capos 8' kiriyiyveTai (oprj. (al. w/^y.) 
 (OS dvSpQv ycv€^ "q fx€v ^V€i, 17 5' diroki^yci.^ 
 
 2. Aimttj 7rw9 av kol virep ^cov elpvao-aicrOe 
 *IAiov atTTCtVT^v ; ws 81) rSov dvepas dkXovs 
 Kapret re ardevet re TreTroiOoTas -qvoper) re 
 TrXrjOet re a-^erkp(^ /cat vTrepSea Syj/Jiov €)(ovTas. 
 •qfiiv Se Zevs fxev ttoXv (^ovXerai rj Aavaota-iv 
 viKTjV dW avTOi T/oetr' dcnrerov ovSk pd^ecrOe* 
 
 3. (3 '08v(r€v, TO pev ovrt cr' eta-Kopev eia-opooyvres 
 •qirepoTrrjd t' e/xev Kat cTrtKAoTToi/, ota re voWovs 
 /SocTKeL yata pekaiva TroXva-Trepeas dvOpdjirovs 
 ^ev8ed t' dprvvovras odev k€ tis ovSe iSoiro' 
 
 (Tol 8' Itti /u,€1/ pop<f>rj €7r€(i)i/, €i/t Sc <f>peve<5 ecrdkai* 
 
 4. TO yct/D OTKOTCtvov Tcov €vepT€p(i)v fSeXos 
 Ik TrpocrrpoTratiov ev yevet TreTTTCOKorcov, 
 Kat A,vo-(ra kol pdraios Ik vvktwi/ <^^o9 
 opQvra Xaprrpov ev o-zcory vw/xwvt' 6<f>pvVf 
 KLvei, rapdora-ei.* 
 
 5. K€t /A€i/ ^o/?€tTai rovTTLKkrjp^ V7re^ekii}v 
 avros KaO* avrov' 7reL<rerai yap dWo pev 
 d(rrepyes ovSev, yrjs 8' aTreia-Lv djSXajSrjs.^ 
 
 6. S/oao-o)* TO yop SUaiov ovk exet Aoyov 
 Svoiv epi^eiv, dX\' iTrtcrTrevSeii/ to Sp^-v.* 
 
 7. ijo)? t€ 8^ 8ie<f>aLve Kal ol avX-Xoyov twv ein/SareoiV iroirjo'd' 
 
 pevoL irpo'qyopeve ev eyovra pev €k iravrtov Gc/xMrro/cAcr/s, toI 8e 
 
 lirca 17V TrdvTa Kpearcro) roiai ecra-oa-i dvrirtOepeva. ocra Sk ev 
 
 » Homer, //. vi. 146. » Od. xl 363. » Soph. O. ^. 227. 
 
 « /*. xvii. 327. ♦ iEsch. ChoHph. 277 (Paley). < lb. £'/^c/. 466. 
 
Examination Papers. 27 
 
 a.vQpi^yKOv (fiva-i kol Karaarroia-i kyyiviTat. rrapa(,V€(Ta<s 8rj rovrewv 
 ra Kp€(rcr(i) aipU(rOai kol KarairXi^as t^i/ pyj(TLV ea-fSatveiv ckcAcvc 
 €S Tas vca?.* 
 
 8. ala-xpov 8€ j3i,a(T9evTas aTreXOcLVj ^ va-npov €irLix€TaTr€fi7r€(r- 
 6a t^ TO irpiJiTov acrK€7rT0>s /3ovA,ev(ra/A€»/ovs* avTo^ev 6c irapaa-KCvy 
 o^«)X/0€^ €7ri€vat, yvovras ort ttoAv tc aTro t^s "^fierepas avrwv 
 ficWofJLev TrXeiv, koI ovk €V t(^ o/xoii^ o-TpaTeva-dfjievoi Kal ovk iv 
 TOis rySe vTrqKoots ^vjj.p.axot rjXSeTe kirl rtva, odiv p^Siai at KOfxi- 
 Sal €K TTJs <f>L\[as <5v irpoa-khti^ aA.A,' cs aXXoTpiav Traa-av dirap- 
 T7J(ravT€<s, 1^ 17s fxrjviov ovSe T€cr(rdp(x>v tu)v xcLfxcpiviov ayyeXov 
 
 9. Nate dea, — nam te majoribus ire per altum 
 Auspiciis manifesta fides — sic fata Deum rex 
 Sortitur, volvitque vices, is vertitur ordo.» 
 
 10. Jupiter ipse duas aequato examine lances 
 Sustinet, et fata imponit diversa duorum ; 
 
 Quem damnet labor, et quo vergat pondere letum.* 
 
 1 1. Amicus dulcis, ut aequum est, 
 Cum mea compenset vitiis bona, pluribus hisce, 
 Si modo plura mihi bona sunt, inclinet, amari 
 
 Si volet ; hac lege in trutina ponetur eadem.* 
 
 12. Alter rixatur, de lana ssepe caprina, 
 Propugnat nugis armatus ; * scilicet ut non 
 
 Sit mihi prima fides, et vere quod placet ut non 
 Acriter elatrem, pretium setas altera sordet.' • 
 13. Alia sententia, asperior in speciem, vim minorem 
 aliquanto habuit, quae patricios coire ad prodendum inter- 
 regem jubebat ; censendo enim quoscunque magistratus esse 
 qui senatum haberent judicabat ; quos privates fecerat auctor 
 nuUius senatus consult! faciendi.' 
 l^Dean Ireland's Scholarships 1869.] 
 
 » Hdt. viii. 83. 8 Virg. /En. iiL 374, « Hon Ep. i. i8. 15. 
 
 ' Thuc. vi. 21. ♦ lb. xii. 725. 7 Liv. iii. 40. 
 
 * Hon S. i. 3. 69. 
 
28 Examination Papers. 
 
 XIII. 
 
 1. By what methods has it been sought to arrive at the 
 
 * fundamental meaning ' of the several cases 1 
 
 2. State and exemplify the chief rules of euphony which 
 relate to the aspirates (Sao-eiai) in Greek. Are there any 
 
 * aspirates,' in the Greek sense, in Latin ? 
 
 3. Trace the connexion between the different meanings of 
 the following words, with illustrative quotations : — inrapxeiv, 
 VTTo/JaAXetv, 7rp6<f>a(ris, d^Ltoixa, fi€T€<opo^j dfJi-q)(avo<Sj prtmere^ 
 miscere^ imago^ spatium, moles, cacus, ambages. 
 
 4. What are the geographical limits of the chief Greek 
 dialects ? What is known of the dialect of Megara, Heraclea, 
 Argos, Delphi, Gyrene, Thessaly? Assign to their dialects, 
 with reasons, (i.) MoOcra, Moto-a, Mwo-a, Mwa. (2.) v/A€es, v/a/xcs, 
 
 OVfieS, Vfl€S. (3.) TOVS, TOtS, TOVS, TCU?, TOS. (4.) VttVOS (for V€li)s). 
 
 (5-) cAeyov. 
 
 5. Examine the attempts made by the Latin poets to natu- 
 ralize the lyrical versification of Greece. 
 
 6. What is Anacoluthon ? To what extent is it a sign of 
 imperfection in the language or the writer ? 
 
 7. Analyse the formation, from the several roots, of — 
 redvatrjVj TrtTTTQ), Trda-oiiai (fut of Tracrxw), iapTO, rrjXedocDa-af 
 XapUa-a-ay lo-ao-t, ttoXXov, vavs (acc. plur.), ve/Ze, fuero, noviy 
 alius, terreo, brevis, cerebrum. 
 
 8. Explain the use of the particles — kqX firjv, dXka yap, fitv 
 ovv, p.€V ovv yc, dXk' rj, fievTot. 
 
 9. Quote or refer to passages illustrating the state of literary 
 opinion at Rome in the age of Julius and Augustus Csesar. 
 
 10. In what classes of verbs is the perfect used with a pre- 
 sent signification ? 
 
 11. How far is the existence of a Definite Article indispen- 
 
Examination 
 
 sable to a language? Does the use oTit 
 excessive 1 
 
 12. 'Poetry is more conservative of ancient fornns than 
 prose.' Examine this. 
 
 13. Rectius Iliacum carmen deducis in actus 
 Quam si proferres ignota indictaque primus.* 
 
 Within what limits did the classical dramatists usually choose 
 their subjects ? Discuss the influence exercised by limitations 
 of this kind on the character of ancient art 
 
 \pean Ireland's Scholarship^ 1869.] 
 
 XIV. 
 Critical and Philological Questions. 
 
 1. (i.) In what sense is age ascribed to languages, and 
 
 by what criteria fixed ? 
 
 (2.) In what sense can there, and in what sense can 
 there not, be a mixed language ? 
 
 (3.) Dr. Johnson wrote, *I make no doubt but the 
 Teutonick is more ancient than the Latin \ and it 
 is no less certain that the Latin, which borrowed 
 a great number of words, not only from the Greek, 
 especially the ^olick, but from other neighbouring 
 languages, as the Oscan and others, which have 
 long become obsolete, received not a few from the 
 Teutonick.' Criticise these remarks. 
 
 2. What facts in the archaeology of the Latin language are 
 illustrated by the several forms following? — [pater-]familias, 
 animai^ filiabus^ domi^ altod, ambobus^ divum (gen. pi.), homini- 
 bu\ classim^ parti (abl.). 
 
 3. (i.) From what two different roots are the parts of the 
 
 Verb Substantive supplied ? 
 
 1 Hor. A. P. 191^ 
 
30 Examination Papers. 
 
 (2.) How do the same roots reappear in the inflexions of 
 other verbs ? 
 
 4. (i.) What is the general idea expressed by the Genitive 
 
 Case? 
 (2.) Account for the name it bears. 
 (3.) Under what Syntactical heads would you class the 
 several Genitives following ? 
 
 a. Sternitur et toto projectus corpore terrae.* 
 
 b, Spes salutis. 
 
 c, Notus in fratres animi patemi. 
 
 d. Trepidi rerum suarum. 
 €, Homines insueti laboris. 
 
 f. Moris est Graecorum. 
 
 g. Patiens pulveris atque solis. 
 h. Serum erat diei. 
 
 /. Naves quas sui quisque commodi fecerat. 
 k. Capitis damnare. 
 
 5. * The infinitive may be regarded as a substantive of the 
 neuter gender, with two cases, nominative and accusative.' 
 
 (i.) Explain, and by quotations illustrate this. 
 (2.) Can you explain upon this principle the infinitives 
 following 1 
 
 a. Dederatque comam diffundere ventis. 
 
 b. Haec ludibria religionum non pudere in lucem 
 
 proferre \^ 
 
 c. Ferre jugum pariter dolosi. 
 
 6. What was the origin of the Gerunds, and what deficiency 
 in the language did they supply ? Explain the following con- 
 structions of Gerunds. 
 
 a. Ante domandum Ingentes tollent animos. 
 
 b, Pueros extra urbem lusus exercendique causa produ- 
 
 cere. 
 
 1 Virp. /S«. xi. 87. • See Madvig, Lai. Gr., J 399. 
 
Examination Papers, 3 1 
 
 c, In castra venenint sui purgandi causa. ^ 
 
 d, Novarum[comoediarum] quispectandifaciuntcopiam." 
 
 e, Agitur, utrum M. Antonio facultas detur opprimendae 
 
 reipublicse, caedis faciendae bonorum, diripiendae 
 urbis, agronim suis latronibus condonandi, populum 
 Romanum servitute opprimendi.^ 
 
 7. Explain the principle of the following constructions seve- 
 rally j adding quotations illustrative of them, and translating — 
 
 a. Indicative after nescio quis,^ 
 
 b. Jam fames quam pestilentia tristior erat, ni 
 
 annonae foret subventum.^ 
 
 c. In tanta paupertate decessit, ut qui efferretur vix 
 
 reliquerit.^ 
 
 d. Plebes...indignatione exarsit, quod auspicari...ne- 
 
 garentur posse. ^ 
 
 e. fMille pedes in fronte, trecentos cippus in agrum 
 
 hie dabat ;] heredes monumentum ne sequeretur.^ 
 
 8. Explain, and illustrate by quotations, the uses of the 
 Prepositions in the following passages, and translate them. 
 
 a. Cohortes quae intritae ab labore erant. 
 
 b. Vinci se per suum dedecus patiebantur. 
 
 c. De nobis facile est. 
 
 d. Non possum loqui prae lacrimis. 
 
 e. Aries in cornua tortus.^ 
 
 /. Quantus In clipeum assurgat.^'' 
 
 g. Spumantem undam sub vortice torsit."^^ 
 
 h. Oculosque sub astra tenebat.^^ 
 
 /'. Una de multis.^^ 
 
 k. Decemviri ex parte de plebe creantur. 
 
 » Caes. B. G. iv. 13. See Zumpt, Lat. 7 Liv. iv. 6. Cf. Ov. Fast. iv. 321. 
 
 Gr. § 660. 8 Hon S. I 8. 13. 
 
 S Ten Haut. Prol. 29. 9 Manilius ii. 245. See Conington on 
 
 3 Cic. Phil. V. 3. See Madvig, Lat. Gr. Virg. Mn. x. 725. 
 
 § 413, Obs. 2. 10 Virg. yEn. xL 283. 
 
 * See Zumpt, 8 553. Virg. £c/. Hi. n lb. Ggorg'. iv. 529. 
 
 103. H Virg. yfi'w. V. 853. 
 
 » Liv. iv. 52. 18 Hor. C. iii. 11. 33. 
 
 « Corn. Nep. Fit. Aristid. 3. 
 
32 Examination Papers. 
 
 9. Give (i.) the historical origin, and (2.) the etymological 
 meaning of the following words : — consul^ prceior^ provincia, 
 salafium, amanuensis, basilica, fiomenclator, bissextus, mathe- 
 maticuSj megalesia. 
 
 10. Translate the following passages, with notes on the words 
 in italics : — 
 
 a. Multo majoris alapce mecum veneunt* 
 
 b. — Laevinum, Valert genus, unius assis 
 Non unquam pretio pluris licuisse, notante 
 Judice, quo nosti, populo.' 
 
 c. — Fallitque [Euryalum] timorregione viarum.' 
 
 d. — Carthago Romanis arcibus olim 
 
 Exitium magnum atque Alpes immittat apertas.^ 
 
 €. — Lyciam ut gerat ipsa pharetram 
 Et pastorale m prafixa cuspide myrtum.* 
 
 / — Neque enim loricam poscit Achillis 
 Thersites, in qua se transducebat Ulysses 
 Ancipitem.* 
 
 g. — Tunc adversis urgentibus illuc 
 
 Decidit ut malum ferro submitteret, ac se 
 Explicat angustum : discriminis ultima quando 
 Praesidia afferimus, navem factura minorem.^ 
 
 h. Rem duplica. *feci : jam triplex, jam mihi quarto. 
 Jam decies redit in rugam. depunge, ubi sistam.' 
 Inventus, Chrysippe, tui finitor acervi.^ 
 
 i. Naves quibus consuli usus non esset.* 
 
 k. Nemo id auctoritatis aderat**> 
 II. (i.) What changes did Horace introduce in the Sapphic- 
 and Alcaic metres 1 
 (2.) Describe the metres of the following lines — 
 
 1 Phaedrus, ii. 5. 25. ' Virg. Mn. vii. ult » Liv. [See Zumpt, t,at. 
 
 » Hor. S. i. 6. 12. « Juv. xi. 30. Gr. § 464.] 
 
 « Virg. Mn. ix. 385. "> lb. xii. 53. l» Tac. Ann. xii. 18. [A*. 
 
 « /*. X. 13. • Pen vi. ulr. % 459.] 
 
Examination Papers. 33 
 
 a. Signa esse ad salutem omnia huic esse video. 
 
 b. Ut malis gaudeant atque ex incommodis. 
 
 c. Miserarum est neque amori dari ludum neque dulci. 
 
 d. Super alta vectus Atys celeri rate maria. 
 
 e. Ad te ad venio, spem, salutem, consilium, auxilium expetens. 
 (3.) What new principle of rhythm makes its appearance, 
 
 sparingly in 
 
 Tua sunt, Tua, Rector, utraque {neut, plur.) 
 Tibi copula jungitur horum, etc. (Prudent.) 
 
 and exclusively in * Dies irae, dies ilia,' etc. 1 * 
 
 1 2. What position did Nsevius occupy in Roman literature % 
 
 13. Indicate the characteristics of the 'silver' age of Latinity. 
 
 14. Describe a Roman town-house; adding illustrative 
 quotations, and explanations of the following words : — im- 
 pluviupij tablinum, pulvinar^ solarium^ exedra^ posticum^ lectus 
 adversuSy mensce secunda. 
 
 15. Translate the following inscription (found near Lyons) : — 
 
 HAVE MODII 
 
 HAVE GEMINA 
 DHS MANIB 
 ET MEMORIAE 
 SEPTICIAE GEMINAE 
 FEMINAE SANCTISS 
 VNIVSQ. MARITA [ ] 
 I MODIVS ANNIANVS 
 CONIVGI. KARISSIMAE 
 SVIQ. AMANTISSIM 
 QVAE VIXIT CVM EO 
 IN MATRIMONIO 
 
 ANNIS XXX. 
 ET SIBI VIVVS FECIT 
 AMICE LVDE lOCA 
 RE VENI 
 
 [Hertford Scholarships 1862.] 
 
 1 See Introduction to Archbishop Trench's Sacred Latin Poetry. 
 C 
 
34 Examination Papers. 
 
 XV. 
 
 Translate, explain, and illustrate : — 
 
 a. Ergo iter inceptum celerant ruraore secundo.^ 
 
 b. Sic o, sic positum affati discedite corpus.' 
 
 c. Intenti expectant signum, exultantiaque haurit 
 Corda pavor pulsans, laudumque arrecta cupido.' 
 
 d. Quisque suos patimur manes.* 
 
 e. Qualis ubi ad terras abrupto sidere nimbus 
 It mare per medium.* 
 
 f. ^milio dabitur quantum licet, .... 
 .... stlataria purpura filo." 
 
 g. Haec cum legas, tum bellus ille et urbanus 
 Suffenus, unus caprimulgus aut fossor 
 Rursus videtur : tantum abhorret, ac mutat.' 
 
 h. Negligis immeritis nocituram 
 
 Postmodo te natis fraudem committere ? Fors et 
 
 Debita jura, vicesque superbae 
 Te maneant ipsum : precibus non linquar inultis, 
 Teque piacula nulla resolvent.' 
 /. Crescit indulgens sibi dims hydrops. 
 Nee sitim pellit, nisi causa morbi 
 Fugerit venis, et aquosus albo 
 Corpore languor." 
 k. Quod si meis inaestuet praecordiis 
 
 Libera bilis, ut haec ingrata ventis dividat 
 Fomenta vulnus nil malum levantia, 
 
 Desinet imparibus certare suramotus pudor.* 
 
 10 
 
 1 Virg. Mn. viii. 90. * Virg. /En. vi. 743. « Hor. C. 1. 28. 
 
 « lb. ii. 644. * Jf>- xii. 451- * lb. ii. 2. 
 
 » lb. V. 137. • Juv. vii. 124. 10 lb. Epod. » 
 7 CatuIL xxii. 9. 
 
Examination Papers. 35 
 
 /. Ac ne me foliis ideo brevioribus omes 
 
 Quod timui mutare modos et carminis artem : 
 Temperat Archilochi Musara pede mascula Sappho, 
 Teinperat Alcaeus, sed rebus et ordine dispar, 
 Nee socerum quaerit, quem versibus oblinat atris, 
 Nee sponsae laqueum famoso carmine nectit.* 
 
 2. * In the Spanish and Italian languages the nouns seem 
 to be derived from the accusative case of the Latin equivalent.' 
 Can you account for this at all from the form and uses of the 
 Latin accusative ? 
 
 3. The defects of the style of Tacitus. 
 
 4. Is any practical inconvenience felt in Latin from the 
 absence of a definite article ? Point out the chief differences 
 from Greek Syntax which are traceable to its absence. 
 
 5. Account for the a.i>paxent geni^ivus loci. 
 
 6. The hexameter in the hands of Lucretius, Catullus, and 
 Virgil. 
 
 7. Illustrate from Juvenal the relations between patron and 
 client." 
 
 \Hertford Scholarship^ 1864.] 
 
 XVL 
 
 Critical Questions. 
 
 I. Translate accurately into English, explaining, where 
 necessary, the meaning of the word vicis : — 
 
 a. Testor, in occasu vestro nee tela nee ullas 
 Vitavisse vices Danaum.» 
 
 b. Sic fata deum rex 
 Sortitur, volvitque vices ; is vertitur ordc* 
 
 1 Hor. Episi. i. ig. 26. • Virg. yEn. ii. 43a. 
 
 * See Juv. i. 95, 1x8; iii. 249. \. passim, * Ji, uL 375. 
 
o 
 
 6 Examination Papers. 
 
 c. Hac vice sermonum roseis Aurora quadrigis 
 Jam medium setherio cursu trajecerat axem.» 
 
 d. Omnis per muros legio sortita periclum 
 
 Excubat, exercetque vices, quod cuique tuendum est.* 
 
 e. Venena magnum fas nefasque non valent 
 Convertere humanam vicem.' 
 
 /. Pessimus quisque adversus publicum odium pri- 
 vatam gratiam prseparat ; unde nulla innocentiae 
 cura, sed vices impunitatis.* 
 g. Remittimus hoc tibi, ne nostram vicem irascaris.* 
 h. Ceteri vicem pecudum obtruncabantur.^ 
 /. Non ad suum pertinere officium rati, quando divisae 
 professionum vices essent.' 
 
 2. Give the derivations or affinities of the following words, 
 noticing any philological peculiarities : — tripudium, fulvus, 
 oliniy rorariuSf callis, equus^ sponte^ meridie^ coram^ sibylla, 
 plumbum^ prosa, peritus^ qfficina. 
 
 3. Is there any reason for believing that the last syllable of 
 the third person singular of verbs was ever pronounced long % 
 Quote passages which bear upon the point. 
 
 4. Illustrate the art of Virgil in heightening effect by con- 
 trast 
 
 5. Translate into Latin : — 
 
 On the tenth day of May, when I was receiving morning 
 visitors, one of my freedmen, who three months before had 
 contracted to build a villa at Grumentum, a town of Lucania, 
 informed me that he had failed in business. I found on in- 
 quiry that, having been summoned by one of his creditors the 
 day before, he had been received to bail, and his case had 
 been adjourned. Accordingly I paid forty-three thousand five 
 hundred and nineteen sesterces to his account at the bank, 
 
 1 Virg. yC«. vi. 535. « Hor. Epod. v. 87. « Sail. Hist. Fragnt. 
 
 » lb. ix. 174 * Tac. Hist. i. 72. ^ Quinctil. i. Prooem. 5 a 
 
 * Liv. xxxiv. 32. 
 
Examination Papers. 37 
 
 and he has promised to pay me 1 2 per cent, interest, if he 
 cannot borrow from some one else to repay me : but I fear it 
 will prove a bad debt* 
 
 6. Explain and illustrate by other examples the force of the 
 preposition in the following passages : — 
 
 a. Romae et ad urbem quserere ccepit. 
 
 Homo non ad caetera Punica ingenia callidus. 
 Hie multum fleti ad superos belloque caduci 
 Dardanidae.^ 
 
 b. E natura vivere ; e republica esse ; e vestigio profi- 
 
 cisci. 
 
 c. Madida cum veste gravatus.* 
 
 Cum multa venustate Lucilius (tractat). 
 
 d. Ea (fortuna) ne i?i potestatem quidem Populi 
 
 Romani erat 
 Nilus in aestatem crescit 
 
 e. Non hoc primum audit privatus de inimico, reus ab 
 
 accusatore. 
 
 7. Explain the nature and origin of the terminations in the 
 following words : — radicitm^ ifide, 7iupsi, monuiy amare (infin.), 
 amarier^ amatum (supine), tegmen^ Prosepnais. 
 
 8. Describe the leading characteristics of Seneca's tra- 
 gedies, and show what influence they have had on modern 
 literature. 
 
 9. ^ Ni pro ne antiqui ponebant.' Can this dictum be 
 substantiated by any forms of expression that you remember % 
 Do ve and que ever exchange meanings ? • 
 
 1 A. d. vi. Id. Mai., quum mane mecum gentos etiam undeviginti nummos, qui illi 
 
 essent salutantes, conturbasse se certio- in pecuniam acceptam referantur, apud 
 
 rem me fecit ex libertis meis quidam, qui, mensam publicam collocavi, cujus pecuniae, 
 
 tribus ante mensibus, Grumenti, quod in nisi per versuram solvendo sit, centesimas 
 
 LucaniS est oppidum, villam aedificandam usuras daturus est : at ne* impeditum no- 
 
 conduxerat. Ab creditorum nescio quo men vereor. 
 
 pridie postulatum, interposito vadimonio, * Senec. De Ben. v. aa. Aul. Cell. Iv. 9. 
 
 ampliatfique re, liberum eum factum au- 3 a. and c. Virg. yEn. vi. 481. 359. 
 
 divi. H.S. igitur quadraginta tria, quin- 3 bcrvius. See Karr<;«/a««j, cap. x. § 7. 
 
o 
 
 8 Examination Papers. 
 
 10. *The tendency in the growth of words and their 
 meanings is from the special to the more general' Examine 
 this, and illustrate it by instances in I^atin. 
 
 11. Translate and explain the following passages, with re- 
 ference to the topography of ancient Rome : — 
 
 a. Te quaesivimus in minore Campo, 
 Te in Circo, te in omnibus libellis, 
 Te in templo superi Jovis sacrato, 
 In Magni simul ambulatione.* 
 
 b. Janiculum huic, illi fuerat Saturnia nomen.« 
 
 c. Cedere namque foro jam non est deterius, quam 
 Esquilias a ferventi migrare Suburra.' 
 
 d. Et Carmentalem Romano nomine portam 
 Quam memorant."* 
 
 e. Substitit ad veteres arcus madidamque Capenam.* 
 /. Foro nimium distare Carinas 
 
 Jam queritur.' 
 g. Roscius orabat sibi adesses ad Puteal eras.' 
 
 12. For a Latin epigram : — 
 
 * Pereant male, qui ante nos nostra dixerunt/ " 
 
 {Hertford Scholarship, 1866.] 
 
 XVII. 
 
 I. Translate and explain briefly: — 
 
 Miraris quod Hermes libertus meus hereditarios agros, quos 
 ego jusseram proscribi, non exspectata auctione, pro meo quin- 
 cunce ex septingentis millibus Corelliae addixerit. Adjicis 
 
 1 Catull. 55 3 6 Juv. Hi. ii. [Cf. Mart, « DonatusonTer. Eun. Prol. 
 
 « Virg. yffn. viii. 358. iiu47. !•] 41- Hieron. on Ecclesiast. 
 
 » Juv. xi. 5a « Hor. Ep. i. 7- 48. i- 9- 
 
 * Virg. Mn. viii. 338. ^ lb. 5". iu 6. 35- 
 
 [See, in illustration of the above, Smith's Dictionary o/Geosrraphy, vol. u., s. v. Roma, 
 pp. 834 ; 816, 842 ; 761 ; 840 ; 822, 824; 751 ; 755 ; 788.] 
 
Examination Papers. 39 
 
 posse eos nongentis millibus venire, ac tanto magis quaeris an 
 quod gessit ratum servem.* 
 
 Pro quingentis millibus nummum quae in alimenta ingenu- 
 orum promiseram agrum ex meis longe pluris actori publico 
 mancipavi : eundem vectigali imposito recepi tricena millia 
 annua daturus. Per hoc enim at reipublicae sors in tuto, nee 
 reditus incertus, et ager ipse, propter id quod vectigali large 
 supercurrit, semper dominum a quo exerceatur inveniet.' 
 
 Scis te non subscripsisse mecum, et jam biennium transisse, 
 omniaque me usucepisse.* 
 
 2. The practical genius of the Romans is said to have led 
 them to express their thoughts as much as possible through 
 the concrete, rather than through the abstract and ideal. 
 State your opinion on the subject, and illustrate it from the 
 phenomena of the language. 
 
 3. How far can we arrive at the orthography of the Augustan 
 age % How are the following words spelt in the best authori- 
 ties : — drachma^ coelum^ coena, caetera^ imperator, colligere^ atque, 
 iinquunij libet^ humor ? 
 
 4. What are the various possible modifications of action in 
 the Indicative Mood ? What are the chief points in which the 
 Latin tense-system is deficient 1 
 
 5. Account for the form, and state and explain the uses, of 
 the Gerunds and Supines. 
 
 6. State, and illustrate by quotation, constructions permis- 
 sible in Poetry, not allowed in Prose. 
 
 7. To what periods of the life of Horace do you refer the 
 composition of the Book of Epodes and the Books of Satires 
 and Epistles 1 Confirm your view by reference to and quota- 
 tions from the evidence on the subject contained in those books 
 and in the Odes. 
 
 1 Plin. £■/. vii. ii. « lb. vii i8. ' Ih. y. i 
 
40 Examination Papers, 
 
 8. Translate, criticise, and explain : — 
 
 a. Tu si hie sis aliter sentias.* 
 
 b. Cum temere anguino creditur ore manus.' 
 
 c. Liceat dare tuta per undas vela tibi.» 
 
 d. Munere isto Odissem te odio Vatiniano.* 
 
 e. Haud equidem credo quia sit divinitus illis 
 Ingenium et rerum fato prudentia major.' 
 
 / Semper in irata pallidus esse velim/ 
 g. Quid hoc populi obtineri potest % 
 h. Mancus et extinctae corpus non utile dextrae.^ 
 /. Aut si quis posita judex sedet ^acus urna 
 In mea sortita vindicet ossa pila.' 
 
 9. What various readings do we find in the following pas- 
 sages? — 
 
 a. Libra die somnique pares ubi fecerit horas.' 
 
 b. Cum diva mater alites ostendit occinentes.^" 
 
 c. Post hoc ludus erat culpa potare raagistra." 
 
 d. Hie Asianorum vetera omamenta deorum." 
 
 e. Inter se foliis strepitant.^' 
 
 10. Explain and illustrate the uses of the following words : — 
 lenttis^ reponOy improbus^ ambitiosuSy ultro, vescor^ nataies, igitur, 
 induo. 
 
 1 1 . Discuss the etymology of entertain^ country, right, arrive, 
 battle, advantage, mystery, spice, age, island, U7icle, forest, wasp, 
 
 12. What were the causes, nature, and extent of the influ- 
 ence of Alexandria upon Roman literature? What Greek 
 writers were laid under contribution by Lucretius, Catullus, 
 and Virgil ? 
 
 {Hertford Scholarship, 1868.] 
 
 1 Ter. Andr. ii. i. lo. 8 virg. G. i. 415. » Virg. G. I. 208. 
 
 3 Propert. v. 8. 10 (ed. « Propert. iv. 8. 28 (ed »« Catull. xxv. 5. 
 Paley). Paley). " Hor. Serm. ii. 2. 123. 
 
 » Virg. j^n. V. 796. ' Juv. iii. 48. 1' Juv. iii. 218. 
 
 « Catull. xiv. 3. 8 Propert. v. 11. 19 (cd. i' Virg. G. i. 413. 
 
 Paley). 
 
Examination Papers. 41 
 
 XVIII. 
 
 1. * A cycle of legends might well have gathered around the 
 fall of Alba, such as was woven around the conquest of Ilion, 
 and every community and every noble gens of Latium might 
 have discovered or inserted the story of its own origin there. 
 But this result never took place, and Italy remained without 
 national poetry or art.'* 
 
 * The Romans, before the introduction of Greek literature, 
 possessed national epic poems, which, in power and brilliancy 
 of imagination, leave everything produced by the Romans in 
 later times far behind them.'* 
 
 Discuss these two statements, and give the arguments 
 generally advanced for the latter theory. 
 
 2. Distinguish between the meanings of agnosco and cognosce 
 — antiquus and vetus — hruma and hiems — bustum and rogus — 
 conjugium and connubium—prcenomm, agnomen^ and cognomen 
 — libertus and libertinus — rete and plaga—poculum and crater 
 — cyathus and cantharus — Tartartis^ Erebus^ and Orcus. 
 
 3. Describe a Roman banquet of the Augustan age, illus- 
 trating your description by quotations. 
 
 4. Explain and illustrate whatever is remarkable in con- 
 struction or meaning in the following passages : — 
 
 a. Hie tibi, quae semper, vicino ab limite sepes, 
 Hyblaeis apibus florem depasta salicti, 
 Srepe levi somnum suadebit inire susurro.* 
 
 b. Idem ter socios pura circumtulit unda.* 
 
 c. Per pedes trajectus lora tumentes.* 
 
 d. Tardaque Eleusinae matris volventia plaustra/ 
 
 e. Fac tibi patemae legis Aciliae veniat in mentem.'' 
 
 1 Mommsen. 3 Virg. Eel. i. 54. ^ Virg. G. i. 163. 
 
 2 Niebuhr. * lb. ^n. vi. 339. ^ Cic. Verr. \. 17. 51. 
 
 * lb. ii. 373. 
 
42 Exa^nination Papers. 
 
 f. Tu non solvendo eras.* 
 
 g. Uxor invicti Jovis esse nescis.' 
 h. Quisque suos patimur Manes.' 
 
 /. Cautos nominibus rectis expendere nummos.* 
 k. Difficile est proprie communia dicere.' 
 
 5. Had Lucretius a fair right to complain of * Patrii Ser- 
 monis Egestas'?' 
 
 6. Quote instances of (i.) the * curiosa felicitas ' of Horace, 
 (2.) the love of alliteration in Latin.' 
 
 7. With what words in Latin or in other languages may 
 the following words be radically connected, and by what laws 
 of phonetic change ? — cornUy lacryma^ viginti, plebes^ litus^ mare, 
 aratrumy anas, vespa^ voluptas, suavis, Jilius, forceps. 
 
 8. Explain the terms : — quadruplator^ tribus prcErogativa, 
 antestari, vadimonium sistere, lex curiata de imperio, confdrreatiOj 
 primipilus. 
 
 9. 'The student of Virgil may be said to enjoy a singular 
 advantage in the preservation of those works of Greek poetry 
 which his author professes to have imitated.* Mention the 
 Greek works here referred to, and indicate the chief points of 
 contrast between them and the works of Virgil. 
 
 10. By what Latin poets are the following metres used % give 
 the rules applicable to them, and produce an example of 
 each :— Saturnian ; Trochaic Tetrameter Catalectic ; Scazon ; 
 Phalaecian Hendecasyllabic ; Galliambic. At what date did 
 accent come to be substituted for quantity in Latin verse 1 
 
 11. What reason is there for believing a seventh case, viz., 
 a locative, to have existed in Latin % 
 
 12. Turn into Oratio Obliqua, explaining the reasons for 
 each change of mood, tense, etc. : — 
 
 Heraclea, filia Hieronis, has preces addidit, * Ne me innoxiam 
 
 I Cic. 2 Phil. 2. I 4. * Hon Epist. iu i. 103. • See Prof. Munro's Lucrt- 
 
 ' Hon C. iii. 27. 73. • lb. A. P. 128. tius, iL 100-102. 
 
 » Virg. /En. vl 743. ^ lb. \\. 106. 
 
Examination Papers. 43 
 
 invidia Hieronymi conflagrare sinatis. Nihil ego ex regno ejus 
 praeter exilium viri habeo : neque fortuna mea eadem vivo 
 Hieronymo fuit, quae sororis ; neque interfecto eo causa eadem 
 est Quid ? quod, si Andranodoro consilia processissent, ilia 
 cum viro fuit regnatura ; mihi cum caeteris serviendum. Si 
 quis Zoippo nuntiet interfectum Hieronymum, ac liberatas 
 S)rracusas, cui dubium est quin extemplo conscensurus sit 
 navim atque in patriam rediturus ? Quantum spes hominum 
 falluntur ! In liberata patria conjux ejus ac liberi de vita 
 dimicant ; quid obstantes libertati aut legibus ? Quod a me 
 cuiquam periculum, a sola ac prope vidua, et puellis in orbitate 
 degentibus est 1 At enim periculi quidem nihil a me timetur : 
 invisa tamen regia stirps est. Ablegate ergo procul ab Syra- 
 cusis, et asportari Alexandriam jubete, ad virum uxorem, ad 
 patrem filias.'^ 
 
 [Hertford Scholarship, 1869.] 
 
 XIX. 
 
 1. The influence of Comparative Philology on Greek and 
 Latin scholarship. 
 
 2. The limits of conjectural emendation. 
 
 3. The manner in which metres are affected by the charac- 
 ter of languages, as exemplified in the Greek, Latin, and 
 English hexameter. 
 
 4. *0 yelp lo-ToptKos KoX 6 iroitfTri^ ov t^ tJ €fifi€rpa Acyctj/ rj 
 afierpa hia^kpova-iv e'r] yap av to. *H/)o5otov eis fihpa Tidkvaij 
 kolX ovSci/ yJTTov av eirj IdTopta.^ Examine this. What then is 
 the essential difference between poetry and prose (using the 
 words as they are commonly used) 1 and how far is metre a 
 necessary condition of the former?* 
 
 i See Liv. xxiv. 26. * Sec Ar. Poft. 9 init 
 
44 Examination Papers, 
 
 5. The progress of criticism and philology as illustrated by 
 the names of Erasmus, Scaliger, Bentley, Niebuhr. 
 
 6. How far are the usages of syntax capable of being ex- 
 plained on philosophical principles % 
 
 \Craven Scholarships^ 186 1.] 
 
 XX. 
 
 1. By what considerations would you determine the authority 
 of a MS.I 
 
 2. The Roman character in Latin poetry. 
 
 3. How far is it true to say that the science of Language 
 is one of the physical sciences % 
 
 4. The decay of Greek literature illustrated from Polybius, 
 Dionysius of Halicamassus, Lucian, Athenaeus, or any of them. 
 
 5. Is it easier to render idiomatic English into Greek or 
 Latin % Give reasons for your answer. 
 
 6. Compare the prospects and character of classical scholar- 
 ship in the sixteenth century and in the nineteenth. 
 
 \Craveft Scholarships^ 1862.] 
 
 XXL 
 
 1. Estimate the gain to our knowledge of Greek and Latin 
 from the comparative study of their dialectical varieties. 
 
 2. The place of the science of grammar in the history of 
 Greek philosophy. 
 
 3. The nature and use of caesura in Greek and Latin metres, 
 
 4. The influence of the foreign or domestic politics of Athens 
 on the choice and treatment of subjects by the tragedians. 
 
 5. What is Aristotle's analysis of the effects of tragedy I 
 On what psychological principles does it depend 1 
 
Examination Papers. 45 
 
 6. Is there any reason to think that the religious ideas and 
 practices of the Greeks are inadequately represented in their 
 literature] 
 
 7. fivOos 5' IcTTiv cfs, ov;( oiairep rives otovrai, cav Trepl €va y' 
 iroXAa yap kol air€ipa r<^ ykvet crvfijSatvei, c^ cSv kvimv ovhkv 
 €(mv €V, 6 8k "OfArjpoSj wtrirep kol to. aAAa 8ia<j>€p€i, Kal tovt' 
 €OiK€ KaAws tSctv, rjToi 8ia T€)(^vrjv rj Slot <f)V(rtv' 'OSvcra-ecav yap 
 TTOtwi/ OVK €7roL7]cr€V ttTTavTa oo"a avT<p (Tvve^rjy olov TrkrjyrjvaL jxlv 
 iv T(^ JIapva(rcr(^, p.avrjvaL 8e Trpoa-jroL-qa-aardai kv t^ dycp/xi^ (ov 
 ovSev ^arepov yevofievov dvayKatov ^v 17 cikos ^arepov ycvccr^oi, 
 dA,A.a 7rep6 /xiai/ rrpa^tv, oi'av Aeyo/^ev, r^i/ '05v(rcrciav crvvecrTq- 
 o-ev, o/xoiws 6e Kat T17V 'IXiaSa.^ Examine this Statement. What 
 is its bearing on the Homeric controversy 1 
 
 [Craven Scholarships 1869.] 
 
 XXII. 
 Critical Questions. 
 
 I. Distinguish between the following uses of ottcos : 
 
 a. reivovra irdXai to^ov ottws olv 
 firjT€ Trpo Kaipov firjO^ vrrep da-Tptav 
 
 /SckoS riXWiOV (rK'q\p€L€V.^ 
 
 b, a-Lyad', ottws p.^ irevo'eTai ns, <3 rcKva, 
 yXiocrcrqs X^P'-^ ^^ irdvr' (XTrayyciA^/ raSc." 
 
 C. ycvotpav iv' vXdev Ittcoti ttovtov 
 vpoftXrjfi* dXiKXyarrov aKpav 
 VTTo TrXciKa 2ovnov 
 
 TOts Upas OTTO)? 
 
 irpoaetVoipei/ 'A^avas.* 
 </. Tt S^t' €poi fijv Kip8os, dW OVK kv Tax*' 
 
 1 Aristot. Poit. 8. » iEsch. Chotph. 257. 
 
 * if:sch. /4^. 355. * Soph. ^yW^r, 1217. 
 
46 Examination Papers, 
 
 €/apt\^' Ijxavrrjv ttjctS* diro o-tv^A.ov Trerpas 
 
 OTTO)? TTcSy CTKYlXpacra TWV 7ra»'T<l)»' TTOVWV 
 
 airriXkdyqv ', * 
 ^. KpareiTd) tovSc tov /3pa)(vv xpovov 
 
 y. Treipacrdai ottcds a>s (ikXria-ra ra irpoa-qKovTa 
 kKaT€p(^ ^fiwv 8iaTrpdTT€<r6at,.^ 
 
 2. Translate the following, noting the position of the Article : — 
 
 a. dp^ala TO. Aa/?SaKtSav oLKUiv opwfiai 
 
 TrrjixaTa cl>$LfX€V(i}v ctti Tn^fxacrt TrtTTTovr'.* 
 If. ovK eo"^' OTTWS Ae^ai/Ai to, xfevSTJ KaAa.' 
 ^. Kavrav^ 6 irats Svcm^vos out' oSvp/xdriov 
 cA-eiTrer' ovSei/ a/>t<^t vtv yow/Acros, 
 ovt' dfJi(fiL7rt'7mt}v CTTOfxaa-LV.* 
 
 d. OV SpaTT^TTIV TOV KkrjpOV CS fl€<TOV Ktt^ClS.' 
 
 ^. ou ya/o orro-Tao-tacrwv ij/cw, ovSe d<ra<}>rj r^v kXevOepiav 
 vofii^d) c7rLcfi€p€LV, €t TO Trdxpiov Trapets to irXkov tois 
 oAtyot? ly TO €Aao"crov TOts rracrt 8ovA(oo"ai/jtt.* 
 
 3. Notice the dialectic peculiarities in the following passages : — 
 
 a. (f>povTL^<i)v Se €vpi(rK<a d/xa fikv Kvho<i "qfiLV re npoa-yivo- 
 
 fxevov, X^PV^ "^^ '^'^ *'^^ eKTTjixeOa ovk eXdcrcrova ovSt 
 <f>avXoT€pr]Vj '7rafi(f>opoiT€pr]v Se* a/xa 8k TLfxuypCrjv t€ 
 Kot TLO-iv yLvoficvrjv 810 v/i€as eyw crvveAc^a iva to 
 vo€0) Trp'qcra-eiv virepdeiofiaL vfilv . . . . ov yap 8rj 
 Xiopyjv ye ov8€fii'qv KaToxfeTaL 6 iJAios ofiovpov €ov<rav 
 TQ ripLirkp-Q dAAa <T<f>€as vdaras eyw dfia vp.LV p.Cav 
 X^pr)v ^^o-a>.' 
 
 b. hrodovv TV, vat tov <^iAiov, ^Trep parkpa, 
 dAA' (o irovqpd KiitpC ddXiov narpos 
 dpj3dT€ noTTav pd88av a^x' tvprjT€ tra 
 
 1 iEsch. A V. 766. * Soph. y4«^ 593. ^ Soph. >4>fl.r, 1^85. 
 
 5 73. 960. » iEsch. Ag. 603. « Thucyd. iv. 86. 
 
 » Xcn. *Oec. 7, § 29. « Soph. rmrA. 936. • Hdt. viL 8. i. 
 
 * See Breitenbacb in /lor. 
 
Examination Papers, 47 
 
 Q.KoveTov St], TTore^eT Ifuv rav yaa-repa. 
 TrmipoL Trejrpaa-OaL ^pj/SStT* "q ttclvtJv KaKws j* 
 r. *H Se ^iTwv* €v8v(ra Atos V€<l>€kr]y€p€Tao 
 T€V)(€<Ttv is TToXijXOV ^(opiJcTcrcTO haKpvoiVTa 
 *Es S' o^ea <l>X6y€a iroa-l ^>J(r€To, Aa^cro 8' €y;(os, 
 B^i^v, fi€yaj (TTilSapov, t(^ Sdfxvrjo'L o"Ti;(as dvS/awv 
 *H/)cua>v TOio-tV T€ KOTCo-o-erat o^pLpLoirarp-q.^ 
 
 4. Account for the mood in the following passages : — 
 
 Socrates dicere solebat, omnes in eo quod scirent esse 
 
 eloquentes. 
 Rex imperavit ut quae bello opus essent pararentur. 
 Deum invocantes cujus ad solenne venissmt. 
 Populus Romanus sibi tribunos creavit per quos contra 
 
 senatum et consules tutus tssQ posset. 
 Si fato omnia yf««/, nihil nos admonere potest ut cauti- 
 
 ores simus. 
 Redeam ? non si me ohsecret. 
 
 5. Explain cerarium facere^ heres ex asse, comperendinare reum^ 
 cernere hereditatem, legem rogare^ quaterdecies millies, vadari reum, 
 vadimonium sisiere^ testimonium denuntiare — aXpdv Slktjv, rrpo- 
 ^oXri, irpo/SovXevixa, e^ovXrjs Sikyj, Tra/oavo/AWv ypat^-q, Slkt) art/xT^TOS. 
 
 6. ovK 0T8' av el 7r€to-at/Ai. To which verb does av belong, 
 and for what reason ? Illustrate the position of the particle 
 from Thucydides." 
 
 7. Explain the construction of — 
 
 a. Totoio-Se Toi VI V d^iw TrpoacjiOiyfiaa-iv.^ 
 
 b. Kttt yap ovv K€tv7jv taov 
 €7raiTit3/Aat rov^e /SovXevcraL rd^v.' 
 
 C, €K€LVOS veifxev ifxol Tepxpiv o/xtAcii/.' 
 
 d. €v dya6ol<Ti Kilrai .... TroXltav Kv/Sepvda-us,^ 
 
 1 Ar. AcA. 730. 48; and see Thucyd. ii. 89, * Soph. Ani. 489. 
 
 ' Homer, Iliad, v. 736. 56; iii. 42, §2. "X-cn. Heilen. • lb. Ajax, 1200. 
 
 > '^MX.'Med. 941. Cf. Ale. vi. i. 10. • Find. Pyth.x. in. 
 « iEsch. Ag. 876. 
 
48 ' Examination Papers. 
 
 e. oKovo) <f)66yyov opvidiav KXd^ovras^ 
 
 f. ireiraXraL fioi. Kkap .... KXvov(Tav.* 
 
 g. Comitiorum habendorum causa. 
 Comitiorum habendi causa. 
 Comitia habendi causa. '^ 
 
 h. Quid tibi banc rem tactio est.* 
 
 8. Quote any passage from the Gospels in which the force 
 of the Greek article is not expressed in the English version ; 
 and explain the following passages, stating where they occur : — 
 
 cav fx-q irvy/jLy vt^^wvrat ras x^^/x*?' 
 /cat €7ri/?aA,a)V eKXaic* 
 €v (ral3f3aiT<^ ScvrcpoTr/xory 
 irpacriaX irpacnai.^ 
 
 9. Give the derivation and meaning of the following : — 
 aycx<WTMrc, TrapaKpovopLevoSf ^(uparat, TrepLcrToixi^eTai^ iv r<^ kpxa 
 vSartj dvT€fxPLf3d^€iVj Tro/iTreta, Su(rvp€^ IcuAoKpacrtav, 01 irapiovrcs. 
 
 10. Explain the use of the negatives in — 
 
 a. ovt' av SvvaifLTjv jx-qr^ kiTLcrra.lix'qv Acyai/.' 
 
 b. ot' ovtkv (uv rov prjSiv dvT€<TTqs vttc/).' 
 C. TTjv firjSfv els TO p.ri^kv^ 
 
 d. el . . . . OVK dpK€(T€l..^ 
 
 e. Sia .... T^v ov vepirei^Kriv.^^ 
 
 f. Kpvxpov vtv, ivda p.'q ttotc. . . . Tovruiv Trpoa-eiari fJLrjSkv.^^ 
 
 g. p.ri T€)(yr]crdfJi€vos p-qS^ dWo Tt rexyqa-aiTO.^^ 
 
 11. Illustrate the various uses of the prepositions irapd, irpos, 
 with the corresponding Latin expressions. 
 
 12. Explain the following : — h wktos a/^oAyy, vrjSvpos vir- 
 voSi oirXorepos y^vey^ rrjXvyeTos irats, eXOetv ayyeXti^s, iraiBbs 
 €^os, VTr€p<f>LaXos, ivBeUXos, r)tocts. 
 
 1 Soph. Ant. looi. ' See SS. Matt. xxii. 13. • Soph. Aj'ax, 1241. 
 
 > iEsch. Choeph. 402, MIc vii. 3 ; xiv. 72. Luke 10 Thucyd. iii. 95. 2. Cf. 
 
 « See Zumpt, Lat. Gr.^ vi. i. Mk. vi. 4a L 137. 7. See Donalds. Gk. 
 
 § 661. « Soph. Ant. 686. Gr., \ 534. 
 
 « Plaiit. Pan. v. 5. 29. et "> lb. Aj'ax, 1331. " Soph. Elect. 436. 
 
 alibi. ' lb. Elect. 1166. M Odyss. xi. 613. 
 
 i 
 
Examination Papers, 49 
 
 XXIII. 
 Critical Questions. 
 
 1. Does the Homeric language exceed or fall short of later 
 Greek in variety of construction and play of idiom % 
 
 2. Explain the force of /a^ in the following passages : — 
 
 a. iiri <roi 8oKovfjL€v rySe X€L<l>6rjvaL fiaxQ ; * 
 
 b. TcActav \f^7J<^ov S.pa fxr) KXvoiv 
 
 T^s fj.€X\ovv/x<l>oVf irarpl Xvo-oralviav 7rdp€i j * 
 
 c. ^cAo) TrvdetrdaLj firj 'irl rots TrdXai KaKois 
 irpoa-KeLfJLivSv rt Trrjixa crrjv Safe vet <f>p€va* 
 
 d. SeSocKa yap p.^ rovs KaOecrroiTas vopovs 
 apicTTov "Q (rut^ovra rov ^iov reX^lv.^ 
 
 e. pr] irapys to prj ov ^pdcrai.^ 
 
 f. ov prj 8v(rp€vqs ccct <f)LXots, 
 iravcrei 5c ^v/aov ; " 
 
 g. ovros crv, Trot ^cts ; eirX KaSua-Kovs. M»^Sa/xa>s/ 
 /i. 6t^ ovSkv (jjv Tov prjSkv dvreo-njs vircp.* 
 
 /'. OTt i7/)^a, prj OLTroSTjpT^a-b} ; • 
 
 k. prf vvv poL v€p€(rrj(r€T* 'OXvpiria. Siopar' €)(0VT€Sy 
 prjS' 6<{>€Xes Xta-a-eadaL dpvpova ILrjXiicjva^'^ 
 
 3. Is the infinitive strictly to be called a Mood ] Compare 
 its powers in Greek and Latin. 
 
 4. Account for the forms Svo-cto, xp^vot, pevaopai, pXiaarKia, 
 avSpa, vidif rettulit, urbiuniy musce (gen.), amavero, cecini. 
 
 5. To what extent do the present and historical tenses 
 retain their distinctive force in the subjunctive and optative 
 moods ? 
 
 1 iEsch. Pers. 346. * Soph. O. R. 283. « Soph, Ajax, 1231. 
 
 a Soph. Ant. 632. « Eur. Med. 1151. » See Liddell and Scott 
 
 • Yaxx. Heracl. 48a. ' Ar. K«/. 854. Q.i.Ach. s.v. apxui u. 3, and s.v. 
 
 * Soph. Ant. 1113. (See Mr. 176, and Paley on ^sch. mij C. 
 
 Shilleto's Dem. F. Z.. App. A.) Ag^. 493, 879. Su//l. 74, 792. 10 Homer, //. ix. 698. 
 
 D 
 
5Q ^'Z'-r'-'^^r Examination Papers. 
 
 6. Point out symptoms of incipient decay in the Greek 
 language during the classical period. How far does this 
 tendency develop itself in Hellenistic Greek 1 
 
 7. Illustrate the poetic usages oi fatigo, exerceo^ condo^ in- 
 dulgeo^ deduco^ mollis^ improbus^ argiitus, facilis, IcevuSy orbis, 
 honor y fasciSy sinus y adeOy scUicdy modOy olim. 
 
 8. Illustrate by passages the arrangement of a Homeric 
 house. 
 
 9. How far are the manners of Virgil's own times reflected 
 in the ^neid 1 
 
 10. What are the general principles regulating the conjunc- 
 tion of cases with verbs ? Explain the following : — Acyctv 
 XoyoVy aKoveiv \6yoVy ixifivrjcrOal rivos, dvafxifivrj(rK€a6aL Tiy '^vr)- 
 Toia-Lv dvda-a-ei, oirXois XPW^^'' ) nubere alicuiy pecimia carere^ 
 c^ris indigere. 
 
 11. Explain and criticise the following uses of the passive 
 voice : — 
 
 a, Tertia vivitur aetas.* 
 
 b. Inutile ferrum 
 Cingitur.2 
 
 c, Nuda genu, nodoque sinus collecta fluentes.^ 
 
 d. Pascuntur silvas."* 
 
 €. Laevo suspensi loculos tabulamque lacerto."^ 
 f. Haec ego procurare idoneus imperor.' 
 
 12. * Many secrets in the nature of the dead languages can 
 only be explained by the evidence of the living dialects.' 
 Examine and illustrate this statement 
 
 [M, T.y 1865.] 
 
 1 Ov. Met. xii. 188. » Virg. yff«. i. 320. » Hor. 5". 1. 6. 74. 
 
 3 Virg. /En. ii. 510. * lb. G. iii. 314. * lb. Epist. i. 5 21. 
 
 On the above passag''S, see Zumpt, L. G. §§ 382 segq. Madvig, 5 237. 
 
Examination Pcipers^^^^ 
 
 XXIV. 
 
 Critical Questions. 
 
 1. Enumerate the different ways in which the Perfect 
 Active is formed in Latin. How far can you account for any 
 of them ?i 
 
 2. What is meant by the grammatical terms idiom^ attraction^ 
 cognate accusative, daiivus ethicus ? 2 
 
 3. Compare the rules of Oratio Obliqua in Greek and Latin.* 
 
 4. In what respects does the use of the Moods in Homer 
 differ from that which we find in the Attic writers 1 
 
 5. Explain the origin of the expressions kv rok irpwrot, 
 ifXTToSiov, tvart, oT<t6^ tus Troirjcrov, ws uAtj^ws, vTreptfivQs m. 
 
 6. Point out the connexion between the ordinary classical 
 force of the words €vr]6r]Sj €V(6vvfios, Slkyj, ^€j/os, x^P'-^f XP^^^i 
 ado/ere, mactare, genia/is, hostis, solertia, religio, super stitio, and 
 the primary meaning which is suggested by etymology, or 
 otherwise known to have existed, in each case. 
 
 7. Explain : — 
 
 a. Quisque suos patimur manes.* 
 
 b. Sustinet a jugulo dextram et vim viribus exit.* 
 
 I See Donalds. Lat. Gr. § 70, c. ili. 
 Varron. chap. xL § 6. 
 
 ' By the term idiom, of a language is 
 meant (i.) The assemblage of syntactical 
 rules or forms, by which, without reference 
 to vocabulary, we recognise that language. 
 (2.) An individual expression, a form of 
 speech applicable to a single phrase, con- 
 trary to the general syntax of the language, 
 but yet such that its meaning is sufficiently 
 intelligible at once. (3.) A combination of 
 words into a phrase or phraseological ex- 
 pression, the purport of which is wholly 
 conventional. — See Marsh's Lect. on Engl. 
 Language led Smith), p. 433 Sff. — For the 
 fiAic dative, see Liddell and Scott s. v. 
 »l0os ii. 5 ; and Farrar's Gi. Synt. p. 73. 
 
 3 See Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 590, B. One 
 great principle is that where the subjunc- 
 tive is positively required in Latin, the 
 optative is used in Greek. Thus, in the 
 passage from Xen. An., quoted in Donalds. 
 /. c, eTTi^ovXcvoi would be rendered by 
 conjuraret. For the general rules of Or. 
 Obi. in Latin, see Donalds. Lat. Gr. § 205 
 (5) ; Madvig, Z.. C §§ 369, 403 seqq. For 
 those in Greek, see Jelf, Gk. Gr. §§ 884- 
 890. 
 
 * Virg. jEn. vi. 743, 
 
 * Jb. \\. 750. 
 
 In b the accus. is accounted for by the 
 transitive notion of vital involved in exit. 
 Cf Demosth, 331, ovfieVa i^i(rra(xai, and 
 460, ovSfva irwjrore KivSvvov efe'oTJjjrov. 
 
52 Examination Papers, 
 
 c. Venena magnum fas nefasque non valent 
 
 Convertere humanam vicem.' 
 
 d. Quinas hie capiti mercedes exsecat.* 
 
 e. Quum rapies in jus malis ridentem alienis.' 
 
 f. P. Decius majorum suorum exempla persequens pro 
 
 alieno se sere devovit. 
 
 g. Censores Mamercum tribu moverunt octuplicatoque 
 
 censu serarium fecerunt.* 
 
 8. Compare an Athenian SLKacm^pLov and an English jury 
 in respect of composition, functions, and principles of judgment. 
 
 9. How far did the Roman poets depart from their Greek 
 models in their treatment of Heroic, Elegiac, Iambic, and 
 Lyric metre 1 
 
 10. What kinds of field sports were in use among the 
 Romans 1 Illustrate your answer by quotations from the 
 poets. 
 
 \Balliol Coil. Scholarships and Exhibitions, 1866.] 
 
 XXV. 
 
 Critical Questions. 
 
 1. Compare the use of the Present Participle Active in 
 Greek, Latin, and English. 
 
 2. The influence of Euphonic laws in modifying the forms 
 of words, (i.) in Composition, (2.) in Inflexion. 
 
 3. Explain the force of the Dative case in the following 
 passages : — 
 
 a. avTai(rLV dp/SvXaiariv apfi6(ras irSSa.^ 
 
 b. 'Opea-T-qv i^iSe^dfirjv TraTpC* 
 
 1 Hor. E^od. V. 87. 3 Hor. ^. ii. 3. 72. « Eur. Hifip. 1189. 
 
 * lb. J". L 2. 14.. * X.iv. iv. 24. • i'Esch. Ckoiph. 749. 
 
Examination Papers, 53 
 
 C, OS y€ avT^ oviok TT/Do/^ara o\)Z\ Trot/teva yiyvwcTKCis.* 
 //. 'Axaiorctv §€ /xeya cr^cvos €/A/3aX' €Kd(rT<^ 
 
 KapSty.^ 
 e. Uti militibus exsequatus cum imperatoribus labos 
 
 volentibus esset." 
 / Caelo supinas si tuleris manus.* 
 g. Turn vero exarsit juveni dolor ossibus ingens.*^ 
 h. Ter leto stemendus erat.« 
 4. State the general characteristic meaning of the Greek 
 Aorist : — illustrating it by reference (i.) to its idiomatic usages, 
 (2.) to the difference in meaning between the Aorist and Pre- 
 sent of particular verbs. 
 
 State to what classes Latin Perfects can be reduced, accord- 
 ing to their formation : and further distinguish forms which 
 are absolutely irregular. 
 
 6. Explain and illustrate peculiarities attending the inser- 
 tion or omission of av in the following passages : — 
 
 a. cuott' ov/c av avrov yvw/occrat/*' av cttriSwv.^ 
 
 b, ecTTt 8' 6 Trais Treptcra/xos* Iv itKoon iraia-L fiddois vtv.' 
 
 C. OVK ea-Q' ocTTts ov^ rjyitTO twv €t5oTcuv Slktjv fx€ X'qxfia'- 
 6ai Trap' avrwv, cTretSav Ta^ttrT' a.vy]p cfvat BoKifiao"- 
 
 d. oirov 8' *A;roAA,a»v crKatos ^, rtves (ro(f>ol',^^ 
 
 e. Tovro yap a^avarov (fxavaev epirct 
 
 €t TLS €V GLTTrj Tt.^* 
 
 /, ovt' ovra, ovt' av ycvdftcva, AoyoTTOiovort,** 
 g. ovx '7'f*') ^avai, ov8' civ ij^ci.*' 
 h. OVK oW av ct ireicraiixt.^* 
 
 1 Plat /?<^. i. 16 (343 a). 6 Virg. ySn. v. 172. W Eur. E/ect 97a. 
 
 2 Homer, ///iirf, xi. 11. « Id. viii. 566. H Find. /jMw. iiL 58 (67). 
 « Sail. 7w^. 100. 4. SeeKritz ? Eur, <9r«/. 379. 13 Thucyd. vi. 38. i. 
 
 on ti. 84, § 3. Plebi volenti * Moschus, 16. 1" Plat. Jiep. 613 D. 
 
 < Hon C. iii. 23. « Demosth. c. Onet. 865. 1* Eur. Med. 941, 
 
 On (7) see Donalds. Gk Gr. § 508 [a). (8) /^. (ii) 10. § 854 03*. i. (") lb. 5 429. 3. (H) 
 §513(3). (»)>^3. 580 0). 583(7); Jelf.5844.and 73. 5 424 («)• (^*) See Elmsley's Note (t. 
 Paley on iEsch. Pers. 452. (lo) Jelf, S 830. 1. 911, ed. suae), and su/>ra p. 47, note 3. 
 
54 Examination Papers, 
 
 7. What are the limitations to the use in Latin (i.) of the 
 Historic Present, (2.) of the Infinitive in subordinate clauses 
 of the Oratio Obliqiia^ (3.) of the employment of the verb 
 iri to form the Future Infinitive % 
 
 8. * Possem pluribus edocere, quantum se mutuo compilarint 
 bibliotheccE veteris scriptores.' Illustrate this with reference to 
 the Latin poets. 
 
 9. Reminiscences of Homeric expressions, cadences, and 
 idioms in the Tragic writers, and in later Greek generally. 
 
 10. Estimate the power of the Latin language to enlarge its 
 vocabulary. What efforts did it make in this direction ? and 
 with what success 1 
 
 11. Mention any peculiar significations of Prepositions, 
 (i.) in Homeric Greek, (2.) in the later Attic Greek. 
 
 1 2. Notice any peculiarities of metre in the following lines : — 
 
 a. T/awc? 8' eppiyrjorav, ottods 1801' al6\ov 6<f>Lv. 
 
 b. €^€(tt' oivd(T(r€LV lov 68' i^yctr' oiKoOev j 
 
 C. T!v(f)iova '^ovpov^ Traorcv o? avrkcTTrj ^eot?. 
 
 d. TovTi^ yap "Aprjs ^oo-Kcrat, <j>6p(^ fSporiov. 
 
 e. OVK av €\6vT€S avdis dvOaXoUv dv. 
 
 /. Tristis Aristseus, Penei genitoris ad undas. 
 g. Si potes Archaicis conviva recumbere lectis. 
 /i. Nomen et arma locum servant ; te, amice, nequivi. 
 I. Tityre, pascentis a flumine reice capellas. 
 k. Ejus anuis causa, opinor, quae erat mortua. 
 [E. Z, 1865.] 
 
 XXVI. 
 
 Critical Questions. 
 
 I. How far can the relationship between the Greek and 
 Latin languages be traced in the Relative, Interrogative, or 
 Demonstrative Pronouns ? 
 
Examination Papers. 
 
 55 
 
 2. Mention the various ways in which the Latin Perfect 
 Active is formed, and compare them with the forms of the 
 Greek verb. 
 
 3. Specify the different uses of ut^ Tva, quo^ wo-tc Can you 
 in each case derive them from one original sense % 
 
 4. Illustrate the etymology of regio, religio^ superstition pollex^ 
 forceps^ nemuSf fulmen, sol, luna, vestibulum, vestigium, ifiaperpa, 
 opfiadoSj Crj\os, opKOS, Slkt], ^cfiLS, P''rjvrf, (rqfiepov, *HAiaia.i 
 
 5. What is meant by a * Cognate Accusative 1 ' What uses 
 in Greek and Latin"' have been referred to this head? Give 
 examples.'' 
 
 6. What constructions in Latin are to be explained by the 
 principle of Attraction?' 
 
 7. In what points do we find most difference between the 
 Greek of the New Testament and Classical Greek? Give 
 examples.* 
 
 1 Regio, see Varronianus, p. 76. For 
 poUex, forceps, ib. 297. 
 
 « See Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 466, and Index 
 tojelfs Gk. Gr. s. v.— The so-called ad- 
 verbial usages of adjectives, as ttoAu aya- 
 voKTslv, Perfidunt ridens, etc. 
 
 ' See Madvig, Index Lat. Gr. s. v., and 
 Donalds. Lat. Gr. { 141. 
 
 * The peculiarities of Hellenistic Greek 
 are (A) Lexical, (B) Grammatical. 
 
 In (A) we have — 
 
 (i.) The comprehending of words and 
 forms from all the older dialects without 
 exception. Thus, we find 6 o-kotos (A), 
 lAeoK (A) ; itia^ia (D), yoyyv^ia, p^<r(rw, 
 irfrqvff^ (I) ; and from less common dialects, 
 Trope/A/SoXi}, pvM'Jj MeYttrraj'es, /Sovro;. 
 
 {2.) The attaching of new significations 
 to words existing in classical Attic, as irai- 
 Jeveif (to pimish), fiaBruevtiv, in a transi- 
 tive sense. 
 
 (3.) The employing of poetical words in 
 ordinary prose, as avOtvrtiv, ^pi\nv. 
 
 (4.) The adding of another form to words 
 already in use, as |xeTOiice<rta to fieroiKio. 
 
 (5.) The introduction, mainly by com- 
 po sition, of new words and expressions. It 
 
 abounded remarkably in {a) substantives 
 ending in /ota ; {b) substantives compounded 
 with <jvv ; {c) adjectives ending in ivos ; (d) 
 in verbs ending with ow, ifw, afw. 
 
 In (B) we notice— 
 
 (i.) The rare use of the dual 
 
 (2.) A predilection for prepositions, in- 
 stead of cases only. 
 
 (3.) As peculiar forms, koJOov, eyvwKav, 
 afjyeoiVTat. 
 
 (4.) The introduction of a in the pi. of the 
 2 Aor. indie, as ri^OatJiev, eneaav. 
 
 (5.) Occasionally edv with indie., as in 
 I John V. 15, kav oifioftev (no V. 1.); also^ 
 OTttv with indie, f Rev. iv. 9. 
 
 (6.) "Yva. with subjunctive, where the inf. 
 would be expected. This usage is peculiar 
 to St. John, e.g., xv. 8, xvii. 3. 
 
 (7.) 'Eav foravin indejinitive relative 
 sentences, as y 'a" ^^ko- 
 
 The above accoimt is, as a necessary 
 consequence of its brevity, imperfect. The 
 great authority on the subject is Winer's 
 Gramm. of N. T. Diction, Engl. Transl. 
 byMoulton, 1870. Many of the statements, 
 however, require considerable modifica- 
 tion. See also Farrar's Gk. Synt. p. i6. 
 
5 6 Exammation Papers. 
 
 8. "N^Tiat truth is there in the legend that Cadmus brought 
 letters into Greece ? Is writing mentioned in Homer 1^ 
 
 9. What did the Romans understand by Satire ? To what 
 species of Greek literature does Roman Satire possess most 
 affinity P 
 
 10. Mention the chief points of difference between a tragedy 
 of Shakespeare and a tragedy of Sophocles or ^schylus." 
 
 11. The character of Achilles in the Homeric poems. 
 \BaUiol College Scholarships^ 1865.] 
 
 XXVII. 
 
 Critical Questions. 
 
 1. Remark upon the position of the Article, and its influence 
 on the meaning, in the following sentences : — 
 
 a» x<^ Aoyo9 #caA,os w/wxr^i/.* 
 b. 6 8' Hit' 'OSvcrcrcvs.* 
 
 2. Explain the periphrasis by which the Future Infinitive 
 Passive is expressed in Latin. What is the fault in the fol- 
 lowing % *" Opinor, eum sibi fortunatum visum iru' 
 
 3. Explain the forms Ittcv^i/o^c, avmy^Qt^ o/oo-eo, awpro, 
 cpxP'Tai, yqpdvaij a^ktavrai, 
 
 4. Distinguish forte^ forsan^ fortasse; circa, circum, circiter ; 
 use of suus and use of Gen. of ipse.^ 
 
 1 On the question as to whether writing, modem tragedies. (2.) The neglect of the 
 
 as we understand it, is mentioned in Homer, Dramatic Unities. (3.) The consideration 
 
 see the commentators on Ili/id-n. 168 sejq. ; that iEsch. and Soph, were teachers of 
 
 vii. 175-189 ; Odyss. viii. 163, ^6(nov nvrj- morals, while Shakespeare was a painter of 
 
 fuav. life. On the Unitus, see Schlegel's Led. 
 
 * See Did. of Ant. s. v. Satira. on Dram. Lit., Lect. xvii. (ed. Bohn). 
 (I.) To the Greek SOAot S^<^Did.o/ , gee Donaldson's Gk. Gr. §5 400 (y). 
 
 Bioff. s. V. Timon. Donalds. Hist. Gk. ^ ^'" 
 
 Lit. i. 303. (2.) To the Parabasis of a 
 
 Greek Comedy. » ^^- 5 389- Cf. Eur. iph. T. 1361. 
 
 • Among the points of contrast are (r.) • See Donalds. Lat. Gr. \\ 108 E. (h), 
 The relative lengths of the ancient and no (f). 
 
Examination Papers. 57 
 
 5. What rule can be laid down with respect to the use of 
 Trpiv followed by Infinitive, Subjunctive, or Optative? In 
 what sense can tt/oiv be followed by an Indicative ? Give in- 
 stances (if you can) throughout* 
 
 6. Give the uses of the Moods in Latin with quum and 
 dum^ And give the reasons of the following constructions : — 
 
 a. Zenonem, cum Athenis essem, audiebam frequenter. 
 
 b. Res, cum hsec scribebam, erat in summum adducta 
 
 discrimen. 
 
 7. What are the chief formulae of transition and con- 
 nexion in the Orations of Demosthenes and Cicero ; and 
 their meanings % 
 
 8. Derive Trorvta, ^KiK^irpiTq^ a-TpayyevecrOai, yv<a<rLfiax^<»j 
 ilX-LKpLvq^, tcpofxvqfjLiav, lymphatus, fanaticuSy minister, auspex. 
 
 9. Illustrate by quotations the offices and attributes of the 
 following personages of heathen religions : — Osiris, ^Epfirjq, 
 'E/otvvs, Minerva, Pan. How far is there an identity or corre- 
 spondence between Greek and Roman deities % 
 
 10. What was the system of personal nomenclature at 
 Rome ? How did it vary in imperial times, and in the pro- 
 vinces ? 
 
 [Balliol College Scholarships, 1864.] 
 
 XXVIII. 
 
 Critical Questions. 
 
 I. Give instances in Latin wherein tenses have been formed 
 by the employment of the roots of auxiliary verbs. 
 
 1 See Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 583 ; or, Far- guum with an indicative, see Prof. Munro 
 tar's Gk. Synt. p. 153. on Lucr. i, 566, vi. 13* 
 
 * See Donalds. Lnt. Gr. 5 176; also, for 
 
58 Exammatio7i Papers, 
 
 2. Explain the force of the tenses in the following pas- 
 sages : — 
 
 a. eirel Be ^ rpoTrrj iykvero XajUTr/Jws koX €V€K€lvto ol Kop- 
 ivdioLj TOTC Srj epyov Trots €L)(^eTO 'ijSrj Kal 8uK€KpLT0 
 ovSkv CTt.l 
 
 d. raura ciKovo-as 6 KafifSva-qs €(f>r] xpevSecrdaL o-^eas, Kal 
 (OS \pev8ofi€Vovs ^avari^ e^rjfiiov.^ 
 
 c. Multaque dura suo tristi cum corde putabant, 
 Ni signum caelo Cytherea dedisset ab alto. " 
 
 d. Jam fuerit, neque post unquam revocare licebit.* 
 
 e. Singulas nostri consectati expugnaverunt, ut perpaucae 
 
 ex omni numero noctis interventu ad terram per- 
 venerint, cum ab hora fere quarta usque ad solis 
 occasum pugnaretur.*^ 
 
 3. How far can any parts of the poems of Virgil and Hor- 
 ace be regarded as embodying allegory % 
 
 4. Give the meaning and etymological affinities of oa-a-ofiat, 
 avrtao), ovXanos, ^ecr^aros, evSetcAos, v7rc/o<^taA,os, €vt€. 
 
 5. Notice and explain any grammatical peculiarities in the 
 following : — 
 
 a. dXXa ray' ovk kyevovro' to KaX K\aLov(ra reTqKa.^ 
 If. T^v fi€v ovv yevofX€vrjv vavixa^iav avTol Kara fiovas 
 oLTreoia-dixeOa KopivOtovs.'' 
 
 c. Perque pedes trajectus lora tumentes.^ 
 
 d. Non hsec, O Palla, dederas promissa parenti, 
 Cautius ut saevo velles te credere Marti." 
 
 e. Si ilia tibi placet, placenda dos quoque est quam dat 
 
 tibi.i«> 
 
 1 Thucyd. i. 49. 7. * Lucret. iii. 915. ' Virg. /^n. ii. 273. 
 
 2 Hdt. iii. 27. 4. 6 Caes. B. G. iii. 15. « lb. xi. 152. 
 
 s Virg. yCw. viii. 522. « Homer, Iliad, iii. 176. 1° Plaut. Trin. v. 2. 35. 
 
 7 Thucyd. i. 32. 5. 
 On (») see Madvig, 348 (b), Zumpt, § 519 (b), and cf. Jtiv. x. 123. On (*) see Madvig, 
 § 382, Cbs. I. 
 
Examination Papers. 59 
 
 6. Compare briefly the theological views of Homer with 
 those of -^schylus. 
 
 7. Mention the principal differences between Attic and Hel- 
 lenistic grammar, pointing out where they can be referred to 
 known laws of change in language. 
 
 8. What modifications are found in Greek of the rule that 
 the verb must agree with its subject in number? Explain 
 them. 
 
 9. In what features of the Greek drama is its ideal character 
 most clearly seen ? 
 
 10. Mention and illustrate the principal Greek constructions 
 which are employed by the Latin poets. To what extent are 
 Grsecisms adopted by Latin prose authors % 
 
 11. Notice and explain any peculiarities in the use of the 
 pronouns in the following : — 
 
 a. oTt ry ^X^ ''■o^' ^^^ 'f** '^appCL kol ireiria-TcvKe ry 
 
 iroA,iT€i^, fJLrjSeva ai^rov cA^eiv /xiyS' vj^pulv fJLTjSe 
 Tvimljareiv.^ 
 
 b. Nam is illius filiam 
 
 Conicit in navem miles clam matrem suam.^ 
 
 c. Audistis nuper dicere legatos Tyndaritanos, Mer- 
 
 curium, qui sacris anniversariis apud eos coleretur, 
 Verris imperio esse sublatum.' 
 
 d. €K€ivoi roLWV, oh ovK Ixapt^ov^' ot Xeyovres, ovS^ k<^t- 
 
 Xovv avrovs loo-Trcp vficis ovtol vvv, k.t.X. 
 
 12. Mention any cases in which Virgil follows the tradi- 
 tions of the Attic stage rather than that of the Homeric 
 poems.* 
 
 1 Dem. c. Meid. 585. On d see Donalds. Gk. Gr., § 410; Jelf, 
 
 2 Plaut. Mil. Glor. ii. i. 33. § 655, Obs. 3 : the Coram, on 2 Tim. ii. 
 
 3 Cic. in Verr. iv. 39. 84. 26 : and cf. Thucyd. i. 132, 3, vi. 61. 1. 
 See, on b and c, Madvig, 5 490, Obs. * See /En. iv. 469, and Conington in 
 3. Donalds. Lat. Gr., S 201, dd. Obs. 4. »Vc. 
 
6o Examination Papers, 
 
 XXIX. 
 
 1. The etymology of the following words : — St/c?;, opfios, 
 (X)K'f\\o%, SiTrXa^, Spaxfi'q, ^vfios, tStos, cemo, cun^s,/ossa, mensis, 
 natura, noxa. 
 
 2. What changes of letters have the following words under- 
 gone % Papv% Ittos, opcyo), tTnros, i}8us, /oeta, vvos, //.eo-o-os, 
 ovvofiay est (eats), ds^rij, lacrima, negligo^ pc^ngo^ solum^ solium. 
 
 3. Distinguish between /"^r^j-, rotundus; senex^ vetus, antiquus; 
 securus, tutus, salvus^ incolumis ; timeo^ metuo, vereor, formido. 
 
 4. The usage and force of the particles 8?}, SvJTa, ^^v, S^^cv, 
 S^TTov^ev, 8at : yujjv, fievTOi, [i€v ovv, fj.€v Srj : vrj, vat, /ao. 
 
 5. Accentuate the following passage : — 
 
 AoS, </)tA0S* OV /A€V fXOl SoK€€LS O KaKlCTTOS AxatWV 
 
 €jxfi€vaij aW (upto-TOS, eTrct /Saa-iXrji cotKas. 
 TO) (Tc ;(pi; 8o/A€i/at Ktti AcDtov, t;€ ?rcp aXXot, 
 (riTov eyta Be k€ o"€ k\€L(o Kar^ aireipova yaiai/. 
 /cat yap eya> ttotc otKov ev avOptaTroicriv evaiov 
 oX^Los a<f>v€iov Kai irokXaKi Soo-kov aXrjrrj, 
 
 TOtO) OTTOtOS cot Kat OT€V KC^/O'^/'ICVOS cX^Ot.* 
 
 6. Compare the older and the later Roman satirists. 
 
 . 7. Can the history of Thucydides be called a work of art, 
 and upon what grounds ? 
 
 8. What are the principal points of difference between 
 ancient and modem metres. 
 
 9. Distinguish between the dialect of the choruses and that 
 of the dialogue in Greek tragedy. 
 
 10. Is the sameness of the characters of the Homeric heroes 
 a proof of the single authorship of the Homeric poems ? 
 
 11. Examine and illustrate the following : — 
 
 * The genius of Virgil was barren in creating, great as was 
 
 J Odysu xvii. 415-421. 
 
Examination Papers. 6i 
 
 his talent for embellishing. That he himself was conscious 
 of this, and was content to be great in the way suited to his 
 endowments, is proved by his practice of imitating and bor- 
 rowing, and by the touches he intersperses of his exquisite 
 and extensive erudition.' * 
 
 1 2. Give an account of any two of the following characters 
 in Shakespeare : — Othello, Coriolanus," Prospero, Fluellen, 
 Touchstone, Malvolio. 
 
 \Balliol Scholarships, 1868.] 
 
 XXX. 
 
 1. Describe in outline the institutions of the Athenian Demo- 
 cracy under Pericles, and compare them with modern institu- 
 tions of the same kind. 
 
 2. The variations of character among the States of Hellas : 
 how far can they be accounted for % 
 
 3. The rise and fall of Theban supremacy in Greece. 
 
 4. The power of Carthage in the Western Mediterranean, 
 and its opponents, before its collision with Rome. 
 
 5. The objects of the Gracchi, and the causes of their 
 failure. 
 
 6. The nature of the Imperial power as held by Augustus. 
 
 7. The origin of the House of Commons. 
 
 8. The life and character of any of the following : — 
 Richard 11., Henry vii., Thomas Cromwell, the younger Vane, 
 Lord Bolingbroke, Edmund Burke. 
 
 l^Balliol Scholarships, 1868.] 
 
 1 Niebuhr. tion of t!ie Play by R. Whitelaw, M.A. 
 
 < See an excellent analysis in the edi- (Rugby, 1869). 
 
62 Examination Papers, 
 
 XXXI. 
 
 1. How is it determined whether ov or /a?) should be used 
 (i.) with a Participle, (2.) with the Infinitive Mood, (3.) in an 
 Interrogative sentence, (4.) in a Relative clause 1 Quote or 
 frame instances. 
 
 2. Give some plain rules for the use of Moods and Tenses 
 in the Oratio Obliqua in Latin, mentioning in each case the 
 Greek equivalent. 
 
 3. Describe the processes by which a law was made or re- 
 pealed at Athens, giving the technical phrases. 
 
 4. Analyse the following words, and explain their compo- 
 nent parts philologically : — eotKa, j8ti;<^t, €0"X®^> agimini^ ama- 
 vissent^ humi, 
 
 5. With what Moods and Tenses can o.v be used, and with 
 what meanings % 
 
 6. Give the names of any Alexandrian poets, and show how 
 they influenced Roman literature. 
 
 7. Translate and write notes on any three of the following \— 
 
 a. TOtoiSe Tot fxoi XafnraBr)(fi6p(ov vofioi 
 oAAos 7ra/)' aAAov hia^o^ah TrXrjpoviievoL' 
 VLK^ 8' 6 irpioTos Kot TcAcvratos 8paiJL(av.^ 
 
 b, (nr€v86fJL€vai 8' d^eAeii' riva TaaSc [xcpifivas 
 ^eQv 8' areXciav ifiata-i Atratg iiriKpaLveLV 
 firjS^ ets ayKptcriv kXOdv.^ 
 
 C. (5 ttXovtc koX Tvpavvi KoX r€)(yT] Texvrjs 
 vir€p(j)€pov(Ta T<^ 7roXv^r]X(^ i^^V? 
 o(ros Trap' vfitv 6 (f>d6vos <f>vXdar(r€TaL.^ 
 d. (TTas S' ymkp fxeXdOptov <fiov<a(raicriv d.p.^i\av^v kvkX(^ 
 Aoy^ats iTTTttTrvAov (rrofia 
 cj8a, irpLV TToO' afMeT€p(av at/xarwv yevvcriv 
 1 iEsch. Agnm. 312 Dind. (303 Paley). 2 ib. £um. 340. » Soph. O. R. 38a 
 
Exammation Papers. 63 
 
 'KXy\(T9r\va.l tc koX (rTe(f)(ivo)fxa Trvpywv 
 irevKaevO' "H^aiorrov eXilv TOtos a/x^t vcot' €Td9i] 
 vdrayos "Apeos avrnrdXi^ Svo-^c/pw/xa SpaKOVTt.^ 
 e. iyu) 8' 6 tAu/xwv TraAaios a</)' ov xpoi^os 
 'ISaia fiifivo) XcLfJLiovi' diroiva fxrjvc^v 
 dvqpLOfxos at€v ivvtofi^. 
 
 XPOVi^ T/0V;(OjLl€VOS.' 
 
 / Continue in silvis magna vi flexa domatur 
 In burim et curvi formam accipit ulmus aratri. 
 Huic ab stirpe pedes temo portentus in octo, 
 Binse aures, duplici aptantur dentalia dorso.' 
 
 g. Olli discurrere pares, atque agmina terni 
 Diductis solvere choris, rursusque vocati 
 Convertere vias infestaque tela tulere. 
 Inde alios ineunt cursus aliosque recursus 
 Adversi spatiis, altemosque orbibus orbes 
 Impediunt, pugnaeque cient simulacra sub armis.* 
 
 ^. Immunis aram si tetigit manus, 
 Non sumptuosa blandior hostia 
 MoUivit aversos Penates 
 Farre pio et saliente mica.'' 
 
 /. Dicitur et plaustris vexisse poemata Thespis, 
 Quae canerent agerentque peruncti faecibus ora." 
 
 8. Explain shortly the following phrases : — * diem dicere ; * 
 * causam dicere ; ' ' vadato respondere ; ' * ad umbilicum addu- 
 cere / * ad unguem factus homo ;' * orchestra ;' ' fabulae Atel- 
 lanaej' 'pedibusireinsententiam;' 'proletarii;' *assidui;* *heres 
 ex deunce -/ * res mancipi ;' ' coemptio ; ' * usurae centesimae-' 
 
 9. Explain the terms : — Trt/otTreTcta, viropxrjua^ a-Taa-ifioVj 
 TrdpoSos, KOfi/MoSj €KKVKXrjixa, iir)xoivrj Illustrate from any par- 
 ticular Greek plays. 
 
 1 Soph. Ant. 117. 3 Virgil, G. i. 169. » Hor. C. iii. 23. 
 
 « lb. Aj. 60a * lb. ^«. V. 580. « lb. A. P. 976'. 
 
64 Examination Papers, 
 
 10. Explain fully in connexion with their context anytivo of 
 the following passages from the New Testament : — 
 
 a. airoSoTC tolwv tcI Kaco-a/aos KaiVa/jt, koI to. tou ©eou 
 
 if. 6 Trarrjp fiov ecus apri Ipya^erai Kayo) ipyd^ofiaL.^ 
 
 c. 5t6 iyw K/)tVo) ft^ Trapci/oxA-etv tovs arro twi/ e^i/wi/ Itti- 
 
 aTpe<f>ov(riv €in tov ^eoi/.' 
 ^/. T^j fjLaTaLOTTjTi "^ KTLCTis vTreToiyrj ov;( cKOvcra dkka 8ia 
 
 Tov wrora^avTa, eir* eATrtSi.* 
 ^. TO 67ri€iK€S vfJiiJ^v yv(O(r07}T(a irda-tv dvOp<^7rots. 6 Kvpios 
 
 €yyvS.* 
 
 ^ Starayeis St' ayyeAcov €i/ x^'/^^ fi€(riTOv.* 
 
 1 1 . Show how the circumstances of the different Churches 
 to which St. Paul wrote affected the tone of his Epistles. 
 
 12. Explain with reference to the Parables of our Lord, the 
 phrase * Kingdom of Heaven.' 
 
 13. What are the most striking characteristics of the 
 Apostolical Sermons recorded in the Acts 1 
 
 14. What are the chief authorities for the text of the New 
 Testament? 
 
 IJVew College Scholarships^ 1869.] 
 
 XXXII. 
 
 1. Who were the chief enemies conquered by David % \Vhat 
 was the extent of his kingdom when greatest % 
 
 2. Give an account of the reign of Hezekiah. 
 
 3. Under what government were the Jews after their return 
 from the captivity, down to the Roman conquest % 
 
 4. Who were the Sadducees? What was their behaviour (i.) 
 towards our Lord himself, (2.) towards Christianity afterwards % 
 
 1 S. Luc. XX. as- ' Act. Apost. xv. 19. * Ep. ad Phil. iv. 5. 
 
 * S. Joann. v. 17. * Ep. ad Rom. viii. 20. * Ep. ad Galat. iii. 19. 
 
Examination Papers. 
 
 -'^^% 
 
 .';:siT(Ss| 
 
 5. What were, severally, the origin, duration, and end of 
 the Persian empire % What took its place % 
 
 6. Whence was derived the early preponderance of Sparta 
 in Greece ? What event finally broke her power ? 
 
 7. What were the chief Greek colonies west of Greece 
 How were any of them concerned in the history of Greece 
 proper ? 
 
 8. What were the great powers of the civilized world at the 
 time of the Second Punic War ? How far is it true that that 
 war gave Rome the empire of the world % 
 
 9. Draw a rough map of Italy, showing the main natural 
 divisions, and also the political divisions at the time of the 
 capture of Rome by the Gauls. 
 
 . 10. Explain the terms : — Comitia Centuriata, Dictator, 
 Court of Areopagus, Sanhedrim, Balance of Power, Emperor 
 of the West, The Social Compact, Bill of Rights, Act of At- 
 tainder. 
 
 11. What is the existing law of succession to the English 
 throne % When and how was it established % 
 
 12. Under what conditions will a Representative Govern- 
 ment be beneficial to a nation % 
 
 13. Give a short account of any three of the following : — 
 Epaminondas, Mithradates, Caius Gracchus, Justinian, Gre- 
 gory VII., Louis XI., John Hampden, Cardinal Richelieu. 
 
 \New College Scholarships^ 1869.] 
 
 XXXIII. 
 
 Rewrite in your own language : — 
 Oh ! my offence is rank, it smells to heaven ; . . . 
 
 Help, angels, make assay ! 
 
 Bow, stubborn knees ! and, heart, with strings of steel, 
 E 
 
66 Examination Papers. 
 
 Be soft as sinews of the new-born babe : 
 All may be well* 
 
 2. Explain the following terms : — Caste, Consistency, Con- 
 ventionality, Loyalty, Poor Law, The Executive, The Funds, 
 Direct and Indirect Taxation. 
 
 3. What are the functions of the throne in the English 
 Constitution % 
 
 4. What is meant by value 1 How is it determined % 
 
 5. In what ways has literature been affected by the inven- 
 tion of printing 1 
 
 6. Mention the chief works of the following authors, and 
 write some account of any one of them : — Sir Walter Raleigh, 
 Locke, Spenser, Bentley, Dr. Johnson, Hume, Bunyan, Hallam, 
 Dante, Machiavelli, Pascal, Moliere, Schiller, Lessing, Niebuhr. • 
 
 7. Examine the following arguments : — 
 
 a. As civilisation advances, poetry necessarily declines : as 
 a magic lantern is seen best in a dark room, so as to produce 
 an illusion upon the eye of the body ; so poetry, which, to be 
 worthy of the name, should produce the same illusion on the 
 eye of the mind, is best reflected in a dark age. 
 
 b. The spendthrift is better than the man who hoards ; 
 for the first benefits many, the second benefits no one, not 
 even himself. 
 
 \New CoU. Matriculation and Exhibitions, 1869.] 
 
 XXXIV. 
 
 1. Describe the relation of the Prophets to the Monarchy 
 at different periods of the kingdom of Israel. 
 
 2. With what names and occasions are any particular Psalms 
 connected % 
 
 1 HamUt, iii. 3. 
 
Examination Papers, 67 
 
 3. Show from various instances the spirit in which the legis- 
 lation of Moses dealt with existing customs. 
 
 4. Describe the locality of the following places, and name 
 the chief events connected with them : — Bethhoron, Mahanaim, 
 Ramoth-Gilead, Sichem, Bethel, Gerizim, Csesarea, Hebron. 
 
 5. Explain fully with reference to the context not niore than 
 two of the following : — 
 
 a, Aia TOVTO TTttS ypafifiarevs fiaOrjTevdels «is T-ijv ^ao-tActa v 
 
 TOiV OVpaVlOV O/>l0l0S icTTtV dvdpiOTTO) OlKoSeCTTrOTry OO'TtS 
 
 eKJSdXXeL €K Tov '^rja-avpov olvtov KaLva kol TraAatct.i 
 d. Tvvatf 7rL(rT€v<r6v fioi, oti tp^irai wpa ore ovre ev t(^ opei 
 
 TOVT^ ovT€ €V ^lepocToXvpLOLS irpoGrKwqcTcre t^ TraTpC.^ 
 C. TovTO yotp TTOtwv dvOpaKas 7rv/)os (ro)p€V(r€LS iirl tyjv 
 
 KecfiaX-qv avrov.^ 
 
 d. To €7rtetK€S vfiiov yvo)(T07]Tia Trdcnv dvdpwTrois. 6 Kv/otos 
 
 eyyvs.* 
 
 e. 'Eyo) yap Sid vofiov v6fi(^ dirWavov tva 9c^ ^^(tw.^ 
 
 6. Translate into Greek [and Latin] : — 
 
 a. If he were to say that he did not believe that I did 
 it, he would be speaking more clearly than kindly.* 
 
 ^. If I had said that you were base, I do not fear that 
 you would have dared to deny it ^ 
 
 c. The man who does not allow that the honourable is 
 
 to be preferred to the pleasant, is not fit to be the 
 friend of an honourable man." 
 
 d. Epaminondas laid his plans with such care, that the 
 
 enemy could never surprise him." 
 
 1 S. Matt. xiiL 52. 2 g. Joann. iv. 21. 8 Ep. ad Rom. xii. 20. * Ep. ad Phil. iv. 5. 
 
 * Ep. ad Galat. iL 19. 6 /«.rj <Tvy\oipZ»/ , o.v6^io% e<mv avSpbs <nrow- 
 
 • El Se eicelvo ffxi fit) ireiTOtr\Ktvai amv SaCov Kal xp-qaTov <^iAo? vofii^eaOai. 
 
 reiv (^a(TKOi, iyapr/earepov rj eivovarrepov 9 "Cera 5e /SouXoito jaera ttoXAjjs ael irpo- 
 
 Ae'yoi av. votos napea-Kevi^ero 6 'ETrafxeicwvSas wore 
 
 7 El Sk a<.(rxp6v ere elvai eXe^a, ov rot firjirore e$ awpoo'fioKTjTOU iniTiOetrBai tovs 
 fie'Sia fjLr} tovto /oitj ovk oATjde; tlvat anapirri- jroAejoiiou?. 
 
 aacrOai eroA/unjaas. [For ("), see Mr. Shilleto's Dem. F L., 
 
 8 To 6e 5tKaio»' vn-ep tov Tepnvov tuxtjt<ov App. A.] 
 
6S Examination Papers, 
 
 e. He did it by these means and for this purpose, and 
 was rewarded by the king at the rate of two minae 
 a month.* 
 
 7. In what cases can fti) be used with the indicative mood, 
 and ov with the subjunctive or optative 1 
 
 8. In what ways is the Latin perfect formed % What analo- 
 gies are there in Greek % 
 
 9. How far is the Latin language deficient in participles as 
 compared with the Greek? How does it supply their ab- 
 sence % 
 
 10. Describe, giving the Greek terms, the process of putting 
 a play on the Athenian stage. 
 
 1 1. Describe, with quotations where you can, the rooms and 
 furniture of a Roman house. 
 
 12. How came Augustus to become Emperor of Rome % 
 
 13. Describe the state of Greek society which we see in the 
 Homeric poems. 
 
 14. What were the leading States of Greece at the time of 
 the Persian war, and what parts did they severally take % 
 
 15. Give an account of the life and character oi one of the 
 following : — Pausanias, Themistocles, Alcibiades, Pericles, 
 Demosthenes (the Orator). 
 
 16. Give some account, with dates, of not more than three 
 of the Orations of Cicero, and the circumstances that led to 
 them. 
 
 17. What events are connected with the names of Servius 
 TuUius, Spurius Cassius, Camillus, Coriolanus, Appius Claudius, 
 Marcellus, Fabius Cunctator, Ti. Gracchus, Marius % 
 
 [New Coll. Matriculation and Exhibitions, 1869.] 
 
 1 Aia TOUTwv fikv oZv Kot ejrl tovtw Troi^aay, /mio^bi' irapa. /SacriXewc Kara ivo (ivat roC 
 fiijvbc eKafie. 
 
Examination Papers. 69 
 
 XXXV. 
 
 Modern History. 
 
 1. What is the existing law of succession to the English 
 throne ? How and when was it established ? 
 
 2. Explain the phrases : — Balance of Power, Blockade, 
 Habeas Corpus, The Cabinet, The Speaker, The King can do 
 no wrong. 
 
 3. Which do you consider the greatest of English kings, and 
 why] 
 
 4. Give a very short account, with dates, of any three of the 
 following : — Magna Charta, the Battle of Hastings, the Trial 
 of Charles i., the Trial of the Seven Bishops, the Sicilian 
 Vespers, the First Crusade. 
 
 5. How much of Europe has ever been conquered by 
 Mahometans, and at what periods ? 
 
 6. What is a Federal Government ? To what sort of States 
 is it likely to be advantageous % 
 
 7. Sketch in outline the history of the occupation of America 
 by European powers. What parts of America are now in the 
 hands of the nation which first colonized it ? 
 
 8. Where are the following places, and for what are they 
 famous : — ^Antwerp, Bologna, Bordeaux, Delhi, Geneva, Leip- 
 sic, Malta, Salamanca, Tours, Worms % 
 
 9. Give a short account of the German War of 1866. What 
 changes did it make in the map of Europe % 
 
 10. When was the first English Parliament called % Were 
 there any similar institutions before it. At what subsequent 
 periods have great changes been made in its constitution % 
 
 11. Who were Charlemagne, Charles the Bold, Frederick 
 Barbarossa, Gustavus Adolphus, Ignatius Loyola, Lorenzo de 
 Medici, St. Louis, Peter the Great, William the Silent ? 
 
yo Examination Papers. 
 
 1 2. Mention any great battles of the English navy, giving, if 
 possible, the date, the enemy, and the name of the English 
 commander. 
 
 13. What English statesmen have been celebrated on other 
 grounds 1 
 
 \New Coll. Matriculation and Exhibitions ^ 1869.] 
 
 XXXVI. 
 
 1. Account for the moods and tenses of the words itali- 
 cised : — 
 
 a. Verum anceps pugnae/z/^rd!/ fortuna. Fuisset : 
 Quem metui moritura ? Faces in castra tulissem, etc.* 
 
 b. Delitui dum vela darent si forte dedisse?it^ 
 
 c. Troum socia arma secutum 
 Obruerent Rutuli telis ; animam ipse dedissem, 
 Atque haec pompa domum me, non Pallanta referretf* 
 
 d. Ni docta comes tenues sine corpore vitas 
 Admoneat volitare cava sub imagine formae 
 Irruat, et frustra ferro diverberet umbras.* 
 
 e. ejSovXofxrjv fxlv ow...T7)v /3ov\rjv, rovs Trci/raKocrtovs, 
 
 KOL TOLS €KK\r]a-iaSf "utto twv ((fiecTTrjKOTOiV 6p9(os Slol- 
 
 K€L(T Oat. ^ 
 
 f, oTcrd^ (OS TTOl'qorOV'y 
 
 g. avTos /SaSi^ta kol ttovo), toutov 5' ox**') 
 
 Lva fi^ TaXanrtapoiTo /a^jS' a^^os ^epot/ 
 
 2. What are the rules for the use of a double or redundant 
 negative in Greek ? Are there any similar inaccuracies in 
 Latin 1 
 
 3. Explain the use of relative adverbs as final conjunctions, 
 
 1 Virg. yEn. iv. 603. ^ Virg. ^n. xi. i6i. ** Aeschin. Cies. § 2. 
 
 2 16. ii. 136. * 16. vi. 293. fi Ar. Ran. 23. 
 
Examination Papers. 71 
 
 and give instances in Greek and Latin to illustrate the transi- 
 tion from one use to the other. 
 
 4. Translate into Latin ; — 
 
 X/o^ Se rov filv dyaOov iroXivqv firj €K(l>of3ovvTa tovs dvrepovv- 
 ras aXX.' oltto rov lvov <f)aLve(r6ai afxeivov Xeyovra' t^v Se (r(ocf>pova 
 TToXiv T(|) T€ 7rA,€t(rTa €v /SovXevovTL firf TrpocTTiOivaL Tt/A-^v, aA.Aa 
 fxrjS' IXaa-crovv rrjs inrapxovcrqs, koi rov firf TV)(6vTa yvtofirjs ov^ 
 oTTios^rjfJLLOVv dXXa fJLTjS' (XTt/xa^eiv.* 
 
 5. Translate and comment on : — 
 
 a. Ipyov r€ cttos t€ rcAeo-crat. 
 
 d. vvv Toi ieXSea-doi iroXefios KttKos, el ^oos ecro-t.' 
 C. fi^ T€xyr)a-dp,€vos p^rj^' dXXo Tt rexvT^o'atTO 
 OS K€Lvov TeAajuwi/a ey kyKarOero T€)(yr},* 
 
 d. cre/Jctv pXv cvcrcfSeid rts, 
 Kpdros 8', oT^ Kpdros /aeAei, 
 TrapafSarov ov8ap,rj TrcAet, 
 
 (re 8' avToyvoiTos wAco-' opyd.* 
 
 e. Date vulnera lymphis Abluam." 
 
 f. Non incendia Karthaginis impise 
 Ejus, qui domita nomen ab Africa 
 Lucratus rediit, clarius indicant 
 Laudes quam Calabrse Pierides." 
 
 g. Suffenus unus caprimulgus aut fossor 
 Rursus videtur.' 
 
 6. What are Prepositions originally ? Account for Preposi- 
 tions being used with more than one case, and show how their 
 original meanings are modified by the case-endings. 
 
 7. Illustrate Pleonasm as a peculiarity of Attic Greek. 
 
 8. *Hac Trojana tenus fuerit fortuna secuta.'^ Translate 
 this, and state arguments for and against the existence of a 
 * second future tense ' in Latin. 
 
 1 Thucyd. iii. 42. 5. * Soph. Antig. 87a. ' CatuU. xxii. la 
 
 3 Homer, //. xvi. 494. 6 Virg. Mn. iv. 683. 8 Virg. /En. vi. 63. 
 
 » lb. Odys. xi. 613. « Hon C. iv. 8. 17. 
 
72 Examination Papers. 
 
 9. The difference in form between the representation of 
 Greek Comedy and Greek Tragedy. 
 
 10. Points of resemblance or contrast between Roman and 
 English Satire. 
 
 1 1. Estimate the influence of the Latin language in the com- 
 position of the English tongue. Is there any Greek element 
 in English 1 
 
 \Queeris Coll. Scholarships and Exhibitions^ 
 Easter, 1868.] 
 
 XXXVII. 
 
 1. Translate — 
 
 Ad Ciceronem venio . . . eodem modo determinet.^ 
 
 2. Write a short critique on Horace as a lyrical poet. 
 
 3. Does Horace borrow Greek idioms as well as Greek 
 metres % 
 
 4. Translate, with notes : — 
 
 a. Vix reliquit, qui efferretur.' 
 
 b. Tu si hie sis, aliter sentias.* 
 
 c. Scriberis Vario fortis .... [Maeonii carminis aUte.] 
 
 d. Vox hominem sonat 
 €. Primo quoque die. 
 
 5. Explain the use of the ablative with such veibs as utor, 
 fruor, nitor, vescor, and the ablative of price. 
 
 6. Show that the present tense of a Latin verb does not 
 usually give the simplest form of the root. What evidence is 
 there of another form oi dico^fido, nubo, odif 
 
 7. *The relative pronoun itself is the great conjunction of 
 all languages.' Explain this, with instances, chiefly from the 
 Latin. 
 
 1 Tadtus, Dialog, de Orat. 22. ' Corn. Nep. Aristid. 3. ^ Ten ^«</r, ii. i. n 
 
Examination Papers, 73 
 
 8. Distinguish tbe proper uses of ita^ sic ; jam^ nunc; at, 
 atitem, sedy vero. 
 
 9. Translate into Latin : — 
 
 a. idv Tt €xy, 8(jj(r€i. 
 
 If. €L Tt €X*^'j 8l8oL7J OLV. 
 
 C. €L Tt c?xcv, iScSov av. 
 
 d. €L Tt €CrX€V, €8<J)K€V OLV. 
 
 10. Derive secundus, neuter, vel, aut, que, quoniam. 
 
 11. Give the Latin derivation oi age, feeble, quit, spite. 
 
 12. Trace the connection between the English words y^?^/*, 
 ?ieady heart, know, wit, sweet, milk, and their Latin equivalents. 
 
 [University College, 1863.] 
 
 XXXVIII. 
 
 1. Some account of slavery in Greece and Rome. 
 
 2. The policy of the reign of Augustus. 
 
 3. Instances of different views entertained at different times 
 about any remarkable characters in history. 
 
 4. The causes of the Thirty Years' War. 
 
 5. The good and evil of the Crusades. 
 
 6. Some account of the chief French monarchs before 
 Louis XIV. 
 
 7. Trace the growth of the power of the House of 
 Commons. 
 
 8. Compare the later Greek and modem poets in their 
 treatment of Homeric characters. 
 
 [University College, 1864.] 
 
74 Examination Papers, 
 
 XXXIX. 
 
 1. Where are the following places, and with what events are 
 they connected : — Beneventum, Sphaderia^ Artemisium^ tJu 
 j^gateSy Arbela^ Corioli, Decelea ? 
 
 2. What do you know of the following names : — Siesichorus, 
 Cleon, Spurius Cassius, FiautuSy Corinna, Philomelus^ Anti- 
 ochus Epiphanes ? 
 
 3. Explain the terms ^ea-fioOhai, Res mancipiy eia-aywyevs, 
 -TrpvTaveta, 7r/)o^ovA,€v/ia, tadu/arium, perduelliOy municipium, 
 Trapa^acrts. 
 
 4. Translate the following, with short notes : — 
 
 a. ov [irj Trpoo'oicrcis X^'P**? l3o,K)(€V(r€Ls 5' ttuv, 
 fxrjS' e^ofiop^CLS [Kapiav ttjv a-rjv ifxoi ',^ 
 
 b, ov\ OTTWS (xStKovrres, aAA.' ov8' iTTiSrj/iovvTes, icjivya- 
 
 C. KoX TT/owTOV fxkv AoytVat (l>avX(os, fxrj \f/rj<fx)LS aA,A' diro 
 Xctpos, 
 Tov <f>6pov rjfAiv aTTO tSov ttoA-cwv a-v\Xrj^8i]v tov irpoa-- 
 
 d. ymo yap roktav xp'qcTTiav re Sv(rKo}.(ardTO)V 
 ayofiaij <^epo/Aai, to. ^tuxolt^ kve^vpa^oixai.* 
 
 e. Nimium difficile est reperiri amicum ita ut nomen 
 
 cluet.*^ 
 
 5. Give the derivation and various meanings of the fol- 
 lowing : — (j>€p€yyvoSy Koa-fios, irpoa-LKToypj 7rpoo-<^aTos, oXoiVpoxos, 
 SiaKTopos, dfiavp6s, dJ3\rj)(p6sj cotnissatio, 
 
 [Magdalen Demy ship, 1862.] 
 
 1 Eur. Bacch. 343. « Ar. Vesp. 656. » Plaut. Trin. iii. i. 19. 
 
 « Xen. Hellen. ii. 4- 14. * lb. Nub. 241. 
 
Examination Papers, 75 
 
 XL. 
 
 1. Show how far the literature of Rome is indebted to that 
 of Greece. 
 
 2. Compare the languages of modem Europe in respect of 
 their derivation and capabilities. 
 
 3. Explain the terms agglutinative^ inflectional^ and analytical, 
 as applied to language. 
 
 4. Comment on the following criticisms of Quintilian : — 
 
 a. Raro assurgit Hesiodus.^ 
 
 b. Novem Lyricorum longe Pindarus princeps.' 
 
 c. -^schylus grandiloquus ssepe usque ad vitium.* 
 
 d. Euripides magis accedit oratorio generi.* 
 
 e. Lucanus ardens et concitatus.^ 
 
 / Nee opponere Thucydidi Sallustium verear.* 
 
 g. Multum verae gloriae quamvis uno libro Persius meruit. "^ 
 
 5. Draw a map of the City of Rome in the time of Augustus, 
 and trace as far as you can its growth to that date. 
 
 6. What changes took place in the constitution and powers 
 of the Roman Senate from its first establishment to the period 
 of the Empire 1 
 
 7. Give a history of Syracuse, with dates. 
 
 8. Show the importance of Bceotia in the military history 
 of Greece. 
 
 \Magdalen College Demyship^ 1S67.] 
 
 XLI. 
 
 I. Quote any metaphorical or proverbial expressions in use 
 among the Greeks, derived from the following sources : — 
 
 1 Quint X. 1, § 52. 8 Quint, x. i, § 66. « Quint, x. i, § loi. 
 
 » lb. § 6i. ♦ lb. § 68. t lb. § Q4- 
 
 * lb. 8 ga 
 
76 Exa7Hination Papers. 
 
 (i.) Naval pursuits; (2.) Gaming; (3.) Athletic sports; (4.) 
 Religious ceremonies. 
 
 2. Make a scheme of the Iambic, Trochaic, and Anapaestic 
 metres, as used by the Greek tragedians. 
 
 3. Compare the public games in vogue among the Romans 
 in the time of Juvenal, with those of the Greeks in the time of 
 Pericles, quoting passages that illustrate or describe them. 
 
 4. Compare the following characters, as represented in 
 Homer, with their treatment in later writers, Greek, Latin, 
 and English : — viz., Achilles, Hector, Ulysses, Ajax. 
 
 5. What are the principal differences of structure and ar- 
 rangement in a Latin sentence, as distinguished from Greek 
 and English respectively ? 
 
 6. What is the dialect of the following passage, and where 
 was that dialect spoken % Translate it into Attic. 
 
 'i2 iratScs 'AAcveo), tri tl Xc'^ctc, tciSc o/ocovres eprjfia j vfieh 
 yap ol 'jrX7]cn6)(Q)poL eXeyere AaKeSaLfxovtovs ov <f>€vy€Lv ck P'O-XV^f 
 dXXa av8pas itvai ret TroXc/Ata Trpwrovs' tovs trporepov tc fieTKr- 
 Tafiivovs €K T^s radios ciSerc, vvv t€ vtto rqv irapof)(Oiikvriv vvKra 
 Kol ot 7raj/T€S opeo/xiv SiaSpdvTas. SuBe^dv tc, €7rct <rcf>€as cSee 
 irpos TOVS d^euSews dpicrTOVS dvOpuiTTtav fidxy SiaKpidrjvai^ OTt 
 ovSevcs dpa covtcs, €V ov8ap.ot(ri eovo'i"EXXrja-i ivaireBeiKVvaTO.^ 
 
 7. Mention the most common forms of ellipse that occur in 
 Greek. 
 
 8. State the principal usages of the gerund and gerundive in 
 Latin, quoting or framing examples. 
 
 9. Explain the meaning of the term prJToyp, and give some 
 account of the Athenian orators who preceded Demosthenes. 
 
 10. Trace the course of the^following rivers, and mention, 
 with dates, any remarkable events which have taken place on 
 their banks : — Vultumus, Metaurus, AUia, Rubico, Ticinus, 
 Halys. 
 
 1 HdL ix 58. 2. 
 
Examination Pi 
 
 11. Give a short history of Corcyra. 
 
 12. Give a short life of any of the foltowtftg-pcrSons : — 
 Timoleon, Empedocles, Socrates, Coriolanus. 
 
 [Magdalen Demyships^ i868.] 
 
 XLII. 
 
 1. Give the dates, exact or approximate, of the principal 
 Crusades, describing briefly the distinctive features of any 
 which you remember. 
 
 2. The life and campaigns of Belisarius. 
 
 3. Whom do you mean by the Nonjurors? Give your 
 reasons for thinking that their conduct was or was not justi- 
 fiable. 
 
 4. Can you point out any circumstances in the reigns of 
 Elizabeth and James which prepared the way for the Great 
 Rebellion ? 
 
 5. Give the dates of the conquests of Mexico and Peru. 
 How do you explain the fact that these civilized countries 
 were so soon conquered by Europeans % 
 
 6. Edward i. has been called ' the greatest of the Planta- 
 genets.' Does history justify this appellation % 
 
 7. Give some account of the Thirty Years' War, and of the 
 state of parties in Germany at that time. 
 
 8. Who were Cimon, Cleisthenes, Caius Gracchus, Hilde- 
 brand, Berwick, Bothwell, Calvin, Timour, William the Silent* 
 Give dates, where you can. 
 
 9. Contrast and compare the constitutional history of Spain 
 with that of England up to the time of Charles v. 
 
 10. Describe the encroachments of France upon her neigh- 
 bours in the reign of Louis xiv,, and the forces by which they 
 were resisted. 
 
78 Examination Papers, 
 
 11. Draw a comparison between the reigns of Richard 11. 
 and Henry vi. 
 
 12. Give a sketch of the expedition against Syracuse, and 
 show how it was a turning-point in Athenian history. 
 
 13. Enumerate the foreign enemies with whom Rome had 
 to contend during the time of the Republic, and add the 
 dates of the principal contests. 
 
 14. What was the condition of parties, and what were the 
 principles at stake, in the contest between Pompey and 
 Caesar? 
 
 15. What events do you connect with the following 
 names : — Culloden, Clarendon, Mecca, Seringapatam, Utrecht, 
 Legnano, Sphacteria, Mantinea, the Metaurus % Give dates. 
 
 16. Circumstances which favoured the spread of Christie 
 anity in the age of its promulgation. 
 
 [Christ Church Junior Studentships^ 1868.] 
 
 XLIIL 
 
 I. Explain the idioms in — 
 
 a. Kpivofiev ye ^ ivOvfxovfieda 6p6o}<s ra irpdyfxaTa^ 
 
 b. €v ye TOL 7) TO TrActaTa Karopdovv.^ 
 
 c. ayycAAc S' o/ok^ TrpoaTideLS.^ 
 
 d. otos ye veapas vcottok^ fiaX\(^ X.a/3(av,* 
 
 e. rJKei 6 Tlepcrrjs ovBev Ti fxaWov Itt' 
 rjfieas 17 ov kol eirl ifxeas.^ 
 
 f. TO pXv eir^ cKCtvots ciVai.^ 
 
 1 Thucyd. ii, 40. 2. * lb. O. C. 475. [What is the objection 
 
 2 The construction is that of the cognate to the old reading, otb? vtapa^, k.t.X.T 
 accusative, xaTop^w/x* being understood ; What other readings are there ?] 
 
 for ye toi see Liddell and Scott, s. v. ye i, 5, ' HdL iv. 118. 5. See Jelf, Gk. C7r. §749. 3. 
 
 and especially Ar. Vesp. 934. • Thucyd. viii. 48. 5. See Lex. s, w. irti 
 
 » Soph. Elecir. 47. B. f., and eimi E, x. 
 
Examination Papers. 79 
 
 2. Suggest derivations for any of the following words : — 
 templuniy oppidum, religio^ hostia, itnmo^ consul^ mxniay indulgeo^ 
 calamitas^ vnmajiis, subiimis, Jtlius^ homo. 
 
 3. Describe the origin and growth 
 
 a. In Italy, of either Epic Poetry or Satire, 
 
 b. In Greece, of either History or Tragedy. 
 
 4. a. TToWola-i 8ovA,ots Towvoft' ato-x/oov, 17 Se ^pr\v 
 
 b. dAA,' cyo) fioXiov 
 
 6 fxrjSiv ciSws OtStVovs €7rav(ra viv." 
 When would you use ov and when firj 1 Show their force in 
 the above passages. 
 
 5. What method of inquiry would you use if you wished to 
 ascertain what had been the original reading in any corrupt 
 passage of the Classics 1 
 
 6. Explain and illustrate the uses of — 
 
 a. The Nominative Absolute. 
 
 b. The Partitive Genitive. 
 
 c. The Ethical Dative. 
 
 d. Double Accusatives. 
 
 7. When is si used with the Indicative? when with the 
 Subjunctive ? In what cases does ^uum take the Indica- 
 tive? 
 
 8. Explain and illustrate : — 
 
 a. Curatus inaequali tonsore capillos. 
 Assiduo ruptae lectore columnae.* 
 
 1 Eurip. Fragtn. Phrix. 17. curious juxtaposition of ou and m^» see 
 
 2 Soph. O. R. 397. Eurip. Fragm. Meleagr. xx., where, speak- 
 In (1) we find o\}\i with SovAwv, because ing of the state after death, a character 
 
 tlie sense is, ' their mind is more liberal than says to iLi\hiv ets ovhiv penet. Cf. Soph. 
 
 those who are universally admitted to be Aj. 1231. 
 
 no-slaves.^ 
 
 In (2) ^rjSev is used because CEdipus • For the lines, see Hor. Epist. i. 1. 94, 
 
 speaks in reference to the contemptuous and Juv. i. 13, with Mayor's Note. The 
 
 opinion expressed of him by Teiresias in words inaq. t. and as. I. are really in the 
 
 the lines preceding; \kt\htv implies 'the ablative absolute. Compare Hor. C. L 6. 
 
 knower, as you say, of nothing.' For a a, reading aitte, Epist. i. 19. 13. 
 
8o Exami7iatio7i Papers. 
 
 b. Matutine pater seu Jane libentius audis. 
 Macte virtute esto.^ 
 
 c. iEneas se matutinus agebat.' 
 
 d. Kai &* ovT dOavaTdiv (^v^t/to? ovSet?.' 
 
 e. Kot ^vfx/i€Ti(rx(a koI <f>€p(o rrjs amas.' 
 fi d.KO'vu) <j>66yyov 6pvido)v..,K\di^ovTas.^ 
 
 9. Mention any old ideas (about the moods, tenses, voices, 
 cases, or parts of speech, in Latin and Greek, or about the 
 connection between the two languages) which Comparative 
 Philology has shown to be false ; and state what new views it 
 has given us. 
 
 10. Give a criticism on any two Classical Authors, with 
 illustrations of their faults, merits, and peculiarities. 
 
 [Christ Church Junior Studentships^ 1868.] 
 
 XLIV. 
 
 1. Mention any peculiarities characteristic of the style of 
 Thucydides, Sophocles, Lucretius, Tacitus. 
 
 2. Give a short account of the Scazon, the Saturnian, and 
 the Galliambic metres, and mention any poets who have written 
 in them. 
 
 3. What is meant by attraction ? Explain, with examples, 
 what are the most usual instances of its occurrence in Greek, 
 
 4. The uses of the Greek future optative, and the Greek 
 participle. Give examples, with the corresponding Latin 
 expressions. 
 
 5. Mention any words or constructions peculiar to Latin 
 writers of the silver age. 
 
 1 See Hor. ^. ii. 6. 20, and i. 2. 31. Cf. ' See Virg. Mn. viii. 465. Cf. Hon J". 
 
 Livy, ii. 12. 8, and see Conington, Exc on ii. 4. 17, and Virg. Georgic. iii. 537. 
 Virg. ^n. ix. 641. ' See Soph. Antig. 788, 537, looi ; and 
 
 Tclf, Gk. Gr. 380. 2. 
 
Exami7iation Papers. 8 1 
 
 6. Illustrate the uses of the words arguius, numerus, uliroy 
 miscere, improbus, Justus ^ ruina. 
 
 7. Translate, noting any peculiarity : — 
 
 a. Daphni, quid antiquos signorum suspicis ortus ? * 
 
 b. Quid tibi hanc digito tactio est % ^ 
 
 c. Tentatum domi ut ambo patricii consules crearentur 
 
 rem ad interregnum perduxit.' 
 
 d. Venena magnum fas nefasque non valent 
 
 Convertere humanam vicem.* 
 
 e. Obloquitur numeris septera discrimina vocum.* 
 
 f. Non populi gentesque tremunt .... 
 Nequid ob admissum foede dictumve superbe 
 Poenamm grave sit solvendi tempus adultum.* 
 
 g. Aoyoi 8' kv oXkv^Koia-iv ippodovv /caKot, 
 <f)v\a^ lAeyx^v (f>vXaKa.'' 
 
 h. KTVTrqcre jjlIv Zcvs \66vlos, at 8e irapOkvoi 
 
 piy-qcrav (os rJKov(rav.^ 
 i. T^s '^vfJLoPopov cf)p€va Xvirrjs.^ 
 k. ypdxj/as . . . . Trjv Twv yecfyvpiov 8i' avTov ov 
 
 8taA,vortv.*° 
 
 8. Give rules for the use of ^uum with the Indicative and 
 Subjunctive. When are tva and oVws used with the Indicative 1 
 
 9. Illustrate the frequentative use of av with the Indicative 
 Mood. 
 
 10. What is meant by the ' Irony ' of Sophocles ? Illustrate 
 from any of his plays." 
 
 IT. Translate, and explain the constructions : — 
 a. K€kXovto 8k ota-Lv eKacrros 
 
 Mnrots* ot 8' kirkrovTo kovlovt€s TreSioio,^'^ 
 
 alibL 
 
 1 Virg. Eel. ix. 46. « Virg. ySn. vi. 646. by Bp, Thirlwall in the PAi- 
 
 a Plant. Pan. v. 5. 29, et ! Lucret. v. 1222. iological Museum, ii. 483- 
 
 " Soph. Antig. 259. 537. 
 
 8 lb. O. C. 1606. n I/iad, xxiiL 37a. 
 
 8 Liv. [See Raschig on 9 ^sch. Ag. 103. On («) see, especially, Kritz 
 
 i. 53. I ; vii. 8.] 10 Thucyd. i. 137, § 7. on Sail. Cat 31, § s : Zumpt, 
 * Hor. £'/(7rf. V. 87. 11 See the admirable paper §66i: Madvig, §413, (5/^j. a. 
 
 F 
 
82 Exami7iation Papers. 
 
 b. oXX i.VTvyoiy\% Ka.i ere rr](T^(. t^s o8ov 
 
 Saifnav afXiivov "q 'fi€ <l>povp'q<ra<s tv)(oi^ 
 C. T^s T€ yap 'IraAias koX 2iKcAtas KaAws TrapaTrXov 
 
 ^. ofeiv T€ T^s XP°^5 €(f)a(rK€v -qSv fie.* 
 
 Stct TOVTO Tovpyov a^iov yap 'EAAaSi.* 
 _/*. (rot Tavr' apkcTKU, iral Mci/oiKcws, Kpeov, 
 
 Tov T^Sc Svcri/ow /cat tov €vp.^vrj TrdAet ; ^ 
 ^. Assiduo ruptae lectore columnae." 
 h. Curatus insequali tonsore capillos.' 
 /. Quibus ccelo te laudibus sequem % 
 
 Justitisene prius mirer, belline laborum 1* 
 \_Christ Church Junior Studentships, 1869.] 
 
 XLV. 
 
 1. What data have we for estimating the relative age of the 
 several cases in Greek and Latin ? 
 
 2. Illustrate any one Greek myth that occurs to you by the 
 light of Comparative Philology. 
 
 3. What symptoms of incipient decay are traceable in the 
 Greek of Demosthenes, in respect (i.) of forms, (2.) of idioms? 
 
 4. What peculiarities are characteristic of the Latinity of the 
 Silver Age ? Mention the principal writers of that period. 
 
 5. Give the meanings and etymological connexions of the 
 following prefixes : — a, c, apt, hvu-, (a. 
 
 6. Explain the origin and force of — 
 
 a. Genitive Absolute ; 
 
 b. Ablative Absolute ; 
 
 c. Nominativus Pendens ; 
 
 1 Soph. O. R. 1478. •* Ar. Ach. 7. 1 Hor. E/>. i. i. 94- 
 
 2 Thucyd. 1. 36. 2. ' Soph, Antig. 211. 8 Virg. yEn. xi. 125. 
 « Ar. Plut. 102 ^ Juv. i. 13. 
 
ExarnUiation Papers, 83 
 
 d. Historical Infinitive. 
 Discuss in each case the appropriateness of the name. 
 
 7. Illustrate the influence of the Homeric Hexameter upon 
 the forms of words. Can any analogous effect be assigned to 
 the use of Iambic metre by the Attic dramatists ? 
 
 8. Describe, with quotations, a walk through Rome, embrac- 
 ing the following localities : — Porta Capena, P. Carmentalis, 
 Capitolium, M. Esquilinus, ^Edes Vestse, ^des Opis, Carinse, 
 Suburra, Argiletum, Rostra, Rupes Tarpeia, Via Sacra. 
 
 9. Describe the mode of voting in the Roman Senate, and 
 explain the following terms : — Pedibus ire in sententiam j 
 Discessionem facere ; Loco consulari dicere ; Censeo ; Prin- 
 ceps Senatus ; Senatores Pedarii. 
 
 Or, 
 Describe the constitution of a Roman Law-Court in the 
 time of Cicero, and explain the following terms : — Divinatio ; 
 Praevaricator ; Advocati ; Decuriae Judicum ; Quaestiones per- 
 petu3e j Comperendinatio. 
 
 10. Account for the use of the Subjunctive Mood in the 
 following passages : — 
 
 a. Haud equidem credO' quia sit divinitus illis 
 Ingenium.i 
 
 b. Bene majores accubitionem epularem amicorum, quia 
 
 vitae conjunctionem haberet, convivium nomina- 
 verunt.2 
 
 c. Literas quas me sibi misisse diceret recitavit homo.* 
 
 d. Peccare fuisset ante satis,* 
 
 e. Tarquinio quid impudentius, qui bellum gereret cum 
 
 iis qui ejus non tulerant superbiam ? 
 In which of the above might the Indicative have been used, 
 and with what difference of meaning ? 
 \M. T., 1869.] 
 
 I Virg. Georg. i. 415. 8 Cic. 2 PhiL 2, § 3. See Mayor's note. 
 
 ' Cic. De Sen. 13, S 45. * Virg. /En. ix. 138. 
 
84 Examination Papers. 
 
 XLVI. 
 
 1. In what cases may either the Indicative or the Subjunctive 
 be employed in Latin, and what is the difference of meaning % 
 
 2. What changes have the following words undergone : — 
 eirofiat, rearcrapeSj XvxvoSj P^C^t AciVo), iJcAio?, ya/x/3pos, vt<^a, 
 gloria, brevis, venire^ narrare,flamma,Jovis,foris, cceruleus? 
 
 3. The rules of the Porsonic Pause. 
 
 4. Is there any analogy between the Greek tense and mood 
 formations, and the Auxiliary verbs of modem languages 1 
 
 5. The uses of ov ixrj and firj ov j of num, ne interrogative, 
 anne, nonne. 
 
 6. Give and explain the various uses of the gemnd and the 
 participle in -dus. 
 
 7. In what different ways may languages be classified ? 
 
 8. Explain the Homeric use of the following words :— 
 €rSeicA,09, ijc/jtos, a/A<^ts, "^kt^aros, Up6s, KovpiBcos, kirap^dixevoi 
 BeTrdecrcnv, orAai or ovA,oxvTat, vrrepcfiLaXos, TroXvqpaTos. 
 
 9. The merits and demerits of the Augustan literature. 
 
 10. Compare the Greek and Latin Orators. 
 
 11. Is it true to say that the religious and moral element is 
 the predominant one in the plays of Sophocles ? 
 
 1 2. Criticise the various forms in which the doctrine of the 
 divided authorship of the Homeric poems has been held. 
 
 13. Contrast the plots of Shakespeare with those of the 
 ancient dramatists, and point out the reason of the difference. 
 
 14. Compare any of the Greek lyrical poets with modern 
 writers. 
 
 \_Ballwl College Scholarships, 1869.] 
 
Exami7iation Pap^s, ^ ^ ^ ^' i< >' : 'j 851 
 
 XLVII. 
 
 1. Who were Wycliffe, General George Monk, Richelieu, 
 Velasquez, Galileo? 
 
 2. Mention any important events you may remember in 
 the reigns of the first and last of the kings of the house of 
 Stuart. 
 
 3. Estimate the advantages and disadvantages of England's 
 insular position. 
 
 4. The effects of slavery on the dominant class. 
 
 5. * Est finitimus oratori poeta.'* Show clearly how poetry 
 and oratory agree and differ. 
 
 6. The characteristics and use of good novels. 
 
 7. Criticise : — 
 
 a, * I bridle in my struggling muse with pain, 
 
 That longs to launch into a bolder strain.' ^ 
 d, * The report is, that he should have said in confi- 
 dence, that he would never bear arms against 
 him.' ' 
 
 c. 'An I might live to see thee married, I have my 
 
 wish.' 
 
 8. Explain carefully ' an Epigram.' What is its use ? 
 Explain the following in the light of your definition : — 
 
 a. * He surpassed himself.' 
 
 d. * The irresistible logic of facts.' 
 
 c. * Nothing is so fallacious as facts, except figures.'* 
 
 d. *The legendary age was a past that was never 
 
 present.'' 
 
 e. 'Sensation is sensation.' • 
 
 [Pembroke College Scholarships^ 1869.] 
 
 1 Cicero [De Orat. i. i6. 70). » Hume. • Grote. 
 
 > Addison. * Canning. • Johnson. 
 
86 Examination Papers, 
 
 XLVIII. 
 
 1. On what grounds is it maintained that the termination in 
 fii is the oldest form of the Greek verb ? 
 
 2. Explain the expressions: — Centesimge usurae; Heres 
 ex dodrante ; Semisses usura ; Sestertium vicies ; Testi- 
 monium alicui denuntiare ; Comperendinare reum. 
 
 3. How does the study of Philology bear upon questions 
 outside the mere range of grammatical criticism 1 
 
 4. Translate and explain : — Assiduo vindex assiduus esto, 
 proletario quoi quis volet vindex esto. 
 
 [From Pembroke Scholarships^ 1869.] 
 
 XLIX. 
 
 I. Translate and explain — 
 
 "Ovofia fxkv ioTL cfxovrj (Tr][j.avTLKrj Kara (rvvOr^K'qv avev ^/ooi'ov, 
 ^S [I'qSev fiipos icrrl (rrjixavrLKov Ki-^^yipicriikvov' kv yap t(^ KaA- 
 AtTHTos TO tWo? ovSev avTo Kad' latn-o aiy/xati/ct, (xa-irep h ti^ 
 \6y(f) T(^ KaXos UTTTOS. prjixa Se ecm to Trpo(T(T7]ixaivov \p6vov^ 
 ov fiepos ovOev (TT^/xatva X^P''^) '^^^ eo-Tti^ del twi/ Kad^ eTepov 
 Aeyo/xevcDV cr'qfieiov. Acyo) 8c oVt irpoa-crq/xatveL ;(povov otov 
 vyUta fi€v ovofia, to Se vycaLvet prjfia' Trpo(T(rrjfiaLV€i yap to vvv 
 virdpx'^iv^ 
 
 What is the signification of p^J/^a and ovo/ia here? How 
 are they otherwise used 1 Mention any Greek classification of 
 the parts of speech, giving the Greek names. 
 
 1 Aristoteles, </^ /«/^A i» 2. See A^^w Verh,'FiqtiaTa, [s-) Particif>les,'M.eToxa.L 
 
 Cratyl. § 125. Farrar's Gk. Synt. p. 17, (6.) Adverbs, 'Emppi^fjiaTa. (7.) Preposi- 
 
 The name! of the several parts of speech tions, npoSeVeiv. (8.) Conjunctions, Suf- 
 
 zx^{\.)The Article^To" S.pQpQv. [■2.)Noutis, Sea/uia. 
 'OvofiaTa. {3.) FroMfuf IS,' AvTOiirufiCax. (4.) 
 
Examination Papers, Sj 
 
 2. Explain and illustrate the use of the negatives in the fol- 
 lowing instances : — 
 
 a, ov8' ctKos xaXiir^s <l>€p€iv avrcuv fiakXov rj ov Kirjinov 
 
 Kol €y/<aA,A.w7rtcr/Aa ttXovtov Trpbs Tavrrjv vo/ixtcravTas 
 oXLyioprjarat.^ 
 
 b. Aapd(^ 8k Seivov ISoKee ervat ptr^ ov AajSeif ra xprjfxaTa.^ 
 C. [6 vo/xos] /ceAevcfc Kara twi/ prjTopiav avrtov rot? cicray- 
 
 ycAtas eri/at Trept tov Aeyetv />ir} ov ra apLcna tw 
 
 8r]ix(p. ' 
 ^. CIS yap Tts ijv eKaoTos ov^€Lpya(Tfi€vo<s, 
 
 KouSeis Ivapyr^s, dAA,' €(f>evy€ iras to /xi^.* 
 ^. ov o-ty' ai/6^€t /AT^Se SetAiav dpets j ^ 
 
 f. ov fW^r' OKVCtTC, fMJT* d^^x' ItTOS KaKOV.* 
 
 3. Translate — 
 
 ^vfifiaprvpoirj ravr* av kv Slkh Kpovov 
 fiiqrrjp, fieyca-Tr] 8at/i,oi/a)v 'OA-v/xttiwi/, 
 apiora, Fi} fieXauva, rrjs eyw ttotc 
 O/30VS di/€iAov iroAAax^ TTCTrr^yoras* 
 TTpoa-Qev Se SovAevovcra, vvv iXevdepa, 
 
 ^oAAoVS 8' 'A^I^VaS TTttT/OtS' €6S ^€0KTIT0V 
 
 di/>yyayov TrpaOevras, ctAAov CKStKCos, 
 dAAov 8tKai(us, Tovs 8' dvayKairj^ Stto 
 ■XprjcTfiov AcyovTttS, yAworo-ai/ ovkct* 'Attik^k 
 tcvras, COS av TroWaxrj TrXaviofihovSy 
 Tovs S* €vdd8^ avTOV SovXltjv deiKca 
 exovTaSj yOrj Sco-ttotwv TpofievfievovSf 
 iXevdepovs WrjKa' ravra ficv Kparrj 
 ofiov (iiif]v T€ Kttt 8iKr/v (Tvvapixoa-as 
 epc^a Kal St^A^oi/ (os v7r€(rxofJ'r)v. 
 
 1 Thucyd. ii. 62. 3. Jelf, GA. Gr. S 749- 3- * Soph, ^w//]?-, 263. Jelf, § 749. i. 
 
 8 Herod. 1 187. 4. Jelf, Gk. Gr. § 750.2, b. 6 lb. Aj. 75. Jelf, § 748. 
 
 Donalds. G-t, Gr. § 603. « lb. ffirf. Col. 731. The /r«. iwi/. 
 
 8 Hyperides, Eux. c. 2a Donalds. Gk. implies 'Be not fearful,' a continuous act. 
 
 Gr- 9 529 (/), O^J. I. the aor. subj. a ft>*^/if definiU act. 
 
88 Examination Papers. 
 
 '^ea-fiovs 8' ofioCovs n^ KaK(} re Kdyad<i 
 
 ivdiiav CIS iKacTTOV apfioaas SIktjv 
 
 cypaxpa. Kevrpov S' aXXos a»s lyw Xa^oiV^ 
 
 KaKocfipaBi^S T6 Kttt (jyiXoKTT^pnov o.vrjpf 
 
 ovt' ai/ KaT€(rx€ Srjfiov ovt' liravo-aTO, 
 
 Trpiv av rapd^as irlap e^eXrj yaXa.^ 
 Explain the allusions in this passage. 
 
 Enumerate the political and social reforms due to (i.) Solon, 
 (2.) Cleisthenes, (3.) Pericles. How is the character of the 
 change effected by the Solonian constitution briefly described 
 by Solon himself and by Aristotle 1 
 
 4. Translate : — 
 
 irpQtTov fiev ovv iiril^ovXevei fxoi pera twv avrtStKwv, koi irtcrrLv 
 avTOis 8i8o)crtv* eTretr' dywi/tov /^ot o-vvcctti^kotcdi/ irpos avrovs tovs 
 T€ A-oyovs eKcfiepcL^ pov ctSws, kol €yypd(j>€L rip SrjpocTLtj) dirpocT' 
 kXtjtov* €^ ep(fiavu)v KaTacrrdcretas* eiri^oXrjv e^aKocrias kol SiKa 
 8pa-)(^pd<s, Std AvKiSov tov pvX(j)9pov 7roirjcrdpievo<s tt^v StKtjv. kXt)- 
 TTJpd^ Se Kttx' ipov TOV T€ aS€A.<^ov TOV avTov ' ApeOovcriov tovtov 
 €7riypd(f>€TaL,* ovTrep ecrrt rdvSpdTToSa ravra, kol olXXov rivd' kol 
 7rape(TK€vd^ovTO, cl dvaKpivoiprjv^ Kara twv otKctcov twi/ dSiKO'vv- 
 riov pe Tots SiKas as €iX'q)(€LV avrots, ivBetKvvvai* pe kol ipi/SaX- 
 XeLv els TO SeapiOT'qpiov.^ 
 
 Explain the words to which asterisks are affixed. 
 
 Explain the law terms jida-is, cvSet^ts, aTraywyTy, eirayyeXCaj 
 €to-ayyeA.ia, Trpof^oXiq^ diroypacfi-q, lyypa^v^, 7ra/)aypa^^. 
 
 5. What was the nature of the ei<rcfiopa and Tpirjpapxta'i 
 
 1 Solon, 35. See Solon in Dicty. of summoned.' l\k^. KaTctrr., production in 
 
 ^:V^_)'., with the authorities quoted. Grote, open court, Lat. editto, of property or 
 
 ch. II. For Solon's description of his vouchers. ctti/S., a penalty. kAijt^p, a 
 
 changes, see Dicty. ut supr. 860 b. For witness to prove the serving of a summons. 
 
 Aristotle's, see Ar. Polit. ii. 12, especially en-i-yp., registers, areutp., 'had the case ex- 
 
 § 3, 'EoiKc 5e, K.T.A., with the notes in amined as to its legality.' efS., to indict 
 
 Congreve's and Eaton's editions. me : for li/Seif is, ' erat in eos qui causas age- 
 
 * Demosth. iVtc^ij^r. p. 1250. eK(^., 'he rent cum nondum aerario satisfecissent.' 
 
 betrays to them.' Rationes prodit, Reiske See the passage explained in Dind. ut supr, 
 
 in Dindf. Notes on Dem. vol. vii. p. 1307. For the legal terms, see Dicty. of Antiq. 
 
 dirpoaKA., * to which I had not been legally under the several heads. 
 
Examination Papers. 89 
 
 What changes were made at dififerent times in the laws 
 affecting the latter % 
 
 Explain the expression irpoeia-KJiopav firj KOfu^ea-daO 
 
 Distinguish between (f>6pos and a-vvTa^is. 
 
 6. What were the leading doctrines of the Eleatic school of 
 philosophy ? Give briefly the history of the school. 
 
 State and discuss Aristotle's criticism of the Platonic doctrine 
 of ideas in the Nicomachean Ethics. He says elsewhere of 
 Plato :— 
 
 OvTOS ovv TO. pkv roiavra twv ovtwv tSeas Trpocrrjyopevcre, ra 8' 
 aicrOriTa irapa ravra koX Kara ravra XeyecrOai iravra' Kara [iWe^iv 
 yap elvai to. iroXXa twv (Tvv(iivvfJiO)V ofKavvfia tol<s ctSccrt* rrjv 8e 
 fJLide^iv Tovvofia fiere^aXe' ot fi€V yap HvOayopetoi fiifiria-tv ra oj/ra 
 <f>a(Tlv elvai twi/ dpidfxoiv, ILXaTtav 8e fiWe^iv, Tovvofia fi€ra/3aX<ov.^ 
 
 Translate and explain this passage. 
 
 7. Describe the great geographical features of Attica. Draw a 
 map representing the mountain ranges and the principal passes. 
 Mark also the position of the following demes : — (i.) Achamae, 
 (2.) Brauron, (3.) Cerameicus, (4.) Colonus Hippius, (5.) De- 
 celeia, (6.) Eleusis, (7.) Marathon, (8.) CEnoe, (9.) Oropus, 
 (10.) Peiraeus, (11.) Phalerus, (12.) Phyle, (13.) Rhamnus, 
 (14.) Sunium, (15.) Thoricus, (i6.)Thria. Mention the histori- 
 cal associations or other circumstances which give importance 
 to each of these demes.' 
 
 8. From what source are the main elements of the Latin 
 
 I Demosth. p. 977. See Kennedy's De- See in/ra App. on Plaids Ideas, and see 
 
 mosthenesi vol. i. App. iv. v. (Bohn's Ar. Eth, i. 6. 
 
 Class. Liby.), and, for several points of ' (i.) Trade in charcoal, gives title to 
 
 Attic Law, ib. vol. iii. App. viii. ix. 4/>opof, the Achamenses of Aristophanes. See v. 
 
 a tribute paid by allied states to Athens up 609, w MapiAofirj — ' Mr. Collier. ' (2. ) Wor- 
 
 to B.C. 415. 'S.vvTcxii^ was the substitute shipof Artemis Brauronia: Iph. and Crest, 
 
 for the eiKOonj or dutyof five per cent, upon said to have landed on return from Tauris. 
 
 all commodities exported or imported by See Eur. I/A. T. 1462: Ar. Lys. 645. {3.) 
 
 sea in the states of the allies subject to Road to the Academy : burial-place of all 
 
 Athens. who had a public funeral : most beautiful 
 
 "^ Metaphys.\.(),inU. Scq{i.) Dicty. 0/ suburb. Thuc. ii. 34. 6 ; Ar. ^ p. 395. {4.) 
 
 Biogy. S.W., XenophaneSy Parmenides, Birthplace of Sophocles : scene of O. C, 
 
 Zenon{2). (2.) Grote's Plato, L 16 seqq. see v. 668 X(f^y. (s.)Ocaipation byihcLac. 
 
90 Exa7ni7iation Papers, 
 
 language derived 1 What peculiarity has Niebuhr remarked 
 in the words furnished by the Oscan? Quote instances of 
 words in the Latin language derived from the Etruscan. What 
 was the general opinion of antiquity as to the origin of the 
 Etruscans 1 What was the opinion of Dionysius ? What argu- 
 ments does he bring forward in support of it % What was 
 Niebuhr's opinion on this point ? * 
 
 9. What are the general relations indicated in a Latin pro- 
 position by the dative and ablative cases % Show, by various 
 illustrations, how the latter are modified by the prepositions 
 ab^ de, ex, prcs. Explain the effects produced on a language by 
 increasing or limiting the number of cases with which preposi- 
 tions may be constructed. ^ 
 
 10. Lay down rules for the inflection in the genitive case of 
 nouns ending in ius and ium; distinguishing between the 
 usages at different periods, and noticing the special cases of 
 trisyllabic nouns and Greek derivatives.* 
 
 in latter part of Pelop. War, B.C. 413: re- anus, ch. iv. Of words derived from the 
 
 treat of Mardonius before battle of Plataeae. Etr. , we have Capra, Cassis (f), Februum, 
 
 See Thucyd. vi. 93, vii. 18 seqq. ; Hdt. ix. Histrio, Lituus, Lantsta, Nepos (aspend- 
 
 ^Ssegq. (6.) Thebirth(B,c. 525) ofiEschy- thrift). lb. ch. v. On the origin of the 
 
 Ius: mysteries of Demeter. (7.) Battle (s.c. Etr. there were two theories — (i.) That 
 
 490). Hdt. vi. 102-116. (8.) Close to Mara- they were Z^j/</ra«. {2.) That they were 
 
 thon : portion of the Tetrapolis, or original Pelasgian. See Dicty. of Geogy. s. v. 
 
 division of Attica. (9.) Changes of owner- Etruria: Niebuhr, //". i?. i. 38 j^f. D. 
 
 ship from Boeotia to Attica : neighbourhood (i. 30) says that the E. were an aboriginal 
 
 of Tanagra. (lo.) Harbours, fortifications. or autochthonic people, because their man- 
 
 (11.) Harbour. (12.) Strong fortress : seized ners, customs, language, and religious rites 
 
 by Thrasybulus, B.C. 404. Xen. Hellen. were essentially different from those of 
 
 ii. 4.2seq. (13.) Worship of Nemesis: for- other people. Niebuhr [H. R. i. 109-142 ; 
 
 tress: birth, B.C. 480, of orator Antiphon. Led. i. 57-67) says that the race consisted 
 
 (14.) Promontory (Soph. AJ. 1217): statue oftwoelements— (i.)The/?aj£wa,orEtrus- 
 
 of Athene : fortress : near mines of Lau- cans proper, as nobles ; (2.) Pelasgic por- 
 
 rium. (15.) Fortified B.C. 407: Thorician tion, as serfs, 
 stone (Soph. O. C. 1595). (16,) Plain 
 liability to invasion from W. Thuc. i. 
 
 2 The dative is the case of limitation, 
 rest, and proximity ; the abl. of instrumen- 
 
 1 See Donalds. Lat. Gr. § i. Niebuhr t^l.ty and motton/rom an object or agent 
 
 [H. R. L 82) says that Oscan words are See Donalds. Lat. Gr. §§ no (a) z3. (e;. 
 
 contracted and curtailed in Latin like Zend ^^9 (a). On the cases generally. Varron. 
 
 words in Persian. Instances are Masius, ^^P" ^"** 
 
 Mamers, sua, censitor, which become " See Zumpt, Lat. Gr. § 49. Madvig, 
 
 Maiusy Mars, sit censor. See Varroni- § 37, Obs. i. 
 
Examination Papers. 91 
 
 11. Translate into Latin : — 
 
 On the 3d of May he was staying at Capua, a city 
 in Campania.* 
 
 Translate into English :— 
 
 a, Accepi vicies ducenta triginta quinque millia quad- 
 
 ringentos decern et septem nummos. Why is the 
 et inserted? Convert the sum into English money. '^ 
 
 b, Fenus ex triente factum erat bessibus. Give the 
 
 rates of interest according to our present mode of 
 computation." 
 
 12. Explain the force of the mood in the following pas- 
 sages : — 
 
 a. Laudat Pansetius Africanum, q}xodi fuerit abstinens.* 
 
 b. Quod spiratisy quod vocem mittiiis, quod formam 
 
 hominum habetis^ indignantur.*^ 
 
 c. Pugiles in jactandis csestibus ingemiscunt, non quod 
 
 doleant animove succumbant^ sed quia profundenda 
 voce omne corpus intenditur venitque plaga ve- 
 hementior. " 
 
 d. Res, quum haec scribebam^ erat in extremum adducta 
 
 discrimen.'' 
 
 e. Zenonem, quum Athenis essem^ audiebam frequenter. " 
 / Ut ilium Di Deseque senium perdant, qui me hodie 
 
 remoratus est, meque adeo qui restiteritn /« 
 
 1 V. Non. Mai. Capuse, quae in Cam- ' Tlie indie, shows that the times of the 
 
 paniS urbs est, deversabatur. extreme danger alluded-to and of the 
 
 a 2,235,417 sesterces. See Donalds. Z^a^. author's writing were simuhaneous. 
 
 Gr. § 55, Obs. 6. ^ This is a temporal sentence, equiva- 
 
 ' Int. rose from four to eight per cent. lent to a participial, and there is also som« 
 
 See Donalds. Lat. Gr. § 56, Obs. 4. inter-dependence of the two actions de- 
 
 * The opinion of P. respecting A, is de- scribed. 
 
 scribed by the subj. * See Ten Run. ii. 3. lo, and Parry's 
 
 * Positive facts are described by the note. The first clause with qui is simply 
 indie. adjectival : the second partly causal, and 
 
 6 The subjves. describe the opinion of equal to a paiticipial clause: qui r.= 
 tht pugiles; the indicves. positive facts. resisteutevt. 
 
92 
 
 Exajnination Papers, 
 
 13. Explain the following terms, adding the etymology, 
 whenever it throws light upon the meaning of a word : — 
 Mancipium ; Vindicta ; Postliminium ; Conventio in manum ; 
 Patria potestas ; Agnatus ; Fundus serviens;* Plebiscitura; 
 Lex curiata. 
 
 14. Arrange the writings of Horace in their order of publi- 
 cation, determining their dates from their own internal evidence. 
 Quote also from his works any passages that throw light upon 
 his personal history, habits, and disposition.'' 
 
 15. Write a commentary upon the following passage, 
 explaining and illustrating every point which, in your opinion, 
 requires elucidation : — 
 
 Eodem anno ssepius audita vox principis . . . cum Claudius 
 libertos, quos rei familiari prsefecerat, sibique et legibus 
 adsequaverit.' 
 
 l^Trinity College^ Cambridge^ i860.] 
 
 I. Into what main groups are languages at present divided 
 by comparative philologers, and to which group respectively 
 
 1 Conventio in m. was the term employed 
 when a woman passed into the /amilia of 
 her husband, and became a maier/amiliAs, 
 and stood in the light of a daughter to her 
 husband. See Diet, of A nt. s. v. Matri- 
 monium, p, 740. Fundus Serviens is ap- 
 plied to land or other real property, the 
 owner's power over and enjoyment of which 
 is limited in any way, either positively or 
 negatively. See Cic de Oratore, L 38, 39 ; 
 and ut supr. s. v. Seroitus. 
 
 2 The precise determination of the order 
 in which Horace's writings were published 
 has been pronounced by Dean Milman 
 an impossibility. The following Table 
 gives the order according to his autho- 
 rity :— 
 
 B.C. 
 
 j£t,Hor. 
 
 35 
 
 30 
 
 31 
 
 34 
 
 /ON 3° 
 
 35 
 
 (?)22 
 
 43 
 
 (?)20 
 
 % 
 
 17 
 
 14 
 
 51 
 
 Uncerta 
 
 [n. but be- 
 
 fore the po 
 
 «t's death 
 
 B.C. 8. 
 
 
 1. Satires, Book i., 
 
 2. „ BookiL, 
 
 3. Epodes, _ . 
 
 4. Odes i., ii., ii 
 
 5. Epist. L, . 
 
 6. Carin. Sec, 
 
 7. Ode iv., . . 
 
 8. Epist. ii., . 
 g. Ars Poetica, 
 
 Passages bearing on the chronology are 
 collected in Tate's Horatius Restiiutusy 
 pp. 90-94. Sat. ii. 6. 56. is one of the most 
 important ; see also ib. 40. The most in- 
 teresting record of his early days and pri- 
 vate life is in Sat. i. 6. 71 segq. See also 
 C. iii. 4- 9-20 ; ii. 13 ; ib. 7, 9 segq. ; iii. 8 ; 
 S. i. 4, 105 ; Epist. i. 20, 24.— The above 
 is necessarily but imperfect 
 3 Tac. Ann. xii. 60. 
 
Examination Papers. 93 
 
 would you refer the following :— Sanscrit, Finnish, Arabic, 
 Basque, and Latin ? > 
 
 2. Give a list of the Ionic words found in the Attic poets. 
 Explain the metrical term (rvi/a<^cta. In what metres is it 
 found?'' 
 
 3. Give instances of desiderative verbs in Greek and Latin. 
 What do you consider to be the origin of these forms?' 
 
 4. Translate and explain :— 
 
 CKCivos ovv (6 2oA,o)v) Ti^v K\y)(Tiv €9 Sv' rjfxepas 
 
 WrjKev, €s ye r-qv evrjv re Koi veav, 
 
 ti/' at Secrets ytyvotvro ry vovfJL-qvt^-- 
 2T. Lva 87} Tt r-qv €vqv irpoa-WrjKev ; 
 ^E. tV, (iS /AcAe, 
 
 irapovTCS ot <f)€vyovT€s 'qf^epq. fiiq^ 
 
 irporepov aTraWdTTotvO' ckovtcs, et Se /A17, 
 
 eayOev vrravt^j/TO t^ vovfirjvLy,. 
 ST. TTWS ov Se^oi'Tat Si^ra t^ vovfirjviq 
 
 ap)(al tot TrpvTavet', dAA' €vy re /cat i/e^ ; 
 ^E. oirep ot irporevdat yap SoKovari fioi Tra^civ* 
 
 iv' (OS Ta^tcTTa TO, TrpvravcV v^eA-oiaro, 
 
 8ta TovTO irpovT^vdevcrav 'qP'^pq fit^.* 
 
 5. Explain the common termination of the words Clitumnus 
 and alumnus. Derive prxlium^ Velia^ Argiletutn, Idus. Ex- 
 plain the use of the prefix re^ with instances.** 
 
 1 See Farrar's Gk. Syntax, §§ 1-6. * ut primus olim docui/ etc., but a hint, at 
 
 2 The chief words are /xoCi/os, f eif os, least, was thrown out by Terentianus Mau- 
 and, in lyrical tragic passages, Kovpos, the rus, a grammarian who lived about a.d. 
 forms in Soup, from 56pu : also, occasion- 100. See Bentley on Ep. of PhaL i. pp. 
 ally, Youcaros, etc, not youvos, from yoio;. 190 seqq., ed. Dyce. 
 
 See Elmsl. Med. 324.— By cr. is meant the 8 Instances are, in Gk., 5pa<rei«,iro\e/*»f- 
 
 mutual connexion or linking together [<rov, creiw, yeAao-eiw, (TTparqyiaw. See Donalds. 
 
 aTTTeii') of all the verses in a system, so that <7-t. Gr. § 363 (2). In Latin we find par- 
 
 the scanning may begin anywhere, and they turt'o, esurio. See Cope ou Ar, A' A. L 3. x8. 
 
 may be scanned as a continuous sequence * Ar. Nub. 1189. For the explanation of 
 
 of metres. It is found in Anapaestic Di- Inj kol vea, see Di'ctj'. 0/ Antig. s.v. 
 
 meters, Iambic Dimeters, the lonicus a Calendarium, ■p. 223; WfaisK% Aristoph. 
 
 Minure, and Dactylic tetrameters. pp. 333, 387. 
 
 The discovery of this peculiarity was * See Donalds. Z a/. Cr. 8 114 (mm), and, 
 
 claimed by Bentley on Hor. C. iii. 12. 6, ior Clitumnus, Paleyon Propert. v. i. 124. 
 
94 Examination Papers. 
 
 6. Translate — 
 
 a. Hi quum ovum inspexerant, quae id gallina peperisset, 
 
 dicere solebant. 
 
 b. Cum palam ejus aimuli ad palmam converterat, a 
 
 nullo videbatur, ipse autem omnia videbat.^ 
 What would have been the meaning if inspexissent and conver- 
 tisset had been the reading ? 
 
 7. Translate, explaining the negative particles :— 
 
 a. €T€pas ovv ((TTTovSas) CKcAevc fSekriovs 
 (TTrevSea-Oai 'q ravrais ye ov )(p'q<re(rdai.^ 
 
 b. AI. x^'p' ^ A[i.<f)i6€€. 
 
 AM. fjLrJTTO}, irplv av ye ctto) Tpe-)(0)v' 
 
 Sec yap fie <^€vyorr' cKt^vyeiv 'Axa/oveas.' 
 In what cases is ct followed by the negative ov?* 
 
 8. Translate and explain — 
 
 a. Uxorem quare locupletem ducere nolim 
 
 Quaeritis ? Uxori nubere nolo meae.'^ 
 
 b. Jus tibi natorum vel septem, Zoile, detur, 
 
 Dum matrem nemo det tibi, nemo patrem.« 
 
 9. Give the different forces of a in composition, with 
 examples. With what limitation are ev and Svs used in 
 composition 1 What is the objection to the word * telegram V ^ 
 
 10. What are the words ruri, domt, and militice^ and how 
 do you account for the apparent anomaly of different cases 
 expressing rest in a place, in different declensions %^ 
 
 Yox ProcUum, Idns, see Donalds. Varr. the explanation of Thucyd. i. 121. 7,^ fieii^v 
 
 pp. 264, 158; Argiletuni from argilla, . . , Sanavi^a-onev. The construction is also 
 
 clay ; see also ySn. viii. 345. For yelia, found in dependent interrog. sentences, e.^., 
 
 see Dt'ciy. of Geogy. s. v. For usages of Plat Pro tag. 313 a. See Cope, Ar. Rh: 
 
 re, see Donalds. Lat. Gr. § iii; Varron. i, p. 301. » Mart viiL la. 
 
 p. 337. 6 lb. xi. 13. See Dicty. of Antiq. s. v. 
 
 1 Cic. De Off. iii. 9. 38. Lex Julia et Papia Poppaea, and Paley on 
 
 2 For the construction, see Jelf, Ck. Gr. Mart ii. 91, 92 ; x. 27. {Epigr. 107, 108, 529.) 
 § 745, Ohs. 3. ^ On the so-called a intensive, see Donalds. 
 
 8 Ar. Ach. 176. Neiv Cratyl. § 185 ; Gk. Gr. §§ 115, 374 d. 
 
 * For el— ou, see Comnt. on Eur. Med. For eC and fivs, see New Cratyl. § 437, 
 
 88 ; Soph. Ajax, 1131 ; Jelf, Gk. Gr. § 744 ; and, on telegram, Farrar's Gk. Synt. p. 49. 
 
 and, especially, Buttm. Gk. Gr. § 148, with 8 See Donalds. Lat. Gr. § 168. 
 
Examination Papers. 95 
 
 11. Distinguish — ot Kara yQova.^ oX Kara )(^9ov6s j ^atvo/iat 
 o)V, (fiatvofiai ilvai. 
 
 Explain koI Srj (hypothetical), and KatVc/a. 
 Distinguish between tuo-re ov and aa-re /xrj.^ 
 
 12. Translate — 
 
 Nam volitare in foro, haerere in jure, ac prsetorum tribunal- 
 ibus, judicia privatarum magnarum rerum obire, in quibus non 
 de facto, sed de sequitate, ac jure certetur; jactare se in 
 causis centumviralibus, in quibus usucapionum, tutelarum, 
 gentilitatum, agnationum, alluvionum, nexonim, mancipiorum, 
 parietum, luminum, stillicidiorum, testamentorum ruptorum 
 aut ratorum jura versentur insignis est impudentiae.* 
 
 13. Do you consider the use of el with the subjunctive to 
 be a solecism ? and, if not, what distinction do you draw be- 
 tween such an expression and (i.) ei with the future indicative, 
 (2.) el with the optative?' 
 
 14. Explain the composition of the future infinitive passive 
 in Latin. What do you consider the supines to be ?* 
 
 How do you explain the use of the participle in -dus in the 
 following passages P 
 
 a. Ante conditam condendamve urbem.* 
 
 d Quod optanti divom promittere nemo 
 
 Auderet, volvenda dies, en, attulit ultro.' 
 
 15. Translate — 
 
 KP. e/AcAAcs oIkclv Ttt//,', ifxov f^L(^ Xa(^<i)V. . . , 
 
 1 See Donalds. Gk. Gr. §§ 479, 591, 621, tinctions, Buttm. Gk. Gr. § 139, Obs. 2, and 
 596, and, for a curious juxtaposition of the Jelf, /. c. 
 
 two constructions of wo-Te, Xen. Anal). 11. * The infinitive expresses the mere action 
 
 2. 17. of the verb, and may be considered as a 
 
 2 Ci& De Orat. i. 38, 173. substantive, and therefore declined. The 
 ' Taking the general practice of Attic supines are respectively the accus. and 
 
 prose writers as a standard, the construe- ahlat. of the infin. so declined. 
 
 tion is a solecism ; it is found in four pas- * For the passages, see Donalds. Lat. 
 
 sages of Sophocles, O. R. 198, 874 ; O. C. Gr. § 183. The participle in -<//« supplies, 
 
 1443 ; Atitig. 710, and elsewhere in the to a certain extent, the want of a present 
 
 Trag. ; also, very rarely, in prose, as Thuc. and future participle in the passive voice. 
 
 vi. 21. 1 ; Xen. Mem. ii. i. 12. See, on the • Liv. Prof. 
 
 usage, Jelf. § 854, Obs. i ; and, on the dis- " Virtr. ./En. ix. 7. 
 
96 Examination Papers. 
 
 Ifi. KttTreiTa tou /xeA-Aciv /a' a7r€KT€ti/€S <^o/3<^ ; 
 KP. (US /A>J ^avot/At y', ct o"u fti) />i€AA.(i>i/ tv\oi%. ^ 
 1 6. Explain the symbol H.S., and derive the word Sestertius 
 Quote any Greek expression resembling this compound.^ 
 What is the Latin for May 29, May 12 ? 
 Give the full expression of the number denoted by the 
 following letters : — fi^v? . 
 \Trinity College^ 1864.] 
 
 LI. 
 
 1. *Aristarchi notas quibus aliena canuina compunxit, 
 recognoscam,' says Seneca.' 
 
 a. Explain the allusion. Who was Aristarchus % When 
 
 did he flourish % 
 
 b. Distinguish 17 iTrcKSocris, 17 TpoeKSoats. Who were 
 
 the x^pi'C^J^^? '^ 
 
 c. What were the different provinces of the KpiTiKos, 
 
 ypafifiaria-T-q?, ypafxjxaTLKoSi in the Alexandrian 
 school?* 
 
 2. Bacon says of Aristotle : — * nova artium vocabula pro 
 libitu cudendi licentiam usurpavit.' 
 
 Give some instances of the new coinage with which Aris- 
 totle enriched or encumbered the vocabulary of philosophy.^ 
 
 1 Eur. Ion. 1295. 0-15 and TrpoeicS. were names given to suc- 
 
 2 Compare the Gk. rpLrov ij/u.iTaAavToi/= cessive editions of the Homeric poems, the 
 2 J talents. Thenumber=2756. See Donald. irp. being the earlier. The xc^P- {se^^raters) 
 Gk. Gr. § 253. were the critics who assigned the author- 
 
 3 Ep. 88. ship of the I/iad and Odyss. to different 
 ■* Aristarchus was the head of the Alex- persons. — vpofi/AaTicmjs, a teacher of rudi- 
 
 andrine critical and grammatical School ; ments, an elementary schoolmaster, ypa/u.- 
 he was the tutor of Ptolemy Epiphanes /aanico?, a scholar in its highest sense, 
 and Pt. Physcon, and died, aged seventy- KpmKos was the name applied to the highest* 
 two, about 146 B.C. He is said to have order of 7pafx/u,aTiicoi. See, for an explana- 
 viarked such verses in the Homeric poems tion at length, Notes and Queries, Series 
 as he thought spurious with an obelus iv., vol. iv. 315. 
 (t), and those which he thought parti- 
 cularly beautiful with an *.— The cTreVSo- ^ See Donalds. Gk. Lit. i. 149, note. 
 
Examination Papers, 97 
 
 3. A\Tiat is the construction and meaning of KaiirepP 
 
 a. Kttt Tr€p iKilvo y* <i»/A>;»' Tt cfvai, a avSpcs StKacrrai* 
 SiKao-rat -yap ?<rT€ r^s StoKparovs vir€fyrj(f)avias.* 
 
 Specify the fault of these passages, and the correction you 
 would apply. 
 
 4. Distinguish — 
 
 a. irplv SctTTveiv, Trplv Senrvrja-ai, rrpXv SeSciTrioyKcvat.* 
 
 b. alcrxpo. koi TroAAa, iroAAct kol aicrxpd^ 
 
 c. Translate into Greek : — 
 
 ' All in the country fled to the city.' • 
 
 * To fail in one of two things ' :' also negatively. 
 
 5. Translate — 
 
 a. ovKQvv KoX avTOV v/Atv KaAecTO) Tov 'Hy^o-avS/oov.* 
 
 b. ov yap d(fiavyj Kpivelre ttjv diKrjv r^vSe, iiraivovfievoi 8k 
 
 irepl ovSk t^/awv /xc/atttwi/." 
 
 c. Distinguish — 
 
 ovT(j)s d(f>p(i)v ^v wcrre ovk e/SovXcTo. 
 ovTWS d(}>p(i)v "^v (utrre fir) f^ovkea-dau. 
 How would you express them in Latin ?^<> 
 
 6. a. Give the oblique cases in Latin of the Proper names 
 
 Euripides, Anchisiades, Orpheus, Orestes. 
 b. Under what circumstances does the ablative of the 
 third declension end in z? Give instances." 
 
 1 For KaCirep, see Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 8 See L. and S. *. v. ovkovv. 
 
 621 ; »cat Tot should be read. » Thuc. iii. 57. i. See Donalds. Gk. Gr. 
 
 2 Plato, Symp. p. 219 c. § 493. 
 
 ' Theophr. Charact. c. H. 10 In the first case the result is particular, 
 
 * Before (i.) beginning dinner, (2.) finish- in the second it is general. In Latin we 
 
 ing dinner, (3.) rising up from dinner. should use the perfect and imperf. subj. 
 
 ' Disgraceful deeds, and many too. respectively. See Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 596 ; 
 
 Many deeds, and disgraceful too. Jelf, % 863 ; Madvig, Lat. Gr. % 38a, Obs. 
 
 8 jravTes ot airb twi/ dypJii/ tt? ttjv ir6Ati» i ; Livy, i. 4, § 5 ; 16, § i ; Caes. B. G. 
 
 iii<ftevyov. See Xen. An. v. a. 24. iii. 15. See Shilleto, Dem. F. L. App. C 
 
 7 Avoii/ Odrepov (/irj) anapTdvei.v. 11 See Zumpc, Lai. Gr. {J 63, 6* 
 
98 Examination Papers. 
 
 7. a. Explain the different uses of quin.^ 
 
 b. How are , J- used with the Subjunctive 1' 
 
 non quod ) 
 
 Explain accurately the usage of the words poiissimutn^ ultro 
 
 (in Tacitus), scilicet^ enimvero, ceterum, uncB literce, si?tgulcB liierce^ 
 
 Explain the origin and meaning of ' mea interest.' 
 
 8. What exceptions are there to the rule that suus refers to 
 
 the subject of the sentence in which it occurs 1 Give examples. 
 
 ^. . . , f seipsum , . 
 DistmffuishS : : how IS J<?J^ used 1* 
 yse ipse 
 
 9. In what case is a question in Oratio Obliqua expressed 
 by the Infinitive % Explain the uses of the gerund and ger- 
 undive, where they are supplementary to each other, and where 
 they are mutually convertible. What peculiar use of them 
 occurs in Tacitus ?* 
 
 10. Translate the following passages : — 
 
 a. Ecquis erit mecum juvenes % qui primus in hostem ?• 
 Alter the punctuation as you like, giving reasons. 
 
 b. Nee veni, nisi fata locum sedemque dedissent.^ 
 Explain tenses. 
 
 1 See Donalds. Lat. Gr. §§ 112 (G), 209 Sese is sometimes used pleonastically, as 
 (y) ; Zumpt, § 542. in Ten And. iv. 5. 2 ; Sail. Cat. init. 
 
 2 Zumpt, § 537. 
 
 3 Potissimum, see Donalds. Lat. Gr. * We find in Tacitus such expressions as 
 § 108 (d). Ultro, see Ritter on Tac. A nn. ' Vologesi vetus et penitus infixum arma R. 
 iii. 66. t^//r^ poUuebat, but the reading fzVa«/^r(xv.5),and'Nongrave manumissis 
 is doubtful. Hist. i.7t. Exemplum ultra per idem obsequium r^/iW«/// libertatem ' 
 imputavit ; it might be rendered by went (xi"- 26). See also xv. 21. The genitive 
 a step beyond in this passage. On the word depends on negotium or some similar word 
 generally, see Donalds. Varronianus, cap. suggested by the several passages. See 
 X. § 3. Enimvero, Zumpt, § 348. Zumpt, Lat. Gr. § 663 ; Orelli on xv. 5. 
 
 4 See Donalds. Lat. Gr. § 201 (dd); « Virg. ^n. ix. 51. See Forbiger in 
 Zumpt, 550, note i ; Madvig, § 490. ^.^ ^nd Paley on Ov. F. ii. 83. with the 
 
 The difference is best seen by an ex- ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^ Varronianus there given, 
 ample. Liv. xxii. 57 : Altera virgo sibttnet 
 
 i^jfl mortem consciverat. 'The other had ^ Virg. ^n. xi. 112. The protasis to 
 committed suicide,' as contrasted with an- dcdissent is suppressed. The full construe- 
 other virgin who had been put to death. tion is ' nee veni cul vos debellandos, nee 
 Sibimet ipsz would have implied 'had de- venissem. omnino.' Cf. Juv. x. 123, where 
 stroyed herself,' as opposed to murdering et contempsisset may be supplied ; Liv. ii. 
 some one. 10. 3 ; Tae. A . i. 35. 
 
Examination Papers. 
 
 99 
 
 re. Quaeris, quid agam. Ita vivam, ut maximos sumtus 
 facio.* 
 d. Haud procul inde citae Metum in diversa quad- 
 rigae 
 Distulerant, — at tu dictis, Albane, maneres ! — * 
 Explain and illustrate the tense of maneres. 
 
 11. Explain the origin and meaning of the phrases: — 
 Patres conscripti ; Populus Romanus ; Quirites j Prisci Latini ; 
 Procurator Caesarisj' Conventus provinciae;* Jus gentium;'* 
 Edicta praetoris.'" 
 
 Distinguish rebeliio, seditio :'^ flamen^ pontifeXy sacerdos^ 
 
 Explain — 
 
 Una Quiritem 
 
 Vertigo facit.^ 
 
 1 2. Translate into Latin : — 
 
 a. He cannot have done what you say : at least he 
 r could not have done it had he been in his right 
 
 W mind.^° 
 
 1 Cic. ad Att.v. T.S.2. Vivam is the 
 optative use of the subj. 'Ita vivam ut' 
 ='May I live as positively as,' etc.=' As 
 I hope to live, I am,' etc. 
 
 2 Virg. ^n. viii. 642. The usage of 
 maneres is doubly curious : — First, we have 
 the imp. subj. used in an optative sense, 
 because an event is referred to which was 
 past at the time that the author wrote ; 
 secondly, the subj. has the meaning, 'Oh 
 that thou wert represented (on yEneas's 
 shield) as abiding by thy word ! ' Also, 
 the impf. subj. is used because there was 
 no possibility of the wish being realized. 
 Cf. xi. 153 : Cautius ut saevo velles te cre- 
 dere Marti ! 
 
 ' The proc. Cess, was an officer who, in 
 ■»he provinces belonging to the Caesar, dis- 
 charged the duties performed in the other 
 provinces by the Quaestor. The Proc. were 
 either equites or freedmen of the Caesar ; 
 they looked after the taxes, paid the troops, 
 and cared for the interests of thp fiscus gene- 
 rally ; in the other provinces they collected 
 certain dues of the fiscus which were inde- 
 
 pendent of those due to the aerarium. See 
 Diet. Ant. s.w. Procurator and Provincia, 
 p. 967). 
 
 * See Diet. Ant. s. v. Conventus. 
 
 * lb. s. V. ytis. 
 
 8 lb. s. V. Edictutn. 
 
 7 Rebeliio of an external nation breaking 
 out into war after surrender. 
 
 Seditio, an outbreak of citizens against 
 citizens. 
 
 8 F. is any R. priest devoted to the ser- 
 vice ot one particular god : p. is a priest, 
 not Oi any one god, but a member o( a col- 
 lege above all other priests, and superin- 
 tending the whole external worship of the 
 gods ; of s. there were two divisions, the 
 superintendents of the forms of worship, 
 and the interpreters of signs. See Cic. de 
 Leg. ii. 8. 20: Divisaliisaliisacerdotes, om- 
 nibus pontifices, singulis flamines, quoted in 
 Diet. A nt. s. V. Flamen, and cf. Liv, i. 33. i. 
 
 9 Pers. V. 75. Diet. Ant. s. v. Manu- 
 missio. 
 
 10 Fieri non potest ut quae tu dicis fecerit 
 ille : sanus quidem non fecisset. 
 
lOO Examination Papers, 
 
 b. The interest of money has been lowered from 1 8 to 
 6 per cent. Therefore your ;£"i 00,000, divided 
 among your four children, will only produce for 
 each a revenue of ;£"i5oo per ann. Express this 
 all according to Roman reckoning. * 
 
 {Trinity College, 1866.] 
 
 LII. 
 
 i» Translate, with explanatory and illustrative notes : — 
 
 a. fir} fxv7jcrTeva-avT€S, fJLr]8' aXXoO' 6/xtA,^o-aKT€S, 
 vo'Tara kol TrvfULTa vvv €vda8€ Scnrirqareiav,' 
 
 b. A(o/)t€es T€ rpiyoHKei Slot t€ ireA-acryot.* 
 
 C. fxa yyjv, fxa TraytSas, fxa vecjicXas, fxa St/crva, 
 
 fXT] 'yw vorjfxa KOfxiporepov rJKovcrd 7ra>.* 
 d. €pp€i TO, KoiXa' MiVSa/)o? OLTrea-a-ova' ireLvoyvrt TwvSpc? 
 
 2. Show that the following passages need correction, and 
 amend them : — 
 
 a. MH. ovTTO) ^pyjvei's' p-cve koI yrjpas. 
 I A. (3 reKva ^lAraTa. 
 MH. fJLrjTpi ye, (rol B' ov.^ 
 
 1 * Ex asse et semisse semisse factum 2 Homer, Odyss. iv. 684. See L. and S. 
 
 est fenus : quatemis igitur liberis tuis ex s. v. fii^, iv., and compare Odyss. xi. 613. 
 capite isto t H^S^enties vicies quinquies, 8 Homer, Odyss. xix. 177. Cf. Hesiod, 
 
 non amplius H.S. septingena quinqua- Fragm. viL (Goettl.) See L. and S. j. v. 
 
 gcna, aequatis partibus, in annum vectigal Tptxatxe?. 
 fuerit. ^ hx.Av. 194. See Jelf, Gk. Gr. 741 e. 
 
 * For the phraseology, see Cic. Ati. iv. Paley on Iliad, x, 339. cf. Ar. Eccl. 1000, 
 
 15, § 7. For the notation, Donalds. Lai. j- g 
 
 Gr. % 64, Ods. 4 adjin., where, for si:>r per ^"^ V f f /, • -rv.- • .u . 
 
 cent and>«r per cent. , as the equivalents * Xen. I/el/en. 1. i. 23. This is the cele- 
 
 of sextantes and quadrantes, we should brated/a<r^««Vdespatch of Hippocrates. The 
 
 read two and three respectively. old reading was to. koXo. : e.ri >caAa=' the 
 
 t The sestertium is taken at £8. The //w3<rry (ships) are lost.' See Donalds. Gk. 
 
 sum in .question=;^8>< 12500=125 X loopoo ^-^ j ^g, note. For the history, see 6V«- 
 
 sestertu = H.S. centies vicies quinquies. , , ^ .._.,,... 
 
 Similarly, the total income=;{;6ooo=;C8 X dents Greece, cap. xxxii. ; Grote, ch. Ixiu. 
 750= 750 sestertia. ^ Eur. Med. i^g6. Porson reads yijpao-it'. 
 
 See Paley in loc. 
 
Exammation Papers, lOi 
 
 h. Tc^Sc y' difn/JKTij) Trara^o) ry Ko66pv<fi rrjv yvdOov^ 
 C. \Ka.(TTt\ avTwv Trept Aoyot's lo-rt tovtovs, o? Tvyx«- 
 vovtriv ovT€s 7rc/3t TO irpayixa, ov tKcicmj ecrrlv ^ 
 
 3. Translate — 
 
 Tt SiJt' l/AOl f5^ K€pBoS, aA.A,' OVK Iv TC^X" 
 
 €ppixf/' €/xavTrjV rrjaS^ ciTro (rTv<f>\ov TrerpaSj 
 
 OTTCDS, TTcSot (TKl^xfacraj TWV TrdvTOiV TTOVOiV 
 
 dTnjWdyrjv ; ^ 
 Show the force of the aorist epptifa. Explain the use of ottws 
 (final) with the Indicative.* 
 
 4. Describe (with examples) the normal development of a 
 Greek polity.^ 
 
 5. Determine the position of Socrates in relation to preceding 
 and to succeeding philosophers.' 
 
 What was his SatfioviovV 
 
 6. State and criticise Plato's Ideal Theory. Distinguish the 
 different meanings which have been attached to the word 
 Idea. 
 
 7. Translate into Greek prose : — 
 
 a. So it was Themistocles who saved Greece ! ' 
 i?. I shall be told that he was an honest citizen. I 
 answer that he was a bad king." 
 
 8. Translate, with explanatory and illustrative notes : — 
 
 a. Hoc verum est tota ferri te, Cynthia, Roma, 
 Et non ignota vivere nequitia ^^'^ 
 
 1 Ar. Lys. 657. Read rai/ojicry (ry a.\p.), « On Socrates generally, see Grote's 
 
 K.T.K. See Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 398. Greece, ch. Ixviii. ; Donalds. Gk. Ltt.. ch. i. 
 
 » Plat.^ G<yre. 450 B. We should read 7 q^ ^^^ ^^ ^^^ Xen. Mem. i. i, a : and 
 
 T0VT0V5 ecTTi T0V5 X070VS. Scc Donalds. Y.^\,n^r's Prolegomena. § 5 : Dr. Thomp. 
 
 Gk Gr. § 398. gQjj.g pjuedrus, pp. 36, 15a ; RiddeU's 
 
 8 iEsch. P. V. 766. Apology. 
 
 * For the use of the aorist, see Donalds. - - .. - - .», - . ^ 
 Gk. Gr. § 427. For oirw?, to. § 014; rar- '^ r 1 
 
 tar's <;*. Synt. p. 171 J^y. ' «^« iroXinj? ^v »coAJ)« Kayafl«5«- /Soat- 
 
 * See Z?/V<y. of Antiq. s.w. Civiias Aevs 8i k«6*. 
 [Greek), Colonia. 10 Propcrt. u. 5. 1. 
 
I02 Examination Papers. 
 
 b. Mi. Mihi sed videtur. De. Quid istic ? tibi si istic 
 
 placet, 
 Profundat, perdat, pereat* 
 
 c. Sublimem hunc intro rape quantum potes.' 
 
 d. Longum est si velit ad Pimm venire, 
 Et scalis habito tribus, sed altis." 
 
 9. Determine accurately the meaning of the following 
 conditional sentences, and comment on any forms which seem 
 to you unusual : — 
 
 a. Tu si hie sis, aliter sentias. 
 
 b. Si ita sententia asset, tibi servire mavelim. 
 
 c. Vin' ad te ad ccenam veniam ? EP. Si possim, velim : 
 Verum hie apud me coenant alieni novem. 
 
 d. Si per L. Metellum licitum esset, matres illorum, 
 
 uxores, sorores veniebant. 
 
 e. Me truncus illapsus cerebro 
 Sustulerat, nisi Faunus ictum 
 Dextra levasset. 
 
 / Si non pertsesum thalami taedseque fuisset, 
 Huie uni forsan potui succumbere culpae.* 
 
 10. Convert into the Oratio Obliqua : — 
 
 a^ An quicquam superbius est quam ludificari sic omne 
 nomen Latinum?^ 
 
 b. Quid de praeda faciendum censetis ?• 
 
 c. Si colloquendi cum Pompeio potestas facta erit, 
 
 sequis conditionibus ab armis discedetur.'' 
 u. Comment on an unusual Syntax exemplified in the 
 following sentence : — 
 
 Tamen tantum abfuit ab eo, ut ulla ignominia iis exercitibus 
 qusereretur, ut et urbs Roma per eum exercitum qui ab AUia 
 Veios transfugerat, reciperaretur, et Caudinse legion es, quae 
 
 1 Ter. Ad. i. 2. 53. * Virg. Mn. iv. 18. ^ Facta esset, fore ut discede- 
 
 2 lb. And. V. 3. 20. * Esse for est. retur. 
 ' Mart. i. 117. « Censerent. 
 
Examination Papers, 103 
 
 sine armis redierant Romam, armatae remissae in Samnium 
 eundem ilium hostem sub jugum miserint, qui hac sua igno- 
 minia laetatus fuerat.^ 
 
 12. Distinguish the historical from the mythical element in 
 the early Roman annals.'^ 
 
 13. Describe fully and graphically the daily occupations of 
 a Roman citizen under the empire.' 
 
 14. What is meant by the terms Dialectic Regeneration, 
 Phonetic Decay % What is the origin of the French adverbial 
 termination ?* 
 
 15. Derive apricus, armentum, brunia^ hornus, Jumentum, 
 quiritesj boutique, cheval, bombasin, caitiff, licorice.^ 
 
 16. Write down the ancient names of Antibes, Coblenz, 
 Cologne, Gibraltar, Monaco, Saragossa, Seville, Strasbourg, 
 Turin, and Varna/ 
 
 [Trinity College, 1867.] 
 
 LIII. 
 
 I. Explain the use of the preposition irpos in the following 
 passages :' — 
 
 a. fir], Trpos (T€ yovaTUiv rrjs T€ veoy dfxov Koprjs.^ 
 
 b. Trpos yap Aios ctcrtv aTravTCS 
 
 1 Liv. XXV. 6. s. The tense of tnisertnt ^ Antipolis — Con/iuentes {agtue — Rhine 
 is noticeable. and Moselle) — Colonia Agrippinensis or 
 
 2 See Niebuhr, H. R. i. 241 seqq. Agrippina, so called after the mother of 
 ' See Martial, iv. 8; Becker's Gailits: Nero, who was born there a.d. 15, and 
 
 Juv. i. afterwards (51) persuaded her husband, the 
 
 ■* See Max MiiUer, Lectures i. 43-58, ii. Emperor Claudius, to send a colony of 
 
 29-33. veterans there. — Tac. .<4««. xii. 27. — Caipe, 
 
 * Perhaps from aperire-arare, contr. for — Portus Herculis Motuect — Casarea Au- 
 
 ara-mentum — contr. for brevi{sst)tna — Sipa, gusta — Hispalis — A rgentoratum — Au- 
 
 season— jugum. For Quirites, see Varro- gusta Taurinorunt — Odessus. 
 
 nianus, cap. iv. § 2 ; and cf. Ov. F. ii. 477. ^ See Donalds. Gk. Or. § 486. 
 
 — aTTo^KTj. — caballus — bombyx — captivus 8 Eur. Med. 324. 
 
 — yXv/cuppcfa (Varron. cap. viL § 3). » Hom. Od. vi. 207, ao8. 
 
I04 Examination Papers, 
 
 C. npoq Twv ky6vT<j>v^ ^ol/ic, rov vofxov Ti^iy?.* 
 Distinguish between tt/dos rairra and irpbs TovTot<s, 
 
 2. Translate, with notes explaining and illustrating the con- 
 structions :" — 
 
 a. yevoLfxav dcros v^iircTas, 
 
 WS OLV TTOTadiLTjV VTTCp . . . X.tflVa<5.* 
 
 b. ri /a' ov Xa/Siov 
 
 ifxavTov dvOpiaTTOtcTLv, evOcv t| yeyws.* 
 ^. ovt' av Svvaifxrjv fX'qT^ €7ri(rraifir]v Xlyciv.* 
 </. TT/oo? Se Tov^', o /xot (iaXoi 
 
 v€vpo(rjra8r)s arpaKTO?, avros av xaAas 
 
 ilXvofiYjv Svcrrqvov I^cAkwv TroSa 
 
 irpos tovt' av.' 
 
 3. Explain the force of ovx on, fitj otl, ovx ottws in the fol- 
 lowing passages :^ — 
 
 a. Sav€L^6fi€vos ovx ^' frapa twv tSiwrwv, aAA,ot Kai Trapa 
 
 Twv TrdXewv.^ 
 ^. ov^cfiiav oTfJiaL crc /SovXea-daL prjropiKrjV KaXctv, ov^ ort 
 
 T^ prjfXaTl OVTCOS cmtcs.' 
 r. IStSao-Kov Tov Srjjuov ws ot AaKcSat/ioviot ov;( ottw? 
 
 TLp,b)prj(TaLVTOf dAAot KOL €7raiV€craLev tov 2^Sptav.^° 
 'Z. 8ta ravra ou vofxos ccrrl cre/ivvveo-^at tov Kvfi€pirqTqvj 
 
 Kaiirep a-cj^ovra rjfxas. ovSe ye, i3 ^ai'/ido-ie, tov 
 
 fJLTJXO-VOTrOLOVj OS 0^T€ OTpaTTjyoV, p.ri OTL KV^cpvrJTOV, 
 
 ovre dAAov ovSevos cAaTTO) IvtoTC SvvaTat (r(o^€LV' 
 TToActs yap IcTTtv 0T€ 5Aas <r(u^€t.*i 
 
 1 Eur. Ale. 57. 8 (Soph. a>.) Aristoph. Av. 1337-9. 
 
 2 See Donalds. Gk. Gr. §§ 608-614 ; Jelf, * Soph. O. T. 1391-3. 
 §§ 424 /3, 432 fi. In (*) a;' is used with 5. « lb. Ant. 686. 
 because it is really the apodosis of a hypl. « lb. Philoct. 289-292. 
 
 sentence, the protasis being suppressed ; ' See Donalds. Gk. Gr. §§ 570, 548 (30^ 
 
 ovT« being used because a positive fact is 571 ; Jelf, § 762. 
 
 stated ; lit. is used without av because a 8 Dio Cass. 42, p. 285. 
 
 simple wish is expressed ; and /xijtc because » Plat. Gorg. p. 450 e. 
 
 the negation is indirect. See New. Crat. '<> Xen. HelUn. v. 4. 34. 
 
 § 187. 11 Plat. Gorg. p. 512 B. 
 
Examination Papers, 105 
 
 4. How did Pericles modify the Athenian constitution % 
 How did his influence aflect the prosperity of his country and 
 the character of his countrymen ? Justify your statements. 
 
 5. Assign to their authors the following dogmas, and explain 
 them : — 
 
 a. fjiifiTjcTLs ecrri rd. orra twv dpi6fX(ov.^ 
 
 b. irdvra yjprnxaTa r)v ofiov' ilra vous k\d(iiv avroL SieKotr- 
 
 C. TO StKaiov lo-Ti KoX TO al(TXpov ov <f>v(r€t dWa v6fi(pj 
 d. TravTwv xp-qfidrtov fxcrpov dvdpaiTros.* 
 
 6. Distinguish the Atoms of Democritus from the Homoeo- 
 meriae of Anaxagoras.* 
 
 7. State and discuss Mr. Paley's theory of the authorship 
 of the Homeric poems.* 
 
 8. Determine the meaning of the following Homeric 
 phrases : — 
 
 a. hrea irrepoevTa irpoo-qv^a. 
 
 b. aTTTCpoS €7r\€T0 fXvdoS. 
 
 c. KovpiSLrjv dXoxov. 
 
 d. 'l6dK7)v evSeUXov.^ 
 
 9. Explain the following proverbs : — Aios Koptv^os — A-qfivia 
 €pya — Bevrepos ttXovs — koAoios ttoti koXolov — vs tt/oos 'Adrjvdv,^ 
 
 10. Explain : — aTrayo)-)/!}, dTroypa<J37J^ eTrw^cAta, irapaypa(^ri, 
 TrpoKXtrjcnSf dyoyv Tt/Ai^TOS, dyiav drLfirjTos.* 
 
 1 Pythagoras. See Ar. Mei. i. 5. to islands.— See Ha3nnan*s Otfyss. vol. i. 
 
 2 Anaxagoras. App. A, p. xxviii. 
 
 ' Hippias the Sophist. Plat. Gorg^. 482 8 See Dicty, o/Geogy. s. v. Letnnos, and 
 
 E ; Prot. 337 c. allusion in iEsch. Cho?ph. 634 ; Eur. Hec. 
 
 * Protagoras. Plat. Theatet. 183 b. 887.— Plat. PJued. 99 d. S. it. the ntxt 
 
 * See Grote's Plato, \. 50. best way. The explanation by Menander 
 
 * See Paley's Homer, vol. 1., Preface. is av anoTvxv ti? ovpiou, »cw»rai<ri ir\tlv, 
 ' 3. a.irT.=-un'wing;ed. 'The word took the metaphor being from those who use 
 
 not flight from her heart.'— (^rt^^/w. xvii. 57, oars when the wind fails. — is. Theocr. v. 
 
 xix. 29. c. #t.=;lawful. — See//, i. 114, xix. 23, = .Jzw Minervant (docet sc.) = Teach 
 
 298. d. evS. is variously derived (i.) from your grandmother, etc., used of dunces 
 
 rC, 5tJ\os, and, therefore, clearly seen, which setting up against wise men. 
 applies to Ithaca; (2.) from e5, SeiArj, the « a7r.=summary arrest; the lit. signif. 
 
 afternoon sun, and, therefore, sunny ; (3.) is a leading off, i.e., before one of the iV- 
 
 westerly. It is a general epithet applied fiexa. ojrovp.=(i.)acopy ; (a.) alist, espe- 
 
io6 Examination Papers, 
 
 Translate into Greek :— 
 
 * To become bankrupt' 
 
 * To acquit of the capital charge.' 
 
 1 1. cTTi OKTW o^oXoLS Tr]v fivoiv SaveioravTi tou fir^vo'i CKacrrov.^ 
 State this in the English notation. 
 
 1 2. Comment on the grammar of the following passages :* — 
 a. Atque equidem, extreme ni jam sub fine laborum 
 
 Vela traham et terris festinem advertere proram, 
 Forsitan et, pinguis hortos quae cura colendi 
 Ornaret, canerem . . . 
 
 . . . nee sera comantem 
 
 Narcissum aut flexi tacuissem vimen acanthi. » 
 d. Et faceret, si non aera repulsa sonent* 
 
 c. Celsa sedet ^olus arce 
 
 Sceptra tenens, mollitque animos, et temperat iras. 
 Ni faciat, maria ac terras coelumque profundum 
 Quippe ferant rapidi secum, verrantque per auras.* 
 
 d. Nullum numen habes si sit prudentia ; nos te, 
 Nos facimus, Fortuna, deam coeloque locamus.* 
 
 e. Verum anceps fuerat pugnae fortuna. — Fuisset ; 
 Quem metui moritura ? Faces in castra tulissem.' 
 
 1 3. Compare the syntax of Plautus with that of tlie Augustan 
 writers.' 
 
 cially of property held by private indivi- 8 obols per month for the use of a mina 
 
 duals and claimed by the State ; (3.) copy (600 obols) for a month=96 obols for use of 
 
 o{ declaration before a magistrate, a depo- 600 obols for a year=i6 obols for use of 
 
 sition. «7r.=a penalty, at the rate of one 100 obols=i6 per cent, per ann, 
 
 obol in a drachma, i.e., at one-sixth of the * a, and b. see Conington in loc. In a. 
 
 damages laid, to be paid by the plaintiff to Canerem describes a continued, tacuissetn 
 
 the defendant if he (the pi.) did not get a a single and completed act. c. Conington m 
 
 fifth part of the jury's votes. 7rapoyp.=an loc. d. May or in loc. e. Comngton in loc. : 
 
 exception to an indictment, a demurrer. PaleyonOv.i^(M/.i.3i5,/«j///t?ri«/Nona;. 
 
 irpo*cA.=a formal challenge made by either The protasis to tulissem is suppressed, 
 
 side to the other, in order to settle disputed * Virg. Georg. iv. 116 seqq. 
 
 points— Lat. sponsio. ay. r. a case in which * Tibull. i. 8. 22. See Dissen's Tibullus, 
 
 damages are to be assessed by judges : ay. p. clxxix. 
 
 dr. in which they are fixed by law. Some * Virg. Mn. i. 56-59, 
 
 say just the reverse.— The Gk. phrases are * Juv. x. 365, 366. 
 
 ava<TKeva^e<TBa.i. — rov Oavarov anoXvtiv. "^ Virg. yC«. iv. 603, 604. 
 
 1 The rate is 16 per cent, per ann. For 8 Among the peculiarities of the syntax 
 
Examination Papers, 
 
 107 
 
 14. Discuss the credibility of early Roman history, illus- 
 trating your remarks from the legendary history of other 
 countries.* 
 
 15. Discuss the character of Nero.* 
 
 16. Trace the effects of the literature of Greece upon that 
 of Rome. 
 
 17. Describe the arrangements of a Roman house and of a 
 Roman amphitheatre. 
 
 18. What was the original seat of the Aryan race"? Name 
 the principal languages of the Aryan family. 
 
 How is Sanskrit related to Greek and to Latin % * 
 
 19. What theories have been proposed to account for the 
 origin of language ? * 
 
 20. Derive the following French words : — age, aujourd'hui, 
 car, ce, cette, cour, demoiselle^ mime, queue, verre. Also : church, 
 priest, squirrels 
 
 {^Trinity College, 1868.] 
 
 of PI. are (i.) the construction (a) o{ fungi: 
 {b) oiuii: (c) otpotiriviith an accusative. 
 See Most. i. i. 45 ; Men. i. 4. s ; E^id. ii. 
 2.io;As. iii. 2. 9 ; Hildyard on Men. 1. c. ; 
 Parry on Ter. Andr. Prol. s ; Tac. Ann. 
 iii. 2, iv. 38. (2.) The double negative. 
 Aul. ii. 4. 7; Ej>id. v. i. 57. (3.) Con- 
 struction after verbal substantives in -io, as 
 in Most. i. I. 33 ; Aul, iii. 2. 9. See Ram- 
 say on Most. 1. c. (4.) Quasi-causative 
 sense of cum with indie. Most. iL 2, 2 ; 
 Trin. iv. i. i seqq. (5.) Quisque=gui- 
 cunque. Amph. i, i. 156, iv. 3. 14. (6.) 
 Pleonastic use of pronouns, e.g., Merc. iv. 
 3. 14. Suus vir suam uxorem salutat. (7.) 
 Strict use oiquamvis, e. g., Men. ii. 2. 43 ; 
 Rud. ii. 3. 42. (8.) Peculiar use of qui. 
 Men. iii. i. 6, v. 5. 31. Excursus i.-ix. in 
 Ramsay's edition of Most, may be con- 
 sulted with advantage. 
 
 1 See Sir G. C. Lewis, Crediby. of Early 
 /?.//■. i. 15, 19 seqq. ; ii. 488. 
 
 8 See Index to Merivale's Rome, and, 
 in Dicty. of Biogy. s. v. Nero, a short sum- 
 mary of his character. 
 
 • The original seat of the Aryan race 
 
 was near the sources of the Oxus and Yax- 
 artes, the highest elevation of Central Asia. 
 See Max MuUer, Lect. onScience o/Lang. 
 1. 248 ; ib. 411 ; Gk. L. and S. may be said 
 to be sisters ; ib. 176, ii. 407. 
 
 * The three main theories are — (i.) That 
 language was innate and organic. (2. ) That 
 it was the result partly of imitation, partly 
 of convention. (3.) That language was re- 
 vejfled. See Farrar's Origin, etc., p. 7. 
 The second is, we think, the most tenable. 
 See, however, M. Miiller, i. 371 seq. 
 
 * ^taticum — ad-diem-hunc — qua-re 
 — ecce — ecce-iste — curia — dominicilla — 
 me{t)-ipsissimus — cauda — vitrum. 
 
 Church is usually derived from xvpicucT; 
 (oiKui sc.), but it has been proposed to con- 
 nect it with Cyrch, a central-point or place 
 of central meeting. See Smith's Dicty. oj 
 Bible s. v., and a letter in the Guardian, 
 Nov. 28, 1866. This last is a communication 
 by Rev. J. Earle, late Professor of Anglo- 
 Saxon at Oxford. Priest from jrpeo-^ure- 
 poy. Squirrel {rom'ZKC-ovfXK, 'the animal 
 with a shadowing tail' See Max Miiller, 
 ut su^r. i. 382. 
 
io8 Exammation Papers. 
 
 LIV. 
 
 1. When is the Future Optative employed by Attic writers ?* 
 Criticise its use in the following passage : — 
 
 0E. aXka. Seii/ov, w StoKjoaTcs, tovto ye <f>oivaL. 
 2ft. Set ye iikvroi, ct a-ioa-oifiev rbv TrpocrOev \6yov' (I 8c /jit/, 
 ot^erat.* 
 
 2. Compare the use in the Homeric Poems and Pindar with 
 that found in the Attic writers of the particle av (or kc) with 
 (i.) Future Indicative, (2.) Subjunctive Mood, (3.) Optative, 
 (4.) Participle, (5.) Infinitive.' 
 
 3. What is Dawes's rule respecting the construction of ottco? 
 /xrj and ov firj with the subjunctive P Criticise its accuracy. 
 
 4. Explain the grammar of the following sentence: — 
 
 a. cTTtcr^wv av, cws ot TrAcicTTOt twv eiwOortav yv(a/xr)v 
 
 dTr€<f>'qvavTOj i^crv^^iav av ct)(ov.' 
 d. 6X010 fi'qrrd), irpXv fiddot/x^ ei Kot TrdXiv 
 
 yV<afXY)V fX€TOl(T€LS.* 
 
 C. T^v 8' cyo) ov \v(T<i)' irpiv fitv koI yyjpas tireia-iv.^ 
 
 5. Translate — 
 
 a. firj yap ov fidn^v rrjv Trpbs avrbv avros l^ct <f>iXiav 
 
 CKaCTTOS, dXX' €0-Tt TOVTO <f)V(TlK6v.^ 
 
 b. Ktti TO 7rA,^^os Sc Tijs KTTjcrecDS opdv Set, firjiroTi ^cXtlov 
 
 €T€p(os 8Lopt(rai rc^ o-a^tos [loiXXov.^ 
 
 1 See, on/«/. c^i., Madvig's Gi. Synt. » See Hayman's Odyssey, App. A. § 9, 
 §§ 132 j^^^. He says (§ 134, Pern. 2), 'In 'On the use of Moods by Homer.' 
 
 fact, Xht^ future of the optative is formed 4 See Jelf, Gk. Gr. §§ 812, 1 ; 814, 748, 
 
 and used for the sole purpose of represent- cbs. 3. 
 
 ing the /ut. ind. in orat. obi. after a past 5 Titm. Phil. i. § i. 
 
 tense: The passage quoted is virtually of « c u dz. -i Ic * 
 
 ^. ^. ^ ( 'Si conservaturi essemus.' " ^oph. PA./. 961. 
 
 this kind . I . j^ ^^ ^^^ ^^ ^^ abiders-by, ^ Homer, //. i. 28. 
 
 as we proposed to be, a\xc{ormex2.r^mtn\.: 8 Aristot. /•<»/. ii. 126a. See Eaton's 
 
 A^.^.— There is no v. 1. in the passage. notes on ii. 5. 8, ii. 6. 8. 
 
 2 Plato, Theeet. 164 a. » lb. 1264. See Eaton, ib. 
 
Examination Papers. 109 
 
 '^rjcrova-' 'Axatots, /xi}^' 6 Av/acwv I/xo?.* 
 //. ov ^a(rcrov oio-cts fxiij^' oTna'T'qcreis (fiot ; '^ 
 e. fia yrjvj fia irayiSas, fia ve</)€Aas, fia Sticrva, 
 /at} *ya) vorjfia KO/x^OTcpov i^Kovcrd tto).' 
 Explain the uses of /a^ exemplified in these extracts. 
 
 6. Comment on the syntax of the following sentences : — 
 a, Continui montes ni dissocientur opaca 
 
 Valle.* 
 d. Ut ignava animalia, quibus si cibum suggeras, jacent 
 torpentque.* 
 
 c. Numeros memini si verba tenerem." 
 
 if. Tamen tantum afuit ab eo ut ulla ignominia iis exer- 
 citibus qusereretur, ut et urbs Roma per eum 
 exercitum, qui ab AUia Veios transfugerat, recipe- 
 rareturj et Caudinae legiones, quae sine armis 
 redierant Romam, armatae remissae in Samnium, 
 eundem ilium hostem sub jugum miserint^ 
 f. Phaselus ille quem videtis, hospites, 
 
 Ait fuisse navium celerrimus.^ 
 /. Ut sit magna, tamen certe lenta ira deorum est.» 
 7. Translate and explain : — 
 
 a. I nunc, edere me jube libellos : 
 Lectis vix tibi paginis duabus, 
 Spectas eschatocoUion, Severe, 
 Et longas trahis oscitationes. 
 Haec sunt quae relegente me solebas 
 Rapta exscribere, sed Vitellianis.^'* 
 
 d. Si damnaverit, ad salariorum 
 Curras scrinia protinus licebit. 
 In versa pueris arande charta." 
 
 1 Soph. Aj. 572. 6 Tac. //. iii. 36- ' Ju^- xii«- loo. 
 
 « lb. Track. 1183. « Virg. AV/. ix. 45. !<> Mart. ii. 6. 
 
 " Ar. Av. 194. ^ Liv. xxv. 6. 5. ^^ lb. iv. 87. 
 
 * Hor. Ep. i. 16. 5- ' Catull. 4. 
 
no Exammatio7i Papers, 
 
 c. Quid petis % ut nummi, quos hie quincunce modesto 
 Nutrieras, pergant avidos sudare deunces % ^ 
 
 8. Explain the following words and phrases : — Boves Lucae ; 
 Cedro digna locutus ; Clavum anni movere ; Egredi rela- 
 tionem; Talassio ; Dies intercisus ; Bissextus dies; Annus 
 bissextus,— in such a year what day is meant by X. Kal. 
 Mart. % 
 
 9. Translate and explain : — 
 
 Ikci^os ovv Ty\v kA^o-iv €ts Sv* ^fjLcpas 
 ed^jKCVj €15 ye rrjv evrjv re kol vcav, 
 tv' at Secrets yiyvoivTO ry vovfir^VL^* 
 
 10. Translate — 
 
 Xprj Scj orav [xev TLdrja-Oe tovs vofiovs^ ottoiol rives dai 
 CTKOTrelv' cTTCiSav 8e '^rjcrdey 4>vXdTTeiv /cat crKOTretv. 
 
 By what tenses in Latin would the words TLdrja-Oe and '^rjaOe 
 
 be rendered 1 
 
 11. Discuss the question whether women were admitted to 
 the theatre at Athens.' 
 
 12. Give 'some account of the legal position of a Roman 
 paterfamilias. 
 
 13. What are the Greek technical grammatical terms for 
 — letters, accents, proper names, article, participle, infini- 
 tive % * 
 
 14. What age do you assign to the art of writing among the 
 Greeks, and what do you consider to be the origin and time 
 of its introduction at Rome % ^ 
 
 15. Describe briefly, with dates, the leading events of the 
 first Punic War. 
 
 16. Write a life of Sulla, with dates. 
 
 1 Pers. V. 149. * ypafifiara, or VTOi-x'la, Trpoo-wStai, ov6' 
 
 ^ Ax. Nub. ii8g. /u-axa ^cvpta, rb apdpov, ftero^cit ey^AKri? 
 
 3 See authorities in Wilkins's Lai. Prose, airape><^aTOs. 
 p. 175; Dicty. of Antiq. s. v. Theatrum, 
 
 p. 1124; Plat. Gorg. 502 D. oloj' nalSuv 5 See Diciy. of Antiq. s. v. Atramen- 
 
 re 6/u.ov, ic.T.A. , turn ; Comm. on liiad vi. 168. 
 
Examination Papers, 1 1 1 
 
 17^ Give an account of the siege-works constructed at 
 Syracuse at the time of the Athenian invasion, and a summary 
 of the events of the war. 
 
 18. Describe the battle of Arbela. What was its date \ 
 
 {Trinity College, 1869.] 
 
 LV. 
 
 1. Point out and correct the errors in the following passage. 
 Write it out with the proper accents and breathings : — 
 
 aAA,' c/ott' Is OAv/iiTrov Kai Kcpawtovs fSoXas 
 Xa/3ovcra Trarcpos €k )(€ipoiv Kapa SoKCfc 
 orav OTpaTevfxa Apyctov c^tot Ka\<as. 
 fi(apos Sc '^vrjTdiv oarris €K7rop6€t ttoAcis 
 vaovs T€ TVfxfSovs re, upa Ttov KCKfi-qKOTtaVy 
 eprjfii^ 80VS avTos (oAct' v(rT€pov.^ 
 
 2. State and illustrate by examples the various constructions 
 of TrpLv. 
 
 3. Translate the following sentences into Greek : — 
 
 a. If the guardians take proper care of their ward's 
 
 estates, he will have a large sum of money when 
 
 he comes of age." 
 d. Flavius's maternal uncle left him a legacy of 
 
 ;£■! 0,000. But for this he must have been made 
 
 a bankrupt.' 
 c, I wish the landlord had known that the tenant was 
 
 cutting down wood, that he might have prevented 
 
 him.* 
 
 1 Eur. Troad, 92. ©ero 6 Trpb? ttjs fiTiTpoi Oeloi. Ei fit} Sia 
 
 2 'Eav ai eiriVpoTrot to. tou itnTpoirevofit- touttjv ttj;' Sio^icrji/, ava<rKeva<TOr)vai, av 
 vov ei StoiKwcri, *5<SoKiji*.a<r^ev<j) avTcp ei? avrov eSei. 
 
 avSpa^ TToXw etrrai to afryvpcov. * 'CltfteXtv 6 rh x«)piof fii<rdc6<7as tov /llict- 
 
 * Dem. 814, Isocr. 238 c. § 28. Buxrafxevov ra fvXa Yvwvai SiartuvovTa, 
 
 ' Te<r<rfp<£KOVTa tiJJ 4>Aaj3i(|> roAavra 5i«'- oirtos eKwAvaei'. 
 
I 12 
 
 Examination Papers. 
 
 d, A duty of five per cent, was laid upon all exports, 
 of which the chief items were hides, hemp, flax, 
 wool, wheat, barley, rye, rock-salt, and copper-ore.* 
 
 4. Derive and explain the following words : — (i.) Flamen, 
 (2.) Compitalia, (3.) Februarius, (4.) Mostellaria, (5.) Bidental, 
 (6.) Arrhabo, (7.) PostUminium, (8.) Redemptor, (9.) Licitatio, 
 (10.) Simultas, (11.) Vexillum.* 
 
 Quote any passages you may remember, which illustrate 
 their respective meanings. 
 
 5. What is meant by the * Epic Cycle ? ' » What part of it 
 supplied the largest proportion of subjects to the ancient artists, 
 especially to the painters ? What poems are extant upon the 
 Argonautic Expedition % State their respective antiquity. 
 
 1 'EjtI cMCOffT^ Tr)s Tt/u.TJs eTa<ro"€TO TraKTtt 
 ra i^ayofJieva' i^rjryov Se /uiaA.toTa ras Si(f>9e- 
 pas, TTjv KOLva^iv, TO kCvov, rh epiop, tov 
 n^vpbv, TttS icpido.;, TttS 6Xx5pas, tov oAa, itai 
 Tov K160V rhv xaXxiTiriv. 
 
 2 [\.) Flamen, most prob. iox /ilamen, 
 from a band of wool (Jilum) worn round 
 their head-dress {apex). Hence Liv. vi. 
 41, apicent dialetn imponere=to make a 
 flamen dialis. Cf. Ovid, Fasti, iii. 397. 
 Another derivation is irom. pileus,Jiami*tes 
 being considered=//&awr«^j. 
 
 (a.) Compitalia, a festival of the cross- 
 roads [compita, ' ubi viae competunt ') . See 
 Ov. ut supr. v. 140, with Paley's note. 
 
 (3.) See Ov. ut supr. ii, 19-54. 
 
 (4.) The title of one of the comedies of 
 Plautus, from Mostellum, dim. of motts- 
 trum. The titles ending in -aria are ad- 
 jectives, and derived, severally, from the 
 noun which describes that on which the 
 plot of the play turns. Thus, Aulularia 
 (fabula sc.) is 'the little-jar [plla, Ollula, 
 Ault^la) play.' Cistellaria, ' the little chest 
 play.' Vidularia, 'the little wallet {Vi- 
 dulus) play.' Asinaria, * the ass-play,' etc. 
 In the Most., Theuropides, an old man, 
 is made to believe, by Tranio, the slave 
 of his son Philolaches, that his house is 
 haunted. See ii. 2, and especially v. 73. 
 Quae hie monstra fiunt, anno vix possum 
 eloqui. 
 (6.) Arrhabo, from a Hebrew root mean- 
 
 ing a pledge, is that which is given, in a 
 
 money transaction, by one contracting 
 I)arty to another, as evidence of a contract, 
 and of agreement as to price. The name 
 is sometimes given to a present made, on 
 betrothal, by a future husband to a future 
 wife. See Plant. Most. iii. i. 109 seqq. ; 
 Mil Glor. iv. i. 11. 
 
 {7. ) Postliminium is the term applied to 
 the recovery by a man of the rights of 
 citizenship on coming back to his own 
 home and threshold, after being in an ene- 
 my's power. See, on the case of Mancinus, 
 who was delivered up to the Numantines 
 as a prisoner, and refused by them, Cic. De 
 Or. i. 40. 181 ; De Off. iii. 30. log ; Pro 
 CcEcind, 34- 
 
 (10.) Simultas, from simul together, is, 
 * a coming together, an encounter,' in any 
 way, but always in a hostile sense. In 
 later Latin the word=an agreement. 
 
 (11.) Vexillum, like our ffag, is used of 
 the standard, and the men serving under 
 it. Tacitus denotes, by this term, any body 
 of soldiers serving apart from, the legion 
 under a separate ensign, and sometimes 
 an army collectively. See A nn. ii. 78 ; 
 Hist. i. 31, 53, 70 ; ii. 11. 
 
 8 By the ' Epic Cycle ' is meant a collec- 
 tion of upwards of thirty poems on heroic 
 subjects taken from Gk. legends, and ar- 
 ranged by the grammarians of Alexandria, 
 about the second century B.C., in a chrono- 
 
Examination Papers, 1 1 3 
 
 6. Name the Greek historians who wrote before Herodotus. 
 Give a list of the principal historians between Herodotus and 
 Polybius, and the subjects of their works. ^ 
 
 7. Give a brief sketch of the principal events of the Pelo- 
 ponnesian War, with dates. What was its result upon the ex- 
 tent of the Athenian dominion % What was the character of 
 Lysander ? 
 
 8. What was the Athenian system of raising the revenue % 
 Explain reXos, d^r^ofia.^ iTriSocrts, Tpir\po.p\ia. 
 
 Give the principles of the Roman system ; and explain cen- 
 sus ^ capite census, indictio, caput, publicani^portoria. Explain the 
 legend on a medal of Nerva's, ' Vehiculatione Italiae remissa.' * 
 
 9. Give a brief history of the First Civil War of Rome, stating 
 the changes made in the constitution of the Republic by Marius, 
 and by Sylla. What were the offices held by Julius Caesar in 
 the last years of his life, and what was the extent of the powers 
 he enjoyed in virtue of them ? 
 
 10. (i.) Give Caesar's account of the religion of the Gauls. 
 (2.) Quote the locus classicus in Lucan, describing their pan- 
 theon. (3.) What were the national deities of the Britons, and 
 to which of the Roman divinities were they made individually 
 
 logical series, beginning with the inter- ler, ut supr. cap. xix. ; Museum Criticum, 
 
 marriage of Uranos and Ge, and ending L 79-101, 216-225. Hdt. was bom B.C. 484, 
 
 with the death of Ulysses by the hands o' Polybius, B.C. 204; the principal historians 
 
 his son Telegonus. See Muller, Hist. Lit. are, therefore, Pherecydes (fl. 480), Thucy- 
 
 Greece, cap. vi, ; Orellion Hor. A. P. 136; dides (471), Xenophon (? 444), Ctesias (fl. 
 
 Grote, ch. 21. 400), Theopompus (378), Callixenus (270). 
 
 The great poems are the Argcmautica, '^ Indictio is (i.) the imposition of a tax, 
 
 in four books, by Apollonius Rhodius (cir. and hence (2. ) a tax itself, paid in kind. 
 
 B.C. 200), and a poem, bearing the same Ca/«/ is the capital or principal. — See Hor. 
 
 title, by Valerius Flaccus, written about .S". i. 2. 14. — F^AzVw/a/zo was the providing 
 
 A.D. 70. The subject is also treated in the of couriers, like the Persian ayyapot (Hdt. 
 
 fourth Pythian Ode of Pindar (b.c. 466), viii. 98), for the emperor's speedy informa- 
 
 and in the seventh book of the Metam. of tion of what might be happening in distant 
 
 Ovid (a.d. 7). parts of Italy or elsewhere : the cost was 
 
 1 The historians before Hdt. were Heca- defrayed, as a rule, by the several pro- 
 
 taeus of Miletus, Charon of Lampsacus, vinces through which they passed, but 
 
 Eugeon of Samos, Deiochus of Procon- sometimes out of the emperor's privy-purse; 
 
 nesus, Eudemus of Paros, Hellanicus of hence the inscription, 'On remitting the 
 
 Lesbos, Pherecydes of Leros, Xanthus a cost of the imperial couriers in Italy.'— See 
 
 Lydian, Dionysius of Miletus. See Mul- Forcellini, s. v. 
 
14 
 
 Examination Papers. 
 
 to correspond % (4.) Give examples from ancient dedicatory 
 
 inscriptions. (5.) What was the office of Jupiter DolychenuSy 
 
 and what localities were peculiarly consecrated to his worship?^ 
 
 II. a. From what nation did the Romans take the model 
 
 of their original coinage, and what was its nature P 
 
 b. Give the etymology of stater^ drachma^ obolus^ collyhus. 
 
 Explain solidus^ denarius^ vidoriatus^ milliarensis, 
 
 sestertius.* 
 Translate — 
 
 (i.) * Et toties tamen sestertio geditiales caenae frugalis- 
 simis viris constiterunt' (2.) *Divitem avarum millies ses- 
 tertium servum.' (3.) *Tabulas duas Ajacis et Veneris mercata 
 est a Cyzicenis HS |XII| ' — (4.) ' Pretium ejus in libras X.vi.' 
 (5.) * Conturbabit Atlas et non erit uncia tota.'* 
 
 \Trinity College Scholarships ^ 1865.] 
 
 1 (i.) See Caesar, B. G. vi. 17, 18. (2.) 
 See Lucan, i. 444 seqq. (3.) and (4.) See 
 Notes and Queries, fourth Series, iv. 316 
 seqq. (5.) See Dicty. o/Geogy. s. v. Roma, 
 p. 812. 
 
 3 Probably from Etrurla. See Dicty. 0/ 
 Antiq. s. v. As. 
 
 ' Stater, from same root as tcm7/w.i, liter- 
 ally means a standard. See Dicty. of 
 Antiq. s. v. Stater. 
 
 Drachma, from Spanrcrofjiax, I hold in my 
 hand, is A handful (of obols sc. ) 
 
 O bolus is from o^eXos, a spit, with which 
 the coins were stamped. See L. and S. 
 s. V. 6/3oA6s for another derivation. 
 
 Collybus, (i.) the exchange between one 
 country and another ; or, (2.) the profit or 
 loss on such exchange ; this is from the 
 Gk. KoAAvjSos, which, besides the above, 
 also means a small coin. The origin is 
 said to be Phoenician. 
 
 Soltdus {nummus sc.) was the name 
 given, after the time of Alexander Severus, 
 to the aureus nummus, or denarius au- 
 reus, he having coined pieces of the value 
 of one-half and one-third of the aureus, 
 called semissis and tremtssis. See Dicty. 
 of Antiq. s. v. Aureus. 
 
 Denarius (sc. nummus), so called as 
 originally containing ten asses. 
 
 Victoriatus was the name given to thf 
 quinarius, or half-denarius, from the figure 
 of Victory on it. See Cic. pro Font. 5, 9. 
 Exegisse Porcium temos victoriatos, and 
 Liv. xli. 13. The victory commemorated 
 appears to have been that of Clodius over 
 the Istrians, b. c. 177. See Dicty. of Antiq. 
 s. V. Denarius. 
 
 Milliarensis is containing a thousand, 
 and might be applied to a coin or sum of 
 the value of looo asses. 
 
 * The passages are from (i.) Senec. Epist. 
 95- (3-) Plin. H. N. XXXV. 9. (4.) lb. xii. 
 25. (5.) Martial, ix. 3. 5. See Paley in loc. 
 
 In (4.) Pliny is describing the costuvt- 
 root The meaning is, * Its price is six 
 denarii the pound.' See Forcell. sub lit. 
 X, and Diet. A nt. s. v. Denarius, sub fin. 
 
 In (i.) the ordinary reading is aditiales, 
 in which case the passage will mean, ' And 
 yet as many times inaugural entertainments 
 cost the most economical men a sestertium.' 
 Aditialis is from adire, to approach, enter 
 upon: \l ced. be read, the meaning might 
 be, * House-warming suppers.' See For- 
 cell. s. V. 
 
 In (2.) the meaning appears to be, 'A 
 rich miser, a slave to a hundred million 
 sesterces.' See Donalds. Lat. Gr. § 55, 
 Obs. 6 : § 56, Obs. 4. 
 
Examination Papers. 1 1 5 
 
 LVI. 
 
 1. What was the grand object kept in view by Herodotus 
 in planning his History % Briefly sketch the mode in which 
 he has carried it out. For what purpose does Polybius state 
 he composed his History, and what space of time did it em- 
 brace ? What great historical periods are described in the 
 extant portions of his work ?* 
 
 2. Give an account of the two Persian invasions of Greece. 
 Trace the line of march of Xerxes on that occasion, indicating 
 his principal halting-places. What idea of the extent of his 
 kingdom may be deduced from the contingents of troops 
 furnished to his army by the respective provinces ? What was 
 the equipment of the Ethiopians serving under him % How 
 far did the second Persian Empire extend in the reign of 
 Chosroes 11., and what was his date ^'^ 
 
 3. Describe the principal events of the Peloponnesian War. 
 To what point is the history of it carried down by Thucydides, 
 and what other contemporary author has left an account of the 
 concluding period % ' 
 
 4. Briefly narrate the circumstances of the rise and fall of 
 
 1 The object of P., as stated by himself books, extending from B.C. 220 to B.C. 146. 
 
 (iii. 2-5), was (i.) to explain the cause of the We have five books (1-5) entire, and frag- 
 
 Hannibalic war : (2.) to describe the in va- ments of the others. The third book carries 
 
 sion of Italy: (3.) the alliance of Philip with the second P. war down to Cannae: the 
 
 Carthage : (4.) the disputes between Anti- fourth and fifth are devoted to the affairs 
 
 ochus and Ptolemy Philopator : (5.) the of Greece and Syria. See Donalds. Gk. 
 
 war of Prusias and the Rhodians with By- Lit. ii. 76-86. 
 
 zantium: then to detail the C. and R. 2 For the Ethiopians, see Hdt. vii. 69. 
 
 operations in Spain, Sicily, and Africa, to- Chosroes 11. reigned from 590 to 628 A.». 
 
 gether with other wars arising in connec- He extended the P. empire over Mesopo- 
 
 tion with the history of Rome. See the tamia, Syria, Palestine, Egypt, and Asia 
 
 extracts in Dicty. of Biogy. s. v. Polybius. Minor, ultimately pitching a camp at Chal- 
 
 Hismainobject he states, more briefly, to cedon, opposite to Constantinople, where 
 
 be the showing by what means, and in what the P. remained ten years. See Student's 
 
 manner, the R. became masters of the Gibbon, cap. xxiv., and Dicty. Biog. s. v. 
 
 world — (i. 3, § 9 : iVa /iXTjfiels ^17x7} ffoiois Sassanidce, No. 24. 
 
 £ia/3ovXioi$ Tj woiai? fiuva/aeo-tv koX x°PV ' Thucyd. ends with the twenty-first 
 
 yiais xP'?<'"*Mc>'ot 'Pwfiaiot nfj? -yris Koi ttjs year of the war, B.c. 411. The conclusion 
 
 ^oAaTTTjs eyivovTO 7ra<njs eyKpareis). See is told by Xenophon in the Hellenica. See, 
 
 also i. 13. for this work of X., Donalds. Gk. Lit. L 
 
 The History consisted originally of forty 26 seqq. 
 
1 1 6 Examination Papers, 
 
 the Thirty Tyrants of Athens. In what way do they bear upon 
 the fate of Socrates ? 
 
 Who were the Thirty Tyrants of the Roman Empire"?* 
 Which of them had possession of Britain V Give an account 
 of the independent etnpire established in this island.' 
 
 5. How is the dual used in Greek ? Explain the govern- 
 ment of the singular verb by neuter plural nouns. In Attic 
 poets what gender in the adjective do feminine plural pronouns 
 require % Quote examples. What is the Latin rule for the 
 adjective attached to several nouns of different genders "?* 
 
 6. Quote passages from the ancient historians illustrative of 
 the estimation in which the Arts of Design were held amongst 
 the Greeks and Romans. What was the educational law esta- 
 blished by Pamphilus ? In what light were musicians regarded 
 during the same period?' 
 
 Translate — 
 
 'AvS/ot [kkv avX7)Trjpi ^cot voov ovk €V€<f)V(rav, 
 dW aifia T(^ cf)v<T7Jv x^ voos cKTreraTat.' 
 
 7. Trace the military history of the two Africani (Scipiones). 
 To what gens did they belong individually, and how were they 
 related to each other 1 
 
 What reason had Virgil for using the expression *Duo 
 fulmina belli — Scipiadae 1 ' 
 
 1 The so-called Thirty Tyrants of Rome ngui. plur., ib. § 384 ; Donalds. Gk. Gr. §§ 
 
 were the pretenders to the throne during 381, 418 (aa). For fem. pi. nouns, Jelf, 
 
 the reign of Gallienus (a.d. 261-267). We § 390. For gender of Lat adj., Madvig, 
 
 have a biography of them by Trebellius Lai. Gr. § 214- 
 Pollio, who lived in the reign of Constan- 
 
 tine : it will be found in Hist. A ug. Script. : ' See Diet. Ant. s. w. Pictura, Statu- 
 
 an estimate of its value in DUty. Biogy. ^^ ^^^ Thelawof Pamphilus (B.C. 390- 
 
 s V Aureolus 350) was that, before all other art-education, 
 
 ■ 2 The possessors of Britain, as part of the fr^e-bom boys learnt how to use the ypa^C<i. 
 
 Prafectura Gallica, were M. Cassianus ^ee Diet. Biog. s.y. Pamphilus. For 
 
 Latinius Postumus, and C Pesu'/ius Tetri- ^"^^ ^^^°""t of the ancient Gk. musicians. 
 
 cus. According to some authorities, Lol- ^^^« Muller s 6:^-. Lit. ch. xil, xxx. ; Diet. 
 
 lianus, Victorinus, T. the younger, and ^''S- s- w. Ttmotheus, Terpander. 
 
 Marius are to be added. See Niebuhr, « Pipers with wit to grace Heaven thinks 
 
 Lect. Rom. Hist. iii. 295 ; *WrIght, p. m. not fit : 
 
 • The empire was that of Carausius. They blow and swell, and — pufi" ! — out 
 
 * For the dual, see Jelf, § 387. For goes their wit. —^4 «/?«. 
 
Examination Papers. 117 
 
 By what epithet was Hamilcar, the opponent of the Elder 
 Scipio, distinguished?^ 
 
 8. Draw a map of Roman Britain, tracing the fortified lines 
 of Agricola, Antoninus, Hadrian and Severus : the great mili- 
 tary roads, with their Latin and Saxon names. Mark the 
 situation of the principal towns with their Roman titles, and 
 the stations of the legions. Give the present names of 
 (i.) Othona, (2.) Dubrse, (3.) Lemane, (4.) Branodunum, 
 (5.) Garianonum, (6.) Regulbium, (7.) Rutupiae, (8.) Portus 
 Adumi, (9.) Anderida, and place them on the map. When 
 and how was the first in the list discovered ? What were the 
 *■ Littus Saxonicum,' ' Valentia,' * Insula Romana,' * Beleri Pro- 
 montorium?'^ 
 
 9. Explain the earliest form of arithmetical notation em- 
 ployed by the Greeks, and on what monuments it occurs. Also 
 their later system, stating to what antiquity it can be traced 
 back. What was the true source of the latter, and how is it 
 indicated by the ciphers for 6 and 90 % What is the cVicny/zos % 
 
 What theory has been propounded concerning the origin of 
 the Roman system of notation % What was its ancient cipher 
 for 100? 
 
 1 The elder Scipio Africanus was tlie a C-ompany was formed for enclosing the 
 
 son of P. Cornelius Scipio, who, with his Essex marshes, during the removal of the 
 
 brother Cnaeus, was killed in Spain, B.c soil at St. Peter's Head. 
 
 211. By 'Litt. Sax.' was meant, during the 
 
 The younger, P. C. Scipio Aemilianus latter Roman period, the coast of Suffolk 
 
 AfHcanus Minor, was, by birth, the second and Norfolk. * Wright, p. 392. 
 
 Bon of L. Aem. Paulus, the conqueror of By 'Valentia,' the country lying N. of 
 
 Macedonia, by his first wife Papiria. He the Picts^ Wall, and including Northum- 
 
 was adopted by his cousin P. C Scipio berland, Dumfries^ etc. — 'Ins. R.' was 
 
 Africanus, the elder son of the great Afri- Britain itself. 
 
 canus by his wife Aemilia, sister of Aemilius By 'Bel. (or E<?1.) Prom.,' the Lands 
 
 Paulus. The passage from Virgil is jEn. End. * Wright's The Celt, the Roman, 
 
 vi. 843. and the Saxon, to which students are re- 
 
 3 TTie places are, respectively, { I.) Brad- ferred, and Notes and Queries, fourth 
 
 well-juxta-Mare, Essex; (2.) Dover; (3.) Series, iv. 317. 
 
 Lymne: M Brancasier: {s.)BurihCastle: The chief stations of the legions were 
 
 (6.)Jieculver;(7.)Jiichiorough;(S.)'BTam- (i.) Deva (Chester), Legio xx. ; (2.) Isca 
 
 Der Castle, near Shoreham : (9.) Pevensey. {Caerleon), Legio il ; (3.)Eburacum(Kor;t), 
 
 The first was discovered in 1864, when Legio vi. 
 
1 1 8 Exanii7iation Papers, 
 
 Translate — 
 
 Janus — digitis ita figuratis ut trecentorum quinquaginta quin- 
 que dierum nota, per significationem anni, temporis et asvi 
 se deum indicaret.* 
 
 lo. What was the primitive coinage of the Romans, and 
 from what nation derived ? Explain * Nummi scortei,' * Nummi 
 fictiles.' What author mentions their use at Rome ? Give the 
 dates of the first coinage there of silver and of gold, and the 
 denominations of the pieces. Explain * Bigati,' ' Serrati.' 
 
 The lowest rate of interest known under the Empire was 
 * Trientis usura ;' give this in modern terms. 
 
 Translate — 
 
 * Duobus scyphis H.S |XII. | aestimatis,' — 'Pytheas, cujus duae 
 unciae X. X. venierunt.' "^ 
 
 * Conturbabit Atlas et non erit uncia tota : 
 Tecum ut decidat non habet aula Jovis.'* 
 
 11. Translate — 
 
 d7r€<f>0ov xP^^ov T€a-cra/oa, rpia 17/itTaAavTa €Ka(rTOV cA- 
 Kovra — \€(ov cXkwv a-raOfiov e^So/xov "qfiLTaXavTOu, 
 dTreTOLKr] yap avrov reraprov T^/xtraAavTov.* 
 
 12. Derive S/aa^/x^, o^oAos, Ilvy/xatot, IkttAc^/jos Bpo/xos : 
 
 1 See Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 253, Obs. 4. The passage is from Pliny, H. N. xxxiv. 
 
 It is found, among other monuments, on 16 (ed. Tauchn.) See Dicty. of Biogy. 
 
 the Arundel marbles, and dates, according s. v. J amis. 
 
 to some authorities, from the time of Solon 2 n_ Scortei, n. fictiles, are coins of 
 
 (B.C. 594). * It is impossible, from any ex- leather and earthenware respectively, 
 
 isting records or monuments, to fix the date They are mentioned by S. Jerome, who 
 
 of the origin of Gk. arithmetical notation.' says of Numa, * Capitolium quoque a fun- 
 
 — *Peacock, § 42. The later system was, damentis aedificavit, et congiarium dedit 
 
 in origin, Phoenician or Hebrew. See asses ligneos etjc<7r/£'^j.' Hieron. CAn;«. 
 
 Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 16; Neiu Crat. §§ 153 sub anno mccc. {Opera, viii. p. 426, ed. 
 
 seqq. By kn., considered as a technical VaJlarsi.) 
 
 numerical term, is meant ' the indicating The dates are 269 and 207 B.C. See 
 
 letter:' thus e^. /Saw was the name given Diet. Ant. s. v. Denarius.— Triens=4 per 
 
 to the character which supplied the place cent, per annum. —H.S. |XIl|=i2,ooo se»- 
 
 in the Gk. alphabet of the Hebrew Vau. lerces. For this and the following, see 
 
 (Peacock, § 44.) For the R. notation, see Plin. H. N. xxxiiu 55, but the readings 
 
 Varron. ch. 7, § 7. * Dean Peacock's vary : X. X. appears tci bo 10,000 denariL 
 
 Treatise on Arith. in the Encycl. Metrop., See atite, page 114. 
 
 1829, to which the student is referred, as * Mart. ix. 3. 
 
 also to Girdlestone's Arith. § 13. * Hdt. 1. 50. 
 
b 
 
 Exammation Papers, 119 
 
 cxlum, cosna^ convicium^ infitias ire^ extemplo^ incitega^ sigillum^ 
 immanisy segnis^ securus, silicernium, simplex^ Manius, Scipioy 
 Thorius Furius^ Agrippa^ Cocles^ Maficinus, 
 
 Give the exact sense of candor, simplicitas^ vanitas, 
 urhanitas.^ 
 
 \Trinity College Scholarships, 1866.] 
 
 LVII. 
 
 1. What does Cicero mean by varepov TrpoTepov^OfirjpiKws'i 
 Describe briefly the adventures of Ulysses after leaving Troy 
 till he arrived in Phseacia. 
 
 What appear to have been Homer's notions of Geography 1 
 Mention any words used in different senses in the Iliad and 
 Odyssey, or any other apparent discrepancies.^ 
 
 2. What is known of the historians Berosus, Menander, and 
 Manetho ? Have any of their works been preserved, and in 
 what form 1 
 
 1 Convicium, from con, vox. Incitega Codes, connected with oculus. Donalds, 
 
 is a corruption of ayyo^Kij, or eyyud^jtrj. New Crat. § 154, derives from cceculus. 
 
 SeeVici. Ant. s.\.—Immanis is said to ilfa«<:i«w^, connected with ;«««««, which 
 
 be the opp. of Manis, good, from which is, properly, one maimed in, or who has 
 
 weha.vc Di Manes. See Diet. Ant. i.w. lost, a hand. Juv. iii. 48. 
 
 Mana, Manes.— Silicemiunt, see Parry Ca«^r=pure bright whiteness, especi- 
 
 on Ter. Ad. iv. 2. ^%.—Manitts is said to ally produced by excessive heat : hence in 
 
 be derived from mane, a.nd=om born in our sense of refined uprightness. 
 
 tlie morning. — Scipio, from aKCnuv, a staff 6"/w//i<:«Vaj=single-heartedness, with no 
 
 — Lat. scipio. (Liv. v. 41. 7.) The name is duplicity in the character, 
 
 said to have been given to a Cornelius be- Fa«iVaJ=unsubstantiaIness in any way. 
 
 cause he served as a staff in directing a [/rl>anitas=' c'lty-mannerism,' whether 
 
 blind father (^patrcm pro baculo regebat, — in a good or bad sense : most commonly in 
 
 Macrob. Sat. i. 6, ad fin.) Munro on the former. 
 
 Lucr. iii. 1034. ^ %^q ad Att.K. \(>. x. The allusion ap- 
 
 In Thorius Furius the latter name is a pears to be to Homer s passing at once in 
 
 kind of translation of the former, which is medias res, and introducing explanatory 
 
 {rom.Qo\)pKO<i, fierce. details after the subject had begun. See, 
 
 Agrippa is said, by Plin. H. N. vii. 6, to e.g., Iliad'x. 
 
 be from cegri partus ; the name is applied On Homer generally, see Crete's Greece, 
 
 to a birth at which the child is presented ch. 16; 'M.urtt's Literature o/Greece ; Hay. 
 
 wiih feet foremost, and, therefore, given man's Odyssey, vol. i., Introduction, 
 ^irth to with difficulty. 
 
I20 
 
 Examhiation Papers, 
 
 Trace the influence of Alexander's conquests, and especially 
 the founding of Alexandria, on the language and literature of 
 the world. What was the literary rival of Alexandria 1 De- 
 scribe the introduction and progress of the study of the Greek 
 language at Rome.* 
 
 3. What light has been thrown on Babylonian history by 
 modern discoveries % 
 
 What is known of their system of calculation, and of their 
 weights and measures % 
 Derive /xva, KaSos, jSlkos.^ 
 
 4. Who were the SLaLTrjTai at Athens, and how appointed 1» 
 Distinguish SiKai and ypa<f>ai.* Explain y/aa^at aTrpoa-Taa-iov, 
 eTTLTpoinjs, €^ov\rj<;, and the phrases t^v firj ova-av diArtAax^tv, 
 v7r(Ofio(Ttaj SttafxocTia, TrapdcTTacrLS.^ 
 
 5. Translate, explaining the construction, and illustrating by 
 parallel passages : — 
 
 1 Berosus lived in the reign of Antiochus 
 II. (B.C. 261-246). Fragments of his work 
 XoAfiaiKa are preserved in Josephus, Euse- 
 bius, and elsewhere. See Donalds. Lit. 
 Gr. L 329. 
 
 The date of Menander of Ephesus, or 
 Pergamus, is quite uncertain (Donalds, 
 Lit. Gr. L 330) : fragments are foimd in 
 Josephus. 
 
 Manetho lived in the reigns of Pt. the 
 son of Tragus, and Pt. Philadelphus : he 
 was an E. priest, and was the first to give 
 in Gk. an account of the doctrines, history, 
 etc. , of his native country. His great work 
 was an E. history in three books : fragments, 
 in Josephus. (Donalds. Lit. Gr. L 326.) 
 
 For some account of Alexandria, see 
 Donalds, Lit. Gr. i. 256 sef^. The literary 
 rival city was Pergamus, famous for its 
 parchment copies, as A. was for those on 
 papyrus, 
 
 2 See Dicty. of Geogy. s. w. Babylon, 
 Babylonia: Diet. Ant. s. vv. Pondera, 
 Mensuree. Mi/a, from Hebrew tnanek— 
 weight, and containing the same root as 
 moneta, moiuy. 
 
 KoJof, from same root as xa.vla.vt\.v , to 
 contain. 
 
 piKOi, oriental word for n-tdo?, a wine-jar. 
 
 • The S. were of two kinds, (i.) public, 
 (2.) private, and were persons to whom the 
 decision of disputed points was referred, in 
 preference to their being taken into court. 
 The public S. were, most likely, appointed 
 by the several tribes : the private by mutual 
 agreement between the contehding parties. 
 
 * Acrr;, a private suit or action : ypa^rj, a 
 public indictment. 
 
 6 y. dir/>. was when a resident alien at A, 
 did not choose a TrpocrTdTTj? or patron from 
 among the citizens. See Dem. c. Lacnt. 
 940; and cf. Soph. O. K. 411: wot' oi» 
 Kpe'oi^o? irpooTOiTOu yeyfiaxj/ofuii. y. ef . (i. ) 
 actio rei judicatee, for contempt of court. 
 (2.) a. und* vi, brought by a person vio- 
 lently ejected from his property. — rr/i» ftrj 
 uvcTttV (SiatTttv sc.) di'TiA.:i=:to get a decision 
 of a SiouTTp-q? set aside as false or ground- 
 less. — viru>/yi.=an application lor delay on 
 affidavit. — fii(>>^.=an oath taken by both 
 parties at the avaKpcaiv, or preliminary 
 examination before an archon as to whether 
 an action would lie, — rrop, was a small de- 
 posit by way of court-fee : also used of the 
 drachma paid as a fee to the JtaiTirnjv. 
 
Examination Paper^^^ ^'^^^^ i 
 a. Suo-aiytjTos yap «" V C^ , .^ ^ ^..^ . . J' 
 
 CITJV TOiavSc /A^ OV KaTOLKT€Lp<J)V 15/MlV.* ' ^* ^^ 
 
 ^. aXA' ovK €7r' OjO^i^Tois yc TOis cftot? Xoyois.' 
 ^. opo /Li^ ovx ovru) ravr' €X"-* 
 
 //. cTreira TTfpt twv fi€yL<rr(i)v Kiv8vv€vovTa<s Se^dfxevoi ws 
 av /;taAt(rTa /otera d€i[xv7](TT0V /xapTvpiov ti)v X^P''^ 
 KaTad-qa-de (al. Kara^ctcr^c).* 
 Which do you prefer ? Discuss the question of the use of av 
 with future. 
 
 €. 6 fir) prjdels Xoyo? alrtav av irapdarxoi ws, C6 JAcx^i?, 
 
 (TWTTy/otos av ^v.^ 
 f. €K€ivov Tov veavLCTKOv Tov Savct(ravTa c^yjiraTrjo-av w? 
 €7r' iXevOepois rots xPlf^^^'' Saveifo/Acvot.' 
 What is meant by a tertiary predicate?' 
 
 1 Soph. <E</, 7>r. 12. See Jelf, (;/&. Gr. 
 § 750. 3 ; Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 529, Obs. i, 
 § 530, Obs. 603 ; Journal o/C. andS. Phi- 
 lology, vol. L 309. 
 
 In the last-named authority, the usage is 
 said to be epexegetic, and with reference 
 to a suppressed protasis, the author stating 
 that some idea like /xij fle'Awv is to be sup- 
 plied from 0)5 (9eA.ovTos a.v in the preceding 
 line : he would translate, ' As I should be 
 devoid of pity, if I were not to be willing, 
 that is to say, if,' etc. He compares v. 
 220 : ov ydp av fxaKpav Ixvevov avrbs firi ovk 
 <Xcov Ti »TVfx/3oAov, and O. C. 360. The 
 ordinary explanation is, that /jitj ov is used 
 after a negative notion, or a phrase equiva- 
 lent to a negative notion, where, in Latin, 
 ^uin with subj. would beused. The passage, 
 V. 12, is=to TO fiTj SvcrdkYlTOV eTvai. KU)\vet 
 »*ij oit KaroiKreCpeiv, and v. 221 may be re- 
 solved in a similar way. Cf. Xen. An. ii. 
 3. II : uJore iracriv aicrxyvriv eTvat firj ov 
 <TVOTrou6a^€iv. 
 
 ' An tig. 556. See L. and S. J. r. eni, 
 B. i. g, and Donalds, in loc. 
 
 s Plato. See Jelf, Gk. Gr. § 814, 
 
 * Thucyd. i. 33. i. The following version 
 IS taken almost verbatim from the Guar- 
 dian for Sept. 16, 1868, p. 1048. 'By re- 
 ceiving as your allies men whose highest 
 interests are at stake, you would invest 
 
 your favour to the best advantage, with an 
 acknowledgment of the debt which time 
 can never cancel. ' kox. is a metaphor from 
 banking. The reading Karadeio^e is pre- 
 ferable. See Jelf, Gk. Gr. § 870, Obs. 4 ; 
 for av with fut. ind., ib. § 424, 5 ; Donalds. 
 Gk. Gr. § 505. 
 
 5 Thucyd. iii. 53. 3. Donalds. Gk. Gr. 
 § 502 (S. aa). 
 
 * Dem. 930. 13. Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 496. 
 The best example for showing the contrast 
 between the active and middle voices is the 
 epigram (Ant A. Z'. ix. 13) on a blind man, 
 who could walk, carrying a lame man who 
 could see ; TroSas xp^aas, 0ju./u.aTa xp-qva- 
 /w.evos — lending feet, borrowing eyes. — See 
 Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 432 cc. 
 
 7 A predicate generally is a substantive, 
 adjective, or participle, expressing that 
 which is asserted (prcedicatum) of the sub- 
 ject or object. 
 
 Tertiary predicates are oblique cases of 
 substantives, adjectives, and participles, in 
 apposition with the object, and are used 
 when there is some sort of »rp6\»j»^is or an- 
 ticipation of a primary or secondary pre- 
 dication in the nominative case. (Donalds. 
 Gk. Gr. § 489.) Thus, in the passage given, 
 we have the anticipation of ct rd xp.» •^' 
 oTs ihavei^ovTO, cAevdepa Jiv, 
 
122 Examination Papers. 
 
 g. irpXv av KoX ol hovkoi koX ot 8i' airopiav 8pa\fxrj<s av 
 ctTToSoyLtevot t^v TrokiVy Spa^^^fxrjs /LtcTc^oicv.^ 
 
 6. Give a brief account of Epaminondas, with dates. What 
 influence did he exercise on the history of Greece ? Compare 
 the Macedonian and Boeotian tactics. 
 
 7. What was the relative power, in theory and in fact, of 
 the consuls, the senate, and the Roman people, at the time of 
 the Second Punic War? 
 
 8. Explain briefly but precisely the following terms with 
 reference to the history, government, antiquities, or topography 
 of Rome : — Imperium ; Auctoritas ; Populus ; Curia ; Plebs ; 
 Classis ; Comitia ; Colonia ; Praetor ; Miles ; Centuria ; 
 Tribus ; Dictator ; Magister equitum ; Populus Romanus 
 Quiritium ; Roma quadrata ; Septimontium ; Mons ; Collis ; 
 ColUni ; lapus Quirini ; Esquiliae ; Mcenia ; Pomerium ; Pos- 
 sessio ; Exilium ; Pecunia ; Scribere ; Sella curulis.* 
 
 9. Give a summary of the argument in any one of the fol- 
 lowing works, Cicero's Z>e Finibus^ Tusculan Disputations^ De 
 Officiis, or the first and second books of Lucretius.* 
 
 1 Xen. Hell. ii. 3. 48. This is from a Tusculum, we have a discussion between 
 speech of Theramenes in reply to Critias. Cicero and Cato on the relative merits of 
 The peculiarity is 7rpivai'...jLieTexoiev. See the systems of Ethics put forth by the dis- 
 Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 583 y, and note ; Jelf, ciples of Plato, and Aristotle, and those of 
 Gk. Gr. § 848. 5 (a). Zeno. 
 
 2 For Rotn. Quadr., see Dicty. Geogy. They^«r/A book details the argument of 
 s. V. Roma, pp. 724, 726, 727. For Septi- the New Academy against the Stoics. 
 tnonttum, ib. p. 734. In Xhefifth book, of which the scene is 
 
 ' In the De Finibus the opinions of the laid at Athens, M. Pupius Piso expounds 
 Gk. schools of philosophy on the Supreme fully the ideas of Aristotle and his succes- 
 Good are discussed. Inthe^rj/book, C., sors as to the Summum Bonum. Cicero 
 in an imaginary dialogue with L. Manlius states the objections of the Stoics, which 
 Torquatus, attacks the philosophy of Epi- are answered by Piso. 
 curus, particularly his doctrine that the In the Tusculan Disputations we have 
 Supreme Good is Pleasure, and the Supreme (Lib. i.) a discussion on the wisdom of de- 
 Evil, Pain. This is answered by Torqua- spising death, with an investigation of its 
 tus, who explains at length what the Epi- real nature. Next (Lib. ii.), the endurance 
 cureans really held to be i^Soi^, of pain is dwelt upon. The next two books 
 
 In the second book we have the argu- prove that the wise man is insensible to sor- 
 
 ments of the Stoics against the whole rowand exempt fromall mental disquietude, 
 
 system. "Yhe fifth book determines that virtue is, in 
 
 In the third book, the scene of which itself, sufficient to secure happiness, 
 
 is laid in the villa of young LucuUus at The treatise De Officiis discusses, in 
 
Examination Papers. 
 
 12 
 
 10. Compare Niebuhr's or Arnold's estimate of Cicero, and 
 Caesar's character and policy with that given by Mommsen 
 or Napoleon in. ; and state which you are inclined to agree 
 with.i 
 
 11. a. Explain why several letters in the Latin Alphabet 
 
 have a different position from that which they have 
 in the Greek. 
 b. Give the reason for the forms of the following words 
 derived from Greek : — dracuma^ mina, Hercules, 
 Hecuba, ^sculapius, turunda, plctcenta, amphora. 
 
 Book i., the nature of the honestum, with 
 its four subdivisions of 5"a/tV«/iVi, Justitia, 
 Fortitudo, Temperantia : in Book il the 
 utile is considered : in Book iii. the relative 
 merits of utile and honestum. This book 
 contains a number of difficult cases of con- 
 science, among which may be mentioned 
 the stories of Gyges (cap. 9), of Canius and 
 Pythius (14), Regulus (26), Hannibal's pri- 
 soners (32. See Liv. xxii. 58). 
 
 The subjects of the several books of 
 Lucretius are — (i.) The wretchedness of 
 religio (superstition). (2.) The eternity of 
 matter. (3.) The corpuscular theory. (4.) 
 The theory of the senses. (5. ) Cosmogony, 
 physical and metaphysical. (6.) Natu- 
 ral phenomena, disease — the Plague at 
 Athens. 
 
 In i., beginning with an address to Venus, 
 the universal mother, to help him to de- 
 scribe the nature of things, and especially 
 to secure peace, that Memmius, to whom 
 the poem is dedicated, may be able to at- 
 tend to his poem, we have the abject state 
 of men under religio described, till Epicurus 
 came: sacrifice of Iphigenia : the nature of 
 the soul, its origin, its state after death : 
 first principle of nature : a definite origin 
 necessary for everything : nothing can be 
 reduced to nothing : all nature consists of 
 body: doctrine of first-beginnings: ideas 
 of Heraclitus about fire shown to be absurd : 
 the doctrine of Anaxagoras also defective : 
 the book concludes with an appeal for at- 
 tention while he applies what he has been 
 stating about atoms and void to explain the 
 system of the universe (vv. 921-950). 
 
 Book ii. — Transcendent delights and ad- 
 vantages of philosophy : nature of atoms 
 explained : by them everything comes into 
 and goes out of being : their ceaseless 
 motion : they swerve imperceptibly from 
 the perpendicular : though the several 
 atoms are in motion, yet the universe ap- 
 pears to be at rest because we cannot trace 
 their motion : they have many shapes, but 
 the number of different shapes is finite, and 
 yet the number of atoms of each shape is 
 infinite: atoms have no colour, because 
 coloiu^ must have light, and atoms never 
 come to the light, but beget colour by their 
 motions, by which fact we may account for 
 changes of colour : furthermore, they are 
 without heat, cold, sound, flavour, or smell. 
 There are more worlds than one : there 
 cannot be gods, for they could not rule all 
 the worlds. On Lucretius generally, see, 
 besides Prof. Munro's m.isterly edition, 
 Oxford Essays, 1855 ; Sellar's Roman 
 Poets of the Republic, 199-336, especially 
 228-237 : Macmillan's Mag. xii. 49, xviii. 
 i>97; Journal of C. and S. Phil. i. 21, 
 252, 372, iv. 121, 287; yournal of Philo- 
 logy, i. 114. 
 
 1 See (i.) Niebuhr's Lectures on R. 
 Hist. vol. iii. (ed. Schmitz). (2.) Arnold's 
 Later Roman Commonwealth, ii. 107 seqq. 
 (Caesar), 212 seqq. (Cicero). (3.) Momm- 
 sen's Rome, Book v. c. 11 (Caesar) ; ib. c 
 la (Cicero). (4.) Napoleon's Julius Ccesar, 
 i- 399. 485 ; "• 428, 5". 571. 579. 608. The 
 sketch of Caesar by Mommsen is the most 
 graphic : that by Napoleon represents liim 
 more as an intriguer than a genius. 
 
124 Examination Papers. 
 
 c. Account for the following barbarous spellings of 
 
 words, and give in each case the true spelling, 
 
 with your reasons : — coelum^ coma, coenum^ quatuor, 
 
 connectOf connubiiim^ conditio^ ditio^ solatium^ tentare, 
 
 secius, audumnus^ eumdem^ inperatory litera^ solmnis^ 
 
 suspicio (noun), Caius^ Cneius. 
 
 12. State, with sufficient examples, the leading rules which 
 
 determine the moods and tenses used in the Latin Oratio 
 
 Obliqua. 
 
 \Trinity College Scholarships ^ 1867.] 
 
 LVIII. 
 
 I. How were dates recorded at Athens, Sparta, and Argos, 
 in the time of Thucydides ? Explain the method of reckoning 
 by Olympiads. When and by whom was it introduced V What 
 year B.c. corresponds to 01. 87. 2 ? 
 
 Arrange the following events in chronological order, and 
 give the date (b.c.) of each : — the (i.) commencement and (2.) 
 termination of the Peloponnesian War ; (3.) the expulsion of 
 thd Pisistratidae ; (4.) the formation of the Achaean league ; 
 (5.) the return of the Heraclidae ; (6.) the death of Socrates ; 
 {7.) the peace of Antalcidas ; (8.) the capture of Corinth by 
 Mummius ; the battles of (9.) Arbela, (10.) Chaeronea; 
 (ii.) Himera, (12.) Mantinea, (13.) Marathon, and (14.) 
 Salamis.*^ 
 
 9.. Draw a * stemma Caesarum,' showing the relationship of 
 Tiberius, Claudius, and Nero to Augustus and to each other.' 
 
 1 See Dicty. Antiq. s. v. Chronologia. were also battles at the same place in 418, 
 
 2 The order is 5, 3, 13, " and 14, i, 2, 295, 242, 207. , , , 
 6 7, 12, 10. 9, 4, 8 : the several dates, 1104, . + ^^'^'P's victory : there was also a battle 
 
 ' in A.A*j 
 
 510, 490, 480, 431, 404, 399. 387. *362, 1338, ^J- . 
 
 280 ia6 b c Tibenus was the son of Livia, and step- 
 
 ♦' This supposes the battle in which Epa- son of Augustus, 
 
 minondas was killed to be meant : there Claudius was the son of Nero CI. Drusus, 
 
Examination Papers. 125 
 
 3. Draw a map of Roman Britain, marking the chief towns 
 and the main roads. 
 
 Quote from the Latin poets any passages you remember in 
 which mention is made of Britain, its inhabitants and products.* 
 
 4. * They may talk as they will of the dead languages. Our 
 auxiliary verbs give us a power which the ancients, with all their 
 varieties of mood and inflection of tense, never could attain.' * 
 Discuss this proposition, and bring examples to confirm or 
 refute it. 
 
 5. Translate the following into Greek and Latin : — 
 
 a. The defendant left the court while the plaintiff was 
 
 speaking." 
 
 b. The arbitrator shall not give his decision till both 
 
 parties have produced their witnesses.* 
 
 c. The bankers will lend no money except upon good 
 
 security.' 
 
 d. A certain merchant borrowed £,^00 at six per cent. 
 
 per annum.' 
 
 e. The bakers, butchers, and vintners would only sell 
 
 for ready money. ^ 
 
 and nephew, on the fether's side, of Tibe- a.v tovs fidprvfyas vapa<rTri<ru)(rt,v *o re Siti- 
 
 rius. K<ov KoX 6 ijyevyuv. 
 
 Nero was the son of Cn. Domitius and * Or ot SioiStJca^o^evoi. 
 
 Agrippina the younger, the daughter of Ante quam utrique testes adhibuerint, 
 
 Germanicus and Agrip. the elder : the is, quem penes rei arbitrium, judicium ne 
 
 mother of Nero afterwards married Clau- fecerit, 
 
 dius, though her own uncle : Nero would, 6 'Et fuf eirl a^iax^ rai? eyyvai? Savet^eif 
 
 therefore, be at once his stepson and grand- ov* kOeXovirw ol rpane^rax. 
 
 nephew. Pecuniam, nisi certis nominibus, mu- 
 
 tuam praebere nolunt mensarii. 
 
 1 See Hor. C. iii. 4. 33, L 35. 29, iv. 14. e 'EttI \rpi<riv o/SoAoI? /utvas aioucoo-ux? 
 
 47, i, 21. 14 ; Virg. Eel. i. 67 ; Juv. iv. 141, iBaveL^€T6 av9p<ono^ rts eViropo?. 
 
 X. 14, XV. 124 ; Mart. xL S3. xiv- 99- t See Donalds. Gk. Gr. p. 640, and Dici. 
 
 Ant. s. V. Fenus. 
 
 Southey. Sestertia centum ex semisse mutua ac- 
 
 • Meroi^v Aryotn-o? tov iiwKoi/TO?, toC 
 
 cepit e negotiatoribus quidam. 
 
 "f Ei \u\ eirl Trapoi^t to) apyvpiy ircoXeti 
 
 StKflwmjpuw efnei o Aevvoji/. . »/, , » • < - x 
 
 ^ . ,. . .A ovK yfi^Kov ovre ot aproTrwAat, ovt« 01 Kpeo- 
 
 Quum jam diceret actor, excessit e curiS ,'„,.-, 
 
 ^ '' n-(i>Xai, ovre 01 on'OTrcoAai. 
 
 Nisi praesente pecuniS vendere noJe 
 
 * 'Ttp fiiaiTTj-rn fiiaiTav ovk efe'orou irptv bant turn pistores turn lanii turn cauponia. 
 
126 
 
 Exaynijtation Papers. 
 
 f. In consequence of the frauds of his agent he became 
 
 bankrupt.* 
 
 g. The ship was lost with its crew and freight of gold 
 
 and silver plate, cameos and precious stones, 
 curiosities of all kinds, tapestry, costly household 
 furniture, etc.^ 
 h. I wish he had come yesterday or the day before, 
 that I might have spoken with him.' 
 
 6. Give the derivation and various meanings of the following 
 words : — annona, augur, bidental^ liceo and liceor, litura^ momen- 
 tum, nundince, patrimus, profanus, religio, tripudiuni. Quote 
 any passage you remember in which any one of these words 
 occurs with a rare signification.* 
 
 7. Discuss the origin and meaning of the proverbs: — (i.) 
 Atos Ko/3tv^os,® (2.) act KoAotos wa/aa KoAotov,* (3.) Mvcrwj/ Acia,^ 
 
 1 * Hapa 5e Tovs tou t ejriTpoTrou <^evaKi<r- 
 /uLoir; a.vt<TKtv6jao.TO cjceivos. 
 
 * Dem. 43. t lb. 819. 
 
 Procuratoris propter res male gestas foro 
 cedere coactus est. 
 
 2 AvTOis 6e Toi? avSpaai koI tw yo/xtp 
 evawayijo-e rh TrXoiov" eyeyefiia-ro 6e XP^"''^' 
 ixara, koX apyvpufiara, koL iKTUtroifiara, koX 
 kiOot,, KoX KetfA^Xia navrola, koX raTnjTCS, 
 KOX lirnrXa 7roXvTeAe<rTaTa, koX to. A.oiJra. 
 
 Cum nautis et mercibus periit navis: 
 inerat autem aurum atque argentum csela- 
 tum, anaglypta, gemmae, cujuscunque ge- 
 neris ornamenta, aulsea, supellex lautior, 
 res alia permultae. 
 
 ' 'CUftekev ri x^«S ikOelv ^ np<or}v, ojtws 
 Siekex^v- 
 
 Vellem ilium aut heri venisse aut nu- 
 dius tertius, ut cum illo collocutus forem. 
 
 * Liceo=l am put up to sale. *Liceor=. 
 I make a bid at a sale. See Caes. B. G. 
 i. 18 : Illo *licente, contra liceri audebat 
 nemo. The words are prob. connected 
 with SiK-ri. 
 
 Nundince (novem dies)=a market, in 
 Clc. Phil. V. 4. II. 
 
 Religio, see Varron. chap. xiii. § 8. 
 
 Tripudium, from terra, and pavire, to 
 strike, was the phrase used when the sacred 
 fowls ate so greedily that the food dropt 
 
 to the ground from their lips. This was 
 called tripudiunt Solistimum. See Qc 
 <j5? Divin. ii. 34. 72 ; Liv. x. 40 : Cum pulli 
 non pascerentur, . . . tripudium, solisti- 
 mum nuntiavit. The word is also used to 
 describe the dance of the Salii, Liv. i. 20. 3. 
 An etymology is gfiven in Cic /. c, but this 
 is doubtful. 
 
 * This proverb, occurring Pind. N. vii. 
 ult., et alibi, is used of persons who keep 
 saying the same thing over and over again. 
 According to the Scholiast on Ar. Ran. 
 439, it arose from a herald saying over and 
 over again to the people of Megara, on their 
 revolting from Corinth, ov#c ave^erai vyJav 
 6 TOU Albs Kopivflo?, and continuing the 
 same strain till the M., in disgust, called 
 out trale, jroue, tov A. K. The actual words 
 allude to a certain Corinthus, the son of 
 Zeus, whom the people of C. claimed as 
 their founder. The Schol. /. c. gives other 
 explanations, and refers, amongst them, 
 the jrate, irate, k.t.X., to a quarrel between 
 C. and Corcyra. 
 
 • This, equivalent to ' Birds of a feather,' 
 etc., is foimd in Aristotle, Eih. N. viil 1. 
 6. Rk. L II. 25. 
 
 f Appears to have arisen either from the 
 peaceful disposition, or the effeminacy, of 
 the Mysians. Another is Muawr i<r\'a.TO%, 
 
Examination Papers. 127 
 
 (4.) ri\<^ 6 ^Aos,» (5.) Bovi clitellas imponere,' (6.) Nulla dies 
 
 sine linea,' (7.) Modium salis simul edere.* 
 
 8. Correct the errors in the following passage, and write it 
 
 out with the proper accents, breathings, and stops : — 
 aXXa €fJLO<s aet ttot/xos €v ttvkvu) ^€ov 
 T/so^o) KVKXeLTai KUL /xcTaAAao'cret <fiV(TLV 
 (ocnrep Se <r€X'qvr)<s oi/'ts €V<f)pova<s 8vo 
 (rrrjvai SwaraL av ovnore ev fJt'Op<f>r) /xia 
 aA,Aa €^ aSrjXov TrptoTOV €p\eTai vea 
 irpocroyira KaXXvvovcra Kai irXrjptaixcvr) 
 Kai oravirep avrrjs €vy€V€(rTaT7) <^avet 
 TraXiv SiappcL Kai ctti fx-qScv €p)(€TaL.^ 
 
 [ Trinity Scholarships, 1868.] 
 
 LIX. 
 
 I. Give an account of Max Miiller's theory of roots as the 
 
 elementary form of language." What are Plato's (Cratylus), 
 views of the origin of language % and Locke's, of the source 
 
 whence 'words are ultimately derived?'^ State very briefly 
 
 any other prevailing theories of the origin of language. 
 
 Plat. Tkeeetet. ^oc) b. Cf. Cic. pro Flacco. taken up with other employments, ' ut non, 
 
 27. 65 : Si quis despicatui ducitur, My- lineam ducendo, exerceret artem.' 
 
 sorum ultimus esse dicitur. * See this passage for Ne sutor sufra 
 
 1 This is found in Ar. Polit. v. ii (9, crepidam. 
 
 alii)> § 13 ^^? -^ap ^Xo? eKKpoverai is the * Referred to in Cic. De Anttcit. 19. 67. 
 
 complete form : Ar. is speaking of the as- The meaning is that, before we can count 
 
 sociates of tyranny, and says xP>?<»'if*oi 01 any one as a real friend, we ought to have 
 
 jToi^pol els TO. novrjpa- TJA.a) -yap, k.t.\., * for been for a long time on the most intimate 
 
 one nail drives out another.' terms with him. See also L. and S. J. v. 
 
 * Cic Ati. V. 15. 3, as a quotation. * A oA?. 
 
 pack-saddle on an ass' almost='a hog in * Soph. Fragm. 713 (Dind.) 
 
 armour,' and said of the appointment of a • Led. on Language., first Series, 
 
 person to a task for which he is not fit. ' For some account of the dialogue of 
 
 ' This is said by Pliny, *H. N. xxxv. Plato, see New Cratylus, § 60 ; Grote's 
 
 36, § 12, to have originated from the prac- Plato, ii. 501 seqq. See also Plat. Cratyl. 
 
 tice of Apelles, who never had a day so 423 b : ovofia apa ktrrXv, ws eoixe, fiCfirifia 
 
128 Examination Papers, 
 
 2. Point out the local seats, and trace the affiliation, of the 
 existing branches of the Indo-Germanic family of languages, 
 in Europe. 
 
 3. Explain historically the distinction and appropriation of 
 * Provengal ' and ' French.' Derive and explain langue d'oc 
 and langue (Toyl, Trace the origin of the French and Italian 
 articles and demonstrative pronouns. Derive ici^ aussi^ autre, 
 m^me, aurai (fut. oiavoii^).^ 
 
 4. Dr. Donaldson (Varronianus), argues that the French 
 rather than the Italian represents the more perfect form of the 
 original Latin. Test this view by a comparison of words in 
 both languages with the Latin forms." 
 
 5. Give some account of the distribution of the populations, 
 and of the dialects spoken, in Italy south of the Po, during the 
 earlier period of the Roman Republic. 
 
 6. Explain from the derivation the meaning of declension and 
 case, and give the Greek and Latin equivalents. Criticise 
 ' nominative case,' genitive, dative, accusative, as applied to the 
 relations which the terminations of those cases are supposed 
 to represent. Give the Greek names of the five cases." What 
 traces are there of other cases, originally existing in the Greek 
 language ? and whence derived ? Distinguish appellative and 
 proper nouns. 
 
 7. Define mood (of a verb). What is the general and funda- 
 
 ^}n\<i eicetVow o \i.i\UiTo.t. kox opofid^ei. 6 Qi^ello=il\e. — Ecc' ibi, alter ecc' ibi^ alter, 
 
 /xt/*ov/ui,evosT7j<^wvi7 0Tai//u.i/xi)Tai, and Stall- me ipsum, habeo habere. Donalds. K«r- 
 
 baum's Introduction, p. 15. See Locke's ron. pp. 451, 259, 457. 
 
 Essay, Book iii. c i, § 5, and, on words in „ ^ „ . ^ . . 
 
 general, c i-io. ^^^ Varron. c. xiv. § 6. The relations 
 
 1 On 'langue d'oc, see Phil. Mus. ii. 329 ; ^'" ^"^ ^«<=" ^^ comparing EccUsta, Sglise, 
 
 Donalds. *Farron. c. xiv. § Z.-Le, la, Chiesa: Pater,pire,padre : Palea^pailU. 
 
 from ille, illa.-S^^ * ib. x. § 3. The ^^^^'^' ^owina, dame, donna: Apis, 
 
 Italian articles tl, lo, la, may be easily ''^''^^^ ""^^ ' Capillus, ckeveu, capello : 
 
 traced, as also their inflections, such as del, Polia,Jeuille,/oglia ; Focus, feu, fuoco ; 
 
 nel, col, pel, sul, gli, degli, agli, dagli, Feltx,feu,Jil. 
 
 cogli, t.\.c. The French dem. pronouns c^, * On the cases, etc., see Tartar's Gk. 
 
 cet, cette, celui, also explain themselves ; Synt. p. 61 ; Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 148 ; Jelf, 
 
 the Italian are ^K^j/o=hic, Coter lo='\stc, Gk. Gr. § 352. 
 
Examination Papers. 1 29 
 
 mental distinction of indicative and conjunctive mood in Latin ; 
 and the two main divisions of the usages of the conjunctive 
 mood in the 'leading proposition' (Madvig) or, in other 
 words, the independent sentence?* Illustrate any of these. '^ 
 
 Explain logically the epistolary use of the past tenses : — 
 dabam^ scribebam, habebam quod scriberem.^ 
 
 8. Explain grammatically the syntax of the following idioms : 
 — Kov €t SoKCt; warirep av €t Trats : * the accusative in [xkyia-ra 
 TifATjdyjvai, ravra (rrrevSeiv; dXyQ t^v K€<f>aXi^Vj vocrclv ocjidaX- 
 fiovSj iTTiTeTpafXfxcvoL rrjv <f>v\aK'qv.^ *12s dvayKaiov ovSeva ovtlv' 
 ovxi dfxioary€7ro)<s /x,eT€;>(€iv avrrjs.^ (tvv re 8v' epxofievo), koa. re 
 rrpo o Tov evorjcrev, ottttws KcpSos ey' jxovvo'S 8' etirep re vo'qa-y, 
 dWd T€ ot lipd(r<T<i)v re voos AcTrr^ 8e tc fiiJTis.'' Give an exact 
 translation of this. State and illustrate the several usages of 
 fxr) ov and ov p.-q.^ 
 
 Comment on regnata rura Phalanto^ and imperor (Hor.), 
 <f>6ovei(r6ai (to be envied), dva/SaOets (* mounted,' of a horse, 
 Xen. de re Eq. i. i). 
 
 9. Distinguish u-rkpyeiv^ c/>^»'> <f>tX€iVf dyair^v. Sei, yjpri^ 
 7rp€ir€ij '7rpocrrjK€i.^ Ordiri, incipere, inchoare (by the relation of 
 each to its implied opposite). Hie, iste, ille. Explain and 
 exemplify the distinctions and usages of quis, quisquam and 
 ullus, quispiam, quisque^ quidam, aliquis. Varius, diversus, 
 contrarius. 
 
 1 Madvig, Lat. Gr. § 346. iii. 357 ; Madvig, Lai. Gr. § 396, Ohs. 3. 
 
 ' The w^«?^ expresses the aspect or mode (6. ) Jelf, Gk. Gr. § 372, 4 ; Comm. on Eur. 
 
 under which an action is regarded. Farrar, Electr. 30 ; Hor. A. P. 56 ; Epist. L 5. 21 ; 
 
 Gk. Synt. p. 128. See also Public Schools Journal of Philology, i. 93 seqq. 
 
 Latin Primer, % \i,Z. » (1.) To love with natural affection; (2.) 
 
 ' Madvig, Lat. Gr. § 345. to love passionately; (3.) to love person- 
 
 * Plat. Gorg. 479 A. ^y=.amare ; (4. ) to love as a means of 
 
 * Thuc. i. 126. II. showing regard for=a?'/725f^r^. See Trench, 
 » Plat. Protag. 393 c. Syn. 0/ Gk. Test. § xii. ; Journal of 
 ' Horn. //. K. 224. Philology, L 88 seqq.—Ael, of a positive 
 8 See (i.) Jelf, Gk. Gr. § 432. (2.) L. obligation ; xPVj of a relative ; irpeirei.=it 
 
 and S. s. v. Kav. (3.) Wayte on Plat. Prot. is proper, with reference to the fitness of 
 
 /.<:., and 317 c. {4. ) Paley on //ro^f, /. c. / things; n-poo^Kei=it belongs. See Xen. 
 
 L. and S. s. v. re, A. i. 3 ; Donalds. Gk. Mem. iv. 7. i. — The words are severally 
 
 Gr. § 389. {5.) See Paley on Ov. Fast. contrasted with desitiere, pergere, perfi- 
 
130 Examination Papers, 
 
 10. Illustrate in Greek and Latin the grammatical and 
 rhetorical figures, (i.) (euy/xa, (2.) h Scot Svoii/, (3.) <rxw^ ""pos 
 TO (rq /xaivo fi€vov or ttjv (rvveoriv, (4.) (r\. Kad' oXov koX f^epos, 
 (5.) {nraWayrj, (6.) /ACTWVv/Ata, (7.) viroKopLcrfios ; (8.) diminu- 
 tiveSf Latin, Greek, and English, noting their various termina- 
 tions and usages.' 
 
 11. Explain the proverbs: — (i.) ko ivos *E/)/>t5s, KoAotos ttoti 
 KoAotoi/, Kcpafievs Kcpaiiet, (2.) to cAos irptacrdai koX tovs aA.as, 
 'Attikos TrdpoLKos, Mvawv A,€ia, (3.) cTTt ^v/aais t^v vSpiaVy 
 (4.) Atovvo-tos €v KopCvd(^, fi€Tapp€Lv (oo-TTcp Eu/3t7ro5 j and the 
 ' topic of comparative good,' to avrw Kal (xttAws. ^ 
 
 12. Give an outline of a civil process in an Attic court of 
 law. Explain Xayxoiveiv Slktjv (why Xayxdveiv 1), evOvSiKiOf 
 dvaKpLcrts, irpvTavfxa, 7rapa(rTa(ris, TrapaKara^oXi^, i^ovXrjs Sikt;, 
 v/3pLs (as a legal offence), kirirptTOL tokol. 
 
 13. Date in Olympiads and years B.C. the following events : 
 — the battles of Marathon, ^gospotami, Arginusae, Leuctra, 
 Chaeronea ; with the names of the parties engaged ; the peace 
 of Antalcidas, the foundation of Megalopolis, defeat of the 
 Mora by Iphicrates. Date Pharsalia, Philippi, Actium ; the 
 
 cere. — Varius refers to several distinct 2 Ar. Rhet. i. 7. 35. {\.) Kowot 'Ep/i^? 
 
 species, diversus to their different direc- = ' Shares ; ' hence the trait of the aicrxpo- 
 
 tions, contrarius to their opposition to each »cep5^5 in Theophr. 30 (\') : evpio-KO/xerwv 
 
 other. See Cic. Z)^ /?/»/«. ii. 26. 55 ; Virg, xaXKiav ('coppers') kv TaZ? 6601? v-kq tS)v 
 
 jEn, ii. 39, vi. 160 ; Ov. Trist. i. 3. 19. oiKedav, fieivos aTratn^aou to fiepo^, Koivbi' 
 
 1 See (i.) Farrar's *Gk. Synt. p. 195; elj/at ^^o-as tov 'Ep/xT^f. (2.) 'To take good 
 
 Jelf, Gk. Or. § 895 d. ; Madvig, Lat. Gr. and bad together.' See Ar. Rhet. ii. 23. 
 
 § 478, Obs. 4. The figure is especially 15. (3.) Sc. 6et?. See Comm. ii. i. 6. 22, 
 
 common in Tacitus, e.g.., Ann. ii. 20, vL ' aquam e loco remotiore petitamin foribus 
 
 21, 24. (2.) *Ib. p. 201. (3.) *Ib. p. 194; ipsis urceo incautius offenso profundere.' 
 
 Eur. Hec. 38 ; Virg. E. iii. 80-83. (4-) *-^^- ^i^rr. it. of a restless neighbour, 
 
 p. 77 ; Jelf, Gk. Gr. §§ 478, 584. (5.) *Ib. (4.) A. iv k.=' A great man out of luck,' 
 
 p. 198. {6.)Quintil., viii. 6. 23, says that of Dionysius the younger, exiled B.C. 
 
 the force of this figure is ' pro eo, quod 343- See Quintil. viiL 6. 5a. 
 
 dicitur, causam, propter quam dicitur, fieToppelv, k.t.K, of undecided charac- 
 
 ponere.' He instances Virg. y£"«. i. 177 ; ters. The ancients believed that the cur- 
 
 Hor. A. P. 63, 64. See Jelf, Gk. Gr. § rent of the Eur. changed seven times a 
 
 353. (7.) */3. p. 199. See Lucret. iv. 1160- day ; hence j^schin. 66 {c. Ctes. § 90), of 
 
 1 169; Hor. S. i. 3. 44 seqq.: Plat. Rep. Callias, a resident in Chalcis, jrXeiovs rpa.- 
 
 400 K, 474 B, 560 E ; (8. ) Donalds. Lat. nofjievo^ rpoTras tov 'E. nap' t>v wxet. Cf. 
 
 Gr. § 114. 2 KK ; Gk. Gr. § 361. 3// PAi/o- Plat. PAad. 90 C— See Cope's Introd. to 
 
 hg^ical Museum, i. 679. Ar. Rh. i. 9.29. Ar. Rhet. X2^segq. 
 
Examination Papers. 1 3 1 
 
 accession of Tiberius, Nero, Septimius Severus, Constantine, 
 the capture of Constantinople by the Turks. 
 
 Write in English, a.d. hi. Non. Jan. a.d. viii. Id. Jan. 
 A.D. XIV. Kal. Mart. a. d. v. Id. Mart.* 
 
 {Trinity Scholarships 1869.] 
 
 LX. 
 
 1. 'There are two methods by which Grammar may be 
 treated as a science : the one employs the researches of com- 
 parative philology, the other reasons from the facts and laws 
 of the human mind.' Give instances of the application of 
 each of these methods to the explanation of difficulties in 
 Latin syntax. 
 
 2. What language is represented by the Eugubine Tables % 
 When and where were they discovered, and of what do they 
 consist ? 2 
 
 3. Translate the following passages, explaining and illus- 
 trating what is remarkable in the usage of the negatives : — 
 
 a. Post si quis vellet te haud non velles dividi % « 
 
 b. Me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit 
 
 unquam, ne nunc senem. 
 
 c. Non modo ad expeditiones sed vix adquietas stationes 
 
 sufficiebant.* 
 
 d. Debebat Epicrates nummum nullum nemini. 
 
 e. Non medius fidius prae lacrimis possum reliqua nee 
 
 cogitare nee scribere.* 
 / Pr. censtur Bansae nep fuid ; nei, suae Q. fust, nep 
 eenstur fuid, nei, suae Pr. fust« 
 
 1 Iphicrates, B.C. 392=01. 97. i.— See 3 piaut. Aul. 242(11. 4. 7). 
 
 description in Xen. Hellen. iv. 5, * Liv. iii. 6. 8. 
 
 ' Sec Varronianus, cap. iii., and Smith's ' Cic. ad Att. ix. 12. i. 
 
 Dicty. o/Geogy. s. v. Iguvium. « Varronianus, cap. iv. §§ 3, 4. 
 
132 Examination Papers, 
 
 4. Explain the tense in the following passages : — 
 
 a. Jamque aderit multo Priami de sanguine Pyrrhus, 
 Natum ante ora patris, patrera qui obtruncai ad 
 
 aras.* 
 
 b. Quantum mutatus ab illo 
 Hectore, qui redit exuvias indutus Achilli.' 
 
 c. (Maiam) Idem Atlas gmerat^ caeli qui sidera tollit.^ 
 
 d. Ceciditque superbum 
 Ilium, et omnis \iMmofuinat Neptunia Troja.* 
 
 e. Cratera antiquum, quem dat Sidonia Dido.' 
 /. Valeri genus, unde Superbus 
 
 Tarquinius regno pulsus /2<^//.« 
 g, Barbatum hoc crede magistrum 
 
 Dicere, sorbitio quem tollit dira cicutae/ 
 Why cannot the doctrine of the historic present be strictly 
 applied to them ? 
 
 5. Within what limits is the Infinitive Mood in Latin used 
 like a noun substantive % 
 
 6. Examine the statement of Priscian, * Supina nominantur 
 quia a passivis participiis, quae quidam supina nominaverunt, 
 nascuntur,' — and explain the following : — Opsonatu redire ; 
 Cubitu surgere ; MiUtes ubi centuriatum aut decuriatum 
 venissent ; Tradunt . . . Neronem Britannici pueritiae illusum 
 isse ; Contumelia mihi factum itur ; Apage dierectum ; In 
 suae pis ionc meddis moltaum herest, moltaum licitud." 
 
 7. What historical or other evidences may be collected 
 towards establishing rules for Latin orthography ? 
 
 8. Mark the quantities of the following words, explain- 
 ing any peculiarities by reference to etymology -.—postea^ 
 refert (impers.), religio^ nihil, veni, hortos, setius, sediiio, sedo, 
 fericB. 
 
 1 Virg. /En. ii. 662. * Virg. /En. iii. a. ' Pers. iv. i. 
 
 ' lb. 274. * lb- ix. 266. * See Varronianus, ut supr. 
 
 « lb. viii. 14a * Hor. Serm. i. 6. 12. citat. 
 
Examination Papers. 133 
 
 9. * Oblitei sunt Romae loquier Latina lingua.' Whose com- 
 plaint is this, and what truth is there in it % Is it prose or verse?* 
 
 10. Explain the following terms : — Vasa conclamare ; 
 Evocatus ; Cohors ; Statumina ; Beneficiarii ; Contabulatio ; 
 Latericulus ; Phalangae ; Fiduciarius ; Remulcum ; Ericius ; 
 Nutricius. 
 
 11. Trace the origin of Latin Comedy. Give the criticisms 
 of Horace,'' Julius Caesar, and Volcatius Sedigitus, on the 
 leading Roman dramatists. 
 
 1 2. * Elegia quoque Graecos provocamus, cujus mihi tersus 
 atque elegans maxime videtur auctor Tibullus. Sunt qui 
 Propertium malint.'* Whose is this criticism? Is it borne 
 out by reference to the authors quoted ? 
 
 13. Classify the uses of the Conjunctive Mood in principal 
 and independent sentences. 
 
 14. Mention some of the peculiarities in prosody which we 
 meet with in reading Plautus and Terence. When do they 
 employ Hiatus % 
 
 15. For an Epigram : — 
 
 Noch ist Polen nicht verloren. (Nondum actum est 
 de Polonia.) 
 
 [Hertford Scholarship, 1863.] 
 
 LXI. 
 
 1. Classify languages. What is the relation of Latin to 
 Greek, of Greek to Romaic, of Latin to French, of French to 
 English? 
 
 2. Trace the Roman character in their language and litera- 
 ture. 
 
 1 See Students Rome, cap. xxxii. § 13. ' See Hor, Epist. ii. i. 55 seqq. ; Siie- 
 
 3 See Quinctilian, x. i, § 93. tonius, Vit. Terent. 5 ; Aul. Gell. xv. t^. 
 
1 34 Examination Papers. 
 
 3. Give the chief uses of tlie Greek participle. 
 Explain — 
 
 a. €L fiOL ^vveirj (fiepovTL 
 
 rav evcreTTTOv ayveiai/ XoycDV epyoyv re -irdvroiV.^ 
 
 b. avToj/ TC BpaatSav jSovXofiivov fiaXia-ra 
 AttKcSai/iovtot (XTreo-TCtAav. 
 
 C. dvvcravT€ B-qa-crov. 
 
 d. K(xi K€v TovT* €^eAoi/At Atos y€ SlSovtos dp€(rdai. 
 
 e. T€KV^ el (JMvevT* aekirra firjKvvw Aoyov.* 
 
 4. Explain the use of the Greek article (i.) with numerals, 
 (2.) in determining the important word in the sentence. 
 
 Translate accurately : — 
 
 a. rdXtjOes yap lar^vov T/3e<^a>.' 
 
 d. Kttt Trjv amav ov^ l^w TnoTtjv diroSeLKVvvaL aAA,' rj 
 dSiKov T^v iXevdepiav cTTi^e/aetv rj dcrOcvrj'S kol d8v- 
 VttTO? Tiix<oprj(TaL Tot Trpos 'Adr]vaLovs ^v imoxTtv 
 di^tydai.^ 
 
 5. Explain €VT€fiv€tv, avrox^Cp, \apvyyi^€Lv,p/oxemt^, strictura, 
 circulatory mirmillOj dies nefasius, pomoerium. 
 
 6. Compare the situations and characters of CEdipus and 
 King Lear. 
 
 7. Sophocles is called ^iXofirjpos. Quote passages in illus- 
 tration. 
 
 8. Mention any peculiar usages of the Greek infinitive, and 
 explain them. 
 
 9. Translate, and notice anything unusual in the construc- 
 tion of the following :— 
 
 a. En micant lacrymae trementes de caduco pondere 
 Gutta praeceps orbe parvo sustinet casus suos. 
 
 b. Inachus in Melie Bithynide pallidus isse 
 
 Dicitur, et gelidis incaluisse vadis.' 
 
 1 Soph. O. T. 863. 8 Soph. O. R. 356. » Ov. Am. iii. 6. 25. 
 
 » lb. O. C. H20. * Thuc. iv. 85. 5. 
 
Exammation Papers. 135 
 
 c. Fas mihi Graiorum sacra ta resolvere jura.* 
 
 10. Give a history of the Hexameter in Latin literature. 
 
 11. Write an Epigram on — 
 
 Inferna tetigit posset ut supera assequi. 
 
 [^Trinity College {Oxford) Scholarships, 1865.] 
 
 I.XIT. 
 
 1. Translate and explain : — 
 
 a. Jam te premet nox, fabulaeque Manes, 
 
 Et domus exilis Plutonia : quo simul mearis, 
 Nee regna vini sortiere talis.'' 
 
 b. Omnem redegit Idibus pecuniam, 
 
 Quaerit Kalendis ponere.' 
 
 c. Sedilibusque magnus in primis eques, 
 
 Othone contempto, sedet.'* 
 
 d. Venena magnum fas nefasque non valent 
 
 Convertere humanam vicem."^ 
 
 e. Hodie tricesima sabbata.* 
 
 f. Devictam Asiam subsedit adulter.' 
 
 2. Explain the following words and phrases : — Castrense 
 peculium ; Quasi castrense peculium ; Testamentum inofficio- 
 sum : Versura ; Subrogare legem ; Comperendinatio ; Scrip- 
 tura ; iirirprjcjii^eLv, avaK/)t(rts, €v6vvrj, So/ci/xao-ta. 
 
 3. Give the etymology of the following words :— ^AtjSaTo?, 
 epefSos, lofxopos, awTov, ravTjXcy-qs, sublimis, nebulo^ Justitium, 
 pecunia. 
 
 4. Give Horace's estimate of Varius, Plautus, Terence, 
 Caecilius, Virgil, and his account of Satire. Compare him 
 with Juvenal. 
 
 1 Virg. Mn. ii. 137. « Hor. Epod. ii. 69. « Hor. S. \. 9. 69. 
 
 2 Hor. C. i. 4, 17. * lb. iv. 15. 7 Virg. Mn. xi. 268. 
 
 6 lb. V. 87. 
 
1 36 Examination Papers. 
 
 5. The force of tj/o, oirws, a>5 with the past tenses of the Indi- 
 cative Mood. 
 
 6. Account for the use of the genitive in the following pas- 
 sages : — 
 
 a. €OTta5 fJi€(roiJi(f>dX.ov 
 ^cmjKCv rjSrj jjLrjXa.^ 
 
 b. €Kajj.ov TToXeos TreSioLo ^covcroe, 
 C. dveSv iroXirjs oAos* 
 
 d. jxr^TTd) Tts XwTOio (fxtyiav vocrToto XdOrjTar 
 
 7. An account of the Satyric Drama. How does Horace 
 allude to it ? 
 
 8. In what forms may a wish be expressed in Greek ? 
 
 9. IxAa S' ovv 
 
 '^VTYjp yevecrOaL ^vyar/aos, yvvaiKOTTOivtov TroXifKov dpwydv,* 
 Illustrate this construction by examples. 
 
 10. Is it probable that the poems of Homer were written 1 
 Does there seem to be any allusion to the art of writing in his 
 works 1 
 
 11. Sketch the argument of any one of Shakespeare's plays. 
 
 12. For a Latin Epigram : — ttAcov r\p.i<Tv ttcivtos, 
 [St.John^s {Oxford) Scholarships^ 1863.] 
 
 Lxiir. 
 
 1. "Orav Sc 7rapaS<^ 6 Kapiros, €v$€i09 ttTrocTTcAXci to Zpiiravov, 
 art irap€crrqK€V 6 ^epLa-jios.^ 
 
 Atart ovK ISwKas to dpyvpiov jiov IttI rpdve^aVj Kal cyw eXOtitv 
 (Tvv roKi^ av eirpa^a avTO.* 
 
 'Ayo/oatot ayovTttt, /cat dvOvTrarot €io-iv.' 
 
 Kat -TTpoa-XaPofievoi rdv dyopatwv dvSpas Ttvas Trovqpovs.* 
 Translate, and comment where necessary. 
 
 2. Give the position of the following places, and state any event 
 
 1 iEsch. Ag-. 1023, ' Ev. Div. Marc. iv. 29. * Act. Apost. xix. ^8. 
 
 ^ Id. 217. * Ev. Div. Luc. xix. 23. « lb. xvii. 5. 
 
Examination Papers, 1 3 7 
 
 with which they are connected : — Lachish, Kadesh-bamea, Kir- 
 jath-jearim, Kirjath-Arba, Anathoth, Laish, Beroea, -^non. 
 
 3. The various stages in the re-establishment of the Jewish 
 rehgion and polity after the Captivity. 
 
 4. Give a brief account of the lives of Joash, Uzziah, and 
 Manasseh, kings of Judah. 
 
 5. Draw a map of Sicily, and sketch very briefly the ancient 
 history of the island. 
 
 6. Where are the following, and with what events connected ? 
 Methone, Megara, CEnophyta, Melos, The Ticinus, The Frisii, 
 The Allia, Actium. 
 
 7. Give some account, with dates, of Mummius, Herodotus, 
 Lamachus, Hamilcar, Commodus, Hirtius, Pericles, Prusias, 
 Tacitus, Aristippus. 
 
 8. Explain the terms, Khiyri]p^ nexus, crvviqyopos, €KK\r)<rLa, 
 prcejudicium, prevaricator^ societaSy sagmen, postliminium. 
 
 9. Give the derivation and various meanings where neces- 
 sary, of atcAovpos, o^ov, loTopia, pdcTKavos, aAafwv, pessum dare, 
 nuncubiy macto, €v8aT€ia-daij dju,<^tXa<^i}s, culmen. 
 
 10. Translate the following, commenting where necessary ; — 
 
 a. In iis rebus repetendis quae mancipi sunt is pericu- 
 
 lum judicii prsestare debet, qui se nexu obligavit^ 
 
 b. Populus dedicationem sedis dat M. Lsetorio primi 
 
 pili centurioni. 
 C. KoX JSo^s prjTa Kttt apprjTa dvo/Aafcav, wcTTre/D c^ afid^rjs.* 
 
 d. ot5 8' cyo) fi€v a^wos aTracrt, rots vofxots, T<p xpovtp, ry 
 
 e. Primo negabat se opus in acceptum referre posse.* 
 
 Fuerit Lucilius, inquam, 
 Comis et urbanus ; fuerit limatior idem 
 Quam rudis et Graecis intacti carminis auctor.*^ 
 
 ^ Cic. pr0 Mur. 2, 3. ^ Dem. De Cor. 269. * Hor. S. i. 10. 64. 
 
 * Dem. De Cor. 268. * Cic. 2 Verr. i. 57. 149. 
 
138 Examinatio7t Papers, 
 
 «rt "Kp^ovTO'i Ev^vkXcovs, irvav€\^ta)i/o? ci/ary dtTriovTOS. 
 A quo H-S. C millia per calumniam malitiamque 
 petita sunt. 
 [Magdaien College Defnyship, 1863.] 
 
 LXIV. 
 
 1. Detail the political history of the yearB.c 362, and state 
 what eminent authors were then alive, and how many of these 
 were known by their works at that time. 
 
 2. Define the geographical position of the following places, 
 and mention the celebrated men whom they respectively pro- 
 duced : — Apamea, Samosata, Chaeronea, Cumae, Megalopolis, 
 Naucratis, Citium, Elea, Cnidus, Amasia, Methymna. 
 
 3. Why does Porson say:— -^in lexicis nee comparet nee 
 comparere potest verbum o-vvef evTropio-a ' ? 
 
 Distinguish between a synthetic and ^.parathetic compound : 
 explain the formation of TT^Ac^oAeiv and belligerare, and show 
 that Tt\ki^6XK(.iv and belligerere would be impossible forms. 
 
 4. Translate the following passages, having first pointed out 
 and corrected the errors of inflexion or syntax which you 
 observe in them : — 
 
 a. 01 8c TToXcjiLoi, ws "QdOovTo k\6iiivov TO opos, €ypr]y6- 
 p7)(raVj Kot iKttiov Trt'/xx ttoAAo, Slol vvKTa. CTret Se 
 ^fx€pa kykvero, XeipiVoi^os ficv ijyc Kara t^v 68oi/' 01 
 Se TO o/)os KaraXajSovres iirrjp-^ovro.^ 
 
 If. Ttj av Aoyos <jl)<f>€Xr}(T€L€v jaaAAov Tas Twv (XKovo-orrwv 
 xl/vxas Tov TTjv dp€Trjv kyKtafxida-ovros kol tovs dya- 
 60VS dvSpasj' 
 
 C. €1 yap S-q Tis dfjLoi/SCiV av ei-q tottos, ^d^vaTos tovtoi? 
 dp)(Y)y6s fJi€ydX<s}V dyaOCjv yeyovc' 
 1 Xen. Anai. iv. 6. 32. 2 Hyperides, £>/V. col. i. 13. ' /^. col. xi. 8. 
 
Examination Papers. 139 
 
 d. drrdyiT* eKTOTTiov on TaxLo-Ta fie, 
 
 dTraycr', <S <j>i\ot^ tov oXedpov fieyav. * 
 
 5. Explain the usage of the negatives in the following pas- 
 sages : — 
 
 a, hriiSrj 8* evpev ovk iTrmjSciov, fi-qre irpos SovAov fxi^d^ 
 
 o\(i)<s €^€LvaL irpdiTTeiv iirerpixfev.^ 
 
 b. €K^aiv' aTTi^vrys tttJctSc, ^1} yafioiX TtOeis rov crov TrdSa.' 
 C. iyo) 8' OTTWS (TV fMY) Xeyeis opduis raSe 
 
 OVK av 8vvaLfi.r]v fi'qT' iTTLorTaip.'qv Xeyeiv.* 
 
 6. Enumerate the principal philosophers of the New Academy 
 and the Porch, and state as nearly as you can the period at 
 which each of them flourished. 
 
 7. Describe the functions of the "ApxovTcs and Jlpvrdveis at 
 Athens, and of the "Ec^opot at Sparta. 
 
 8. Distinguish Siadi^Kr), kTn^iadrjK'q ; TT/ooo/Avv/At, i^ofivvfXL ; 
 dirayyekia, eTrayyeXia, eiaayyeXia ; KaracrKivrj, irapaa-Kew^ j 
 dToSei^is, lirtSet^ts, evSet^is j Sio/toAoyeto-^at, dvdofioXoyetaOaL • 
 aTTopciv, dTTopeicrdai j irpoKXr^cris, Trpoa-KXrjcris ', IttiSikos, vitoSl- 
 Ko?, €ixv7](Tdrjv, fx€fj.vr)fiai ; Kaff -qfiepav, fxeO' rjfiepav ; Kara 
 \dov6s, Kara \66va j Itti KC(f>aXy, Itti K€(j>aXrj<s. 
 
 l^Bell Scholarship, 1858.] 
 
 LXV. 
 
 I. Examine the value of the prefix re- in the following 
 words : — rebello, repudiOy recino^ rectdo^ reddoy recondo^ recludo, 
 retego. When did the last three change their meaning ? What 
 Greek prefix exhibits a similar variety of signification % Dis- 
 tinguish between resideo and resido, and exemplify your dis- 
 tinction by quotations from Latin poets. 
 
 1 Soph. O. T. 1340. ' iEsch. Ag. 879. 
 
 « Cf. Thua iv. 32. 4; Dem. Metd. 538, § 21. * Soph. Ant. 685. 
 
140 Examhtation Papers. 
 
 2. What is the true force of the gerund ? Show that it may 
 be still traced in the different uses of the gerundive. Explain 
 the error of considering repetundcB as a noun substantive. 
 
 3. State some of the reasons on which it is now concluded 
 that the early history of Rome is for the most part legendary 
 and poetical. What is the argument from the period assigned 
 to the seven kings ? 
 
 4. Distinguish ^invenirey reperire; vectigal, ultro tributum ; 
 quietus, tranquillus ; and translate the following lines ^with 
 proper attention to the apparently synonymous words :— 
 
 Adsum : videoque treraentem 
 Pallentemque^ metu, et trepidantem morte futura. 
 Redde hostem, vulnusque tuum solitumque timorem.* 
 
 5. Explain by a Greek analogy the relation between /zjj«j 
 zxi^fessus. Does the epithet decumanus bear the same meaning 
 in all the following phrases ?— Decumani milites ; D. fluctus ; 
 D. porta ; D. frumentum. Give a full explanation in each case. 
 
 6. Describe the form of process in a civil suit at Rome. 
 Distinguish in jure, in judicio ; vades, prcedes, sponsores ; vin- 
 dicice, vindicta, vindicatio. 
 
 7. Explain the Roman method of computing money by sester- 
 tii. What was the denarius ? Show that the Fenus Unciarium 
 and the UsurcB CentesimcBVieiQ 10 and 12 percent respecti/ely. 
 
 8. What were the numbers and composition of a Roman 
 legion in the time of Julius Caesar ? What were the numbers 
 and functions of the tribunus, prcefectus, centurio, optio, primi- 
 pilus y primus princepSy aquilifer, signifer 1 What is the technical 
 meaning of the word vexillarius 1 
 
 \Bell Scholarships 1858.] 
 
 1 See Ovid, Ex. P. iii. i. 34 ; Met. i. 645 ; Cic iii. in Cat. 4, § 8 ; Hor. C. ii. 19. 
 654, V, 518, 5 ; Cic. 2 Phil. 31, 77. 
 
 2 See Ovid, Fasti, ii. 103 ; iii. 617, 644, 3 Qvid, Met. xiii. 73. 
 
Examination Papers. 141 
 
 LXVI. 
 
 1. Show, by examples, the original affinity of the Latin and 
 Greek languages. With what Greek dialect is the Latin most 
 closely connected ? 
 
 2. What traces of a locative case of substantives exist in Latin 
 and Greek % Give instances. 
 
 3. Show how adverbs originated in Greek, giving examples 
 of different kinds, according to their terminations. 
 
 4. What cases, and with what difference of meaning, follow 
 the prepositions, cttc, Kara, Trapa, and tt/dos respectively % What 
 change of meaning do the same prepositions cause in any 
 verb with which they are compounded ] 
 
 5. What are the various meanings of the middle verb in 
 Greek 1 What are the terminations of frequentative and de- 
 siderative verbs % 
 
 6. What kind of propositions are expressed by the past tenses 
 of the Indicative with av ? What variety of moods and tenses 
 follows ov [17] and oVcos /^ry respectively % 
 
 7. State the general principle of what is called ' Attic 
 Attraction.' What cases of the relative are usually attracted % 
 Is the nominative among them % How would you explain such 
 phrases as e^ (Sv Trapea-Kevaa-raL 1 
 
 8. What different classes of genitive cases are there in Latin 1 
 Give specimens of each, and their technical names. 
 
 9. What classes of verbs are followed by an accusative case 
 and Infinitive Mood ] What, by some particle (gwd, ut, etc.) 
 and finite verbs ? 
 
 10. What is the primary notion of a 'Proposition in the 
 Conjunctive ' % Distinguish clearly between the three following 
 conditional propositions : — Si sapiens est felix ; Si sapiens sit 
 felix ; Si sapiens esset felix. 
 
14.2 * Exajnination Papers, 
 
 1 1. Distinguish between yEmrium and Fiscus ; Affinis, Ag- 
 natus, Cognatus ; Plebs and Populus; Lex zxv^ Jus ; Facinus^ 
 FiagiHum^ Culpa^ Crimen ; Libertus and Libertinus ; Sentio and 
 Censeo. 
 
 1 2. Explain the use of the tenses in the following extract : — 
 
 Nihil habebam, quod scriberem ; neque enim novi 
 quidquam audieram, et ad omnes tuas epistolas 
 rescripseram pridie ; erat tamen rumor, comitia 
 dilatum iri.^ 
 
 13. Hanno unus causam foederis egit : * Per Deos, foederum 
 arbitros ac testes, monuisse, praedixisse se, ne Hamilcaris proge- 
 niem ad exercitum mitterent : non manes, non stirpem ejus 
 conquiescere viri : nee unquam, donee sanguinis nominisque 
 Barcini quisquam supersit, quietura Romana fcedera.'^ 
 
 Write down, from the above, the very words used by Hanno, 
 in Latin. 
 
 S^Chrisfs College, 1864.] 
 
 LXVII. 
 
 1. Define 'Comparative Philology.' State briefly the con- 
 clusions which have been formed by means of this study re- 
 specting the ethnical affinities of the Greeks and Latins, and 
 their migrations in prehistoric times. 
 
 2. Discuss the following statement of Professor Max 
 Miiller : — ' ... the philosophers and grammarians of Greece, to 
 whom, in spite of all our new discoveries, I believe we are 
 still beholden for more than half of our intellectual life.' 
 
 3. a. Translate and explain the following sentence : — 
 
 K/oarvAos <f>'q(rlv oSe, w StoKpares, ovo/MaTos opOorqra 
 crvat €Kd(rT(p twv oi/t(ov <f>-vcr€i 'jr€<f>VKVLav, koI ov 
 TOVTO cu/at ovojxa o a.v Ttvcs ^vvdcu^voL KaXiiv 
 
 1 Cic. ad Att. ix. lo. i. S Liv. xxi. lo. 
 
Examination Pape, 
 
 KaXtoa-L, Trj<s avT(ov ^(ov^? fx^ovfXTncfyOeyyofievoi,' 
 dXXa opOoTYjTa riva twv ovofxaroyv Tr.£<^VK€vaL K&t 
 "^Wrja-L Kol /3ap^dpoLS rrjv avrijv a7rao-tv.* 
 
 b. What is the general scope and purport of Plato's 
 
 Cratylus ? 
 
 c. How does Plato derive AiS?;?, Iloo-etSwi/, Atowo-os, 
 
 aWrip^ TTvp, \^vx^ ^ 
 
 4. Eicrt 81 Twv fivdiov ot /Aei/ aTrAot ot 8e ireTrXey/xevoi' kol yap 
 al Trpa^ets, c5v /XLixtjo'eLS ol fxvdoL eicriv, VTrdp^ov<TLV evdvs ovcrat 
 ToiavraL. Aeyw 8c OTrXrjv pikv tt/oo^iv, ^s yivofievris ^(nrep wpL<r- 
 rai crvviypv^ koX fiLas dvev TrepiTreretas rj dvayv(t)picrp,ov 'fj p,€rd- 
 (Saa-i'S ytVerat, TmrXiyfxkvqv 8e, k^ i]s /u,€t' dvayviopLcrixov -q rrepi- 
 TTCTCias 'J7 dp.<^otv rj iierd^aaris €(rTi>v.^ 
 
 Translate the above passage, and illustrate by references to 
 extant Greek tragedies. 
 
 5. Enumerate the chief sources of Athenian revenue at the 
 commencement of the Peloponnesian War, and state the total 
 annual amount. To what sum in English money of our time 
 would this be equivalent 1 Mention the chief data on which 
 this comparison rests. 
 
 6. Give an account of the life and opinions of Persius, and 
 support your statements by quotations from his Satires. 
 
 7. Trace through their various meanings the words : — 
 majestas, usurpatio, universiias. 
 
 8. Draw a scheme of the Iambic trimeter as used (i.) by the 
 Greek, and (2.) by the Latin comic poets, and quote from 
 Aristophanes, Plautus, or Terence, an example of each 
 variety. 
 
 9. Write out at full length the following inscriptions, and 
 give approximately the date of the first : — 
 
 a. I . O . M . ET . G . DD . NN . PHILIPPORV . AVGG . 
 LEG . VI . VIC . P . F . V . S . L . M . 
 
 1 Plato, Cratylus, sub init. » Aristotle, Poet. c. 10. 
 
144 Examination Papeys, 
 
 b. D . M . M . VALERIVS . M . F . LATINVS . CENT . EQ . 
 
 MILES . LEG . X . ANN . XXXV . STIPEN . XX . H 
 
 S.E. 
 €. ...CONIVGI . KARISSIM^ . QVAE . MECVM . VIXIT . 
 
 ANN . XXIIX . S . V . Q . 
 
 10. When did the Julian Era, the Era of the Seleucidse, and 
 the so-called * Era of Constantinople,' respectively commence % 
 
 Explain the term ' Indiction.' 
 
 When was the Christian Era first generally adopted in Italy, 
 and in France ? 
 
 11. When did Gibbon commence, and when did he com- 
 plete, his great historical work % Into what periods does he 
 divide his subject ? Give some account of his method and 
 style. 
 
 \Trinity College Fellowship, 1868.] 
 
 LXVIII. 
 
 1. What inferences may be drawn from the names of rivers 
 and mountains in Greece with respect to the ethnical affinities 
 of its early inhabitants 1 
 
 2. Give as copious a list as you can (i.) of Latin words de- 
 rived from the same roots as the corresponding Greek words, 
 (2.) of Greek words borrowed by the Latins with a change of 
 form, and (3.) of Greek words adopted by the Latins without 
 change of form. 
 
 3. What may we gather from internal evidence as to the 
 date of the composition of the History of Herodotus ? 
 
 4. Give a table of Attic coinage, with the corresponding 
 values in English money. Compare the pay of soldiers and 
 sailors at Athens in the fifth and fourth centuries B.c. with that 
 of English soldiers and sailors at the present day. How far 
 
Examination Papers. 145 
 
 does this comparison afford a test of the relative value of 
 money % 
 
 5. C. Gracchus... pemiciosas aliquot leges tulit : inter quas 
 frumentariam, ut semisse et triente frumentum plebi daretur ; 
 alteram legem agrariam quam et frater ejus tulerat ; tertiam 
 qua equestrem ordinem, tunc cum senatu consentientem, cor- 
 rumperet.^ 
 
 Explain fully the above passage, and give an account, with 
 dates, of the political life of C. Gracchus. 
 
 6. Describe the limits and subdivisions of the Roman em- 
 pire in Europe at the death of Trajan. What was the total 
 strength of the army, and how was it distributed % 
 
 7. Translate and explain fully : — 
 
 tf. A. (S A?J/x', €vapyo}s "q ^eos o-' eTna-Koiretj 
 
 Kol vvv vTrepc^cL (rov yyrpav ^(OfLov irAeaj'. 
 A. oi€L yap oLKeta-d' av eri rrivh^ t^v 7roA,tv 
 
 €t pLTj <l>av€p<j)S riixQiv VTrepeix^ Trjv yyrpav ; 
 b. oifioi Tcapavoias' ws kna.ivop.'qv apa 
 
 ot' i^e^aXXov rovs ^covs Slo. ScoKpariy. 
 C. dkX' kyKovCiixiv, wvSpes, ws corrat Aa^qri vvvL 
 
 a-LfxfSXov 6e <f)a(rt ^(prjfxdTCiiv ex^iv diravTes avrov. 
 
 XdiS OVV KAIcDV 6 KT^St/iWV 'qp.lV i(j>€lT' €V c3p^ 
 
 rJK€LV €;(oi'Tas rjfiepCyv opyrjv rpitov irovrjpav 
 €7r' avTov ws koAcdjmIvovs wv "qStKricrev. 
 
 d. cAcycv 8' 6 \i}i] iSpaa-L fxcv Arjp.6crTpaT0<s 
 irActv €is 2iKeA,iav, rj yvvq 8' opxovfievrjf 
 aial "ASiovtVj cf)r](Tlv, 6 Be Ar^/ioo-T/oaTOS 
 ekeyev oirAiras KaraXkyeiv ZaKwOLinv 
 rj 8' VTTOTreTTiaKvV rj yvvrj Vi tou reyovc, 
 
 KOTTTCCr^' "ASoiVlV^ KfiTJOrlv, 6 8' €J3ld^€T0 
 
 6 %€oi(Tiv €)(6pos Kot fJLiapos xo\o^vyrj<s. 
 
 e. €K Tov ^o(f>OK\€ovs ytyvcTai ^LiiioviSrjs. 
 
 1 Livy, Epii. Ix. 
 K 
 
146 Examination Papers. 
 
 Mention, in reference to each of these passages, the drama 
 from which it is taken, and give the date of its production. 
 
 8. Correct the errors in the following lines ; write them out 
 with the proper accents, breathings, and stops, and translate 
 them : — 
 
 Nojuot yvvatKCDi/ ovk aAA.a>s KeivraL irepi 
 Xpr^v yap rov iVTv^ovvT^ on TrAetorras cx^'*' 
 yuvatKas €Lir€p 8t] Tpo(f>'q 80/iots iraprjv 
 (as Tqv KaKr)v fiev e^e^aAe SoyjxaTOiv 
 TTjv 8' ovcrav ea-Okrjv rjSctas €cro)^€TO 
 vvv 8' CIS fAiav pXeirova-iv kivSvvov fi€yav 
 pLTTTovres ov yap twv Tpoirwv TreipovfxevoL 
 vvfi(fia<s €5 oLKOvs epjxari^ovrai fSpoTot.^ 
 
 9. Write explanatory notes on the following passages :— 
 
 a. Per consulatum pejerat Vatinius.'' 
 d. Nam quid Brittanni caelum differre putamus, 
 Et quod in ^gypto est qua mundi claudicat axis, 
 Quidve quod in Ponto est differre, et Gadibus atque 
 Usque ad nigra virum percocto ssecla calore P 
 
 c. Prima Syracosio dignata est ludere versu 
 Nostra nee erubuit silvas habitare Thalia.* 
 
 d. Venena magnum fas nefasque non valent 
 
 Convertere humanam vicem.* 
 
 e. Populus Romanus saga sumpsit 
 
 f. Fenus ex triente Idib. Quint, factum erat bessibus.' 
 
 g. Praetorem pauper centum sestertia Gaums 
 
 Orabat can a notus amicitia, 
 Dicebatque suis haec tantum deesse trecentis 
 
 Ut posset domino plaudere Justus eques.' 
 k. Vicit et hoc monstrum tunicati fuscina Gracchi, 
 Lustravitque fuga mediam gladiator arenam, 
 
 1 Eur. Ino. Fragm. 14. " Lucr. vi. 1106. « Cic. ad Att. iv. 15. 7 
 
 s Catull. 111.3. * Virg. Eel. vi. init. ? Mart. iv. 67. 
 
 * Hor. Efod. V. 87. 
 
Examination Paj^^l ^' F i ; s ] t ^' rky 
 
 Et Capitolinus generosior et MkT€ellis__,_-^-^^ 
 Et Catulis Paulique minoribus et Fabiis et 
 Omnibus ad podium spectantibus, his licet ipsum 
 Admoveas cujus tunc munere retia misit.^ 
 /. Longum mihi commeatum dederat mala valetudo.=* 
 k. Conditione tua non utar. 
 {^Trinity College {Cambridge) Fellowship 
 Examination^ 1869.] 
 
 LXIX. 
 
 1. It is said that every part of every language originally had 
 a meaning. Illustrate this with special reference to the termi- 
 nations of verbs and of nouns in Greek, Latin, and English. 
 
 2. Translate, making comments when necessary, on the 
 cases used : — 
 
 a. ot/uofc SioyyfiQv oi? kXavvofiai raAas. 
 
 b. fidXa 8' w/ca SLeTrprja-aov TreStoio. 
 
 c. veas T€(r(repas avroLS dvSpd(ri elXov. 
 
 d. viKoiv iraa-i tols K/Dirats.' 
 
 e. TToXts /JLcyados iova-a ixkruyirov cKaa-rov eiKoo't icat cxarov 
 
 CTTaStWV. 
 
 /. Aut oculis capti fodere cubilia talpae.* 
 g. Non haec tibi litora suasit 
 
 Delius aut Cretae jussit considere Apollo.' 
 //. Da lunge propere novae, 
 
 Da noctis mediae, da, puer, auguris 
 Murenae." 
 3,. Compare the earlier and later uses of the Greek article. 
 
 4. Mention any traces of lost cases in Greek and Latin. 
 
 5. Classify the uses of the Greek middle verb. How does 
 Latin provide for the want of a middle voice ? 
 
 1 Juv. ii. 143. 8 Cf. Plat. Le£^. 8oi A. * Virg. y£/t. iii. 162 ' 
 
 2 Senec. £p. 54. * Virg. G. I 183. « Hon C. iii. 19. 
 
148 Exa7nination Papers. 
 
 6. State the chief points of difference between the Doric and 
 Ionic dialects. 
 
 7. Quote or refer to passages in ancient writers which illus- 
 trate the style of weapon used at different periods in Greek and 
 Roman warfare. 
 
 8. Give instances of archaic forms and constructions in the 
 writings of Plautus, Lucretius, and Virgil. 
 
 9. The connection between sound and sense in language. 
 Is this due more to conscious or to unconscious selection of 
 words ? Give illustrations. 
 
 10. a. xprj §€ irpbs Ttt /xeyto-ra kol iv t(^ rot^Sc a^iouvrt -q/ias 
 
 TTcpaLTepo) TT/oovoovvras Xeyetv vfiiov twv 8t' oXi'yov 
 crK07rovvT(i)v.^ 
 What is the difficulty here about d^iovrrt as it stands ? Can you 
 suggest any simple emendation which would improve the sense! 
 d. Propinqui, quibus est puella curse, 
 Amicos medicosque convocate : 
 Non est sana puella ; nee rogate 
 Qualis sit ; solet hsec imaginosum.'^ 
 In this corrupt passage two emendations have been proposed : 
 (i.) * nee rogare, Qualis sit, solet; en imaginosam ! ' (2.) *nec 
 rogare, Qualis sit, solet 3es imaginosum.' Which of these do you 
 prefer 1 and why 1 Under what circumstances is it allowable to 
 amend a passage against the authority of all the manuscripts 1 
 
 [Trinity College {Oxford) Scholarships ^ 1870.] 
 
 LXX. 
 
 1 . The causes of the victory of Greece over Persia. 
 
 2. State what you know about the civilisation of Ancient 
 Egypt. 
 
 1 Thucyd. iii. 43. 4. ' ^ Catullus, 41. 
 
Examinatio7i Papers. 149 
 
 3. Mention laws and usages of the Jews, Greeks, and 
 Romans relating to (i.) the taking of interest, (2.) the tenure 
 of land. 
 
 4. Some account of the Alcmaeonid Cleisthenes, Thucydides 
 son of Melesias, Spurius Cassius, Sulla, Justinian, Erasmus, 
 William Pitt. 
 
 5. What were the real questions at issue between Charles i. 
 and his Parliament % 
 
 6. The commencement and progress of British conquests in 
 India. 
 
 7. Give an account of any past QEcumenical Councils. 
 
 8. In what respects has the physical geography of Great 
 Britain and Ireland influenced their history % 
 
 9. Explain : — Bill of Rights ; Statute of Praemunire ; Habeas 
 Corpus ; Benefit of Clergy \ Chartism j Martial Law ; Indi- 
 rect Taxation ; Protection ; Reciprocity. 
 
 \Trinity College {Oxford) Scholarships, 1870.] 
 
 LXXI. 
 
 1. What is meant by literary style ? Is excellence of matter 
 or of style the more likely to secure lasting fame for a writer % 
 Give illustrations. 
 
 2. A short account of the works of Pindar, Lucretius, Junius, 
 Swift, Shelley, Wordsworth. 
 
 3. Give the plot of any one of Shakespeare's plays. 
 
 4. State what you consider to be the characteristics of a 
 good novel, with reasons and examples. 
 
 5. Examine the following assertions : — 
 
 a. * A well-coloured photograph is the most exact repre- 
 sentation of nature, and therefore the highest form 
 of art.' 
 
1 50 Exaniinatio7t Papers. 
 
 h. ' The government of the people by the people for the 
 people, being the most just, must therefore be the 
 best, form of government.' 
 6. The advantages and disadvantages of anonymous author- 
 ship in journalism. 
 
 {Trinity College {Oxford) Scholarships, 1870.] 
 
 LXXII. 
 Greek History and Literature. 
 
 1. The influence of foreign nations on the early civilisation 
 of Greece. 
 
 2. Trace the formation of the Empire, which in the reign of 
 Darius, son of Hystaspes, threatened the independence of 
 Greece. 
 
 3. How far was political freedom possessed by the labour- 
 ing classes in the various states of ancient Greece 1 Point out 
 any differences in their condition, in (i.) Athens, (2.) Sparta, 
 (3.) Thessaly.* 
 
 4. Give the geographical limits and divisions, first, of Greece 
 Proper; secondly, of Greek Colonization. Date, where you 
 can, the founding of the several colonies. 
 
 5. An outline of the expedition of Alexander, and the extent 
 and consequences of his conquests. 
 
 6. Was the general tendency of the Greeks towards centra- 
 lization, or the contrary % Show what causes worked in each 
 direction. 
 
 7. Discuss the question of the authorship of the Iliad. 
 
 8. A history of the historical literature of Greece. 
 
 [ Indian Civil Service, 1855.] 
 
 1 See Dicty. o/Antiq. s. vv. Thetes, H elates, Penestce. 
 
Examination Papers. 151 
 
 LXXIII. 
 Roman History and Literature. 
 
 1. Enumerate the several modifications in the constitution 
 of Rome, up to the period when the distinction between 
 Patrician and Plebeian was practically effaced. 
 
 2. How was Rome brought into collision with Macedon and 
 Greece % 
 
 3. The causes which enabled Rome to overcome Carthage. 
 
 4. The Marian Civil War. 
 
 5. The second Triumvirate. 
 
 6. What was the greatest extent to which the Roman 
 Empire ever reached at any one time % 
 
 7. Compare Livy as a historian with Tacitus.^ 
 
 8. To what would you ascribe the want of originality which 
 marks the literature of Rome % Point out the chief exceptions, 
 and account for them.* 
 
 [Indian Civil Service, 1855.] 
 
 LXXIV. 
 
 1. To what family of languages does the Greek belong 1 To 
 what causes do you ascribe its distinction into dialects 1 
 and what are the respective characteristics of each ? 
 
 2. Show the radical connection subsisting between the 
 Greek and Latin languages by instances of words referring 
 (i.) to parts of the body, (2.) to sights and sounds of nature.' 
 
 1 See Merivale's Rome, v. 97 seqq., viii. ovuf, SouctuXo?, ^lv<;, yovv, 68ous, fiefia, k6- 
 
 84. ^T}, Y^io;;, vevpov, Ppaxuav ; (2.) accfao;, 
 
 * 16, iii. 36 seqq. o/x/3po$, oA?, Kepai, poSov, uirvos, vvf > ve- 
 
 ' Compare (i.) »rous, irvevfuav, ow?, 6<^- <freMi ^A.105, <nr«os, (rcA^toj, /x^f, 6rip, with 
 
 9aXti6i, bi/xof , xeCp, /mveXos, apOpov, Ke^oAi), their respective Latin equivalents. 
 
52 
 
 Examination Papers, 
 
 3. Name the chief Greek historians of Hellenic affairs from 
 the Persian war to the Achaean league, specifying the age, 
 country, and limits of the history of each. 
 
 4. Determine, from internal evidence, the order in which 
 the comedies of Aristophanes were exhibited.^ Quote any of 
 his criticisms on the opinions and poetry of Euripides." 
 
 5. The nature and object of the reforms introduced by 
 Cleisthenes into the constitution of Athens. 
 
 6. A sketch of the political and social state of Athens in the 
 age of Pericles and Demosthenes. 
 
 7. Trace the history of the Sicilian Greeks from the defeat 
 of the Athenians before Syracuse to the capture of that town 
 by Marcellus. 
 
 8. A brief survey of the principal Greek Colonies, with the 
 dates and circumstances of the foundation of each. 
 
 9. Notices of the most conspicuous military and political 
 characters of Greece from B.C. 404 to b.c. 360. 
 
 10. Give an account of the Indian conquests of Alexander, 
 with their political and social results. 
 
 1 1. Compare the course of procedure in a public suit in the 
 time of Demosthenes at Athens with that at Rome in the age 
 of Cicero.' 
 
 1 2. Describe the position of the Dionysiac theatre at Athens, 
 
 1 The order is— 
 
 Acharnenses, . 
 
 Equites, . 
 
 Nubes, . 
 
 Vespae, 
 
 Pax, 
 
 Aves, 
 
 lysistrata, 
 
 Thesmophoriazusae, 
 
 Ranse, 
 
 Ecclesiazusae, 
 
 Plutus, . 
 ' For the criticisms on 
 ally, Rana;, 757-1471. His poetry is bur- 
 lesqued almost in every play. For direct 
 parody, see, besides Ranee, I. c. Eg. 1251, 
 Ach. 893, Thesnt. 194, in which last there 
 are numerous imitations of Eur., e.g., 5 
 
 
 OL 
 
 B.C. 
 
 
 88.3 
 
 425 
 
 
 88.4 
 
 424 
 
 
 89.1 
 
 423 
 
 
 89.2 
 
 422 
 
 
 89-3 
 
 421 
 
 
 91.2 
 
 414 
 
 
 92.1 
 
 411 
 
 
 do. 
 
 do. 
 
 
 93-3 
 
 40s 
 
 
 96.4 
 
 
 
 97-4 
 
 388 
 
 Eu 
 
 r.,see, es 
 1 ."_ 
 
 peci- 
 1 
 
 See w. (Dindorf) — 
 
 6, 269, 500, 509 seqq.f 760, 890. 
 
 Throughout, e. g. 54, 355, 579, 834. 
 
 332. 582. 
 
 210, 897, 947, 1284. 
 
 205, 466-483, 609, 698, 989. 
 
 126, 1369. 
 
 ic8, 144, 392, 983, 1137. 
 
 804, 808. 
 
 67, 197. 363. 541, 689, 694, 1196, 1532. 
 
 102, 197, 356. 
 
 173. 178, 747- 
 seqq-, 39 seqq., 855 seqq., 871 seqq., 1015 
 seqq., 1098 seqq. On Eurip., see Grote, 
 ch. 67. 
 
 8 For the Gk. proceedings, see Ken- 
 nedy's Z)««<?j/A. iiL 326, 372 ; for the Latin, 
 Dicty. o/Antiq. s. w. Actio, Judex. 
 
Bxamifiation Papers, 1 5 3 
 
 and quote any passages from the Greek dramatists, which you 
 may imagine would borrow effect from the surrounding 
 scenery. » 
 
 [Indian Civil Service ^ 1^5 5-] 
 
 LXXV. 
 
 1. What results has Comparative Philology established with 
 regard to the origin of the Latin language ? 
 
 2. Draw a map of Italy, marking the bounds of the different 
 dialects spoken in early times, and specifying the most impor- 
 tant races inhabiting the peninsula. 
 
 3. What is the historical value of the Roman legends 1 
 
 4. What proofs have the Romans of the Republic left of 
 their skill as civil and military engineers ? 
 
 5. Trace the progress of Constitutional Law at Rome from 
 the foundation of the Consulate to the full development of the 
 Republic. 
 
 6. The colonial system and provincial administration of 
 Rome. 
 
 7. Give a brief account of Pompe/s Asiatic campaigns. 
 
 8. Trace the progress of Roman conquests in Britain to the 
 death of Trajan. 
 
 9. Notices of eminent members of the following houses : — 
 Valerian ; Decian ; Cornelian ; Publilian ; Fabian ; Julian ; 
 Claudian. 
 
 10. What were the chief causes of the decay of the Roman 
 Empire ?» 
 
 1 See Kennedy, Demosth. utsitpr. citat. It has been recently stated that the Roman 
 
 321, 324 ; Wordsworth's Athens and At- empire perished 'for want of men.' See 
 
 tica, c xiii. ; Dicty. o/Geogy. s. v. A thence, Macmillan's Magazine, July, August, 
 
 p. 284. October 1869 (Lectures by Prof. Scelcy). 
 
 3 See Merivale's Rome, iv. 63, (c. xxxiii.) 
 
154 Examination Papers. 
 
 11. Give a sketch of the dramatic literature of Rome. 
 
 1 2. State the argument of any of Cicero's great speeches, 
 adding a short criticism on the soundness of the reasoning and 
 the style.* 
 
 {Indian Civil Service^ 1856.] 
 
 LXXVI. 
 
 1. What was the geographical extent of the term *EA.Xas in 
 the time of Thucydides % What reason is there for believing 
 that the Greeks were a mixed nation, and to which branches 
 of the Arian family may their different elements be assigned ?* 
 
 2. Give a concise but distinct account of the functions of 
 the definite article in the machinery of Greek s)nitax, and ex- 
 plain fully and critically the construction of the following pas- 
 sages, translating them also idiomatically :» — 
 
 a. AvTovs eTLfX(opr](rdix€6a Kara toi' 7ra<rl vo/jlov Ka^eorTwra. 
 d. 'ISe yap dvOputTrovs oTov kv Karayeitj) ot/cr^cret <T7n)X.ai(D- 
 
 8ei, dvaireTrTafxeinrjv irpos to ^ws t^v €La-o8ov kyova-n 
 
 fiaKpav Trap' airav to anrifj Xatov. 
 C. *0 Se ^€os, y\vK\3V ycvo-as tov atwi/a, <f>dov€pos kv avn^ 
 
 €VpL(TK€Tai k(t)V. 
 
 d, Kat 1^/xas TC 7rap€Kpov(ravTO koI ekadov 8av€L(rdfievot 
 
 liri rots ^fJi€T€pois, cKctvov T€ Tov veavioTKov rov 8am- 
 (ravra k^rjirdTrjcrav ws Itt' kXevdepois TOts ■)(^p'qfiacrL 
 
 8aV€L^6fl€VOl. 
 
 e, 'EvTCv^cv %.\k(.i Tts avToi/ Sta rpaxeias tyjs dvaftda-ews 
 
 1 See the Prolegomena to Ramsay's edi- ' For the passages,^. Plat Hes^. 514; 
 tion of Cicero, pro Cluentio. c. Hdt. vii. 46. 6 ; d. Demosth. 930 ; e. Plat. 
 
 2 See Donalds. Gk. Gr. init. : New ib. 515 e, see Index to Donalds. Gk. Gr. 
 Cratyl Book i. c. 4. 
 
Examination Papers. * 155 
 
 3. Explain the proceedings in a civil suit at Athens. Who 
 were the SiatTrjTaC^ and what were their functions 1 Distinguish 
 between an IvSci^is, an cio-ayycAia, a irpopoXrj, and an aTraywy^. 
 What was the nature of the proceedings in the case which led 
 to the speech of Demosthenes against the law of Leptines 1 
 Why does the argument of that speech say : 17 ^^ o-raa-is irpay- 
 fxaTLKr} eyypacjios 1 ^ 
 
 4. An eminent Greek author, '^ not a native of Athens, arrived 
 there for the first time in B.C. 367. State the circumstances ot 
 his life before and after this time, and mention the subjects of 
 his principal works. During the period of nearly twenty years, 
 which he spent at Athens on his first visit, what persons, emi- 
 nent in literature, science, and public life, had he an oppor- 
 tunity of meeting in that city ? 
 
 5. Detail the proceedings of Alexander the Great from his 
 invasion of Drangiana in B.C. 330 to his arrival at Pura in 
 B.C. 326. Which of the countries or cities mentioned by his 
 Greek historians can be identified, and what are the modern 
 names? Compare the Greek and Indian accounts of Sandro- 
 cottus. What reason is there for preferring the reading 
 ^avSpoKVTTTos in Athenseus ?' Where and how were Cleitus and 
 Callisthenes slain ? State what you know of the life and 
 writings of Megasthenes. 
 
 6. How far is it possible to distmguish between the foreign 
 and indigenous elements of Greek mythology, and, in regard 
 to the latter, to say what is Pelasgian, and what Hellenic 1 
 Explain briefly the different theories on this subject which 
 
 1 Kennedy's Demosth. iiL 372, in which a verbis et elocutionihts. See ib. s. w. 
 
 {init.) see the speech adv. L. analysed. ttoiottj?, orowns ; and Lex. Za/. i?A^^. s. vv. 
 
 Dicty. o/Aniiq. s. v. Paranomon graphe. Constituiio, Negotialis. 
 
 'ap.— practical : the speech deals with « a • 
 
 facts and not rhetorical inventions : ir. Anstotle. 
 
 Toiro? is defined by Ernesti Lex. Techn. ' Athenaeus, i. 18 e. See Dkty. of 
 
 Grac. Rhet. s. v. trpayfjiaTi»c6?, as tractatio Biogy, s. v. Sandrocottus. — The resem- 
 
 rerum et sententiarum quatenus iis argu- blance to the Indian name Chandra- 
 
 menta orationis contineniur, et differunt gupta. 
 
1 56 Examination Papers, 
 
 have been propounded by modem scholars. What was the 
 probable genesis of the following myths : — the shower of gold ; 
 the stable of Augeas ; the ivory shoulder of Pelops ; the ab- 
 duction of Europa ; the sowing of the serpent's teeth ; the 
 death of Hyacinthus ?* 
 
 7. Give the principal arguments for and against the literary 
 personality of Homer. Who were the x'^^'fovres % What 
 reasons are there for the supposition that the Iliad was ori- 
 ginally an Achilleis, built on a narrower plan, and then enlarged? 
 From the metre or otherwise can you show that the present 
 text of Homer does not exhibit the original form of the 
 language 1 The common epithets of a hero in Sanscrit 
 poetry are nri-pa = viros-regens, and para-puran-jayah = exter- 
 narum-urbium-expugnator. What Greek or Latin roots do you 
 recognise in these Indian words? what are the Homeric 
 counterparts of the epithets? and what inference does Mr. 
 Gladstone draw from the application of the former of them?* 
 
 8. How did the origin of Greek comedy differ from that of 
 tragedy ? Distinguish accurately between a xopo? and a kw/aos, 
 and quote any very early references to the latter which occur 
 to you. Describe the peculiar structure of the chorus in the 
 old Attic comedy. What was the parabasis^ and what were 
 its parts ? Is there anything analogous to this aTrayycAia avrov 
 Tov 7roi»/Tov« in the Epinicia of Pindar? Refer particularly to 
 the sixth Olympian ode. Who cultivated comedy before the 
 Athenians, and where do we still find some representatives 01 
 its peculiar characteristics ?* 
 
 1 See Max Muller's Lectures, Series ii. held this sovereignty continuously from the 
 
 Lect. ix. ; Crete's Greece, Index, andch. 16. time of the primary ancestor ; (4.) be the 
 
 3 avaJ^ avSpCiv — TrroAtVopdo?. — Mr. Glad- head of a ruling tribe or house of the 
 stone infers that the av. av8. must (i.) be original Hellenic stock, and must be con- 
 bom of Zeus, ai antiquo ; (2. ) hold a sove- nected with marks of the presence of 
 reignty, either paramount or secondary, the Hellenic settlement. See Studies on 
 and either in whole, or, like vEneas, by Homer, i. 531, 542. 
 devolution in part, over some given place ^ pjat. Rep. 394 c. 
 or tribe ; (3.) belong to a family who have < See L. and S, *. v. Kufio^ ; Dicty. oj 
 
Examination Papers. 157 
 
 9. Why is prose always subsequent to some form of verse 
 composition, and how far is the former influential on the struc- 
 ture of language 1 Examine the statement that there are three 
 epochs in the history of Attic prose from Pericles to Alexander, 
 and that two widely different causes co-operated in introducing 
 the first epoch, namely, Athenian Politics and Sicilian Sophistry. 
 Enumerate the principal Sophists, and compare the different 
 views which have been taken of their character, and the effects 
 of their teaching. Give some account of the revival of the 
 Sophistic rhetoric in the second century a.d.* 
 
 10. How does Plato distinguish between the avroTrwAry?, the 
 KaTH/Aos, and the I/ztto/dos V Describe the business of a rpaire- 
 f iTT^s at Athens. Trace the various meanings of d(f)opfxrj. What 
 were the different methods of calculating interest among the 
 Greeks? 
 
 11. Describcthe costume of the ancient Greeks, and include 
 in your description an accurate commentary on the following 
 passages :* — 
 
 a. Tovs irpea-pvTepovs iSetv rfv SiirXai ra t/xarta ifiireirop' 
 
 irr]fjL€vovs. 
 
 b. ^acTKwv ^ot/xartoi' d7ro8c8va-6'at ^ tov y^ntsiviQ-Kov €k8€- 
 
 r. ' AvafidWea-dai ovk €Tn(TTdp,€vov iircSe^La i\€v6epo)<s. 
 
 d. Et TOt Kara Se^tov w/xov dpecTKeL Awttos oiKpov irepov- 
 
 acrdai. 
 
 Antig. s. w. Comoedia. In Pind. 01. vi. Corax, Polus, Alcidamas, Antisthenes, 
 
 there is an address (v. 87) to iEneas, leader Thrasymachus. See, on their teaching, 
 
 of the chorus, bidding him orpvveiveTatpovs Grote's Gr^^c^^, ch. 67. On the later rhe- 
 
 'Hpaf iceAaSi^o-ai, •yvwi'ai t' apxaiov oi-eiSo? toric, Donalds. Lit. Gr. c Hi. 
 
 aXoBiaiv Aoyois et <f>evyofi.et', k.t.K. — The " See Jiep. 371 D ; Politicus, 260 C ; 
 
 peculiarities of Comedy are still found in So/>h.. 223 d, 231 d. 
 
 the English Pantomimes, and perhaps in ^ See Lycurg. p. 153, § 40; Lysias, 117, 
 
 the Italian improvisatori. §10; Plat. Theat. 175 e. See Stallb. m 
 
 1 Because for prose, writing is essential ; loc. ; Theocr. xiv. 65 ; ib. xv. 6 ; Eur. JF/fc. 
 
 for verse, only memory is required. See 933; Thucyd. L 6. 3. See Bekker's Chart- 
 
 MUller's Htst. Gk. Ltt. c. xxxi. The r/«, Excursus on T'A^ Z?r^jj, and Z>K-i!y. ^ 
 
 chief Sophists were Gorgias, Protagoras, Anttq. under the several words by which 
 
 Prodicus, Hippias r others were Tisias, t!ie articles of dress are described. 
 
158 
 
 Examination Papers. 
 
 e. IlavTa KprjTrlSes, iravTo. \\aixv8rf(f>6pot dvS/)cs. 
 /. A^xr) 8k <j>ikia fiovoireirkos XiTrovcra Atopic <os Kopa. 
 g. Kat ot irpecr/SvTcpoL avrots t(ov cvSaifxovwv 8ta to a/3po- 
 diaLTOv ov TToA-vs xpovo'S €7rCl8^ ^ITWVaS T€ Atvov? 
 €7ra-varavT0 <l>opovvT€S koI ^(pvorwv TCTTtywv kvkpcTiL 
 KpoyfSvXov dvaSovfJLivoi tcov iv ry K€(f>aXy rptyOiv. 
 12. Write succinctly, and in Latin, biographical notices of 
 the following personages, stating the date and place of the 
 birth of each : — Theramenes, Polybius, Poseidonius, Arcesilaus, 
 Parmenides, Eratosthenes.^ Give in English the dates and 
 circumstances of the following events: — the first and second 
 battles of Mantinea ; the peace of Antalcidas ; the defeat of 
 the Athenians in Egypt ; the deaths of Cleon and Brasidas. 
 
 [Indian Civil Service , 1858.] 
 
 1 Theramenes Atheniensis, Hagnonis 
 filius, sive, ut aliis videtur, ortu Cous, ab 
 Hagnone adoptatus, unus ex Triginta, qui 
 dicuntur, Tyrannis, cognomen habuit Co- 
 thurnum quippe qui, ut utrique pedi caliga 
 ilia, utrique parti conveniret : pugnae apud 
 Arginusas interfuit, et per eum factum ut 
 decem illi navium prsefecti capitis damna- 
 rentur. Anno ante Christum natum quad- 
 ringentesimo quarto in carcerem triginta 
 juspu tyrannorum conjectus, quum vene- 
 num ut sitiens obduxisset, reliquum sic e 
 poculo ejecit ut resonaret, quae pulchro 
 Critise, cujus jussu damnabatur, propinatio 
 foret.— Videsis Cic. Ttisc. i. 40. 96; Xen. 
 Hist. Gr. ii. 3. 56. 
 
 Polybio, Lycortse filio, patria Megalo- 
 polis, quae in Arcadia est urbs : Scipionis 
 Africani Minoris amicus res Romanas 
 egregi^ scripsit, neque illo uti auctore de- 
 dignatur T. Livius. Philopcemene, Grae- 
 corum uUimo, familiarissime utebatur juve- 
 nis, ideoque res tum bellicas turn ad civita- 
 tem administrandam pertinentes unic€ cal- 
 lebat. Romam, jubente Callicrate, anno 
 ante Christum natum centesimo sexagesimo 
 septimo, quod rerum Romanarum contra 
 Persea regem non fuisset fautor, advectus, 
 in ^milii PauUi domo versabatur: Car- 
 thagini ab Scipione deletae interfuit, res 
 inde Peloponnesiacas, in pejus indies, prop- 
 
 ter insanum cum Romanis bellum, jam 
 delabentes, optim^ sanavit : ante Christum 
 natum centesimo vigesimo secundo, an- 
 num jam octogesimum tertium agens, de- 
 cessit. 
 
 Poseidonius, philosophus, Panaeti disci- 
 pulus, Ciceronis et Pompeii aequalis, philo- 
 sophiam, astronomiam, res geographicas, 
 assidu^ colebat: auctore illo in libro qui 
 de Ojfficiis vocatur usus est M. T. Cicero. 
 Natus est Apameiae, anno ante Christum 
 natum centesimo tricesimo primo : Romse, 
 annum jam agens octogesimum tertium, 
 ex hSc vitS migravit. 
 
 Arcesilaus, novae, quae dicitur, Acade- 
 miae fundator, comis quidem atque urba- 
 nus, at vita tamen solutissima, adeo ut 
 annum jam agens septuagesimum sextum 
 quum vino nimium indulsisset morbo ab- 
 sumptus periret. Si Ciceroni {Acad. i. 12) 
 credendum, et ea quae ignoremus nos scire 
 posse negavit. Patria illi Pitane, urbs 
 iEolica : anno ante Christum trecentesimo 
 decimo octavo natus est 
 
 Patria quidem Parmenidis Italiae urbs, 
 Elea, quam coloniam baud diu ante de- 
 duxerant Phocaeenses : tanti in urbe Elea 
 habitus ut singulis annis in leges quas con- 
 stituisset jurare cogerentur magistratus. 
 Res philosophicas carminibus Epicis illus- 
 travit, immutabile Veritatis cor, monstrantc 
 
Examination Papers. 159 
 
 LXXVII. 
 
 i. Trace the most important constitutional changes at 
 Rome, giving the occasion of each, the dates, and the first 
 holders of each new office. 
 
 2. The causes, chief circumstances, and effects of the Sam- 
 nite wars. 
 
 3. Mention the names of the persons distinguished by the 
 following agnomina : — Africanus, Asiaticus, Macedonicus, 
 Numidicus, Creticus ; and the events which gave occasion to 
 them. 
 
 4. Write a life of Maecenas, showing his position as chief 
 minister of the empire, and as the centre of the literary society 
 of Rome in the Augustan age.^ 
 
 5. Describe the Roman system of making roads ; mention 
 the main roads leading from Rome, and give a detailed account 
 of the Via Appia.^ 
 
 6. Mention the chief places in Latium and Campania, illus- 
 trating your answer by quotations from classical authors. 
 
 7. Give a topographical description of the city of Rome, 
 and an account of the every-day life of a Roman noble, at the 
 time of Augustus. ' 
 
 dea Sapientia, adjurante quidem Justltia, autem modo eandem rem investigare potu- 
 perscrutatus : primordia rerum duo, aurai erint nostrates primus ille significavit : 
 simplicis ignem, ut Maronis utamur verbis, quantum ab terrS abesset Sol, quantum 
 et caliginosam densissimae noctis naturam, Luna, idem demonstravit : res geographi- 
 constituit : at subtiliora sunt hujusmodi cas, tabula, ut ipse dimensus esset, pro- 
 argumenta quam quae currente quasi cala- positS, denuo constituit : neque minus lite- 
 mo adumbremus. Anno ante Christum ris ac disciplinis humanioribus deditus 
 quingentesimo vicesimo natus est. Comicorum poetarum insigniores, Aristo- 
 Eratosthenes Cyrenaicus, mortem sibi phanem, Cratinum, Eupolidem dicimus, 
 per inediam, quod, oculis captus, vitje jam judicio subtilissimo in trutina pensaverat. 
 pertaesum esset, anno ante Christum cen- ^ gee Merivale's Rome, iii. ^Zoseqq., iv. 
 tesimo nonagesimo sexto, Alexandnae con- 
 scivit. Artis geometricae atque astronomiae 
 
 egregi^ sciens quanta esset terrae moles "^ See Dicty. oj Antiq. s. v. Via, and, 
 
 quum perscrutari vellet successum quidem ^o"" ^^e Via Appia, Hor. S. i. 5. 
 
 habuerit necne vix cognoscendum, quo ^ See Merivale's Rome, v. 1-87. 
 
1 60 Examination Papers. 
 
 8. The system of provincial administration under the early 
 emperors. 
 
 9. Show how Rome from its position was the natural seat 
 of empire ; and give the extent, union, and internal prosperity 
 of the empire in the age of the Anton ines.^ 
 
 10. * Satira quidem tota nostra est.' Illustrate this asser- 
 tion of Quintilian, and characterize briefly the chief writers in 
 this branch of literature.'^ 
 
 11. Give a short view of the Latin case-system. 
 
 12. Give the derivation of the following words: — hostis, 
 prcelium^ proletarius^ securis^ securus, incolumis^ siiblimis^ sub- 
 iiliSy calamitaSy coram, duntaxat, career, 
 
 [Indian Civil Service, 1858.] 
 
 LXXVIII. 
 
 1. SoloiT is said by Aristophanes" to have been <l>iX68rifio<s 
 TYjv <fiva-Lv. Show how far this epithet is justified by the pro- 
 visions and tendency of the legislation of Solon. 
 
 2. What was the revenue of Athens, and what were the 
 sources of it, B.C. 431 ? Calculate the expense to the State of 
 100 triremes kept in active employment during an entire year ; 
 and define the duties of a TpLTjpapxos.^ 
 
 3. What is meant by ^woLKia and ^vvoikl^€iv 1 Point out 
 the political and social effects of the change implied in the 
 word, and give instances."* 
 
 1 See Merivale's Rome, vii. 254. . , . 100 X zoo X 354 
 
 trireme as 200, the cost is x6o 
 
 ' See Quintil. x. i, § 93 ; Dryden's Dis- r 
 
 course on Satire {ed. 1851, ^p. 351 seg^.) ; 1 180X3 9X250 
 
 Simcox, Introd. to Juvenal: Merivale's ""^ talents= ^^ =^287,625. 
 
 Rome, viii. 78, vi. 460. — See, on the Ath. revenue, Boeckh's 
 
 Public Economy of Athens, ii. 180 seqq. 
 Nub. 1187. _Sgg ^^^y ^j. ^^^^.^^ g ^ . Kennedy.^ 
 
 * See Ar. Vesp. 656 segq. — The state Demosih. i. 304. 
 
 allowed (Thuc. vi. 31. 3) a drachma per day 5 By these words is meant keeping 
 
 per man: taking the Ath. year as 354 days, festival [jk f.) for Attic union made by 
 
 and the average number of men on board a Theseus. See Thuc. ii. 1 5. a. 
 
Examination Papers. 16 1 
 
 4. AaKeSaifxSvLOL ttoWovs djx(l>i(rPijTrj(ravT€<s \p6vovs VTrcp rrj^ 
 T(av *EkX.T}Viav i^y€/xovias, €Tr€iSrj ttot' iKpariqa-av, fi6X.L<s err] BtoBeKa 
 Kareixov avrrjv dSrjpLTov. Whose words are these 1 What is 
 the interval spoken of? Give a brief summary of the history 
 of Greece during it. Explain the expression irokXovs xpo^ovs, 
 and illustrate the meaning of the word ijye/ioi'ta from the 
 Greek historians and orators.* 
 
 5. What was the object and nature of the ephoralty? 
 Mention any instances of the influence of the ephori on the 
 foreign policy of Sparta.' 
 
 6. From what countries did Athens import gold, hides, 
 timber, and corn 1 Have we any data for determining the 
 quantity of any of these commodities imported, or the relative 
 value of gold and silver 1 " 
 
 7. Point out the principal conservative elements in the con- 
 stitution of Athens, and their operation at any important 
 epochs.* 
 
 8. Where were Scione, Crommyon, Myrcinus, Naupactus, 
 Cyzicus, Ardericca, Megalopolis, D)nTachium, Coryphasium, 
 Stratus, Agylla, Acanthus, Doriscus, Arbela, Nicopolis^ 
 Mention any circumstances connected with any of them, that 
 gave them an importance at any period of history with which 
 you are acquainted.* 
 
 9. Write a clear and detailed account of any one or more 
 
 I See Polybius, i. 2. 3. The interval, if capezum, Theodosia / Dicty. of Antiq. 
 
 rn\ 8<liSeKa be meant, is B.C. 404-392. For s. v. Stios. The timber from Ponitts. 
 
 iiyeft.., see Hdt. iii. 65. 10, vL 2 ; Thucyd. The relative value of gold to silver in the 
 
 V. 47. 7 ; Dem. 217 extr. iEschin. 62, 72, time of Hdt. was 13:1 ; in the time of De- 
 
 74 (c. Ctesiph. §§ 58, 132, 143); Lycurg. mosth. 5:1. Kennedy, ft/jw/r. vol. L 253, 
 
 c. Leocrat. % 61, where some read «v5a4- and, on these points generally, Boeckh's 
 
 \i.wLo.<i for iQYefxofta?. Public Economy 0/ A thens. 
 
 * ^^ Dicty. of Antiq. s. v. .,,-,.• 
 
 « lb. s. vv. Aurum, Argentum, Num- * ^^J '^'^^^^^'^ °^ .^"^ Areiopagus. See 
 
 «M, Pondera. Hides from Panticapaeum. Kennedy, ut su^. u. 332 i Grote, Index. 
 
 See Dem. 910. — Com especially from Theo- * For Scione, see allusion in Ar. ^V^. 
 
 dosia and the neighbourhood. DcoLLept. 209. — For Ard., see Hdt i. 185, on which 
 
 466. Athens derived 400,000 medimni of passage Pro£ Rawlinson remarks that no 
 
 corn from the Cimmerian Bosporus. See such cuttings as are there described can 
 
 Dicty. of Geogy. & w. Bosporus, Panti- ever have existed. 
 
1 62 Examination Papers. 
 
 of these actions: — Plataea, Mantinea (the first or second battle), 
 the last naval action in the harbour of Syracuse, ^gospotami. 
 
 10. IToXXwv 7rpoaip€cr€<i)v ova-biv T7J<i TroXireta?, rrfv "Trepl ras 
 *EAAi;vi/<as vpd^€Ls ilXofiTjv tyw.^ Explain this passage, and 
 illustrate it by reference to the life of Demosthenes. 
 
 11. Quote or refer to any passages in the Greek poets 
 flattering to Athenian vanity.* 
 
 12. In the 124th Olympiad died Seleucus, Ptolemy, and 
 Lysimachus. What portion of the dominions of Alexander 
 fell to each of these sovereigns respectively, and what were 
 their relations to each other at the time of their death 1 Men- 
 tion also the sovereigns who died nearly at the same time in 
 the 139th Olympiad.' 
 
 13. IlaveTat yap (KacTTOS ^rjTOJv Trw? Trpa^et orav cts avrov 
 dvaydyri rrjv a/o^^v, koI avrov €is to riyov/xevov tovto yap 
 TO irpoaLpovfievov 8rj\ov Si tovto €K twv ap^atwi/ TroXiret^v 
 OS "Ofwypos ifi.tix€LTO' ot yap /Jao'iAeis a irpoeXoiVTOf dvqyyiX- 
 Xov T<J) Srf/iq).* Explain this passage, noticing particularly 
 ifiLficLTo.^ Does this account of the relation between the 
 Homeric kings and their subjects represent the authority of 
 the former as absolute ? Distinguish ^ao-iA.cus from ala-vfivrjTr)^. 
 Trace the analogy between the different elements in the con- 
 stitution of states and the constitution of the individual man, 
 as drawn out and expanded by any other author. 
 
 [Indian Civil Service^ 1859.] 
 
 I Dem. 245. of the battle of Salamis. The avayvtiptan 
 
 * Among others may be mentioned (i.) of the Eumenides isalso a direct upholding 
 
 Eurip. Med. 663 segg., especially the Cho- of an Athenian institution. See also (a.) 
 
 Tas^t7^seqq. (2. ) The Heracleidse select- Donalds. Index to Pindar, s.v. 'K9a.vai\ 
 
 ing Athens as their place of refuge. — [b.) Ar. A cham. s°9 ^^99- ■> ^^- sSi- 
 
 Heracl.^%. (3.)Theplay of the .$•«////<:« s The dates are 280, 281, 283 B.C.— L. 
 
 is an cYKoSfAtoi/ 'AdTjvwi/ throughout. — See was married to Arsinoe the daughter of 
 
 w. 184 seqq. Their vanity is indirectly Ptolemy. They were in alliance against 
 
 flattered by abuse of Sparta in Atidrofn. Demetrius, but P. and S. were jealous of 
 
 445 seqg., and Suppl. /. c. We also have each other.— Cleomenes (221), Antigonus 
 
 (4.) Tlieseus receiving CEdipus in O. C. ; Doson (220). 
 
 with the Chonis, vv. 668 segg. See also * Ar. £iA. iii. 3. 18. 
 
 (5.)i*:sch. Pers. 349, and the description » The word means nV//W// or A«r»Mj'. 
 
Examination Papers. 163 
 
 LXXIX. 
 
 1. How many different languages were spoken in Italy at 
 the close of the second Punic War 1 What reason is there for 
 supposing that the Latin language was composite, and that its 
 constituent parts may still be recognised and discriminated ? 
 Translate the following fragment, making remarks on the 
 archaic forms or obsolete meanings of common words : — Si in 
 jus vocat, ni it, antestator ; igitur em capito j si calvitur, 
 pedemve struit, manum endo jacito.* 
 
 2. To what period would you assign the earliest influence of 
 Greek literature on the intellectual cultivation of the Romans?^ 
 What branches of Latin literature were confined to an imitation 
 of Greek models ? What form of dramatic entertainment re- 
 tained its nationality for some time after the study of Greek 
 had become general ? Had the Romans any metre which was 
 not borrowed directly from the Greeks % If so, give an account 
 of it. 
 
 3. What are the main reasons for doubting the credibility of 
 the early history of Rome ? Illustrate this by a brief examina- 
 tion of the period from the expulsion of the kings to the 
 burning of the city. On what principles does Niebuhr base 
 his theory of reconstruction?'* 
 
 4. Give the dates and circumstances of the following 
 events : — the battle of Cynoscephalae ; the passing of the 
 
 See Dicty. ofAntiq. s. v. Rex, and Homer, Introd. ii. § 13, and, on the subject gene- 
 
 //. ii. 53 seqq. BatriX. is an hereditary, aio-. rally, the earlier chapters of Donaldson's 
 
 an elective monarch. Arist. {Pol. iii. 14. * Varronianus. See the passage explained, 
 
 8, cd. Congreve) calls it alpexT) Tupavvi?. *ib. ch. vi. § 7. 
 
 The analogy is developed by Plato in the ^ To the period after the first Punic 
 
 fourth book of the De Republica. War. See, on this subject, Hor. Epist. 
 
 I The second Punic War ended B.C. 202. ii. 1. 56 seqq. 
 
 There would be spoken then (i.) Latin; 8 xhe period will be B.C. 509-389. See. 
 
 (2.) Oscan ; (3.) Greek, in Bruttium and Student's Rome, ch. v. vi. ix. x. xiii., 
 
 the Hellenic districts ; (4.)Umbrian; (5.) for remarks on the true circumstance ot 
 
 Sabello-Oscan ; (6.) Etruscan. See re- events there recorded, as different from 
 
 marks on the gradual fusion of the several the legendary accounts, and p. 69 for .1 
 
 parts into one whole in Student's Rome, short sketch of NieViuhr's method. 
 
164 Exaniiiiation Papers. 
 
 Licinian Rogations ; the death of M. Drusus ; the mission of 
 Cineas ; the capitulation of the Roman army at Caudium. 
 
 5. Compare the Roman system of provincial government 
 with that of the distant dependencies of this country. What 
 is the primary meaning of the \ior<\s provincia and inunicipiuml 
 State the different kinds of rights included under the latter 
 name, giving the Greek term corresponding to each. Distin^ 
 guish between /wj- Latii a,nd jus Italicum} 
 
 6. Write down at full length the names of the following 
 persons, and give the character of each as briefly as possible 
 in terse and elegant Latin : — Tacitus (the historian) ; Lucullus ; 
 the younger Africanus. Explain the origin of the following 
 names : — Coriolanus, Agrippa, Callaicus, Scaurus, Sulla. 
 Sketch the literary history of Ovid.* 
 
 7. Who were the necessary officers of a legion, and to what 
 rank in the English army do they correspond respectively? 
 Describe a Roman camp, explaining particularly the terms prin- 
 cipia and via quinta?ia. What are all the applications of the 
 adjective decumanus^ and why was \hQ porta decumand so desig- 
 nated?' 
 
 1 See, on the R. provinces, Merivale, i. lus, victo Mithridate insignis, luxuriae idem 
 
 20 seqq., and chs. 32, 34, 39 ; Dicty. of ac Uteris unice deditus, in eo infelix quod 
 
 Antiq. s. v. Provincia. — On colonies. Ma- milites, ut nimis disciplinae studiosus, aegri- 
 
 caulay's England, viii. 55 (ed. 1862). us secum xeaxitxti.—Publius Cornelius 
 
 Provincia, being undoubtedly derived Scipio yEmilianus Africamts Minor, L. 
 
 from Procidentia, is a sphere qfsuperin- Mxa.. PauUi filius, Carthagine et Numantia 
 
 tendence. Municipiutn literally is a par- in deditionem acceptis celeberrimus, Afri 
 
 taking of duties and privileges (muneVa) : cano illi Majori haudquaquam par, populo 
 
 the privileges varied with the nature of the minus favebat, Tib. Gracchum jure cacsum 
 
 municipium. The Gk. terms are iroXireia, praedicans, et quibus noverca esset Italia, 
 
 ariKeioL, avTOPonCa. The 5^«f Italicum populum significans, tacerent jubens, a 
 
 was the right of a community; the J. L., Papirio Carbone interfectus.— Ca//a«T«-, 
 
 of an individual. See Dicty. of Antiq. see Dicty. of Biogy. s. v. Brutus, 15. 
 
 s. vv. Latinitas, Co Ionia, p, 318 ; Stu- Scaurus is iveak-ankled, or club footed 
 
 denfs Rome, ch. xxiii. (Hor. .S". i. 3. 47).—Sulla may be from 
 
 ' Caius Cornelius Tacitus, rerum Ro- Surula, dim. of Sura, the calf of the 1^, 
 
 im in pejus delabentium vel potius and would mean, in that case, a man with 
 
 delapsarum scriptor doctissimus, in ora- slender calves. — See Dicty. of Biogy. s. v. 
 
 tione brevis, tantum non omnia acerrimd ' The necessary officers were the Tri- 
 
 insectatur, quippe qui hominura vitia im- buni, corresponding to our Captains : Cen- 
 
 perii esse censuerit. — JL. Licinius Lticul- turiones, partly resembling our Ensigns, 
 
Examination Papers. 165 
 
 8. What was the situation of the localities in ancient Rome 
 designated as Janus, Puteal, Rostra, Velabrum, Subura, Tuscus 
 vicus, Macellum ? Give the etymology of these words, and 
 explain fully the following passages : — 
 
 a. Postquam omnis res mea Janum ad medium fracta est. 
 
 b. Tusci turba impia vici, cum scurris fartor, cum Vel- 
 
 abro omne Macellum. 
 
 c. Si Puteal multa cautus vibice flagellas. 
 
 d. Nee unquam sanguine causidici maduerunt Rostra 
 
 pusilli. 
 
 e. Ego vel Prochytam praepono Suburae. 
 
 /. Omnes compacto rem agunt, quasi in Velabro olearii. 
 What origin has been assigned to the custom of shutting the 
 temple of Janus in time of peace, and opening it on the 
 renewal of war? ^ 
 
 9. When was the office of Censor established at Rome, and 
 with what immediate object? State distinctly the duties of 
 the Censors during the most flourishing period of the Republic, 
 describing particularly their functions in regard to the collec- 
 tion of the public revenue, and the execution of public works. 
 Distinguish between vectigal and ultrotributum. Translate and 
 explain the following passage : — Quid est turpius quam aliquem 
 computare, quanti vir bonus sit, quum virtus nee lucrum invitet, 
 nee absterreat damno, adeoque neminem spe ac pollicitatione 
 corrumpat, ut contra impendere in se jubeat et saepius in ultro- 
 tributis sit?^ 
 
 partly the non-commissioned officers : Op- Dicty. Geogy. s. v. Roma, p. 824. — Tuscus 
 
 tiOy nearly equivalent to Lieutenant and vicus, ib. p. 775. Tuscus is from Tursi- 
 
 Adjutant. See Dicty. of Antig. s. v. cus {WzTron. -p. 16).— Macellum, ronncclcd 
 
 Castra : Donalds. Lat. Gr. \ 56, Obs. 7. with maceria. 
 
 1 Janus is variously derived from dis The passages are, severally, Hor. 5". ii. 
 
 (8i«) or bis, \a.wu>, or the Pelasgic Tina= 3. 18, 228 ; Pers. iv. 49; Juv. x. 120, iii. 
 
 Sol.— See Paley on Ov. /". i. 64 ; Donalds. 5; Plant. Capt. iii. i. 29.— See Niebuhr, 
 
 Varron. pp. 36, 71, 143. — Puteal, perhaps //. R. i. 292. 
 
 from pluere. — Velabrum, see Paley on * Seneca, Z>/ 5«i4r/f<ri/>, iv. i, § 2. See 
 
 Ovid, F. \\. 405; Prop. v. 2, 7 ; 9, 5. Dicty. 0/ Antiq. s. v. Censor; Arnold's 
 
 Subura is a corruption of Succusa.— Sec Rome. For vectigal and ultro-trib., see 
 
1 66 Examination Papers. 
 
 lo. Trace the successive significations oi Indus and cruditio, 
 and give the primary meaning of dimico. Mark the quantity 
 of the second syllable of diuturnus and suspicion and indicate 
 the true orthography of the latter word. Distinguish between 
 peccatum^ culpa^ scelus^ noxa, and noxia ; between iabor^ opus, 
 opera ; between dare operam and navare opc7-am ; between 
 rursus and iterum ; between omnis, cunctus^ universus^ and 
 totus. Investigate the etymology of the following words : — 
 Calumnia^ contemplor^ indulgeOy siiice? fiium, fosdus (adjective and 
 substantive), vastus, bes, confuto, nudiustertiu5> 
 
 \Indiaii Civil Service, 1859.] 
 
 LXXX. 
 
 1. Into what periods, and on what principle, would you 
 divide the history of Greece ? 
 
 2. Detail the constitutional charges ascribed to Theseus, 
 Solon, and Cleisthenes, severally. 
 
 3. State the circumstances and terms of the Thirty Years' 
 Truce, the Peace of Nicias, and the Peace of Antalcidas. 
 
 Dicty. of Antiq. p 265. The difference active assistance, exert one's-self. — Rursus 
 between the two is illustrated by the prac- implies retu-niing along the same line, 
 tice among ourselves in the cases of a Iterum is ' going for a second time in the 
 turnpike toll and a building contract re- same direction.' It. also is^r tlie second 
 spectively. Liv. xxxix. 44 : Vectigalia time. /?., again, after any number of 
 summis pretiis, ultrotributa infimis loca- times.— See *il>. § 68, Obs. 5. Calumnia, 
 verunt. from Calvor, I frustrate ; hence, I harass 
 1 For ludus, eruditio, see Varron. pp. in any way, especially by slander. C<m- 
 141, 159. — Dimico is literally / move a thing templor=. I examine thoroughly the heav- 
 rapidly in different directions (dis-mico). enly enclosure (cf. iEsch. Pers. 367, t«>c- 
 Cf. Dignus quicum in tenebris mices, vos aiflepos) and its stars. — Indulgeo is 
 Cic. Off. iii. 19. 77) ; hence I fight. Dili- derived by some from dttlcis, but see fVar- 
 turnus, see Ov. Fast. vi. 352.— Suspltio, ron. pp. 76, 423.-866 Parry on Ter. Ad, 
 contr. for suspTcTtio.— Ter. Andr. ii. 2. 22 ; iv. 2. i,2,.—Foedus (adj.) was originallyyfe- 
 Donalds. *Lat. Gr. App. iv. § wi.— Labor tus, connected vf'xihfietere, to smell badly. 
 is toil, trouble, in all their senses=Tr6fo? : \ lb. 424. — Fcedus (subst.), from same 
 opus is work produced: opera, an effort root as it t IB m, fido, fides.— Vastus, con- 
 made, or assistance rendered. Dareoper- nected with z/m:«;«. Donalds. £ a/. O. 
 am=.to do one's best, and is sometimes p. 493. — Bes, from bis, 615. — Con-fundc, 
 used colloquially. Navare <v».=to lend Varron. p. m.—Nunc-dies-tertius. 
 
Examination Papers, 167 
 
 4. Give instances of celebrated Greek authors who were also 
 generals, and briefly describe the actions in which each took part.^ 
 
 5. Write a political life either of Pericles, or Alcibiades, or 
 Demosthenes. 
 
 6. Give a full account either of the Corcyrean Sedition, of 
 the Government of the Four Hundred, or of the Rule of the 
 Thirty Tyrants. 
 
 7. What do you know of the lives and works of Pindar, 
 Xenophon, Menander, Polybius, Plutarch, Lucian? 
 
 8. Aristophanes' Vespcz: — 
 
 Tov (fiopov ^fiiv diro t(ov rroXeiov ^vX.Xt^JSStjv tov irpocrtovTa. 
 Ka^o) TovTov TO, Tckri )((i)pl<s Kal ras 7roA.Aas €KaTO(rTas, 
 II/DVTaveta, fihaW^ dyopas, Ai/X€va?, fiKrOovs kol Syjixio- 
 
 Explain the various sources of Athenian revenue a3 indicated 
 in these lines. Do you remember the amount, as here stated 
 by Aristophanes % 
 
 9. State what you know on the subject of the population of 
 Attica.' 
 
 10. Give an account of the Athenian system of A«Tov/)ytat.* 
 What was the avrtSoo-ts % 
 
 11. To what states of Greece do the institutions known as 
 oiTi fHjLKKTiMos, K/ovTTTcia, 7r€7aXt(r/*<$s, sevcrally belong, and what 
 is known about each? 
 
 12. Explain the following terms : — cTrw/JcAm, ttj/uA/jto-ts, 
 -qkiaia, dirpoarraa-iov ypacfirj^ i^ovXrjs Sikyj, evOvvrj, cvSet^tS, eicray- 
 yeXia, €vr] koI vca, irapaTrpea-jSeLa, tokol iiroySooi, dytov drmT/Tos, 
 Ti/xav, Tip.oicr6aij V7ro>/*oo-ia, Trapaypa^xj^ to Xrj^Lap^^cKov ypa/x- 
 fxaT€lov. 
 
 [Indian Civil Service, i860.] 
 
 1 Thucydides, iEschylus, Sophocles, * Aristophanes, Vespa, v. 657. 
 
 Xenophon. < Kennedy's Demosth. iii. 24a, L 304. 
 
 » It is calculated at 500,000 by Boeckh, The technical term for an extraordinary 
 
 P. E. i. 44 seqq. \. was, perhaps, X. nporroKryi. 
 
1 68 Examination Papers, 
 
 LXXXI. 
 
 1. Mention the earliest Roman historians ; their dates and 
 the subject of their writings ; and give an estimate of their 
 value as authorities. 
 
 2. State the circumstances and objects of the decemviral 
 legislation as narrated to us, and examine how far these last 
 corresponded with its results. 
 
 3. What evidence have we of an ancient extension of Etruscan 
 power beyond the limits of Etruria proper ? To what causes 
 and to what period do you assign the utter extinction of 
 Etruscan nationality ? 
 
 4. If Alexander the Great had invaded Italy, upon what 
 generals could the Romans have depended to meet him in 
 the field ?» 
 
 5. When was the Prsetorship first instituted % What were 
 the duties of the office, and how were they afterwards modified 1 
 Explain the terms Prcetor Urbanus^ and Frcetor Peregrimis^ Jvs 
 honorarium^ E dicta translaiitia.^ 
 
 6. Name the principal battle-fields in Gallia Cisalpina, and 
 give the dates of, and the parties engaged in, the actions fought 
 on them, under the Republic and under the Empire, down 
 to the reign of Vespasian.' 
 
 7. Specify the causes, and give a short account of the events 
 of the Social or Marsic War. 
 
 8. From what order were ih^Judices originally taken ? What 
 changes were subsequently made 1 Whence the importance 
 of the question, which order should be intrusted with the 
 judicial power ? 
 
 1 On the subject of A. invading Italy, - For yus H., see Dicty. o/Antiq. s. v. 
 
 see Liv. ix. 17-19, who also speaks (c. 16 Edictum. 
 
 adfin.)oiVx^\mx%Q\xt%ox^%'par magitc s The banks of the Ticinus and the 
 
 A. dux, si arma, Asia perdomita, in Euro- Trebia ; Bedriacum, neighbourhood of 
 
 para verti'.set.' Cremona ; Mutina, Clastidium. 
 
Examination Papers. 1 69 
 
 9. Point out any circumstances in the condition of Italy, 
 and the relations between its peoples and Rome, favourable to 
 the prospects of Hai nibal's invasion. 
 
 10. What was the cause of the Romans first taking a part in 
 the affairs of Greece ? 
 
 11. Describe the early relations between Rome and Latium, 
 and show how they were modified by the consequences of the 
 Gaulish invasion. 
 
 1 2. Explain the allusions in the following passages : — 
 
 a. Antenor potuit, mediis elapsus Achivis, 
 Illyricos penetrare sinus, atque intima tutus 
 Regna Libumorum et fontem superare Timavi. 
 
 b. Alter Atys, genus unde Atii duxere Latini. 
 
 c. Nee fuit indignum superis, bis sanguine nostro 
 Emathiam et latos Hsemi pinguescere campos. 
 
 d. Motum ex Metello consule civicum. 
 
 e. Lacedaemonium Tarentum. 
 
 f. Telegoni juga parricidae. 
 
 g. — postremo severos 
 Censoris mores etiam collega timeret. 
 
 h. Nobilis omatur lauro collega secunda.* 
 
 13. Explain the meaning of the terms -.—justitium, postlimi- 
 nium, ampliatio, prcBrogativa, litera salufaris, deponianus, 
 sententiam dividere, testimonium dmuntiare, ingenuus, inquilinus, 
 provocation appellatio, intercessio. 
 
 [Indian Civil Service^ i860.] 
 
 1 See Virg. (<».) /En. i. 242 ; cf. Liv. i. 1. f. Jh. Hi. ag. 8. g. Juv. xi. 91. fi. lb. 
 i. lb. V. 568. c. lb. G. \. 491. d. Hon viii. ^53. 
 C. it 1. I. e. lb. iii. 5, ult. ; cf. ii. 6. ix. 
 
f 70 Exmninatiofi Papers, 
 
 LXXXII. 
 Roman History and Literature. 
 
 1. From what part of the simple Latin verb are frequenta- 
 tives formed, and how many forms of termination of these 
 verbs are there % Give instances. Give also the terminations 
 of desideratives and inceptives. To what class of verbs would 
 you assign those ending in ico, as vellico, in illOy as sorbillo, 
 and in isso, as patrisso \ ^ 
 
 2. What is the theory of pronominal suffixes? In what 
 class of Greek verbs does it appear most distinctly ? What 
 was, probably, the original form of the first person singular of 
 the indicative present of the Latin verb 1 State the grounds of 
 your answer. Decline amabam^ in the singular, adding the 
 pronominal suffixes at full length, separated by a hyphen from 
 the verbal body.* 
 
 3. Show, by reference to analogies or acknowledged prin- 
 ciples of philology, that the Latin qui or quis^ the English who, 
 and the Greek (old interrogative form) iros, and relative 05, are 
 only different modifications of the same element.' 
 
 4. Is the prefix inter ^ in such words as interimo, intereOy etc., 
 to be considered as the preposition ? if not, with what word in 
 English or German would you connect it 1 if it is, what ana- 
 logy in the Latin language itself, may be adduced in support 
 of the opinion ? Do you consider the particle in, used as a 
 negative in composition, to be the preposition 1 if not, what 
 do you consider it to be 1 Is it ever compounded immediaiely 
 with verbs, and, if not, why not ?* 
 
 1 Active supine. In -to^ -so, -ito. Can- are oblique cases of personal pronouns. 
 
 to, cur-so, vol-ito. Vellico is partly fre- In the verbs in -^t. — Originally ending -m, 
 
 quentative, partly diminutive. Sorbillo is as still found in sum, inquam. — Ama-e- 
 
 diminutive, but see Donalds. Lat. Gr. fiam, etc. See, on these points, Donalds. 
 
 % 117. a (bb). Patrisso is imitative, like New Crat. Book iv. ch. i. ; Varron. ch. xi. 
 
 EAAiji'iVw, fxijSifw. ' See Donalds. New Crat. §§ 145 seqq. 
 
 « The theory is that the pcrson-endbgs * lb. Book iv ^h. 2. ad /in ; Varron 
 
Exa7mnation Pap^fs^^ Ll^^?>vi7^ 
 
 5. Give the etymologies, either from withihltiie*Latitt Ikttguige 
 itself, or comparing each with its correlative in any one or more 
 of the cognate languages, of the following words: — adimo, 
 ador^ adorea^ (Bternus^ affatim^ aitus, amentum^ anima, anser, 
 arbiter, aurora, argentum, carmen, dietis, copia, coquo, considero, 
 dens, emolumentum, equus, exiguus, exilis, fecundus, femen, 
 /omentum, frmnentum, fermentum, gremium, hiems, lacryma, 
 longus, lupus, liber (adj.), lucus, legumen, meditor, negligo, nego, 
 nurus, nuntius, oscillo, oailus, sodes, sero (verb), volo, vox. Trace 
 the meaning of the word paganus from its origin up to that 
 which it obtained in later times, and show how the English 
 yfoxd j'eiuel IS derived from the haXm gaudium.^ 
 
 ch. X. § 7. The negative in, which Donalds. 
 (Var-ron. p. 331) says is the preposition, an 
 assertion which Zumpt, Lat. Gr. § 328, 
 denies, is not compounded immediately 
 with verbs, because, apart from such com- 
 position, it has no meaning. 
 
 1 Ad-emo (Varron. p. 389). — Ad, a San- 
 skrit root implying eating. A dor is, then, 
 grain prepared for eating. A dorea is liter- 
 ally a distribution of com after a victory ; 
 hence victory itself.— Hor. C. iv. 4. 37. 
 Ae-vi-ternus, axdiv-io^. — Ad-fatis'=yx^ to 
 and beyond satiety ; cf. fatis-co, Cic. ad 
 Ait. xvi. I. 5, Vellem satis esse, affatim 
 prorsus.— .<4 Itus is p. pass, oialo; it=, there- 
 fore, carried up to a great height. Cf. 
 Ov. M. iL I, Sublimibus alta columnis. 
 Agi-mentum. — Anima, ave/Ao?, dme,ar](ii. 
 Cf Hor. C. iv. 12. 2. — Atiser, same root 
 as X'?*'. g-ander. —A r{2id)-bitere, to go : pro- 
 perly, one who goes to view that on which 
 an opinion is given : root found in ar- 
 cesso : ar itself in Plant. True. ii. 2. 18. 
 A urora, from same root as oUG?, avu?, «a>?. 
 Sanskr. ushar {\n the morning).— .<4r^^«- 
 tum, from root opy- as found in apy-6? 
 (white), apy-vpo?, argent, arg-illa. — Car- 
 men, according to Donaldson ( Varron. p. 
 406), from Sanskr. kar-man=A thing made 
 =7roi»j/na : others derive from caTto.—Ciietis, 
 perhaps from KAveiv^one who hears and 
 obeys : a dependant. Cdpia, from cH dfes. 
 Coquo, from itinia, an older form of jreVaw, 
 iretrrw. See L. and S. s. v. itivrt.— Con- 
 sidero is, properly, an augural term, and 
 
 so from con, sidus : cf. A^-sidero, and see 
 Varron. p. 377. — Dens, 6-fiovs {F.) dent. 
 E-molu-mentum, from same root as mo- 
 lere, to increase, of which multTis is the 
 p. p. — Equus, from ijtttos. — See New Crat. 
 p. 169. — Exilis and Exiguus, connected 
 with egeo. — Fe-cundus,fe-men,fe-tus, /e- 
 mina, from root Fe, implying growth. 
 See Kritz on Sail. Cat. 33, x ; 53, 5. Fo- 
 vere, cf. Fo-ntes. Fru-gintentum, Fruor. 
 Fer-vi-mentum, Oepia. — L. and S. s. t, 
 Grentiutn is, perhaps, from gerere. — xeifui- 
 — SaKpvfJia, lamte. — Longus, from sar.ie 
 root as 5oXix°5 {New Crat. § 344). Xvico^, 
 loUp, wolf. Lucus, from vv^ [New Crat. 
 § 269), — e-Aevflepos. — Legumen, Xaxovoc — 
 fj.€Kera.v — ne[c)-lego — ne-aio — wos — Tiovi- 
 ventius. — Os. — See Virg. G. ii. 389. — Octi- 
 lus, from same root as o(r<re, oxj/ofiai, ail. 
 Siaudes. Sero, from same root as sino, as 
 seen by comparison of the perfect (Varron. 
 P- 393)' ^ovXo/xat, vouloir, will—porj. 
 Paganus originally was a dweller in a 
 pag^s, or in the country, as opposed to a 
 dweller in a town : it was also applied to 
 all who were not soldiers. Thus we have 
 milites et pagani, Plin. Ep. x. 18. Hence, 
 as the conformers to the old R. religion 
 were generally dwellers in the country 
 after that Christianity became adopted in 
 towns, the name was used by Eccl. writers 
 as it is at present understood. See Gibbon, 
 c. 21, ad fin. : Dicty. o/Antiq. s. v. Pagtis. 
 Gaudium, Joie, Joel, Joyau, Jewel See 
 Max MQller, Lectures, ii. 303. 
 
172 
 
 Examination Papers. 
 
 6. What were the earliest sources of information on the subject 
 of Roman history? What was the subject of the Annales of 
 Ennius, and the Origines of Cato ? In what metre were the 
 former written, and of how many books were they supposed 
 to have consisted?* 
 
 7. What form of composition may be considered to have been 
 indigenous among the Romans ? What was the metre chiefly 
 in use before the introduction of the hexameter ? Quote any 
 instances of it you can remember.' 
 
 8. What inference may be drawn from the Latin comic 
 metres, as to the ordinary pronunciation of the Latin spoken 
 language ? Quote instances, either from Plautus or Terence, 
 to prove your answer. Give the dates at which these two 
 authors lived, and a sketch of the plot or plots of any of the 
 plays of either you may remember.' 
 
 9. Give a synopsis of the Episodes of Virgil's Georgics.* 
 
 10. To what part of the peninsula was the name Italia 
 originally confined, and how was it subsequently extended at 
 successive periods 1 What districts were meant by the respec- 
 
 1 Ennius wrote, in eighteen books of pp. xxvii. segq. Ramsay's Plant. Most. 
 hexameters, the history of Rome from the Introduction, 
 times of the loves of Mars and Rhea to his w. 
 
 own times (b.c. 239-169). 
 
 ' Satire. The Satumian. The epitaph 
 on Naevius. The lines relating to his 
 quarrel with the MetellL 
 
 8 The great characteristic was contrac- 
 tion. The following principles may be 
 considered established: — (i.) In words of 
 more than two syllables, if, according to 
 the received prosodies, two or tnore short 
 syllables, exclusive of the final syllable, 
 occur together, the second of these short 
 syllables was slurred over. (2.) The accent 
 on a Latin dissyllable or polysyllable will 
 fall on the penult, if long. A list of ab- 
 breviated words is found in the Penny 
 Cyclopedia, s. v. Terentian Metres. See 
 also Journal of Education, ii. 344, iv. 336; 
 PoBaW*. Varron. p. 441 ; Parry's Teretut 
 
 ■* I. iai-146, 
 231-251, 
 
 Antiquity of labour. 
 Astronomical. 
 
 (Prodigies on death of JuJi- 
 ns Csesar, with allusions 
 to Philippi, etc. 
 136-176, Burst in praise of Italy 
 Allusion to Civil War. 
 Invention of Tragedy. 
 Praise of a country life. 
 Allusions to state of ItaK 
 
 198, 
 
 380-389. 
 458-474. 
 495-512. 
 
 III. 10-39, 
 
 f Allusions to history of the 
 
 \. times. 
 474-566, Cattle plague, 
 IV. 125-148, Corycius senex. 
 
 "Aristaeus, with the insv- 
 tion[453-527]of the story 
 of Orpheus and Eury- 
 dice. 
 
 315-558, 
 
Examination Papers. 1 7% 
 
 tive terms Latium vetus or antiquum, and Latium novum or 
 adjectum ? ^ 
 
 11. In what year and for what purpose were the two cities 
 of Placentia and Cremona settled 1 ^ 
 
 12. What countries are meant by Tacitus by the terms 
 Germania superior and inferior 1 Give the modern names of 
 Colonia Agrippinensis, Vetera (Castra), Augusta Taurinorum, 
 and Augusta Treverorum.* 
 
 13. Who was the last Emperor of the Julian line, and who 
 was the first elected by the Legions % Give the names of the 
 Emperors of the Flavian family, and describe briefly the con- 
 stitution of the home and foreign government as organized by 
 Augustus.* 
 
 [Indian Civil Service, 1861.] 
 
 LXXXIII. 
 Greek History and Literature. 
 
 1. What were ot ^Afj.<f>ucrvov€s ? Derive the name. How was 
 the most famous of them constituted 1 What part did it play 
 in Greek history in the time of Demosthenes 1 
 
 2. Describe the Institutions ascribed to Lycurgus, and state 
 their principal aim. Compare them with those of Crete. 
 Assign the causes of the decay of Sparta, and illustrate them 
 by historical details. 
 
 1 To the extreme S. portion, not includ- Cologne, Xanten (about thirteen miles 
 
 ing the whole of Calabria.— See Dicty from AsSurg), Turin, Triver. 
 Geogy. s. v. ; ib. s. v. Latium. 
 
 * B.C. 219. See Studenfs Rome, c. * Nero — Galba. Vespasianus, Titus, 
 xxvi. Domitianus. [For the true extent of the 
 
 • The term G. was applied by the Ro- term Flavian, see *Merivale, c. 68.] Au- 
 mans to the W. bank of the Rhine: the S. gustus's administration is discussed, *ib. c. 
 T»vt being Superior, the N. Inferior. 32, 
 
I 74 Examination Papers. 
 
 3. Give an account of the policy pursued severally by 
 Corinth, Argos, and Thebes in the successive periods of the 
 Peloponnesian War. 
 
 4. Describe the condition of the /MerotKot at Athens. What 
 was the number of their male adults in b.c. 309? Who were 
 lo-oreActs and irpo^evoi 1 ^ 
 
 5. What was iin^^cipoTovia vo/xo)v? What were the rules to 
 be observed by the proposer of a new law 1 What was the 
 penalty of not observing them?' 
 
 6. Describe the constitution and functions of the Athenian 
 BovXrj^ and of the *HAtata.» 
 
 7. Narrate briefly, with dates, (i.) The expedition of Demos- 
 thenes into ^tolia, (2.) The occupation of Phyle, (3.) Cinadon's 
 conspiracy, (4.) The foundation of Megalopolis, (5.) The 
 Lamian War.* 
 
 8. Sketch the life and character of Brasidas, Theramenes, 
 EpaminondaSj Dionysius the Elder.* 
 
 9. Trace the connection between the political and literary 
 periods of Grecian history. 
 
 10. Give the position of Phlius, Chalcedon, Delium, Notium, 
 Scione, Cirrha, Caphyae, TsLmyme, Sellasia, Sagras, Atarneus, 
 Lindus, Myus, Orneae, Scillus. Mention anything you know 
 about any of these names. 
 
 11. Enumerate the Attic Months, and explain the principle 
 of the Metonic Cycle.* 
 
 1 See Dicty. of Antiq. s. vv. Metoeci, and the confederate Gks. against Antipater, 
 
 Civitas, Hospitium: Kennedy's Demosth. regent of Macedonia on the death of Alex- 
 
 (Bohn's Classl. Liby.) iii. 251. ander the Great: called L. war because A. 
 
 « lb. s. V. Ckeirotonia ; Kennedy, ut took refuge in Lamia. *Ib. ch. 95, 96. 
 supra, ii. 347. 6 See, for Th., Ar. Ran. 538 ; Xen. 
 
 ' Kennedy, iv. 351 seqq., ii. 335 seqq. Hellen. ii. 3, §§ 50-56 (circumstances of 
 
 * (i.) Not the orator. Thuc. iii. 91, 94, his death). 
 q8, 102, 105-114. See *Grote, ch. 51. ^ See Dicty. of Antiq. s. v. Calenda- 
 
 (2.) Xen. ^ Hellen. ii. 4, § 2 ; *ib. ch. 65. rium. The Metonic Cycle is so called 
 
 (3.) Mb. iii. 3, §§ 4-1 r ; *ib. ch. 73. after its arranger Melon, an eminent Ath. 
 
 (4.) After battle of Leuctra, and under astronomer, who is introduced '\uX\\^ Aves, 
 
 auspices of Epaminondas. *Ib. ch. 78. 992 seqq., and who lived B.C. 432. The 
 
 {5.) L. was in Thessaly: war by Ath. Ath. year, after the time of Solon, con- 
 
Examination Papers. 
 
 175 
 
 12. Explain the terms, AiaiTr^rat, "Et^erat, 'E^r/yr/Tat, Aoyio-- 
 Tai, No/*o</)vAaK€S, d<fiavr}s ovcria, art Surh y^jir^cra.L^ Ik^vXA-o- 
 KJiopCaL, TOKOS vavTtKos, A.a)(a)v c^ovXt^s, Xtj^iapxiKov ypafifiaT^iov, 
 ;(tAt'as (o^Xc, 7r/3iTavcia ^ctvai.* 
 
 [Indian Civil Service^ 1861.] 
 
 LXXXIV. 
 
 1. To *EXX>yviKov, ofiaiixov T€ Kttl 6[j,6yX(a(r(rov \i\ov Sej ^€(ov 
 ISpvfiara Koiva kol ^vo-tas. Comment upon these asserted 
 characteristics of the Greek race, and show, by reference to 
 original authorities, how the expression must be limited." 
 
 2. Mention the principal epochs of Greek colonization ; the 
 states most famous for their colonies ; and the chief distinctions 
 between a Greek and a Roman colony. « 
 
 3. Specify the principal tyrannies established in Greece 
 about the time of Solon ; give the character which the Greeks 
 attached to the word Tv/oawos, and quote or refer to any pas- 
 sages illustrative of their feeling towards it.* 
 
 4. Give as nearly as you can remember in the language of 
 Herodotus or Thucydides, the characters of any two of the 
 following persons : — Themistocles, Pericles, Cleon, Alcibiades.' 
 
 5. Describe briefly the complete change which took place in 
 the constitution of Athens under Pericles and Ephialtes." 
 
 sisted of twelve lunar months : the cycle 
 of Meton of nineteen lunar years, he hav- 
 ing observed that in that time the new and 
 full moons are restored to the same days 
 of the year. The object of Melon's cycle 
 was to reconcile the lunar and solar time. 
 
 1 For T, p. see, particularly, Kennedy's 
 Demosth. iv. 328^^^^. ^Az/J/Zw^ contracts. 
 
 8 Hdt. viii. 144. Consider when these 
 words were used. The Gks. were, then, 
 as they said, and relatively to the persons 
 in opposition to whom the words were 
 
 spoken. Consider also the elements of 
 which the Gk. race was composed. See 
 Thuc. i. 3, 10 ; Hdt. viii. 73 ; and Raw- 
 linson, in loc. : Grote, ch. v. 
 
 8 On the colonies, see Dicty. 0/ Aniiq. 
 s.v. Colotiia. 
 
 * See Dicty. Aniiq. s.v. Tyrannus. 
 
 8 See (1.) Thucyd. i. 138, § 3. (2.) lb. 
 ii. 6s, § 8. (3.) lb. iii. 36, § 5 : Jv. 21, § 3 : 
 vi. 15. See also Hdt. viii. 124, § i. 
 
 • See Dicty. ofBiogy. s. vv. P. and E, ; 
 Grote ch. 46 segq. 
 
1 76 Exammaiion Papers, 
 
 6. Give accurately the argument of any speech in the first 
 four books of Thucydides.* 
 
 7. A short account of the life and character of Epamin- 
 ondas.' 
 
 8. Describe the events which led to the battle of Chaeronea, 
 and the battle itself." 
 
 9. The chief corn-growing countries in the ancient worid \ 
 Give any allusions to them in the Orators.* 
 
 10. The notices of the Macedonian monarchy before the 
 time of Philip.* 
 
 11. Explain the following : — 
 
 TovTOts lav Tts Svo Spax/xoLi fj,i<r66v StSy KaraTreXra- 
 (rovTat TrjV Boiwrtav okTjv' 
 Give the different rates of pay for soldiers. Explain op/ios, 
 opjJLiiaj 6pfJLi^(a, d(f>opfi'qj yrj<5 dvaSaa-fMos, <f>vyd8(av KadoSos, XP^^^ 
 diroKOirq. 
 
 1 2. Translate — ^€r]<s d^ioy 8ta iravrtnv Twv kv /^e\(}>oi(riv dva- 
 
 1 Take the speech of Cleon advocatbg at the good-natured. If they let them off 
 the severe measures against Lesbos (Thuc. easily now, all their allies would be revolt- 
 iii. 37-40). He begins by saying that a ing, as they would see that, if successful, 
 democracy is a bad governor of anything there was liberty at once ; if they failed, 
 away from home: continues by accusing nothing was done to them. They must, 
 the Ath. of being too unsuspicious, and he said, be strict, and not allow any feel- 
 lending too ready an ear to the proposers ing of pity, pleasure at hearing eloquent 
 of innovations : too clever men, he says, harangues in favour of an opposite course, 
 are not to his taste : political business is or gentleness, to have any weight ; all 
 better managed by men of inferior ability. such emotions were perfectly useless in 
 He himself was contented with things as governing bodies. Let them consider how 
 they were. With regard to the case before the M. would have acted if they had been 
 them, such as advocated mild measures masters, and punish them accordingly, as 
 must either be arguing for arguing's sake, a matter of justice, and as a warning to 
 or must have been bribed. It was all the the rest of the allies. 
 people's fault, however, who went to the 2 See Dicty. of Biogy. s. v., noting the 
 assembly for' nothing but amusement, to concluding paragraph, 
 gaze at a good speaker as at an actor. The , gee Chronolog. Table in Kennedy's 
 M., he proceeds, had revolted most un- D^^.th. vol. i. ; Grote, ch. 90. 
 justifiably, not from finding the A. yoke , ^ ^. , ^ . .. o-^ 
 1 1. J u ij r • tv • u * See Dicty. 0/ Anita, s. v. Sttos : 
 too hard — he could forgive them in such a r, , , „ t^ • 
 
 case-they had been treated too indul- ^°^''^' ^- ^' '' '°^ "'^'^^ 
 
 gently ; but it was always the case : unex- * See Dicty. 0/ Biogy. s. w. Perducat, 
 
 pected prosperity always led to insolence. ■^ uxander i. 
 
 Men were always respectful to persons that * Ar. Ach. 159. See Dicty. of Antiq. 
 
 Vept a tight hold over them, but sneered s. v. Exercitus; Thuc. iiL 17, § 4* 
 
Examination Papers. 177 
 
 drjixdriov, — exfevcr/xevois rrjs t(ui/ 'AOrjvaiiov 8vvdfjL€(i)<s iirl toctovtov 
 ocrq va-Tcpov 8u<f>dvrj^ — to airpayfxov ov (rw^crat firj fiera tov 
 Bpaa-Tqpiov reTayfxevov. ^ 
 
 [Indian Civil Service^ 1862.] 
 
 LXXXV. 
 
 1. Distinguish the meaning of adjectives ending in anus, 
 aneiiSf areus, ensis. His, inus, ivuSy rniis.^ 
 
 2. Enumerate the eighteen well-known Roman praenomina, 
 and mention a few others that have been found in inscriptions.'' 
 
 3. Write at full length the abbreviations, — s.p.q.r. ; s.d.p. ; 
 Q.F.F.Q.s. ; S.V.B.E.E.V. j Sepulchral j d.m. ; p.c. ; b.m.f. ; de. 
 
 QUA. N. D. A. N. MOR. Explain, — IMP. CAESAR. DIVI. NERVAE. 
 F. NERVA. TRAIANVS. AVG. GERM. DAC. P. M. TRIE. POT. VII. IMP. 
 nil. COS. V. P.P.* 
 
 4. What account can be given of the numeral signs in 
 Latin ?* 
 
 5. What was the office of Dictator? whence derived? what 
 the origin of the title ? how was the appointment made, and 
 what was it called 1 what the occasion and date of the first ap- 
 pointment? what the name of the first dictator? Mention 
 some of the most illustrious dictators. Who was the last, and 
 what the special object of his appointment ? « 
 
 6. Explain the military terms : — agger, lifnes, vallum, cuni- 
 
 1 See Hdt. i. 25. 2 ; Thuc. iv. 108, § 4 ; Dolorem accept nisi mortis. — Intperatar 
 cf. viii. 103, § 2; ii. 63, § 3; J elf's Gk. Gr. . . . Filitts . . . Augustus, Gervtanicus, 
 §§627. I. 3.^. 511. Dacus, Pontifex Maxiimis, Tribuniciti 
 
 2 See Donalds. Lat. Gr. § 115. Potestate septintum, Imperator quartum, 
 
 3 See a list, ib. Appendix ii., to which Consul quintum (sc. anuiitn), Pater Pa- 
 may be added y4/j**«f, Numerius, Opiter, tria, 
 
 Quod/elix/ausiumquesit. DisMani- * ^^ Donalds. Varr. cap. vii. § 7. 
 
 bus—Ponendnvi curavit.—Beata Memo- * See Dicty. o/Antiq. s. v. ; Merivalc's 
 
 ri(r 'or Boie vteretitt) Factum— Nullum Rome, ii. 223, 235, 330, 342. 
 
1/8 Examinatio7t Papers, 
 
 cuius, praeientura, tribunal, suggestum, prcBtorium, principia. 
 stipendiarii, emeriti, evocati, caiaphradi.^ 
 
 7. What do we leam from Tacitus of the number and dis- 
 position of the legions under Tiberius ? what legions took part 
 in the conquest of Britain 1" 
 
 8. Define the following localities in Rome : — Suburra, Vela- 
 brum, Carinse, Esquiliae, Mons Oppius, Mons Cispius, Collis 
 Hortulorum, Porta Capena, Porta Collina, Porta Pandana, 
 Ficus Ruminalis, Lacus Curtius, Arcus Drusi, Porticus 
 Octavi<'e, Templum Monetae. 
 
 9. Draw a map of the river Tiber and its tributaries. 
 
 10. Give an account of Cicero's proconsulate in Cilicia.' 
 
 1 1. What is the subject of Horace's First Epode ? Give a 
 short account of the political events to which it refers. 
 
 12. What are the lines in which Ovid anticipates immorta- 
 lity from his Metamorphoses ? Give similar passages from 
 other Latin poets.* 
 
 13. State the circumstances of the death of Germanicus.' 
 
 14. Give an analysis of Juvenal's Fourth Satire. 
 
 \Indian Civil Service, 1862.] 
 
 LXXXVI. 
 
 !.• Point out the connection between the early books of 
 Herodotus and the professed object of his history.^ 
 
 2. 'Eo-Tji/cyKttV (I? Tov Brjfxov ol a-vyypacjiTJs) e^eivac 'AOrjvatoiV 
 
 1 See Diciy. of Antiq. s. w. Castra, 30,11. 20; Wvrg. yEn. ix. 444 seqq.: Ov. 
 Exercitits, and the several words. Trist. iii. 7. 49 seqq. 
 
 * See Merivale, v. 193 seqq. 
 
 2 See Merivale, v. 277, vi. 248; Tac. 
 Ann. iv. 5. 
 
 » See Merivale, ii. 90, 94. Read, as « The great object of Hdt. was to give 
 
 illustrating the views of C. on provincial an account of the Persian War of Invasion. 
 
 goTernment, the letter ndQ. F. i. i. For a sketch of his History, see Diciy. 0/ 
 
 * See Met. xv. 871 seqq. / Hor. C. iii. Biogy. s. v. ; Rawlinson's Hdt. vol. i. c. 3. 
 
Examination Papers, 179 
 
 uvcfTreij/ yviafirjv rjv av Tis jSovk-qTai. What would be the con- 
 stitutional effect of this measure 1 ^ 
 
 3. * Ut contra consulate imperium tribuni plebis, sic contra 
 vim regiam ephori constituti.'^ Explain this statement, and 
 illustrate from history the relations between the kings and 
 ephors. 
 
 4. Mention any events connected with Lesbos and Chios 
 during the Peloponnesian War.^ 
 
 5. Give a brief summary of events from the close of 
 the history of Thucydides to the capture of Athens by 
 Lysander,* 
 
 6. 'EttciS^ Se ofc T€ 'Ad-qvaiiov rvpavvoi /cat ol Ik t^s aAAr^s 
 EAAaSos ot TrAeioTOt kol TcXevraLOt vtto AaKiSai/xov i(i)V KareXv- 
 Or)(Tav. Give some account of the events here referred to.^ 
 
 7. Xenophon says, that after the battle of Mantineia, which 
 every one expected to decide the state of Greece, the aKpia-ta 
 Kot rapaxr) was greater than before. Describe briefly the 
 state of Greece at this period.^ 
 
 8. By what methods did the Spartan government endeavour 
 to maintain its influence in Greece 1 ' 
 
 9. The circumstances that favoured the peace of Nicias, and 
 also those that prevented it from being permanent.® 
 
 10. What were the general geographical ideas of Herodotus, 
 and what his principal errors?" 
 
 1 See Thuc. viii. 67 segg^. * Xen. Helleii. vn. 5. 27. ITie date is 
 
 2 Cic. de Reptib. ii. 33. See Dicty. of 362 B.C. — Decline of Theban, and rise of 
 Antiq. s. w. EphoH, Tribunus (3). Macedonian, supremacy. — Aggressive po- 
 
 8 For L. see, especially, Thuc. iii. 1-50. licy of Philip shows itself not very long 
 
 The battle ol Arginusa was off the coast. after. 
 
 For C. see Thuc. I 116, ii. 9, iv. 51, viii. " See Grote, Index. 
 
 14-64. 8 The deaths of Cleon and Brasidas: 
 
 * The period being B.C. 411, ... 404, we behaviour of N. in the Sphacteria case 
 
 have the battles of Cyzicus, Ephesus, No- (Thuc. v. 16, 19, 24 ; vii. 86). On the 
 
 tium, Arginusae, iEgospotami : taking of other hand, peace was opposed by Boeotia, 
 
 Byzantium by Alcibiades : times of Conou, Corinth, etc. The real reason for its be- 
 
 Callicratidas. ing so short-lived was the j ealousy between 
 
 6 Thuc. i. 18. At Megara, Corinth, Athens and Sparta. See Grote, ch. 54, 55. 
 
 Sicyon, etc. Thuc. vi. 59 ; Hdt v. 63 * gee Rawlinson's Hdt. vol. i. ch. 3, pp. 
 
 seqq.: Dicty. of Antiq. s. v. Tyrannits. itssegq. 
 
i8o Exa77ii7iation Papers. 
 
 1 1. What are the earliest Greek tragedies of which we have 
 any notice ? Trace the growth of tragedy to its perfect form.* 
 
 1 2. Compare the moral teaching and tendency of ^schylus 
 and Euripides, both according to your own estimate and that 
 of the times in which they lived.* 
 
 13. When does the Achaean league first appear as taking a 
 prominent place in Greek history % Give some account of it, 
 and point out any indications of its existence at an earlier 
 period.' 
 
 {Indian Civil ^ervice^ 1863.] 
 
 LXXXVII. 
 
 1 . Give the rules for ascertaining the gender of nouns sub- 
 stantive in Latin, with the exceptions. 
 
 2. Distinguish between the meaning of the following words, 
 with quotations : — cutis^pellis ; sanguis ^cruor; armus, humerus; 
 tergum, tergus ; ungula^ unguis ; furnus,fornax ; frucf us, fruges ; 
 alga J ulva ; venter, uterus, alvus ; consors, socius, comes, 
 sodalis ; securus, tutus. ^ 
 
 1 The MtXijTOV oAoxris (b.c. 498) and Met. x. 700, of a man turned into a lion: 
 *oiVi<ro-a(. (b. c. 476) of Phrynichus. See Ex hunteris armi fiunt. This distinction 
 Hdt vi. 21. There were also, by Thes- is not always observed. H. also is the 
 pis, the Alcestis, the Pentheus, and some shoulder, a. the upper arm.— Ov. Met. xii. 
 others, 396 : Ex humeris coma dependebat in ar- 
 
 2 The great ancient authority is Aristoph. mos. — Tergus, the hide of a beast: ter- 
 in the Rutub. See e.g. 830 seqq., 1043 ^7<w, the back of anything.— y«"«. i. 211. 
 seqq. See, on the subject, Paley's Pre- Ungula, the hoof of an animal : unguis, 
 faces to his editions of iEsch. and Eurip. the nail of a human being, or the claw of 
 
 8 B.C. 280. The /Etolian league was an animal.— ySw. viii. s^.—Fumus, of a 
 
 the earlier form. See Grote, ch. 96. baker's oven : fontax, of a iorgc—Georg. 
 
 * Cutis, the smooth skin of a human be- 1, 472. Fructus, the produce of trees ; 
 
 ing: /£'///j, the rough skin of a beast. See fruges, of the earth; both words are, of 
 
 Juv, X, 192 ; Hon Epod. xvii. 15, 22 ; Ep. course, irom/na. — Cic. Ojff". ii. 3. 12 ; Hor. 
 
 i, 2. 29: Lucr. vi. 1270; Ov. Met. iii. 64. Epist. i. 12 ult. Alga, sea-weed: ulva. 
 
 Sanguis, blood in the veins : cruor, blood sedge. — ^Virg. Eel. vii. 42 ; Ov. F. v. 519. 
 
 shed. Tac, Ann. xii. /^j.—Armus, is the (i.) Venter, (2.) uterus, (3.) alvus, are all 
 
 shoulder of brutes: hume;usQiva&T\. — Ov. used of the womb. — See Juv. vi. 124, 596; 
 
Examination Papers. 1 8 1 
 
 3. What is the ordinary limitation of the use of the epithet 
 
 * propitius ' % What is the meaning of * adversum ire/ and 
 
 * adversitor ' \ » 
 
 4. Translate, with special attention to the words in italics: — 
 
 a. Elapsum semel non ipse possit Jupiter reprehendere, 
 
 b. Haud multo post aliquid quod poscas/dtr^j. 
 
 c. Ilium mater arete contenteque habet, 
 
 d. Prsebere ad contumeliam os. 
 
 €. Quod de Pompeio Caninius agit sane quam refrixit. 
 
 f, Ut captus est servorum. 
 
 g, Atque eccum tibi lupum in sermone, prsesens esuriens 
 
 adest 
 h. Pro isto asso sole quo tu abusus es in nostro pratulo, 
 a te nitidum solem unctumque repetemus.' 
 
 5. Virgil has * scopuloque infixit acuto j' but ' et acuta cus- 
 pide contos expediunt.' Why is the position of the adjective 
 varied ? What principle may be traced in the use of an adjec- 
 tive at the end of a clause in verse ? Give instances of incom- 
 plete lines in Virgil. How do you account for themi* 
 
 6. What is the date, and what is known of the life, of Ennius 1 
 
 Hor. C. Hi. 22. 2; iv. 6. 19; A. P. 340. 1 Generally of gods only ; butseePIaut. 
 
 Again, «^^r7« and »^«/er are used of the Merc. v. 2. 116. — To go and meet. — A 
 
 offspring. — Tac. A.\. S9'< Hor. Epod. xvii. slave sent to meet his master. 
 
 50 : Liv. i. 34, § 4. Utertts, also of any 2 a. See Phcedr. v. 8. 3. c. Plant. As. 
 
 cavity. — Mn. ii. 51, 52. Venter, of the i. i. 64. d. Liv. iv.35. 8. e. Cic. adQ. F. 
 
 belly, as the seat of hunger and gluttony,— ii. 6. f. Terent. M</, iii. 4. 34 (Parry jm 
 
 Pers. Prol. 10; Juv. iv. 107. In this sense loc.) g. PI. Stick, iv. i. 71 ; cf. *ib. iv. 1 
 
 we find «/£rz« occasionally. — Plaut. Frag. 21. h. Cic. ad Att. xii. 6. 3. 
 
 apud Aul. Gell. iii. 3. 5 : Puero uterus erat 3 Jq the first case the emphasis is on 
 
 solarium : ubi iste monebat esse, etc. So acuta : in the second {yEn. v. 208) the 
 
 Nt»5vs is used as the womb and the appetite, epithet is merely general and descriptive, 
 
 see Eur. .<4;w/r. 158, as also yao-nip. — Con- The adjective in this position is always 
 
 ^orj, a partner in fortune ; 6'<7«'«J, an equal, predicative. For incomplete lines, see 
 
 a mate ; Comes, a companion in travel ; yEn. i. 534, 560, 636 ; ii. 66, 233, 346, 468, 
 
 Sodalis, a companion in pleasure. — See, 614, 623, 640, 720, 767. The yEneid is 
 
 especially, Hor. C. iii. 24. 60 ; i. 7. 26 ; 37, said to have been left in an unfinished 
 
 4. — Secunis, free from care or apprehen- state at Virgil's death, and published, at 
 
 sion of danger ; Tutus, kept under guard, the order of Augustus, by the poet's execu- 
 
 and, hence, safe.— See Ov. Trist. ii. 157, tors, Plotius Tucca and L. Varius Rufus 
 
 and, as illustrating the literal meaning of (the poet Varius), who, acting on Virgil's 
 
 securus, ludges xviii. 7, 10, 27. deathbed charge, made no additions. 
 
1 82 Examination Papers. 
 
 What remains do we possess of his works ? What services has 
 he done to different branches of Roman literature ? What 
 were the sources of Roman history open to him ? How is he 
 estimated by Cicero, Ovid, and QuintiHan ?» 
 
 7. Translate and explain : — Augustus heredes instituit 
 primos Tiberium ex parte dimidia et sextante, Liviam ex parte 
 tertia ; secundos Drusum Tiberii filium ex triente, et ex partibus 
 reliquis Germanicum liberosque ejus sexus virilis ; tertio gradu 
 propinquos complures.^ What was the principle of the law of 
 descent among the Romans? Trace the family connection 
 between the first six Caesars. 
 
 8. Livy8 calls the Twelve Tables ' fons publici privatique 
 juris.' What is the traditional, and what may be the real 
 history of the Decemviral legislation % What were the prin- 
 cipal divisions of public and private law among the Romans ? 
 What was the legal position of the Wife in Roman law % Ex- 
 plain the phrase, * Adversum hostem aetema auctoritas.* 
 
 9. What are the dates of the four great battles of Pharsalia, 
 Munda, Philippi, and Actium % What the direct political effect 
 of each % Which do you consider the most decisive of the 
 course of Roman history, and why % Quote from the poets the 
 most pertinent allusions to the importance of each of them.* 
 
 1 Ennius lived B.C. 238-168. See Stu- s. w. Lex. xii. Tabularuvi, Jus, Mairi- 
 dent's Rome, chap, xxxii. xlv. We have monium, Usucapio ; Cic. de Off. i. 12. 37. 
 in all some hundreds of lines of fragments. * xhe dates B.C. are 48, 45, 42, 31. The 
 Cicero speaks of him, in De Opt. Gen. battle of A. is perhaps the most decisive, 
 Orat. i. 2, as suminus Epicus poeta, and inasmuch as a new era was inaugurated by 
 Pro Balb. 22, 51, quotes him as sumntus its result : at the same time the field of 
 poeta noster. Ovid, Trist. ii. 424, calls M. is notable as being the scene of the 
 him Ingenio tnaximus, arte rudis. See last struggle for R. liberty : again, the re- 
 zAso Am. i. IS, 19; A. A. iii. 409. Quint ;)?^^//<: perished at Philippi. For allusions, 
 X. I, § 88, compares him to a time- see (i.) *Lucan, vii. 407 seqq.: and see 
 honoured oak to which there attaches description in Caesar, B. C. iii. 71 segg. 
 more religious reverence (religio) than (2.) *Ib. i. 40; Ov. Trist. iv. 10. 6; and 
 beauty (species). see description in Auct. Bell. Hisp. 30. 
 
 2 Suet Oct. loi. The shares were \-k- (3.) Virg. G. i. 489 segg., with Conington's 
 J = §, and \. For the phraseology, cf. note; Ov. F. iii. 705 segg.: *ib. i. 694 
 Mart vii. 65 (66), xii. 28; Cia Ccecin. (689 al.) (4.) Hon C. i. 37; Virg. yC«. 
 6, §17. S^Q Dicty. o/Antiq.s.\. Heres. viii. 675 segg.: Propert. v. 6. 15 segg. 
 
 ' Livy, iii. 34. 2. See Dicty. of Antiq. (and Paley's Index, s. v.) 
 
I 
 
 Examination Papers. 1 83 
 
 10. What is the subject of Cicero's speech * Pro doma sua'? 
 Explain the historical circumstances connected with it* 
 
 11. Give an historical and critical commentary on the eighth 
 book of the ^7ieid} 
 
 12. Review the dialogue *De causis corruptae eloquentise ' 
 ascribed to Tacitus.' 
 
 \Indian Civil Service^ 1863.] 
 
 LXXXVIII. 
 
 1. Were there any circumstances in Greece which seemed 
 favourable to the Persian invasions % 
 
 2. Point out the faults (if any) in the following sentences in 
 Attic Greek ; correct them, and give the rule which is 
 violated : — 
 
 a. ^K€L CIS fidxav Trpiv av "qfiets ^ircXOtofiev. 
 
 b. fjXOov €is \(jipav tva 17/ias Kpar'qa-ixxri. 
 
 C, OVK o?5as, TV (xeWeL ytVecr^at eai/ oSe €p\€rai. 
 d. TO, TT/ao^ara ets ay/oovs €|/e/xovTO. 
 
 1 The speech was delivered Sept. 29, relative merits of poetry and oratory : ora- 
 B.c. 57. See remarks in Merivale, i. ch. tory is upheld by Aper, poetry by Mater- 
 viiL ix., and Abeken's Life and Letters of nus : at this point Messalla comes in, and 
 C. p. 158. Aper discusses (c. 16) the question who are 
 
 „ , , . , , . , to be called antiqui oratores. The causes 
 
 2 The great subject of the Mneidz^n^- ^^ ^^^ degenerate character of the elo- 
 rally is the glorification of the Roman quence of the times is ascribed by Messalla 
 nation and Augustus. Illustrate this by ^^ ^^ ^^^ .^^^^^^ causes-(i.) defective 
 considering the chief subjects represented education of children ; (2.) neglect of the 
 on the shield of ^eas(viii. 626-728). ^^^^^ ^^ ^^^ ^^^ ^^^i^^^ ^^^^I^^ ^j^^ 
 
 3 This dialogue, which is attributed to practice of vapid rhetorical exercises being 
 Quintilian as well as to T., was written (c. substituted. — [At this point there is a la- 
 i7)ia the sixth year of Vespasian (a. D. 7s). cuna.] — Maternus takes up the argument 
 The interlocutors are (i.) M. Aper, who from this point, showing that ancient ora- 
 defends the style of oratory practised in tors had (a.) 3^ wider field, (3.) richer prizes, 
 his day against the advocates of the ancient (c.) a more favourable, because more liberal, 
 form; (2.) Curiatius Maternus : (3.) L. state of things under which they pleaded. 
 yv^%X3SiV& Messalla: (4.) Julius Secundus. The dialogue concludes with the sensible 
 The scene is laid at the house of (2.), and advice to make the best of the age in which 
 the dialogue is reported to Justus Fabrius, they lived. The definition of an orator in 
 a friend of Tac. and Pliny the younger, c. 30 ad fin. should be noticed. For re- 
 and, most probably, a great rhetorician of marks on Roman Oratory in general, see 
 theday. We have a discussion (5-13) on the Merivale, iii. 41. 
 
184 Exammation Papers, 
 
 3. Compare the character of Ulysses as drawn in the Iliad, 
 the Odyssey, and the Dramatists.* 
 
 4. What influence had the Greek colonies on the politics of 
 Greece 1 
 
 5. To Tov KAewvos TO avTo (Tvficfiopov KOL SiKaiov. On what occa- 
 sion was this argument used, and in what instances was it acted on 
 in the Peloponnesian War by either of the contending parties V 
 
 6. Give an outline (with dates) of the events which led to 
 the Roman subjugation of Greece. 
 
 7. Give instances in which the construction follows the sense 
 rather than the form.' 
 
 8. Give any remarkable uses of the words ttoulv, Troiila-daL. 
 dfi€i/3€iv, oLKTrj, OL^^vrj, ipeiSeiv, ■)(^prj(r6ai, 
 
 9. Give instances of words differing in meaning according 
 to the accent* 
 
 10. Give the order in which the several branches of Greek 
 literature developed themselves.' 
 
 11. What was the origin of the place which the Chorus 
 occupied in a Greek tragedy ? Which of the Dramatists gave 
 it most importance ?' 
 
 12. Show by examples the proper force of a intensive.' 
 
 13. What do you consider to be the chief excellencies of 
 Homer as a poet?^ 
 
 \J71dia71 Civil Service y 1864.] 
 
 1 On the Homeric U., see Hayman's * i. (a.) Popular Songs, (5.) Dirges, (c.) 
 Odyssey, App. E. Contrast this with his Hymns on festive occasions. 2. Epic 
 chaTZCter\ntheAjax,Pktlocieies,3ind//e- Poetry. 3. Elegy and Epigram. 4. Iambic 
 citda. See Dtciy. of Biogy. s. v. Odysseus. Poetry. 5. Lyric Poetry. 6. History, 7. 
 
 2 See Thuc. iii. 47. 4 ; cf. 40. 4. In the The Drama. 8. Philosophy. 9. Oratory, 
 cases of Melos (ib. v. 84-116) and the ^ See Dicty. of Antiq. s. v. Chorus, 
 Athenian prisoners after the failure of the T'ra^^a'w.— Sophocles, 
 
 Sicilian expedition. ' See Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 374 ; J elf, § 
 
 3 See Jelf 's Gk. Gr. §§ 378 seqq. 335- Consider aTrupo?, oTrrfpos, i6a<tpvT<K, 
 
 * See ib. §§ so seqq.: Donalds, Gk. Gr. arenj?, a^uXo?. See Valckenaer's^<jiw»«a«. 
 Al>^. A.; Hr. BaxTy's*Notes on Accetits, ofTheocr. 
 
 jjjj gjj^ 8 Consider (i,) the grandeur of the dif- 
 
 * A most excellent manual, published Cerent parts of the poems, e.g., the opemng 
 by Bell and Daldy. of the Iliad, as also of isolated expressions. 
 
Examinatio7i Papers. 
 
 i8^ 
 
 LXXXIX. 
 
 1. Show that the letter v in Latin had sometimes the sound 
 of a/, sometimes of b ; that the sounds of o and w, e and /, t 
 and u, c and g^ were frequently interchanged respectively. 
 When was h probably not sounded 1 Is there reason to 
 suppose that // before a vowel had, as in English, in certain 
 cases the sound oish'i^ 
 
 2. Show from the derivation the correct spelling of imo^ 
 immo ; convitium^ convicium; litera^ litiera ; paulum, paullum ; 
 haeres^ heres ; prcelum^ prelum ; letutn^ lethum ; postumus, post- 
 humus ; caelum, caelum ; caeteri, ceteri ; lacrima, lacryma, lach- 
 ryma ; exantlare, exanclare ; inficior, infitior ; fecundus, 
 foecundus.'^ 
 
 3. Describe the situation of Capua, with illustrative passages. 
 What is the legend of its foundation, and what remarkable 
 incidents are there in its history?* 
 
 4. Describe the situation of Veii. To what nation did it 
 belong ? Relate its capture by the Romans, with the date. 
 
 such as xvii. 647 ; (2.) the naturalness and 
 beauty of the similes. Analyse the criti- 
 cism of Quintilian, x. i, § 46: Homerum 
 nemo in magnis sublimitate, in parvis pro- 
 prietate superaverit. Idem Isetus ac pres- 
 sus, jucundus et gjravis, turn copia tum 
 brevitate mirabilis : nee poetica modo, sed 
 oratoria virtute eminentissimus. Q. in- 
 stances Iliad, xviii. 18 seqq., which describes 
 the effect of the death of Patroclus on 
 Achilles, and xxiv. 477 seqq., describing 
 the begging of Hector's body from A. by 
 Priam. See Index to Quintil., ed. Bonnell. 
 
 1 See Quintil. i. 4, § 6 ; 5, § 19 seqq. : 
 Donalds. Varr. ch. 7, § 2 ; New Cratyl. 
 ch. s. — It is probable that ti was sounded 
 like sh in English subsequently to the 
 golden age. See, on the subject, Zumpt, 
 Lat. Gr. § 6 ; Andrews's Lat. Dicty. sub. 
 lit. T. 
 
 * Into— ' in the lowest degree,' as referred 
 to a proposition previously expres.sed : as 
 
 the adverb from imus, it should be spelt as 
 above. (Donalds. Lat. Gr. § 108.) — Con- 
 vitiutn, as contr. for convi«Vmm. — Litem, 
 perhaps from lino: notice litHra from 
 same. — Pau//um, contr. for pauxi//um. 
 Heres, from same root as h^rus. — Prelum, 
 from pr^mo.— Le^Aum if from A^flij : but 
 derivations are given from levo, lea (de- 
 led), \ayxo.vu> (!). — Postumus, as the superl. 
 of posterus. — Gz^lum, but derivation is 
 doubtful. — Oteri, from eVepoi.— Lacrjma. 
 Exanclare if from efavrAeii/ : but, if from 
 the same root as anc-illa, exandare. (Don- 
 alds. Varron. p. 149.) — Infi^eor, from fa/eor 
 Fecundus, from feo, from which also are 
 frnus, fhnina, f?mur, f<?tus. 
 
 8 Capua was about two miles from the 
 Vultumus, and one from Mt. Tifata : espe- 
 cially luxurious. See, especially, Liv. viL 
 29-32 ; xxiii. 18 ; Virg. G. ii. 224, speaks 
 of it as dives. Said to have been foiuided 
 by Capys. — y£«. x. 145. 
 
1 86 Examination Papers. 
 
 Give allusions to Veii in the Latin poets. Who was its patron 
 deity ?» 
 
 5. What was the Roman gens ? What Roman gentes traced 
 their origin to Trojan or Grecian ancestors ? Mention the 
 principal personages of the Julian, Junian, Cornelian, and 
 Valerian gentes. Could a Roman bear two Gentile names? 
 Explain apparent exceptions to the rule. When was the 
 theory of the gens lost, and how may the circumstance be 
 accounted for?* 
 
 6. What is an amphitheatre 1 Describe its principal features 
 and uses ? Was it peculiar to the Romans % What buildings 
 of the kind do we hear of at Rome and in the provinces % What 
 remains of them exist at the present day % Mention allusions 
 to them in the Latin poets. What was the origin of gladia- 
 torial shows % What the principal kinds of them % How are 
 they referred to by Cicero and Seneca % When were they 
 abolished, and what is the popular account of their abolition ?^ 
 
 7. What was the Roman name for the Treasury % Where 
 was the treasure deposited at Rome % Who were the keepers 
 of it % Enumerate the chief sources of Roman revenue, ordi- 
 nary and extraordinary. What special fund was kept in reserve, 
 and for what emergency % How did Caesar get possession of 
 
 1 v., now I sola Famese, about twelve of Caesar, Jul us, Mento. In G. Junia, 
 miles from Rome, was a city of Etruria the Bruti, Norbanus, Silanus. In G. Cor- 
 taken, B.C. 396, by Camillus after a siege, nelia we have Cethegus, Cinna, Cossus, 
 it is said, of ten years : the tutelary deity Dolabella, Lentulus, Merula, Scipio, Sulla 
 was Juno. See Liv. v. 8, 12, 13, 15-22; In G. Valeria, Corvus, Flaccus, Laevinus, 
 and, for allusions, Ovid, F. ii. 195 seqq. Maximus, Messalla, Publicola. See Duty. 
 (death of the 306 Fabii) ; Prop. v. la 23 ofAntiq. s. v. Nomen, subfinem. 
 (Paley); Lucan, vii. 393, says Veios . . . » See Dtcty. of Aniiq. s. vv. Amphi- 
 Pulvere vix tectae poterunt monstrare theatrum, Gladiatores. For allusions, see 
 ruinae. Juv. iii. 36, viii. 199 seqq. ; Hor. Ep. i. i, 
 
 2 The term Gens nearly =C/a!« ; in a 2 ; Martial, Spectac. i. ii. ; Ep. xi. 70. 
 Gens there could be several Familiae. The Cicero ( Tusc. ii. 17. 41) concludes his re- 
 Fabian gens claimed descent from Her- marks, Haud scio an. inhumanutn sit, ut 
 cules, t)\Q Memtnian irom MnesthetiS, the nunc fit, gladiatorumspectaculum. Seneca 
 Sergian from Sergestus, the Cluentian (^/w/. vii.) is very sarcastic, 'omissis nu- 
 from Cloanthus (see yEn. v. 117 seqq.), gis, mera homicidia sunt.' For the abolish- 
 the Julian from lultts. ment by Honorius, A. D. 404, see Gibbon, 
 
 The chief names in G. Julia are those ch. xxx. 
 
I 
 
 Examination Papers. • 187 
 
 it ? What was the * vicesima haereditatum ; * by whom imposed, 
 and by whom mitigated.* 
 
 9. Give the date, the occasion, and the circumstances of 
 the third Punic War. Who were the principal personages 
 that took part in it ? What account can be given of the topo- 
 graphy of Carthage] By whom was a Roman colony of 
 Carthage founded V^ 
 
 9. What territories did the Romans acquire beyond the 
 Rhine % What Roman general first crossed the Rhine, and at 
 what spot ? What victories did the Romans gain, and what 
 defeats did they suffer, in Northern Germany? Relate the 
 story of Arminius. What are our authorities for the history 
 of these affairs ? What Roman remains now exist beyond the 
 Rhine ?» 
 
 10. How does Virgil describe the forge of the Cyclops? Give 
 an account of the * Supper of Nasidienus' from Horace's 
 Satire. Relate the legend of the foundation of Thebes from 
 Ovid. Where was Lucan's * Grove of the Druids,* and how 
 does he describe it?* 
 
 11. Draw a map of the river Padus, with its affluents, and 
 the towns near its banks ?5 
 
 12. What is the geological formation of Italy? What 
 features in its ancient history may be explained by the forma- 
 tion, position, and physical peculiarities of the Italian peninsula? 
 
 {Indian Civil Service^ 1864.] 
 
 1 See (i.) Dicty. of Antiq. s. v. ^ra- Rome, etc., s. v. Germany, and Frost's 
 
 rium. (2. ) Merivale, cap. xv. vol. ii. i68. note on Tac. Germ. tnit. The authorities 
 
 (3.) Index, s.y. Revenue: cf. Lucan, iii. are Tacitus and Dion Cassius. Sc^ Notes 
 
 84-168. and Queries, fourth Series, iii. 523. 
 
 » See Dicty. of Geogy. s. v. Carthago, * Virg. Mneid, viii. 416 seqq. : Hon 
 
 p. 548. By C. Gracchus, B.C. 122; by Serm. ii. 8; Ov. Metamorph. iii. init. : 
 
 Julius Caesar, B.C. 46; in a manner re- Lucan, i. 450, iii. 399 seqq. For remarks 
 
 founded by Augustus, B.C. 19. on Druidism, see Merivale's Romtf iiL 
 
 * The Rhine was crossed, B.C. 55, by 215, and Index, j. v. 
 
 Julius Caesar between Coblentz (Conflu- 5 See Merivale, iv. cap. xxxix. ; ^^«. 
 
 entes) and.<4«^tfr«fl<:A (Antunnacum),pro- dent's Rome, I ntrod. Section i. Consider 
 
 bably nearer A. See Index to Merivale's the nature of the Samnites, Marsi, etc. 
 
I SS ' Exammation Papers. 
 
 XC. 
 
 1. Name the tense, mood, and voice of the following forms ; 
 give the present indicative active of those which have one, 
 and point out those which are peculiar to one dialect : — 
 
 atTiw, aKOVO-o), /?i/3a), yvdypioirjv^ 8a/xrjv, 8a/x^, ippaSarai^ 
 €vciKat, ecKadeLV, €K(jipv)cri, ySr), 7JTTr)TaLy KaOyfMrjv^ 
 KOfiLeirat, Kavd^ais, Ka6o}, crLyrjcrij), ra^w, Tedta, XPV^ 
 Xptiij \fev(Tio, 
 
 2. Mention the uses in which oirm, iva, and a.v may be 
 placed with the indicative, specifying the tenses in each case. 
 Describe and exemplify the position of av in sentences of 
 various construction. 
 
 3. Show the force of apa, Se yc, StJttov, rot, and, in answers, 
 of vroOeVf TTio fidXa^ rl firjv, youv, fiev ovv, o rt, otto)?. 
 
 4. Illustrate the Greek prepositions by translating the fol- 
 lowing phrases : — 
 
 a. Oh that it were in my power !* 
 
 d. We must do the same in your case as in his.* 
 
 c. He was intent on the business.'' 
 
 ^. Those in my house are not on my side.* 
 
 e. We shall be at the enemies' mercy.'' 
 / He is afraid about his children." 
 
 g. He escaped destruction by a little.''^ 
 
 5. Point out and correct the faults of syntax or inflection 
 in such of the following sentences as present either or both : — 
 
 d. oi(T€, iral, Tcts l/*/3a8as. 
 
 c, fMYj Kpvxpov Tpavp.a.ra ^epairiias Seovra, 
 
 1 el iir' ifwl 7iv (or eirf). * virb rotv iroKtiiuav iaoixtBa. (Or ewl 
 
 - . , N . » , , / / Tois ir.) 
 
 * TO avrb tv aoi Kai ev e»ceiv(j» npaucTtov. \ - , ... 
 
 ' irepi T015 TtKvoi^ oeSoiKC. 
 
 8 vpibi Tw npayiiari oAos ^v. 7 irapa puKpov toi/ edvarov i^t<f>vyt. (Or 
 
 * oi nap' ep-oii nphs c^xov ovk fiaCv. ir. p.. <{. to pLtj Oavtlv. Cf. Xen. An. i. 3. a.) 
 
I 
 
 Exammatio7t Papers. 189 
 
 d. ov fi-q (T€ TrpoXiTTOi firjSe irpoSoi. 
 
 e. riyy'iXdf] fxoL, otl ovk av Svvt^o-oito iXOeiv. 
 
 f. ixYf k€yr)<s TO, fir) SoKovvra. 
 
 g. 6fJi6(r(a fJL€Ta ravra ov TroA.e/zrycrcii'. 
 
 /t. eiropivcravTO €K€t ti^a ^eacrwi'Tat ras vyjas. 
 
 6. There are certain neuter verbs which are used as the 
 passives of certain active verbs. Enumerate these, and 
 exemplify from their compounds.* 
 
 7. What Greek people spoke the ^olic dialect, and what 
 poets wrote in it 1 What writers in the Doric dialect do we 
 possess?^ 
 
 8. Give an account of the services of Demosthenes the 
 General. 
 
 9. Relate what you know of the Grecian towns in Thrace, 
 and describe their positions. 
 
 10. Give the principal events of the sacred war which 
 occurred in the time of Demosthenes the Orator. 
 
 1 1 . State what you know of the ordinary liturgies, and of 
 the Trierarchy. 
 
 12. Explain the following terms : — 
 
 KaKwcrco)? Slkt], to Slol fi^crov Tei^o?* T^ycjuwi/ crv/x/ioptas, 
 y\avK€<s AavpLtariKai, vTroTifiaa-Qai^ 8ta8tKa(ria. ' 
 
 [Indian Civil Service, 1865.] 
 
 1 Among these verbs are Bv^<rKti.v, vaa- of Callicrates. See Diciy. of Geogy. s. v. 
 j^eiv, i^evyeii/, iriirreiv, reAevTai/. See Jelf, A theme, p. 260 ; Wordsworth, A th. and 
 Gk. Gr. § 359. 3. Attica, chap. xxiv. — ^y <n;/u,. (Dem. Mid. 
 
 2 The poets were Sappho, Alcaeus, Erinna, 565) was the president of the first crv/ui/ui. or 
 Corinna. The writers in Doric are Pin- class of 300 persons, of which there were 
 dar, Theocritus, Bion, Moschus. four, selected from the whole body of Ath. 
 
 ' KOK. 5. is an action for cruelty (i.) of citizens, and who had, with the assistance 
 children to parents ; (2.) of husbands to of the demarchi, or overseers, to value the 
 wives ; (3. ) to poor heiresses by their nearest taxable property. See Dicty. of A ntiq. 
 relatives; (4.) to widows and orphans by s. v, Eisphora.—yk. A., see Ar. Aves, 1106. 
 their trustees. — TherbSia/x. t. (Plat. Cor^. virori/n. is to under-assess one's-self, ». r , 
 455 e) was one of the three Long Walls to propose a less penalty than that pro- 
 connecting the harbours and city of Athens ; posed by an accuser. — SloSik. is the term 
 it was forty stadia long ; lay between the for the proceedings in a contest of prefer- 
 Phaleric Wall and the North Long Wall ; ence between two or more rival parties, 
 was built between 456 and 431 B.C. by the The Divinatio in the case of Verres would, 
 advice of Pericles, and under the direction to a certain extent, correspond to 6ia5<#c. 
 
I go 
 
 Examination Papers, 
 
 XCI. 
 
 1. What are cases? Classify, with examples, the usages of 
 the Latin cases, and add the corresponding case, or construc- 
 tion, in Greek. ^ 
 
 2. Translate, justifying or correcting the mood and tense of 
 the verbs printed iti italics : — 
 
 a. Rex prsemium proposuit, si quis hostem occidisset. 
 
 b. Senes omnia quae curani meminerunt ; qui sibi, cui 
 
 ipsi debeant^ 
 
 c. Concede tibi, ut ea prcetereas quae, quum taces, nihil 
 
 esse concedis, 
 
 d. Etenim si nox non adimit vitam beatam, cur dies 
 
 nocti similis adimatf 
 
 e. Non tam facile opes Carthaginis concidissent^ nisi illud 
 
 receptaculum classibus nostris pateret.* 
 
 1 By cases, literally * fallings -away ' 
 (ffTwo-et?), are meant 'relational forms' 
 (Madvig, Lat. Gr. § 32), or deviations 
 from the crude forms of nouns, intended to 
 express, originally by separate pronominal 
 elements attached to the crude forms, the 
 three main relations of (i.) derivation from ; 
 (2.) proximity to; (3.) direction towards: 
 neither the nominative nor the vocative was 
 originally considered a case. The name 
 case probably arose from the nominative 
 being regarded as the normal or upright 
 form of the word, from which the other 
 cases were oblique deflections. — See Far- 
 rar's Gk. Synt. pp. 18, 61. — Bearing in 
 mind that every use of the genitive in Gk. 
 or Latin may be classed either under its 
 subjective or objective use, and that its 
 leading notion is motion from, and sub- 
 ordinate notion is ivith referetue to, we 
 have the following Table : — 
 
 Subjective uses — 
 
 Genitive (i.) of possession : {2.) oi descrip- 
 tion, quality, or material, the noun being 
 qualified by an adjective ; (3.) after sum, 
 in such uses as Boni civis est leges tueri : 
 
 (4.) after interest and rej^rt; (5.) after 
 partitive words. 
 Objective uses — 
 
 (i.) After words impljnng action, as La- 
 borura decipitur. Of. ai/>6</>TjTos KioKvtid- 
 TUiv. (2.) After adjectives of knowledge, 
 memory, and the like. Cf. (^oprou ju.i/ij- 
 y-oiv. (3.) After impersonals like tcedet. 
 (4.) Words of abundance or privation, as 
 Steriles ven. But in all these instances 
 the leading idea of motion from may be 
 traced. See Dr. Barry's Syntaxis, pp. 19 
 seqq. 
 
 The three great divisions of the genitive 
 in Gk. are (i.) ablation, (2.) division, (3.) 
 relation. See Farrar's Syntax, pp. 64 
 seqq. The consideration of the various 
 cases is far beyond the limits of a note. 
 
 2 Cic. Sen. 7, § 21. The indicative is 
 used because the first clause is purely rela- 
 tive and particular : the second clause is in- 
 definite and interrogative, hence the subj. 
 mood. 
 
 8 Cic. Verr. \\. 2. i, § 3. The pluperfect 
 is used to describe a single definite action 
 completed at some previous time : the 
 
Examination Papers. 191 
 
 f. Si nunc cum illis donis Cineas urbem circumiret^ 
 
 stantes in publico invetiisset quae accipereiit.^ 
 
 g. Proteus pecus egit altos visere montes.'' 
 
 3. Transfer the following passage from Oratio Obliqua to 
 Oratio Recta : — 
 
 Vehementer eos incusavit, primum quod aut quam in partem 
 aut quo consilio ducerentur sibi quserendum aut cogitandum 
 putarent. Ariovistum se consule, cupidissime pop. Rom. ami- 
 citiam appetisse : cur nunc tam temere quisquam ab officio dis- 
 cessurum judicaret ? Sibi quidem persuaderi cognitis suis pos- 
 tulatis atque sequitate conditionum perspecta eum neque suam 
 neque pop. Rom. gratiam repudiaturum. Quod si furore atque 
 amentia impulsus bellum intulisset, quid tandem vererentur ? 
 Aut cur de sua virtute aut de ipsius diligentia desperarent? 
 Qui suum timorem in rei frumentariae simulationem angustias- 
 que itineris conferrent, facere arroganter, cum aut de officio 
 imperatoris desperare aut prsescribere viderentur. Haec sibi 
 esse curse. ^ 
 
 4. Describe and estimate the sources of our knowledge of 
 the Latin language as it existed before the death of Julius 
 Caesar. What is the date of the oldest Latin mss. % 
 
 5. Write a short life of Ennius or Virgil or Horace. 
 
 6. Compare the historical styles of Caesar, Livy, and 
 Tacitus. 
 
 7. Fix the date of the following writers, and state the names 
 
 impf. to describe one continuing from past in Gk. ei Trepijjei . . . evpcv a.v ra.% St^ont- 
 
 time to the time at which the words were va^. 
 
 spoken. * Hor. C. i. 2. 7. The ordinary explana- 
 
 1 Liv. xxxiv. 4. Ctrcumiret is used to tion is, that the inf. is in direct imitation of 
 
 describe the continuous action of going the Gk. idiom, and used, instead of the 
 
 round the city at the period imagined by active supine, to express a purpose. See 
 
 the speaker: invenisset, to express what Donalds. Lat.Gr. § 189, Obs. 3; Madvig, 
 
 would take place and be completed each §411 ; but in this passage, and in Virg. y£"«. 
 
 time the gifts were offered : acciperent, to i. 319, Hor. C. i. 26. 2, the infinitives, com- 
 
 express the continuous acts of receiving, bined with their several objects, may be 
 
 and partly to introduce * a secondary pre- considered more simply as the objects to 
 
 dication of consequence.' (Donalds. Lat. egit, dederat, tradam, respectively. 
 Gt. § 205, ^. cc. Obs.) We should have » Caes. B. G. L 40. 
 
192 Examination Papers. 
 
 and subjects of their works : — Vitruvius, Celsus, Columella, 
 Juvenalis, Silius Italicus, Gaius, Appuleius, Ammianus, and 
 Suetonius. 
 
 8. Give a clear sketch of the second Punic War, with a 
 brief but precise description of the battle of the Trasimene 
 Lake, or Cannae, or Zama. 
 
 9. Describe the political revolution attempted or accom- 
 plished by Caius Gracchus or Sulla. 
 
 10. Contrast the power and functions of Augustus Caesar 
 with those of the Roman dictator, and of some oriental 
 sovereign. 
 
 11. What was the extent and state of the Roman Empire 
 and the position of Christianity in the reign of Trajan or 
 of Julian % 
 
 12. Write a short life of Constantine. 
 
 13. Mention two of the principal inroads of the Northern 
 nations on the Empire, with the causes of their failure or 
 success. 
 
 14. Point out the main featvu-es in the Roman worship.^ 
 
 15. Describe a Roman marriage, or funeral, or dinner. 
 
 16. Compare the position of a Roman citizen in the time of 
 Cicero with that of an English citizen at the present day, in 
 respect of power over property and family, political power, and 
 liability to taxation and punishment. 
 
 17. State the case upon which Cicero made his speech for 
 Caecina, or that for Cluentius, Plancius, or Murena. 
 
 18. Give the technical meaning and the nearest English 
 analogy of imperium^ judices^ quaestio, ambitus, colonia, munici" 
 pium, honor, heres, servitus prcedii, res mancipi, collegium, 
 Prmioris edictum, possessiones, contio, caput, sodalicium, scriptttra, 
 ususfructus. 
 
 [Indian Civil Service, 1865.] 
 
 1 See Index to Merivale's Rome, s, v. Religion. 
 
Examination Papers. 193 
 
 XCII. 
 
 1. Write down the first person singular of the future indica- 
 tive active, according to Attic usage, of ^iSw, avaAto-Kw, ycAw, 
 
 TTivo), TrAaTTO), o-twTTW, yatptji, X^oij bidia. 
 
 2. How do the Attic writers express the present, future, 
 aorist, and perfect indicative passive of the verbs atpw, Ik- 
 /3dX,X(0f opio, ri6rip.L, Tvirro), (jjepo) 1 
 
 3. Parse dAets, avioxOt, lAwo-t, KaOeSetrai, KLyiita, XeXdOovro, 
 TTpiiOj ifMvoirjv, <f>vrjj <^^t)Lt€vos. Write down all the persons of 
 the present imperative and optative of xpw/xai. 
 
 4. Illustrate the various forces of 8ta, cTrt, Kara, and Trapa, as 
 governing different cases, and in composition with verbs. ^ 
 
 5. Translate the following sentences into Greek, endeavouring 
 to make them serve as examples of Greek idioms : — 
 
 a. He said that he himself was not present.^ 
 
 if. He must have told the truth, else we should have 
 
 found out already that his information was 
 
 false.^ 
 
 c. Take care that you come early, knowing that we 
 
 shall take no excuse.* 
 
 d. They let the man go home, as guides would be of 
 
 no use in that country.** 
 
 e. When you had the power to make peace, why were 
 
 you so foolish as to prefer war?' 
 / Though he had the means to escape, he thought he 
 ought not to desert his friend.' 
 
 1 See Donalds. Gk. Gr. §§ 478, 483, 479, * Tbv avOpionov olKoSt aneirtfi^fiav, ilx 
 
 ^85. firiiev imavOa 0}<f>eKr]<r6m(av twv rjyefjLovotv. 
 
 • awTO? ovK fiprj itapayeyovfvai. • Hapibv ft-ev Trjf eip^vTji/ Troi^crao^ot, tI 
 ' OVK eoTiv oTTws a\.r}9ri ovk f\e^ev, inel fiaBovre^ ovtw? Tire fiwpol wore t6v rroAefiof 
 
 uAtvcranevov av i^Stj avrov KaTeXd^Ofiev av, /ytoAAov oipeiaflai ; 
 
 * oirws iv TOt? TTpoJTOS TrapeVei, w? wpo- ^ i^ov awo<l)vytiv, Tou ^iXov dirooTpeu^- 
 la-ir iftiiiv oil Se^OfJiiyuv ovSefitav. voi oiiK ivofii^tv. 
 
194 Exaniinatio7i Papers. 
 
 g. They took half his property from the man, whereas 
 they ought to have taken the whole. ^ 
 
 6. What are the arguments used to prove that the Iliad was 
 not the work of one person ? Which parts are most liable to 
 the suspicion of having been added later, and why ? Wliat in- 
 ferences as to the author have been drawn from the work itself? 
 Trace the history of the Iliad down to the time of Aristarchus. 
 
 7. Give a succinct account of the Tragic and Comic Drama 
 at Athens, with reference to the Chorus, the Actors, the Stage, 
 the Judges, and the Spectators. 
 
 8. From what sources is our knowledge of Grecian History 
 derived 1 Which of our extant authors on this subject are 
 mere compilers, and from whom did they compile 1 
 
 9. Give brief accounts of the following events : — 
 
 a. The battle of Plataea. 
 
 b. The revolt of Mitylene. 
 
 c. The revolution of the Four Hundred. 
 
 d. The peace, so called, of Antalcidas. 
 
 e. The recovery of the Cadmea. 
 
 f. The march of Alexander into Asia. 
 
 10. Give an account of the nature and position of the fol- 
 lowing geographical names : — Amphissa, Anapus, Brauron, 
 Gythium, Eretria, Delium, Zacynthus, Thespiae, Cyllene, 
 Larissa, Magnesia, QEnoe, CEta, Rhaeteum, Rhium, Stagira, 
 Trapezus. 
 
 11. By what people, and at what dates, were Cuma (in Cam- 
 pania), Massilia, Syracuse, Egesta, Tarentum, Messana, Thurii, 
 Potidaea, Amphipolis, respectively founded and colonized ? 
 
 12. Explain the terms : — l</)e(rts, yew/iopot, irpo/Sovkevfia, 
 ',cv\ay6paLj fjirjv lo-Ta/xevos.' 
 
 \ Indian Civil Service, 1866.] 
 
 1 rk vavra a({iekf<r0at XP'*^^t ^M**''"* to 2 e<^«<ri?, literally a throtvmg, as we 
 
 X^rftkara. rbv av9fxoiTov a<^fiKovTO. speak of throwing a suit into Chancer^-, u 
 
Exammation Pape\ 
 
 XCIII. 
 
 1. Explain the meaning and formation of the words quiiiy 
 quippe^ adeo, adutum, dtim, dojiec, clam^ palam^ simul, proad.'^ 
 
 2. Explain the constructions : — 
 
 a. Macte virtute esto. 
 
 b. iii viri auro sere argento flando feriendo. 
 
 c. Caesar dicere solebat non tam sua quam reipublicse 
 
 interesse ut salvus asset" 
 
 3. What is the quantity of words ending in as, es, is, os, 
 us ? 
 
 4. Point out rhythmical differences in the hexameter of 
 Lucretius, Virgil, and Ovid, and in the pentameter of Catullus 
 and Ovid. Give rhythmical canons for the third line of the 
 Alcaic stanza. Are there any classical specimens in Latin of 
 the Alcaic and Sapphic stanzas besides those of Horace ? In 
 what particular does the hendecasyllable of Martial differ from 
 that of Catullus ?« 
 
 the term for an appeal to a different court 
 from that in which a suit has been origin- 
 ally tried. — yew/m., 'land-sharers or hold- 
 ers ;* the name, in Dorian states, of 
 wealthy citizens ; in Athens, of land- 
 holders as compared with the nobility. — 
 TrpojS. was the name given to a proposal 
 made to, and sanctioned by, the senate 
 [^ovkq), previously to its being laid before 
 the people in the general assembly (cickXtj- 
 <rta).— irvA. : these were the representatives 
 of the several Gk. states at the Amphic- 
 tyonic Council which met at or near Pylae 
 (Thermopylae).— /u.iji' i<rr. : this was the 
 name given to the first ten days of each 
 month. 
 
 1 See Donalds. Lat. Gr. §§ 112 (g), 209 
 (y) — 115, 2. ff; Varron. c. x. § 5, c. viii. 
 
 » a. Donalds. Lat. Gr. § 166 (i) ; b. ib. 
 %xf&, c. ib. % 152 (c). 
 
 * See Munro's Lucretius, ii. 102 segq. 
 (first edn.) — The differences between the 
 
 pentameter of C. and O. are — (i.) The fre- 
 quent ending in C. with trisyllabic words. 
 See, e.g., Catull. Ixvi. 2, 18, 48, 56, 64, 90. 
 
 (2.) With quadrisyllabic : ib. 4, 6, 8, 12, 
 14, 16, 22, 24, 26, 36, 38, 50, and many 
 other instances in the same poem. 
 
 (3.) The having an elision at the end of 
 the first penthemimer, e.g., Ixviii. 10, 56, 
 82, 90. — The third line of an Alcaic stanza 
 should, (i.) if possible, consist of three 
 trisyllabic words, as * Finire quaerentem 
 labores,' or equivalent substitutes. (2.) 
 Have the first syllable long ; but there are 
 ten instances to the contrary in Horace. 
 (3. ) Not begin either with a word of four 
 syllables, or with two of two syllables, or 
 with a monosyllable and Cretic. (4.) Not 
 end with a monosyllable, nor with two dis- 
 syllables, nor with a word of four syllables. 
 — The Hendec. of Catullus differs from 
 that of M. in beginning sometimes with a 
 trochee, dactyl, or iambus, e.g., liil 3, 
 and Iv. la 
 
196 Exatnination Papers. 
 
 5. a. Define lex^ and distinguish between the terms ///j-j/zj-, 
 jussuniy scitum^ edicium, imperium, potestas^ privi- 
 legiunij rogatio. 
 
 b. What were Leges Censoriae 1 Explain the scope of 
 
 the Lex Cincia, Petronia, Papia-Poppaea (why so 
 called?), Regia? 
 
 c. Trace the meaning of the word Majestas, and give 
 
 the principal enactments relating to the crime so 
 designated,^ Quote Ovid's legend on the subject* 
 6. a. Draw the outline of the Servian Walls of Rome, 
 marking the gates, and naming the roads which 
 issued from them respectively.* 
 
 b. What are the measures pes^ gradus, passus^ actus, 
 
 perticaf' 
 
 c. What is the length of the Roman mile as compared 
 
 with the Englishes 
 
 d. What do we know about the form of the Roman 
 
 milestones, and whence do we derive our know- 
 ledge ? 
 7. What events in Roman history are connected with the 
 rivers Cremera, Allia, Metaurus, Rhenus ?" 
 
 1 a. Lex is ' the rule or command of the mand of the Populus, relating to one or 
 
 sovereign power of the state, published in more persons, but not to all persons. — Pri- 
 
 writing, and addressed to, and enforced vilegium relates to one person only. — b. 
 
 upon, the members of such state.' — Jus is Y ox Leges Cetts. , see Dicty. o/Antiq. s. w. 
 
 Law as a principle : human law. Lex'vs,^ Censor, Publicani.—'Yh.t Lex Julia de 
 
 subdivision of Jus. Fas is divine law. Maritandis Ordinibus (b.c. i8) was sup- 
 
 The words are found together in Virg. G. plemented when M. Papius Mutilus and 
 
 i. 269 ; Juv. viii. ^o.—yussum is a recom- Q. Poppaeus Secundus were Consules Suf- 
 
 tnendation. — Cic Cac. ■},■>,.— Scitunt is fecti, a.d. 9.— c. See Z?«:/y. ^/Iw^ft?. s. v. 
 
 ' something thoroughly known ; ' hence, a Majestas. 
 
 decision grounded on such knowledge. A ^ Ov. Fasti, v. init. 
 
 law passed in the Com. Cent was Populi » See Dicty. of Geogy. s. v. Roma^ p. 
 
 Scitum. : in the Com. Trib. , Plebi Scitum. 748. 
 
 —Edictum is, strictly, a public notice on * Per=ii.6s Engl, inches : gradus=2i 
 
 any subject, put forward by a competent pedes :/aj««= 5 pedes : ac^«j (quadratus) 
 
 authority on that subject. — Imperium is =14,400 R. sq. ft. : /<rr/;Va= 10 pedes, 
 
 supreme power, especially over an army, * R. mile=5oooR. feet=i6i8 Engl. yds. 
 
 as commander-in-chief. — Potestas \& power 2 in.— See Dicty. o/Antiq. s. v. Milliare. 
 
 of any kind legally conitrc^A.— Rogatio, • For the Cremera, see Liv. ii. 49, 50 ; 
 
 literally an asking, is used for the com- Ovid, F. il 195 seqq. — For the Allia, Liv. 
 
I 
 
 Examination Papers, 197 
 
 8. State briefly and precisely Niebuhr's theory of the origin 
 of the Plebs. Show how he illustrates it from examples in 
 ancient and modem history.^ 
 
 9. Give an account of Caesar's campaign in Italy after the 
 passage of the Rubicon.^ 
 
 10. Give an account of the life and writings of Sallust. What 
 was his date % With what parties was he connected ? What 
 offices did he serve ? Mention pecuHarities in his style and 
 language, and give a critique upon his character as an historian.' 
 
 \ Indian Civil Service^ 1866.] 
 
 XCIV. 
 
 1. Give the chief peculiarities of the Ionic dialect, and 
 mention any extant works composed in it* 
 
 2. Distinguish between (i.) aSros and aaros — a8>yv and <i.h\v 
 — o.v6. and ava — avrr;, avn}, and avry\, (2.) ^o-t] and /So^, (3.) 
 €ts, €ts, and ct?, (4.) -jj/dw and oJ/d^, (5.) Ka/cw, KaKw, and Ka.K^^ 
 (6.) Aaos and Aaos — T6Kv6Tpo<f>os and tckvot/oo^os.^ 
 
 V, 37 seg^^. — For the Metaurus, ib. xxvii. Thucydides in the sentence which contains 
 
 43-51 ; Hor. C. iv. 4. 34. — With the Rhe- the comparison of Livy with Herodotus : 
 
 nus, the names of Germanicus, Varus, Martial (xiv. 191) pronounces him by com- 
 
 Arminius, Drusus, Casar, are connected. mon repute ' 'Romaxiz. pT-imus in historia;' 
 
 1 Niebuhr's words are (//. R. 1. 410) Tacitus (/!««. iii. 30) calls him'rerumR. 
 
 ' The genuine, noble, great plebs takes its florentissimus auctor.' He has been truly 
 
 rise from the formation of a domain out of said by Merivale (ii. 113) ' to have covered 
 
 the towns won from the Latins.' See also the Roman aristocracy with eternal infamy 
 
 ib. 585 seqq. in pungent satires under the garb of his- 
 
 ' See Merivale, ii. i:tqseqq. tory.' See, ^.^., Jug. 85.— See Forcellini, 
 
 ' Sallust (B.C. 86-34) was quaestor, trib. s. v. Crisptts, for passages in which refer- 
 
 pleb. (52), praetor (47), appointed governor ence is made to him by ancient writers, 
 
 of Numidia by Caesar. His style is arti- * The great author, besides Hdt., is 
 
 ficial to a degree, presenting, in this re- Hippocrates. 
 
 spect, a reflex of his character : he affected ' (i.) Insatiate (aw, 2<rat), — stormy, 
 
 archaic phraseology, for which he is ridi- furious (arj/xt). (2.) A cry, — an ox-skin. 
 
 culed in an epigram preserved by Quintil. (3.) Thou art — one — second Aor. p. act. of 
 
 viii. 3. 29. i'lj/mi. (4.) Second s. impf. ind. of apaa^ax, 
 
 ' Et verba antiqui multum furate Catonis d. s. of rjpws. (5.) N. A. V. dual of tcoxof, 
 
 Crispe, Jugurthinae conditor historiae.' d. s. of *ccoe65, first s. pres. subj. act. of 
 
 He is compared by Quintilian, x, i. loi, to koucow. (6.) A people, of a stone ^Aa?). 
 
iqS Exami7iation Papers, 
 
 3. Translate into idiomatic Greek : — 
 
 a. I have a right to demand. 
 
 b. In conclusion he said. 
 
 c. They reached Athens on the third day. 
 
 d. He was evidently lying. 
 
 e. He was content to die with his wife. 
 / The exiles returned to th^r country. 
 g. He fell unawares among the enemy. ^ 
 
 4. Point out and correct any faults of grammar or prosody 
 which you detect in the following lines and sentences : — 
 
 a. ^rparos irep^ Kpv(rTakX.07rrjya Sia iropov, 
 
 b. '^Ottotclv (TTpaTOTrcSivovTaL, Toicfjpov Tr€pi/3dWovTai. 
 C. 'Ettci 8ia ye v/ta? ai'Tovs, TraAat ai/ aTroA-wAarc. 
 
 d. *EA,Aa8t ^v^ov dfj.<j>il3ak€iv Sovkiov. 
 
 e. *Hv 8' lyyvs -^kde ^avaros, ovSels /SovXcTai. 
 
 f. ^HA.^ei' cts TO acTTu, iva. i8y tov Trarepa. 
 
 g. TavTtt lykviTO rjrot ^a/)/xaKOis rjrot /xdyiav rcxyats.' 
 
 5 . Mention Greek historians anterior to Herodotus, and sub- 
 sequent to Xenophon ; and name one important work of each.' 
 
 1 5ucai09 eifxX a^iuxraa-Oai eym—rekevTOiv others, Polybius (B.C. 167), Ctesias (B.C. 
 eliTfv — et? Tois 'A. rpiTaiot rjkOov — SijXos ^v 400), Dion Cassius (a.d. 194), Dionysius 
 i^evSofxeco; — fiera. rjjs yufatKOs OviqaKiav, Halicamassensis (b.c. 20), Herodiaa (a.d. 
 or Oavov/nevo?, -qyana — eis rijv irarpt&a 238), Theopompus (B.C. 333), Diodorus Si- 
 KaTri\6ov oi <f>ijydSfi — «ts tovs iroAe/xt'ous cuius (B.C. 59), Zosimus (a.d. 420). The 
 eisTreTTTwKojs f\a6fv. most important are (i.) the work of Pff/y- 
 
 2 a. See Paley m loc. (^Esch. Pers. 503). bins. (2.) The Roman History oi Dionys. 
 c. av with perfect indicative ; read aTrw- H.y called by him 'Pw/xaiKTj 'Apx<uoA.(yyia, 
 AwAeire. d. N.B. i ante §, and Dact. ante originally in twenty books, extending from 
 Anap. ; transpose into f. a. 5. 'E. e. ekOr), the earliest times to B.C. 264, at which 
 . . . ow6' els /3. otherwise the Cretic is time Polybius begins : we have Books 1-9 
 violated. /. Read 1601: unless we suppose complete. (3.) The 'P. loropia oi Dion 
 the sentence to mean * He came (yester- Cassius, originally in eighty books, from 
 day, suppose^ to see his father now.' the time of iEneas coming to Italy to a.d. 
 g. We should read i^toi . . . r\ or i\ . . , 229. We have Books 36-54 complete, with 
 i\. Plat. Phced. 68. C. abridgments, 61-80, by Xiphilinus (a.d. 
 
 8 The date of Hdt. being B.C. 484, that 1075) of the others ; Niebuhr [Led. iii. p. 
 
 of X. being, perhaps, B.C. 444, we have Ixxvii.) commends the independent investi- 
 
 Cadmus (b.c. 540), Hecataeus (b.c. 503), gationsofD. (4.) The work of Diod. Sic, 
 
 Hellanicus (b.c. 488). The HeptoSo? y^s, originally in forty books: his work is valu- 
 
 by Hecatajus, was the most important able as a collection of matter from writers 
 
 work. Posterior to X. we have, among whose works have perished. 
 
Examination Papers. 199 
 
 6. What important results, political and military, followed 
 on the failure of the Athenian expedition against Sicily % ^ 
 
 7. State what you know of the writings of Tyrtseus, Solon, 
 and Callimachus." 
 
 8. The confederacies of Greece, and the chief causes of their 
 weakness.* 
 
 9. State when and between whom the following battles were 
 fought ; and describe minutely some one of them : — Arbela, 
 Cunaxa, Delium, Ipsus, Lade, Platsea, Sellasia.* 
 
 10. The relations of Greece with Egypt from B.C. 650 to 
 B.C. 450.' 
 
 11. The chief mountain ranges and rivers of European 
 Greece. Describe the position, and give, if you can, the 
 modem name of each." 
 
 1 2. What Greek inscriptions are extant of an earlier date 
 than B.C. 450? By what pecularities in the writing is an early 
 Greek inscription to be recognised V 
 
 [Indian Civil Service^ 1867.] 
 
 1 The great result was the gradual deca- i^tolian Leagues (b.c. 223). The Amphic- 
 
 dence of the Athenian power, followed by tyonic Council may perhaps be included, 
 
 the rise and fall of Sparta and Thebes : also See Student's Greece^ chap. xxii. xvL xxiii. 
 
 the developing of the Macedonian power. xxxix. xlvi. 
 
 * Tyrtaeuswas a writer of martial elegies. * Delium, B.C. 424, between Athens and 
 
 See Student's Greece, c. viiL — Solon wrote Boeotians, Hippocrates and Pagondas, al- 
 
 elegiacs and iambics : his writings were temately with Aranthides, respective com- 
 
 mainly in reference to his own exploits as raanders. — Ipsus, B.C. 301, Antigonus, one 
 
 a legislator. — Callimachus is the author of of the generals of Alexander the Great, 
 
 six Hymns, the Lavacruvt Palladis being together with his son Demetrius Polior- 
 
 the most famous : it is in Elegiac distichs cetes, being defeated by the combined 
 
 and in Doric, the rest being in Ionic and forces of Cassander, Lysimachus, Seleucus, 
 
 in Hexameters : he also wrote (i.) Epi- and Ptolemy, formerly brother-generals 
 
 grams, — Tt\v Kara aavrbv e\a being found with him : A. was killed, aged 81.— Lad^, 
 
 in the first; (2.) Elegies, one of which is B.C. 494, Ionian fleet defeated by Persian, 
 
 imitated by Catullus in the Z?* C<?wa .fi^r^- — Sellasia, B.C. 221, Cleomenes, king of 
 
 nices : (3.) a prose work entitled iriVaf Sparta, defeated by Antigonus DosOn, 
 
 iroKToSairaiv ovyypot^juiaTwv, or compreheQ- king of Macedonia. 
 
 sive history of Gk. literature. ' See Dicty. of Biagy. s. w. Psammeti- 
 
 ' The chief are that of Delos (b. c. 478), chus i., Apries, A masts, Polycrates, Psatn- 
 
 the Ionic Revolt (b.c. 500), Revolt of He- menitus, Inaros. 
 
 lots and Messenians (b.c. 464), the Alliance * See Student's Greece, Introductory 
 
 between Athens and Thebes against Sparta Chapter ; Ancient Geogy. chap. xviiL -xxiii. 
 
 (b.c. 378), the Achaean (b.c. 251) and the ^ The earliest known piece of Gk. writ- 
 
200 
 
 Examination Papers. 
 
 XCV. 
 
 1. What is the subject nominative in grammar ? Show in 
 what constructions it may be omitted. Explain the construc- 
 tions : — Urbem quam statuo vestra est ; Vastatur agri quod 
 inter urbem et Fidenas est ; Venit mihi in mentem illius diei ; 
 Taedet me studii. Distinguish between impersonal verbs that 
 can and those that cannot, or are not found to be, constructed 
 with a nominative subject What construction is required 
 with the verb interest! Suggest a derivation for oportet.^ 
 
 2. Give the Latin numerals, cardinal and ordinal, from i. to 
 X., and show their etymological connection with the Greek or 
 other languages. 
 
 3. Derive and distinguish between the words — 
 
 a. Ullus, aliquis, quisque, quisquam, quispiam, quilibet, 
 quicunque, quotuscunque.* 
 
 Ing is on an Athenian vase, and dates b.c. 
 5oo. 
 
 There is also the celebrated inscription 
 on a marble, brought in 172 1 from Sigeum, 
 in the Troad, by ChishuU : also that from 
 Delos copied by Tournefort. See Life of 
 Bentley, i. 156 seq. 
 
 Such inscriptions run from right to left 
 and left to right, as an ox turtis in a fur- 
 row, hence the name jSovcrrpocfiTjSov : in 
 some cases the letters are arranged perpen- 
 dicularly like a pillar (Ktorrjfiov) : H stands 
 as the aspirate, e and o for rj and w, C for 2, 
 and the letters are all capitals : the ter- 
 minations of the genitives in O insti^^d of 
 OY are another characteristic feature. 
 
 1 For the various uses of the nominative, 
 see Donalds. Lat. Gr. §§ 138 seq. : Zumpt, 
 Lat. Gr. §§ 362, 372, 599. — In the last two 
 sentences the genitive is the so-called ob- 
 jective genitive of reference. See Donalds. 
 Lat. Gr. 152 (a), Obs. 2, — Almost all im- 
 personals, except those describing the 
 weather, such 2Apluit, ningit, grandinat, 
 tonat, etc., may be used with an infinitive 
 supplying the place of a nominative sub- 
 ject ; see, e.g:, Li v. L init. : Constat . . . 
 
 scevitutn esse ... jus belli absiinuisst . . . 
 Antenorem venisse. No nominative can 
 be found with the impersonal passives 
 which are formed from verbs followed in 
 the active by a dative of the indirect ob- 
 ject, such as invidetur^ parcitiir, persjui- 
 detur, etc. See Madvig, Lat. Gr. § 244 b. 
 For interest, see ib. § 295. — OJ>ortet is pro- 
 bably connected with opus. 
 
 * Ullus, a diminutive of unus, is used 
 when all are excluded. — As to quis gene- 
 rally, see Varronianus, cap. x. § 5. — Ali- 
 quis'=-alius-quis, or ille-quis : aliquis is 
 some one, as opposed to any one : it is 
 always definite and specific, and is used 
 with the idea of greatness, as also its 
 kindred words, e.g., Juv. i. 74; Pers. i. 
 129. — Quisque is used of each individual 
 of a large number taken separately : it= 
 each by himself. — Quisquam-=2i single per- 
 son, excluding all. It corresponds to ullus. 
 See,^^.,Virg. ^n.'v 48. — Quispiam-=.%ora^ 
 particular person unknown ; differing from 
 quidam, which is used of some one known 
 but not mentioned. — Quilibet ■= any one 
 you please, 'of unrestricted liberty in selec- 
 tion.'— ^«/V:««^7<#=«/A<7jd>«'rr in an espe- 
 
Examination Papers, 201 
 
 b. Olim, quondam. 1 
 
 c. Adeo, ideo, idcirco.^ 
 
 d. Unus, unicus, singulus, simplex." 
 
 4. Explain the title legatus : to what various officers is it 
 applied ? What was the legatio libera ? Trace the change in 
 position of the legatus under the empire.* 
 
 5. What derivations have been given of the word 
 'Pontifex"? Distinguish the Pontifex from the Sacerdos, the 
 Augur, the Flamen. What were the original numbers and 
 functions of the Pontifices ? What were the functions of the 
 Pontifex Maximus under the empire ? When did the office 
 and title cease % Where was the residence of the Pontifex 
 Max., and by what name was it called % Who were the Quin- 
 decemviri, the Epulones, the Salii, and the Augustales?' 
 Explain the line — 
 
 * Qui lotam parvo revocant Almone Cybellen.' • 
 
 6. What are the various dates assigned for the foundation of 
 
 daily indefinite and vague sense. See, one of its kind, matchless. Hor. C. iii. 14. 
 
 e. g.y Hor. Epist. i. 18. 31. — Quotuscunque 5. — Singul-us (Semel), one by one. — Sim- 
 
 is literally ' The what-one-th soever in a plex (Semel plico)=once folded : hence 
 
 list?* Hence it=' however small or how- simple, unvarnished, honest, 
 
 ever large.' See Ovid, Her. xiii. 60 : Se- 4 Legatus is ' any one deputed or legally 
 
 quitur regni pars ^K<7/ac««^«^ sui. commissioned to act for another.' See 
 
 N.B. — The meaning oiguottts, as given Dicty. o/Antiq. s. v 
 
 above, is the reason of 5r«^^«5TO«^ ;-^^ i Pontifex is variously derived-(i.) 
 
 ^«z='how few are there that,' bemg fol- „ ^ -^ , , t. , • , • • 
 
 lowed by a verb in the singular. See, on Pons./acere, from the P. bemg the ongi- 
 
 these pronouns, Donalds. Lat. Gr. § 201. nal builders of the Sublician bridge. (2.) 
 
 1 Olim is the locative adverb from ille=. Pons,/acere=pe^€i.v, to sacrifice, as in Virg. 
 at another time, whether past or future ; Eel. iii. 77, from certain sacrifices which 
 it 2i\%o=sometimes, as in Hor. .S". i. i. 25 ; they either offered or superintended there. 
 Virg. yEn. viii. 391. — Quondam refers only (3.) Yxoxapottdus, pendo (I pay), the atone- 
 to the past. It also=sometimesm poetry. ment-settlers (Varronianus, xiii. § 9). (4.) 
 See, e.g., Hor. C. ii. 10. 18. Posse, facere. (5.) Pompi/ex = fixocc%- 
 
 3 Adeo=\xp to that point, increases the sion-superintender. See Paley on Ov. F. 
 
 expression to a certain degree or result. v. 621 ; ZJ/V/y. .<4«^/^. s. v.— See Merivale, 
 
 See Virg. G^^r^. iv. 84 ; yfi"/*. i. 567. — Ideo, i. 109, iii. 457, iv. 133. — The line of L. 
 
 for that reason, the reason not being yet refers to the yearly washing by a pontiff 
 
 given : Jdcirco, the reason being given. {canus sacerdos, Ovid, /. c), April 4, or. 
 
 See ib. Georg. i. 231, where idcirco refers to according to others, March 27, of the image 
 
 the substance of the preceding lines. of the goddess Cybelle in the Almo, a small 
 
 3 Unus (els, ev), one, as opposed to any tributary of the Tiber near Rome. See 
 
 other number : also one above all others, Ov. F. iv. 337 segg. : Martial, iii. 47. 3. 
 
 ;« in Hor. C. iii. 4. ^i.— Unicus, the only * Lucan, L 600(595 al.) 
 
202 
 
 Exa7ninatio7t Papers. 
 
 Rome ? What is the common date ] By whose name is it 
 called, and how is it deduced ] More than twenty different 
 accounts are enumerated of the foundation of Rome. Which of 
 these can you specify? How does Sallust differ from Livy in this 
 particular ? What is Virgil's legend of the cities on the Roman 
 hills before Rome ? On which occasion is it introduced 'i^ 
 
 7. Give the legend of Coriolanus. What is his reputed date % 
 What his descent and Gentile name ? Where was Corioli, and 
 to what nation did it belong 1 Explain the line — * Devictae 
 referens primus cognomina terrae.'^ Quote Ovid's summary of 
 the most illustrious Roman cognomina.* 
 
 8. What Roman historians preceded Livy % Which of them 
 wrote in Greek, which in Latin ? Of which of each class do 
 remains exist 1 What were the original sources of early Roman 
 history ? What is known of the life of Livy 1 What does he 
 say in his preface of the scope and object of his work? To 
 what epoch did it extend, and what portions of it remain ?* 
 
 I.— For the legend, see ^n. viii. 355 
 
 ^ The dates are 753 (Varro., and com- 
 monly adopted), 752 (Cato), 750 (Polybius), 
 747 (Fabius Pictor). The date is deter- 
 mined by the chronology of Eratosthenes, 
 a mathematician of Cyrene, born B. c. 276 : 
 he fixed the taking of Troy at 11 84 B.C. : 
 the duration of the reigns of the several 
 kings of Alba, including five years for 
 iEneas as given by Dionysius and Dio- 
 dorus, is 432 years: 1184-432=752. For 
 some of the legends, see Dicty. 0/ Geogy. 
 s. v. Roma, p. 722, and the authorities 
 there cited.— See S 
 
 'Q. Fabius Pictor, . 
 *L. Cincius Alimentus, 
 tC«. NcEvitis, . 
 \Q. Ennius, . 
 iM. Porcius Cato, . 
 
 L. Calp. Piso, 
 
 L. Caclius Antipater, 
 \Q- CI. QuadrigaritiS, 
 
 Clodius Licinus, . 
 
 C Licinius Macer, 
 
 Q. Valerius Antias, 
 t Fragments only. 
 
 Catil. 6 ; L 
 
 iv. re 
 
 
 B.C. 
 
 
 225 
 
 
 208 
 
 
 205 
 
 
 204 
 
 
 195 
 
 
 133 
 
 
 123 
 
 
 ICO 
 
 
 100 
 
 
 81 
 
 • • 
 
 80 
 
 2 Sil. Hal. xvii. 626. 
 8 Ov. Fasti, i. 595 sef^. See Livy, ii. 
 33 sf^f-i for Coriolanus. The date is B.C. 
 491. C. or Cn. Marcius was said to be the 
 son of a descendant of king Ancus Martius. 
 — The allusion in the line of Silius is to 
 Scipio Africanus the elder. 
 
 * The following historians preceded Livy. 
 The * denotes those who wrote in Gk. : 
 the italics those of whom there are any 
 remains : — 
 
 Referred to b>r Livy — 
 i. 44, 55 ; xxii. 7, 57. 
 viL 3 ; XXI. 38 
 
 xxxiv. 5. 
 
 i. 55. 
 
 xxi. 38 ; xxvii. 27. 
 viii. 19 ; xliv. 15. 
 xxix. 22. 
 
 IV. 20 ; vu. 9. 
 
 C In a great many places, and always with 
 < censure, as a great exaggerator. See, 
 ( e.g., *xxvi. 49; xxxiii. 10. 
 * In this passage he also mentions a Gk. 
 
 historian Silenus. Cf Cic. de Div. 
 
 i. 24. 49. 
 
Examination Papers. 203 
 
 9. Give an account, with date, of L. Cornelius Scipio Bar- 
 batus, and describe his actions in Etruria, Samnium, and 
 Lucania. Recite the inscription on his sarcophagus. Men- 
 tion the names and exploits of contemporary Romans.* 
 
 10. To what different authors has the continuation of Caesar's 
 Commentaries been ascribed ? What is Niebuhr's opinion of 
 the authorship of the book De Bello Hispaniensi^ and how does 
 he characterize its style? Recount Caesar's three campaigns 
 in Hispania, as connected with the mount Herminius, the 
 river Sicoris, and the field of Munda.^ 
 
 11. Give an account of the Gens, the Familia, and the per- 
 sonal career of the Emperor Galba. Relate from Tacitus the 
 circumstances of his death. Explain the sentences : — * Susce- 
 pere duo manipulares Imperium Pop. Rom. transferendum, et 
 transtulerunt.' ' Ignarus interim Galba, et sacris intentus, fati- 
 gabat alieni jam imperii Deos.' ^ 
 
 12. What is the number of Virgil's Eclogues f Mention the 
 subjects of some of them, especially the First, the Fourth, and 
 the Tenth, and point out their historical reference. Quote 
 lines in imitation of Theocritus, in allusion to Julius and 
 Augustus, and indicative of local scenery. What is your 
 
 Livy quotes (xxv. 39, xxxv. 14) from an- question, see Merivale, i. 154 seg^f. (Her- 
 
 other Claudius : it is, however, doubtful minius) ; ii. 180 se^^. (Sicoris) ; ib. 380 
 
 whether he was a different person from se^f. (Munda). The allusions to Munda 
 
 Quadr. — See the Preface, Qutx ante con- by Ovid {Trist. iv. 10. 6: Quum cecidit 
 
 ditam, eic. — The work originally extended, fato Consul uterque (Hirtius and Pansa) 
 
 in 142 books, from the earliest times to the pari), found also in Tibullus (iii. 5. 18), 
 
 death, B.C. 9, of Nero Claudius Drusus, should be noticed. 
 
 the younger brother of the emperor Ti- ' Tac. Hist. i. 39 seqq. : ib. 25 ; ib. 29. 
 
 berius : we have, perfect, Books i-io, 21- Ser. Sulpicius Galba, emperor from 68 to 
 
 45 ; there is also a fragment of Book 91, 69 a.d., assumed the chief post in the R. 
 
 and we have epitomes of the whole, as- world at the suggestion of Julius Vindex : 
 
 cribed generally to Florus the historian. was unpopular on account of his niggardly 
 
 1 See Student's Rome, chap. xix. disposition and undecided character. He 
 
 2 To A. Hirtius, C. Oppius, and Vibius was adopted in his youth by Livia Ocel- 
 Pansa. The discussion as to whether they lina, a relative of Livia the wife of Augus- 
 were continued by H. or by O. is as old tus, and was called, up to the time of his 
 as the time of Suetonius (fl. 88 a.d.), who elevation, L. Livius Ocella. Both Aug. 
 says (JZees. 56), Alii O. putant, alii H. — For and Tiberius are said to have foretold his 
 Niebuhr's opinion, see Lectures on R. future greatness (Tac. .(4 ««. vi. 20 ; Suet 
 Hist. iii. 40 seqq. — For the campaigns in Galb. 4). See Merivale, vii. 38 seqq. 
 
204 Examination Papers, 
 
 idea of Virgil as a picturesque poet ? Explain the expres- 
 sions : — 
 
 Flores inscripti nomina regum. 
 
 Lupi Moerim videre priores. 
 Invito processit Vesper Olympo. 
 Cedet et ipse mari vector. > 
 [Indian Civil Service, 1867.] 
 
 XCVI. 
 
 1. Give the paradigms of the verb eip, ' I am/ and l-qfii, * I 
 send.' What is the force of the aorists of /35/-it and idr-qixL % 
 
 2. Heyne affirms that * Homer knows nothing of the article, 
 and that 6 with him is equivalent to avros or ckcii/os.' Examine 
 this view, with instances of the use of 6 in Homer. In what 
 respect do you consider the Homeric use of 6 to differ from 
 that of the Attic writers?" 
 
 3. Distinguish between the dprjTrip, fxavrus, '^ioirpoTros, vtto- 
 <i>'>]Tr]Sf ^vocTKoos, otwvoTToXos, oveipoTToXos, in Homer. What is 
 the proper name for a sacrificing priest ? By whom were sacri- 
 fices performed in the Iliad ? Give instances. With respect 
 to priests and temples what difference may be observed between 
 the practice of the Greeks and the Trojans 1 Which do you 
 consider the elder, — Achilles or Patroclus 1 Hector or Paris ? ' 
 
 4. Give an account of the god Hermes, mentioning his 
 parentage, birth, and any remarkable legends about him. 
 
 1 See the Introduction in Conington's * ggg Donalds. Gk. Gr. §§ 389 segq. 
 
 Virgil, and Merivale, iii. 239, 246. Ec- ' ap. =one who offers a prayer either for 
 
 logue V. is especially in praise of Julius good or evil : /«.ovTis=an inspired person 
 
 Caesar under the allegory of Daphnis. — who g^ves forth an oracle which is inier- 
 
 See the imitations in Paley's Theocritus. preifdhy the nf>o<l>riTrii or v7ro<f>riTr]<;: Oeoirp. 
 
 See ix. 46 especially in praise of Aug. : is ' one who interprets a sign given by the 
 
 also i. 6: some reference in iv. — For local gods:' 9v. is a sacrificing priest. See //. 
 
 scenery, see i. 79 ; cf. Theocr. xi. 44 and xxiv. 221 : ^01 ftat^ie? ei<ri, 9vo<TK6ot, t) 
 
 many passages in ii. — See Conington on x. ifprif^. — The most general term is tepe-Js, 
 
 47, and the Introduction to the Eclogues. which is also used for a sacrificer and 
 
 For the lines quoted, see iii. 106, ix. 54, diviner from the entrails. — Sacrifices were 
 
 vi. 86, iv. 38. offered in the heroic ages by the kings as 
 
Examination Papers. 205 
 
 What were his peculiar functions 1 What titles or epithets are 
 ascribed to him? Give the meaning and derivation of his 
 Greek and of his Latin name.^ 
 
 5. Give the legendary history of the Dorians. What is the 
 date assigned to their conquest of the Peloponnesus 1 Com- 
 pare it with the conquest of England by the Normans. What 
 is the event called the Return of the Heraclidae % Distinguish 
 between the STra/oTt^rat, the IleptotKot, the EtAwTc?, the NeoSa- 
 /iwSets, and the Mo^wi/cs. What was the KpvTrreia % ^ 
 
 6. Describe the operations of the Siege of Platsea at the 
 commencement of the Peloponnesian War; and relate the 
 escape of the Platseans. Where was Plataea? and for what 
 other events was it famous ? 
 
 7. Give an account of the death of Socrates. Compare its 
 date with that of the representation of the Clouds of Aris- 
 tophanes. Do you trace any connection between the two 
 events ? On what charge was Socrates put to death % Give 
 instances of religious fanaticism among the Athenians.' 
 
 8. What is the subject of Xenophon's Anabasis^ and what 
 the meaning of the title % Give an account of the state of the 
 Persian court which led to the expedition. Where was Cunaxa? 
 
 the high priests of the people: thus, by the C^«d[y exhibited b.c. 423. The charge 
 
 Agamemnon, Iliad, ii. 402, iii. 292. — The against S. was, in the words of Xenophon 
 
 material part of hierarchical polity is much {Mem. init.), aSi.Kel Sw/cparTj? oO? (xev 17 
 
 more developed among the Trojans. See TroAts vofii^et Beov^ ov voixC^uv, erepa 6e 
 
 Gladstone,* «/j«/r.iiL \']Oseqq. — Achilles, xaivd Sai/xovia el(r(f>ep<av' afii/cet fie »cal tovs 
 
 Hector respectively. See the address in veous Sia4)9eCpoiv. With regard to the con- 
 
 //. xvi. ad init., and vi. 518, where Hector nection between the two events, we read, 
 
 is addressed by Paris as i^^ete. in Nubes 1508 (Siuks, k.t.\.), a hint of the 
 
 * See page 156. desirability of prosecuting Socrates, and 
 
 1 See L. and S. and Diciy. of Biogy. ^^^"""^ ^'•« ^""^^°f *° "^^ ^«^^^ i" 'he 
 
 s. V. Hermes.-1\i^ Gk. name is derived by '^/''^'Sy of Plato (18 b, 19 c, 23 d), so that 
 
 Donaldson {New Crat. § 115) from the ^'- may be fairly believed to have contri- 
 
 Sanscrit i-4m«.<ya.-Seealso Max Mul- ^"'^^ '° '^^ ^^^"^ °^ S.-The feelmg 
 
 ler. Lectures, Second S. 472 seqq. Mer- ^f ^''^^^ '^^ Alcmaonid^ after the massacre 
 
 cuHus is connected with merx, mercari: ^f ^y^ ^^^ ^e considered as a case : as 
 
 Merc, therefore is the god of trade. f '«> ,*!^« ^««1'"S f g^'"^' P"^^' ^f'" the 
 
 breaking out of the plague; and the charge 
 
 « See Student's Greece, chap. i\ : Grote, against Alcibiades relative to the mutila- 
 
 chap. 4, 18. lion of the Hermae : also the state of feeling 
 
 ' Socrates was put to death B.C. 399: at Athens after the battle of the Arginusse. 
 
2o6 Examination Papers. 
 
 What the date of tlie battle there, and what the result ? Where 
 was the * Wall of Media ' ? What was the route of the * Retreat ' ? 
 Who were Clearchus, Cheirisophus, Phalinus, Tissaphemes, 
 Ariaeus?* 
 
 9. Relate Alexander's campaign in India. What were the 
 Greek names for the great rivers of the Punjab % How far did 
 Alexander penetrate ? How did he mark the limits of his pro- 
 gress ? By what route did he return, and where to % What 
 kingdoms did the Macedonians found in Asia?' 
 
 10. Explain the method of dating by Olympiads. What 
 great events in Grecian history took place in the years B.C. 
 529, 490, 435, 430, 387, 356? Give the corresponding 
 Olympiads. What events occurred in Olymp. iii. 4. and 
 IT 2. 2 ? Give the corresponding years B.C." 
 
 11. Describe the Piraeus, writing the word in Greek. What 
 derivation would you assign to the word ? What were the 
 names of the ports of Athens 1 What were the Long Walls ? 
 their length and width ? by whom built ? By whom was the 
 Piraeus destroyed?* 
 
 1 By the term AnaJyasis is meant * a guage and style of the following passages 
 
 going up into a country' from the sea- in the Anab. :— L c. 8, c. 9 ; ii. 6.6-27; 
 
 coast. The subject of the work is the con- iv. c. 1-7. 
 
 spiracy of Cyrus the younger, son of Darius 3 ^^ ^^^^^ ^^^ ^j^^ Hyphasis {Suthj), 
 
 Nothus and Parysatis, against his elder Hydaspes {Jelum), HydraOtes {Ravi), 
 
 brother Artaxerxes 11. In i. i. 2, we have Acesines {jOhenab), and Indus (Si,idhu).- 
 
 the phrase iva^acVei applied to him as p^^ ^ ^^^^^^ ^^ ^y^^ campaign, see Stu- 
 
 marching into the interior and to the seat ^^^^.^ ^^^^^^^ ^ xliv.-Those of Perga- 
 
 of the court. The Anabasis proper ends ^^^ Bithynia. Galatia, Cappadocia, Pon- 
 
 with the battle of Cunaxa, 401 B.C., the ^^^^ Paphlagcnia, Armenia Minor. See 
 
 remainder of the work being taken up student's Ancient Geogy. ch. vii. § 9. 
 with the adventures, during their retreat, 
 
 of the Ten Thousand Greek troops under * The events are respectively, Death of 
 
 Xenoplion : Cunaxa (Kouvaf a) is 500 stadia Cyrus— Persian Invasion, with Marathon- 
 
 from Babylon, and the battle, in which War between Corinth and Corcyra about 
 
 Cyrus was killed, is described in Anab. L Epidamnus, resulting (431) in the Pelop. 
 
 8, §§ 8-27 : it is noticeable that Xen. does War-Invasion of Attica, Plague at Athens 
 
 not mention Cunaxa, the only authority -Peace of Antalcidas- Birth of Alexan- 
 
 being Plutarch (K/V. Artax. 8).-For the d" t^e Great.-Battle of Issus, in which 
 
 Wall of Media, see Anab. ii. 4. 12; also Dareius Codomanus is defeated by Alcx- 
 
 Dicty. o/Geogy. s. v. Media Murus : and, ander-Battle of A rbela or Gaugamela. 
 for the An. generally, Ainsworth's Travels * ITeipainJ?. For derivation, see Arnold 
 
 in the Track of the Ten Thousand. The on Thuc. ii. 23. It was destroyed by 
 
 student is especi.illy directed to the Ian- Sulla B.C. 86. 
 
Examhiation Papers. 207 
 
 12. Of what Athenian dramatists have we whole plays 
 existing ? How many of each ] Give the names and subjects 
 of the existing plays of the earliest of them. What wa6 the 
 origin of the Greek drama? What was the dramatic a.'y*xiv% 
 Where were the tragedies performed at Athens, and on what 
 special occasions?^ What is the meaning of the words 
 T/3ay^8ta, SiOvpafi^os, AiovvcrLa, ^(opayos, rpiXoyia, crvpfxa, 
 KodopvoSj Trpocroyirov. 
 
 {^Indian Civil Service, 1868.] 
 
 XCVII. 
 
 1. Explain the use of the participle in grammar. In what 
 respect is the Latin language deficient in participles ? Enume- 
 rate, with instances, the deponent verbs of which the past 
 participle is used both actively and passively. 
 
 2. Give the derivation of the contracted forms : — ala^ anceps^ 
 hruma, career, contamino, contio, cuncB, exilis, subtilis, imus, 
 summus, mollis, 7iobilis, olla, otium, solari, stipendium, tandem, 
 vanus, velum. Explain the word * itiacte ' with derivation. 
 
 3. Give the names, in order, of the kings of Rome, and 
 illustrate their characters by a Latin quotation for each. What 
 was the power of the king at Rome compared with that of the 
 consul %''■ 
 
 4. What was the cause of the first secession of the Plebeians ? 
 Give the history of it, with the names of the principal person- 
 ages concerned in it. What was the apologue of Menenius ? 
 
 I The tragedies were performed in the 12. 33.— One essential difference was the 
 
 Dionysiac Theatre, which was begun B.C. limited tenure of the consular office as com- 
 
 500, completed B.C. 340, and lay beneath pared with the kingly : again, the king was 
 
 the S. wall of the Acropolis, near its E. unassailable : the consul, unless re-elected, 
 
 extremity. became, after his year of office expired, a 
 
 * See Virg. j^n. i. 275, vi. 809, viii. 639; private individual, and could be impeached. 
 
 Ov. F. ii. 491 seqq., vi. 600, 634; Hor. C. i. See Niebuhr, H. R. i. 524. 
 
2oS Examination Papers. 
 
 What historical difficulties are found in this account % Where 
 is the Mons Sacer, and why so called ? To what other hill did 
 the Plebeians sometimes secede?* 
 
 5. When did Pyrrhus invade Italy, and under what pretext ? 
 Whence did he come, and in what part of Italy did he wage 
 war with the Romans % Relate the events of the war. What 
 was the result of it, and what was the end of Pyrrhus ? From 
 what sources do we derive our knowledge of these events % 
 Quote from the Latin poets in illustration of the war and the 
 leaders in it." 
 
 6. What was the country specially designated 'the Province'? 
 Trace the progress of its conquests by the Romans. Give an 
 account of the great victory of Marius in the Province. What 
 speeches of Cicero refer to it % How was it connected with 
 Pompeius % What resistance was made in it to Caesar ? What 
 are the chief ancient cities (with their modem names) in it?* 
 Explain the line of Lucan : — 
 
 * Finis et Hesperiae promoto limite Varus.' * 
 
 7. Give an account of the battle of Pharsalia, with date. 
 What were the numbers and composition of the armies on both 
 sides ? Explain, with a plan, the topography of the spot. What 
 
 1 See Studenfs Rome, cap. viL ; Nieb. (Niebuhr, H. R. iii. 480), and the lines of 
 
 ut supr. 597 seqq. The story is found in Ennius preserved in Cicero, De Off. L 12. 
 
 Liv. ii. 31 seqq. The Mons S. is about 38. See also Hor. C. i. 12. 40 seqq. 
 three miles from R. across the Anio, and 
 
 ontherightoftheV.Nomentana. It was » The modem /'r^^^c^. ^^^ Duty, of 
 
 so called from the altar built there to Jupi- P^^-*"-^" *• ^- ^'^^l^' P' 955- The victory 
 
 ter by the pleb. when leaving their camp, '^ ^^at at Aqus Sextiae. -Refer to Cic d, 
 
 and from the Lex Sacrata passed on the ^"-^^ ^J"'"' ^3. 3^ ; ProFla^c. 39, 98 : De 
 
 spot to confirm the treaty between them- ^^^''- f "^; ^. 43.-The gates of Massiha 
 
 selves and the patridans.-To the Janicu- were closed to Caesar See ^.//. Ctv. i. 34- 
 
 J 36,50-59; n. 1-22. — The chief ancient cities 
 
 "a See Studenfs Rome, cap. xxii.-The ^^""^ ,^f ^"^ {Marseilles) Telo Martius 
 
 great authority is Plutarch's Life of Pyr- Z""^'"'^' , ^^^"^ J"^" /^''^'("S' ^°^°'^ 
 
 rA;«, but particulars maybe also gathered I?"^"/ f ^arbo (A^«rW). Nemausus 
 
 from Dionysius of Halicamassus and Ap- <f "«" ' Axelate (/I r/..) Vienna ( r^««^r) 
 
 pian.-Among other quotations are- Antipolis (^«^.^«) -The Varus {J^ar) 
 
 ' Qui antidhac invicti fuvere viri, pater '^'^'^^ boundary of the Province on the 
 
 optime Olympi. Italian s.de.-On the P. generally, see 
 
 Hos ego in pugna vici, victusque sum M^nvale s Rome, ed. 1865. vol. .. cap. v. 
 
 ab isdem,' * Lucan, i. 404. 
 
I 
 
 Exami7iation Papers. 209 
 
 difficulties are there in the common explanation ? Where did 
 Pompeius betake himself after his defeat 1 Trace his further 
 movements to the place of his death.^ 
 
 8. Explain the fiscal terms : — <erarium,fiscus^ manceps, publi- 
 cantis^ trtbutum, vedigal^ census ^ decumcR^portorium^ salince^ scrip- 
 tura, usura, versura^ salarium, vasarium^ honorarium^ aurum 
 coronarium. Distinguish the meaning of caput in fiscal and in 
 criminal law.= 
 
 9. State generally the direction of the rivers Tibris, Alia, 
 Anio, Athesis, Aufidus, Clanius, Liris, Macra, Metaurus, Padus, 
 Ticinus, Trebia, Siler. Mark the quantities of the doubtful 
 syllables in their names, and quote Latin lines for your autho- 
 rity.* 
 
 10. Which are the most important of the public, and which 
 of the private, orations of Cicero 1 Give an account of some 
 one of each class, with its date, place, and circumstances of 
 delivery. How were such speeches preserved? Had the 
 Romans any system of * reporting '? What was the difference 
 between * oratio ' and * declamatio ' ] * What collections of 
 * declamations ' have we ?^ 
 
 11. In what particulars do the Alcaic and Sapphic metres 
 of Horace differ from the^Greek models ? What are the differ- 
 ent forms of the Asclepiad metre in Horace? Give an 
 example of each. Have any of the Horatian metres been 
 used by other Latin writers ? Give examples of the metres 
 
 1 See Merivale, ii. 283 seqq. * (1.) In Verrem — Pro Lege Manilla — 
 
 * Caput, as a fiscal term, is the princi- In Catilinam — De Lege Agraria. (2.) Pro 
 
 Pal, or sum lent : as a term of criminal Caecina — Pro Cluentio — Pro Plancio. See 
 
 law, the offence. Dicty. of Biogy. s. vv. Verves, Cluentius. 
 
 ' For the several quantities, see Virg. — On the declamations of Seneca, see 
 
 *yC«. viii. 64, noting also the forms Tl- Merivale, v. 92 seqq. There is also extant 
 
 berinus, Tiberis, and contrast Txbur. *Ib. a collection of 164 attributed to Quintilian. 
 
 vii. 717 ; '^ib. 683 ; and Hor. C. i. 7. 13 ; — Some of Cicero's orations were written, 
 
 *ib. ix. 677 ; Hor. C. iv. »4. 25 ; ib. Georg. e.g., those In Verrem and Pro Milone. — 
 
 ii. 225 ; Lucan, ii. 424, 426 ; Hor, C. iv. 4. As to the system of reporting, see Dicty. of 
 
 34. — Ticinus very rarely : Tlclnus. Sil. Antiq. s. w. Nota, Senatus, p. loai, Acta 
 
 iv. 81 : Agmen Ticini flectit ad undas. Jb. (4, 5), especially Nota. 
 493 : Trebiseque simul vicina petebat, 
 
2IO 
 
 Examination Papers. 
 
 used by Catullus, Martial, Seneca (in the dramas called by his 
 name), Statius, Ausonius, and Prudentius.^ 
 
 1 2. Compare the shape and appearance of Mount Vesuvius 
 in the first century A.D., and at the present time." What other 
 changes of configuration have taken place in that locality? 
 What other forms of the name Vesuvius occur in the Roman 
 writers % How is the mountain described by them ? What 
 events of Roman History are connected with it ? What vol- 
 canoes were known to Virgil ? 
 
 [Indian Civil Service^ 1868.] 
 
 xcvni. 
 
 I. Explain the etymological relations of the following words :- 
 a. 8t<s, bis, twice. 
 d. TTcvre, quinque, five. 
 
 1 In the A Icaic stanza H. * strengthens 
 the first three lines by spondees, making 
 it his rule to use the lonf^ syllable in all 
 the places in which it is allowable accord- 
 ing to the Gk. scheme : ' he deviates, how- 
 ever, sometimes from this rule. The cae- 
 suras are also more carefully observed. 
 (Zumpt, Lat. Gr. § 866.) The differences 
 are best seen by comparing a stanza from 
 Alcaeus, as given in Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 
 669, with a carefully elaborated stanza of 
 H., e.g., the first in C. iii. 5. — In the Sap- 
 phic, H. uses a spondee in the second foot, 
 instead of having a trochaic dipodia as in 
 the Gk. See Donalds. Gk. Gr. ut su^r. 
 He also has a caesura after the fifth syl- 
 lable, but exchanges it sometimes for a 
 trochaic caesura after the sixth syllable. 
 Zumpt, § 865.— We find Sapphics in Catul- 
 lus (11, 49), Statius {^*Stlv. iv. 7), Auso- 
 nius (Ephemeris). Alcaics in Statius {*S. 
 iv. 5). — The Hendecasyllabic metre is very 
 frequently used in Catullus, Martial, Sta- 
 tius (see especially *S. iv. 9) ; as also the 
 Scazon Iambic in Catullus and Mart. : 
 Seneca, in the Tragedies, employs (i.) 
 Iambic Trimeters, but with many digres- 
 
 sions from the Gk. model, e.g^., anap. in 
 fifth foot (2.) In the Chorus, Anapaestic 
 Dimeters, Sapphics— the Adonius being 
 introduced after any number of Sapphic 
 lines, or even omitted altogether. See 
 Medea, 652-669 ; Hippol. 274-324. In a 
 Chorus of the CEd. 403-508, we have Hexa- 
 meters, Sapphics, AnaPcests, Asclepiads. 
 It should be noticed that Seneca does not 
 use the dactyl in the last foot of the Anap. 
 Dimr. — A metre peculiar to Catullus is the 
 Galliambic. See Donalds. Lat. Gr. § 263. 
 — Besides those named above, Auson. cm- 
 ploys (i.) Iambic Dimeters; (2.) alternate 
 Trim, and Dim. Iambics ; (3.) Anap. Mo- 
 nometer; (4.) Hexameters; (5.) Elegiacs. 
 — The metres of Prudent., of which there 
 is a great variety, the lyric predominating, 
 are described in Dicty. of Biogy. s. v. A 
 specimen of his poetry will be found in 
 Trench's Sacred Lat. Poetry, p. 121. 
 
 * See Merivale, vii. 304 seqq. Other 
 forms are Vesevtis, Vesvius, Vesbius. — 
 The devotion of P. Decius Mus, B.c 340, 
 and the outbreak of Spartacus, B.C. 73. — 
 Virgil mentions iEtna, Vesuvius, Ischia 
 xE"«. ix. 712), Stromboli [Uf. viii. 416). 
 
Examination Papers. 2 1 1 
 
 c. eywv, ego, I, ich. 
 
 d. €T(pos, alter, other, andere. 
 
 e. ^v/oa, fores, door. 
 / jStoTos, vita, quick. 
 g. it-qv, sim. 
 
 h. x^*A*<^^) hiemps.* 
 
 2. Write down the present infinitive, with the future and 
 perfect indicative, of the Greek verbs which represent the 
 roots, (i.) €%, (2.) 18-, (3.) cV, (4.) kx-. 
 
 Explain the relation between livai and uvai. What Latin 
 words correspond to them ? Account for such forms as vew, 
 vevcro/Mtti. 
 
 Analyse iiruifievosy ykvro, as used by Homer. 
 
 To what dialects are a/ij8aT€, iroTrdv, iroKa, kyKariarai, 0-16, 
 krkpiara, TvptaSys, aXirjs, fida-a-iav referable severally, and what 
 are their usual forms?' 
 
 3. Translate into Greek, with accents : — 
 
 a. I \vill come if I can.* 
 
 d. She said she would come if she could.* 
 
 c. They said they would have come if they could.* 
 
 d. There are many things which I should wish to 
 
 remind you of.'' 
 g. Make haste and come, but not till you have seen 
 
 your father.' 
 / Be assured I will see him before I come.* 
 
 1 See, on this subject, N^ew Cratylus, ^ n-apeVo/xai, eav hvvinyiax. 
 
 § 118 (3); Max Muller, Second S. Led. * napetreaOat. €<^tj tKeCvr} el olov re ciij, 
 
 V. ; Varronianus, c. vii. * napayev€<r0<u av i^xurav el oi6v t« iye- 
 
 2 (i.) koQUiv; (2.) efetrflai; (3.) el/xi, vero. 
 
 originally ea-fii. Donalds. Gk. Gr. § 321. 8 TroXAa i^rrw a <re avanifiv^cTKeiv av 
 
 (4.) ex- is found in e^w, and the derivatives. /SouXoi^rjf. 
 
 ievau. is the causative form of teVai. 7 J,^ raxous «x*'5 e\Oe, fxrjJJ *7rplv rhv 
 
 In vew, vevaofxai, the v is, probably, a itarepa. tfi^s. 
 trace of the F in the root. Compare the * Or irpXv av. 
 
 Hesiodic icauafats [Op. 664, 691) from Kar- 8 Ig^j ^g exeii/ov irplv av ovrb? «A0w 
 
 FayiT/fxi. — yivTO is Epic for eAero through ^ke\i/ovTa. (See Jelfs Ct. Gr. § 848. 4. 
 
 the intervening form <rro. Obs. 2.} 
 
217 Examination Papers. 
 
 g. He wounded many of the enemy before he was at 
 
 length slain.* 
 h. She spoke as if forsooth she knew not the facts.* 
 /. Cleon answered and said that not himself but he 
 
 (Nicias) was general.' 
 k. I knew I had not myself erred, but you who denied 
 
 you were present.* 
 
 4. Describe the constitution, locality, functions, and pro- 
 ceedings of the iKKkrja-ia at Athens. 
 
 5. Explain SCicq and ypa<f>ri. What was the procedure of a 
 SCktj at Athens? Distinguish dvaKpiveiv and dvaKpivea-dai 
 (middle), KaraSiatTav and KaTaStatrao-^at (middle). Explain 
 the words cto-ayycAta, evSei^is, (fxixris, and the phrases ^prjfxYjv 
 o^Xciv, dvTi\a)(€LV Tqv fi-q ov(rav.^ 
 
 6. What was the national and political character of Thebes'? 
 What part did the Thebans take in the Persian and Pel4- 
 ponnesian Wars, and again after the peace of Antalcidas?' 
 Explain the following allusion of Milton : ' — 
 
 The great Emathian conqueror bid spare 
 
 The house of Pindarus, when temple and tower 
 
 Went to the ground. 
 
 7. Sketch the life and character of any one of the following 
 persons : — Alcibiades — ^Timoleon — Demetrius Poliorcetes. 
 
 8. Taking as boundaries the Tigris, the Indus, the sea, and 
 the northern latitude of the Caspian, place Arbela, Ecbatana, 
 Persepolis, Susa, Maracanda, Taxila, Patala, Zariaspe, the 
 
 ^ iroAAovs Twv irokeixioiv irCrpua-Ke, re- would lie : the middle of the plaintiff. 
 
 XevT^o-as Se aurb? aireOavev. See Dem. 1175 : 6 apxuv avtKpivt naa-iv 
 
 * SiekeytTO ws 5tj toI yevofieva /mt/ elSvia. rfftlv rots a/x<^i<r/3TjTou<rt. 548 : ov*c aytKpC- 
 
 * v1roXa^&)v Se 6 KAewi/ ovk €<f>ri *avTbs varo ravrrfv [ttjv ypou^Tji'] 6 avKO<f)avrrii 
 ttAX' tKelvov, rhv NiKiai/ 5>jjrov, orpaTiTyeti'. cKeifo;, — KaToSiaxTairOcu is * to be the cause 
 
 * ifjLavThv /xev ovv ovk pSeiv rifiaprriKOTa, of an arbitration being given against any 
 <ri Si, ftT) ovx^ irapayeyovtvai airapvov- one.' 
 
 Ii^vov. « See Grote's Greece, ch. 91 ; Dicty 
 
 * See Thuc. iv. 28. 2. Geogy. s. v. 
 
 * The active is said of the Archons who ' Sonnet viii.— The E. conqueror is Alex- 
 examined witnesses to see if an action ander. 
 
Exa7nination Papers. 213 
 
 ranges of Paropamisus, Imaus, and Emodus : trace the route 
 of Alexander from Babylon to Patala. What occurred in 
 Drangiana 1 What at Maracanda ? What was the great result 
 of Alexander's conquests ?* 
 
 9. Date the foundation of Alexandria in Egypt ; and de- 
 scribe its original form. Under what governments did it pass 
 during the first ten centuries of its existence % What were its 
 services to literature, science, and religion? What is under- 
 stood by the terms, (i.) Pleias Alexandrina, (2.) Canon Alex- 
 andrinus, (3.) Codex Alexandrinus 1 '^ 
 
 10. Compare the philosophic doctrines of Heraclitus and 
 Zeno of Elea. In what dialogues are they severally combated 
 by Plato % Explain the Platonic doctrine of Ideas. What in- 
 fluence did it exercise in the middle ages?' 
 
 [Indian Civil Service^ 1869.] 
 
 XCIX. 
 
 I. Translate into English — 
 
 Fenus agitare et in usuras extendere ignotum. Agri pro 
 numero cultorum ab universis in vicos occupantur, quos mox 
 inter se secundum dignationem partiuntur. Arva per annos 
 
 1 See Grote, ch, 94. written in the first half of the fifth century 
 3 A. was founded B.C. 332. On the after Christ ; contains other books besides 
 form, see Merivale, iii. 298, 300. — (i.) The all the canonical and most of the apocry- 
 Pleiad was a name given to a company of phal books found in our editions ; and de- 
 seven, or, according to others, six trage- rives its name from having been sent from 
 dians of A. See Donalds. Gk. Lit. i. 277. Alexandria, in 1628, to Charles i. by Cyril- 
 — For the name, see Ov. /. iv. 169. (2.) lus Lucaris, patriarch, first of that city and 
 By Canon A., literally 'The standard of afterwards of Constantinople. 
 A.,' is meant 'A collection of model stan- ^ 'Briefly stated, the Eleatic doctrine 
 dard authors,' according to the opinion of was that the formula for the imiversal is 
 the Alex, grammarians ; by this term the one only ; that of the Heracleiteans was 
 great 'classical' authors were designated. that the universe can be regarded only as 
 Quintil. (x. i. 54) calls it *ordo a gramma- many' Donalds. Gk. Lit. i. 70. — In the 
 ticis datus.' (3.) The Codex Alex, is the Philebus and Parmenides respectively. — 
 celebrated uncial MS., usually cited as A. Plato's Ideas were woven into the Realist 
 of the Old and New Test, in Gk,, now in and Nominalist Controversy. SeeHallam's 
 the British Museum. It was probably Lit. of Europe, i. 182 (ed. 1847). 
 
214 Examination Papers. 
 
 mutant ; et superest ager. Nee enim cum ubertate et ampli- 
 tudine soli labore contendunt, ut pomaria conserant et prata 
 separent et hortos rigent ; sola terrae seges imperatur. Unde 
 annum quoque ipsum non in totidem digerunt species : hiems 
 et ver et sestas intellectum ac vocabula habent ; autumni per- 
 inde nomen ac bona ignorantur.* 
 
 2. Distinguish accurately the words arva^ ager^ prata^ campus. 
 Give the etymologies (or roots) oifenus^ universus, occupo, vicus^ 
 arva, ager, annus, consero, separo, hortus, hiems, ver, cestas, 
 autumnus.^ 
 
 3. Explain the terms * noun/ * verb,' * nominative,' and 
 
 * accusative ' case. Why are inflexions called * cases '? Define 
 
 * subject,' * object,' * predicate,' * copula,' and show their appli- 
 cation to the simplest sentence, as ' urbem condo.' 
 
 4. Write down the letters of the Roman alphabet in use in 
 the time of Cicero. What new letters did the Emperor Claudius 
 add, and with what success ? Show the relations of F, G, H, 
 and Q to the corresponding letters of the old Greek alphabet.' 
 
 5. Distinguish the meanings oi homo, vir,juvenis, adulescens, 
 mulier, femina, matrona. Derive uxor, conjux,femi7ia, puella, 
 liberi, proles, suboles. Explain the terms 'jus connubii,' *con- 
 ventio in manum,' *filius familias.'* 
 
 6. Distinguish the Etruscioi ancient Italy from the TyrrhenL 
 Give the geographical position of each, and discuss briefly their 
 
 1 Tac. Germ. § 26. pronunciation of F, Cic. ad Att.'vx..^ ^ad 
 
 2 A rva is used of fields in which any fin. : Tuum digamma videram, where by 
 kinds of crops are grown : ag'er is territary d. is meant a book relating either to ^enus 
 measured out and occupied, especially for or /^undi. 
 
 grazing. See Hor, Epist. i. 16, 2, 4. — * Muit'er rskrs to the gentleness of the 
 
 Prata are meadows of definite extent : female, femina to the sex. ^n. i. 364, 
 
 campus is lowland generally. Plin. Ep. iv. 569; butcf. Catull. Ixviii. 128. Mulier 
 
 V. 6; Prata inde campique. — For annus, is also used (i.) of a married woman ; (2.) 
 
 see Varronianus, p. 163 : for sero, ib. 184, as a contemptuous name for a man. Ma- 
 
 393 : for autumnus, ib. 386 : astas is from trona is a married lady of rank. Uxor of 
 
 the same root alfl- as is found in axBu>, any wife, c<w/w;r of the partner of a person 
 
 axQrip, etc. of dignity. Veil. Pat. ii. 100: Cujuslibet 
 
 ' See Donalds. Lat. Gr. § 2, Obs. i ; uxor,— Neronis conjux. On proles and 
 
 New Crat. § iii ; Varron. c. vii. ; Orelli suboles, see journal 0/ C. and S. Pkilo- 
 
 on Tac. Ann. xi. 14 : also, for the Roman logy, iv. 290 seqq. 
 
Exami7iatiou Papers. 215 
 
 ethnological affinities. What signification attaches to the ety- 
 mology of the latter word ; also to the names Umbri, Sabvii, 
 Lafini, Quirites^ Albania Osci or Opici^ Italy ^ and Greece 1 * 
 
 ^ Milites^ quod trium milium primo legio fiebat, ac singulae 
 tribus Titiensium, Ramnium, Lucerum, milia singula militum 
 mittebant.'* Specify the component parts of a Roman legion, 
 and distinguish * aquila,' * signum,' * vexillum.' State (briefly) 
 what you know of the origin and meaning of the three * tribes ' 
 mentioned in the above extract. 
 
 8. Express the following sums in English currency : * HS. 
 quadringenties tricies quinquies ; ' * centies quinquagies sester- 
 tium j ' ' HS. CIOIOC Explain the symbol HS, and give the 
 value of ' sestertius,' * denarius.' What is generally meant by 
 * numus ' % Translate * condiditque lustrum, quo censa sunt 
 civium LVHH., LXXXHH., LXXn.'» 
 
 9. Give the date of the birth and the birthplace of the poet 
 Plautus. Does the text we possess harmonize with contem- 
 porary inscriptions % From what sources were his comedies 
 derived ? Define * fabula togata,' * palliata,' * praetextata.' Men- 
 tion the kinds of Roman poetry which have a claim to be truly 
 Italian, or indigenous. Was * satire ' one of these ? Give the 
 etymology of the word.* 
 
 1 The Etrusci, properly so called, re- Epirus, and spread thence to Italy.— For 
 
 present the Rhaetian element, the Tyr- the Latin names, see Varronianiis, c. L §§ 
 
 rhefii the Pelasgian element of the popu- 3, 7, 11 ; iL 17, 18 ; iv. § 2. 
 
 lation. — Tyrrheni (Tvpprjvoi, TvpoTji/oi) 2 yarro, L. L. v. § 89. See Dicty. of 
 
 means builders of towers. Umbri used to ^^ ^^-^ ^ ^ ^.^^ Militaria. 
 be explained as coming from oft/Spos, a 
 
 rain-shower, because they had survived ^ Tac. Ann. xi. 25. The sums are— 
 
 the deluge ! (PHn. H. N. iii. 19.) The (i) 435 X 100,000 sesterces = 43»5oo time - 
 
 name implies 'dwellers by the river.'- U^- ^. I . (^^ 150X100,000 sesterces 
 
 6'a^'«/=worshippers. — Z.a/i«j=free-men. <■ o 17 i ^ 
 
 -^«/r.V«='men of the spear.' O v. F. ^ ^^^^ ^^^^ M *• ^- j. . (3.) ,,600 
 
 ii. 475. — Albant=' men of the Alp-me or i o 17 i j 
 
 mountain city. '-Opici= ' the aborigines of sesterces. —The amount is 5,984.072- See 
 
 the country,' ovroxdoves.— /^a/ia=' the Ox<t\\\ in loc. 
 
 land of cattle.' — The Graeci, rpai#cot, were * Titus Maccius Plautus was born at 
 originally a tribe in Epirus : it has been Sarsina in Umbria about 254 B.C. — The 
 thought that the name was extensively ap- text does not agree with contemporary in- 
 plied to the inhabitants of the W. coasts of scriptions. See specimens in Donaldson's 
 
2i6 Examination Papers. 
 
 10. What were the duties of the Augurs ? What etymologies 
 have been given of the name ? At what period in the history 
 of Rome had they the greatest influence 1 Explain and derive 
 the augural terms : /i/uus^ regie (caeli), cozremonia^ tabernaculum 
 capere, tripudium solistimuniy desidero and considero^ contemplor^ 
 ostenta^ religio, superstition 
 
 11. Translate — 
 
 Ast quando duellum gravius, discordise civium escunt, oenus 
 ne amplius sex menses, si senatus creverit, idem juris quod 
 duo consules teneto ; isque ave sinistra dictus populi magister 
 esto : equitatumque qui regat, habeto pari jure cum eo, 
 quicumque erit juris disceptator. Specify the magistrates 
 here alluded to. What other names of the * Equites ' were 
 in vogue in the early republic ; and what were their duties 
 originally'?'' 
 
 12. Translate — 
 
 Proscriptum patrem exul secutus [Tiberius], ubi domum 
 Augusti privignus introiit, multis semulis conflictatus est, dum 
 Marcellus et Agrippa, mox Gains Luciusque Csesares viguere. 
 Etiam frater ejus Drusus prosperiore civium amore erat. Sed 
 maxime in lubrico egit accepta in matriraonium Julia. Explain 
 the relationships here mentioned by drawing a pedigree ; and 
 
 Lat. Gr. App. i. ; and, on the text of (for religio). A derivation of superstitio 
 Plautus generally, Wagner's Aulularia: is given by Cicero, N. D. ii. 28. 72 (q. v.), 
 Ramsay's Mostellaria. — See Dicty. of where he contrasts it with religio, but the 
 A ntiq. s. w. Conteedia, Satura. word is most likely derived from super in 
 I Augur is derived, most likely, from the sense of 'over and above,' as in 'satis 
 avis gero : some would connect it with a superqn^,' and means ' over-devotion,' ex- 
 root aug. identical with akshi (Sanskr.), actly like 7re/jiep7ta. Cf Acts xix. 19: ixa- 
 oculus, auge (Germ.), and make it mean a vol twi' to. Treptepya Trpa^aiTwi/, where 
 seer. — Probably down to B.C. 300, at which the A. V. has ' used curious arts,' but 
 date the religious differences between the which might better be rendered ' dealt in 
 two orders of the patricians and plebeians superstitious wares,' with xvii. 22 : ws 5«i- 
 ended. — Lituus, see Donalds. Varron. p, o-iSat/moi'eoTepovs Oeupia, which is rendered 
 i5g.—R egio from rego. Cic. de Div. i. 'I perceive that y^ 7ac too superstitious,' 
 17. 30 : Lituo regiones direxit. — The old instead of 'I notice you as very god-fear- 
 derivations of car. were (i.) from Care; ing.' 
 (2. ) from Ceres, but the word is most likely 
 
 connected with C7<r<7.— See Z)/c/>'.^yl«//^. ' Cic. de Legg. iii. 3. 9. See Dicty. 0/ 
 
 ». V. Augur; Donalds. Varron. p. 407 Antiq.%.y. Equites. 
 
Examination Papers. 
 
 217 
 
 show also how the families of Augustus and Tiberius were 
 united (by marriage) in Germanicus.^ 
 [Iftdian Civil Service, i2>6^.'] 
 
 C. 
 
 1. What data do we possess for determining the ancient 
 pronunciation of Latin ? 
 
 2. Account for the imperfect success of Varro as an et)niio- 
 logist, and illustrate your answer by examples from his 
 writings. 
 
 3. How did the study of Greek literature at Rome affect the 
 Latin language ? 
 
 4. Cicero^ says * Abest enim historia a Uteris nostris ; ' 
 Quintilian" *At historia non cesserit Graecis.' Examine and 
 compare these assertions. 
 
 5. Estimate the influence of patronage on Roman poetry. 
 
 6. Criticise the style of Persius, and illustrate by quotations. 
 
 7. How far did the Augustan poets modify consciously the 
 Greek metres which they adopted 1 
 
 8 Enumerate and account for the various grammatical 
 methods by which action can be attributed to a person in the 
 Latin language. 
 
 1 Tac. Ann. vi. 51. Tiberius Gaudius 
 Nero Caesar was the son of T. Claudius 
 Nero and Livia Drusilla, who became, B.C. 
 38, the wife of Augustus : Tiberius was bom 
 B.C. 42, and was the stepson of Augustus : his 
 younger brother, Nero Claudius Drusus, 
 t\\Q /rater of the above passage, was bom 
 B.C. 38, three months after his mother's 
 marriage with Augustus : he was the father 
 of Germanicus Caesar by Antonia, the 
 daughter of Antonius the triumvir, and the 
 niece of Augustus. — The Marcellus men- 
 tioned ii. M. Claudius Marcellus, son of 
 Octavia the sister of Augustus, and, there- 
 fore, the emperor's nephew. He was the 
 
 subject of Virgil's lines, ^n. vi. 868-886, 
 and of the praises of Propertius, iv. (iii.) 
 18. — M. Vipsanius Agrippa was brother- 
 in-law to Marcellus, having married, B.C. 
 28, his sister Marcella : he afterwards mar- 
 ried, B.C. 21, Julia, the widow of Marcel- 
 lus, and daughter of Augustus by his third 
 wife Scribonia ; she bore him two sons, 
 the G. and L. Caesar mentioned above, 
 and afterwards, b.c ii, became the wife 
 of Tiberius, but their union was neither 
 long nor happy. 
 
 * See De Legibus i. 2. 5. 
 3 Inst. Or. X. I. lox. 
 
2 1 8 Exaniinatio7i Papers. 
 
 9. What theories have been advanced about the origin of the 
 Latin Infinitive % How far are they consistent with its syn- 
 tactical use. 
 
 10. Classify and account for the terminations of Latin 
 adverbs. 
 
 11. What do you conceive to have been the earliest form of 
 «/, ubi^ doneq clam, eum, cut, bonus, faxim, do, queo 1 Give 
 reasons for your answer. 
 
 1 2. Give some account of the following words, mentioning 
 collateral forms : — causer, chanteur, feu, fils, geant, larron, mime, 
 pcUais, peuple, roi, serment, country, court, pen, pity, 
 
 13. Translate, with short notes, explanatory or illustrative — 
 
 a. Viden ut honored* 
 
 b. ToUit se . .... cernuus armo.- 
 
 c. Da lunae pocula commodis.* 
 
 d. Cautos nominibus rectis expendere nummos.* 
 
 e. Accipe ceras libello.** 
 
 / Libertate vertigo facit* 
 
 g. Appius decreto .... promittat.^ 
 
 h. Neque enim societatem . . praedandi vocabula.' 
 
 [Hertford Scholarship, 1870.] 
 
 CL 
 
 1. Explain what is the difference between Rhythm and Metre. 
 
 2. Give some account of the rise of Greek Tragedy. 
 
 3. The place of Ennius in Latin poetry, and of Herodotus 
 in Greek prose. 
 
 4. In what sense can one language be said to be older than 
 another ? Is there any reason for considering -^olic to be 
 older than the other Greek dialects 1 
 
 I Virg. j^n. vi. 779. * Hor. Epist. ii. i. 105. ' Livy, iii. 45 i. 
 
 » lb. X. 891. 6 juv. xiv. 191. 8 Tac. Hist. iv. 14; cf. ii. 
 
 • Hor. C. iiL 19. 9. « Pers. v. 73. 92, iii. 19, for use of sinus 
 
examination Papers. 219 
 
 5. Explain and give examples of frequentative aorist; cognate 
 accusative ; frequentative use of o.v ; deliberative subjunctive ; 
 anacolouthon ; attraction \ idiomatic uses of comparative and 
 superlative. 
 
 6. Give some account of the Roman Calendar. 
 
 7. Enumerate the divisions of the As. 
 
 8. Translate, noting peculiarities and quoting similar pas- 
 sages — 
 
 a. ot 6' avdojxaiixoL irov v^aviai Trovetv ; ^ 
 
 b. icma vvv Zevs avros, cptySovTros Trocrts "Hpiys, 
 fxri fikv TOis iTTTroLcrtv dvrjp l7ro}(^(r€Tat aXAos.* 
 
 d» fSovXei TO wpay/xa rots ^caraicrtv cfipdcrfo ; * 
 
 e. €S okiyoV d(fiLK€TO TToiv TO (TT/DClTeV/Aa T(UV ^A67JVai<i)V 
 
 viKTiOrjvai.^ 
 
 f. OVKOVV €V KOL €;(OVT(OS VOVV (TV TC TTttVTa CMTCS Kttt ItTT;- 
 
 vco-a/iicv i7/A€is;* 
 ^. Duas arces urbs habet, unam imminentem mari, altera 
 
 urbis media est.^ 
 h. Scire tuum nihil est nisi te scire hoc sciat alter. • 
 i. Nunc dea lanigera colitur celeberrima turba.» 
 k. Notumque furens quid femina possit.^® 
 /. Verum anceps pugnae fuerat fortuna. — Fuisset ; 
 Quem metui moritura?" 
 
 m sed idem 
 
 Pacis eras mediusque belli." 
 n. aK-qv ccrav — x<*^5 TrpoTrofnros^^ — infitias ire— voti reus — 
 repetundarum argui— Tu quotus esse velis rescribe.** 
 
 [C^rls^ Church Junior Studentships^ 
 Lent Temtf 1870.] 
 
 1 Soph. O. C. 335. • Plat. Legg. 686 E. H Virg. yEn. iv. 603. 
 
 2 Homer, //. x. 329. » Cf. Caes. B. G. iv. 19. 1« Hor. C. ii. 19. 28. 
 
 3 iEsch. Chogph. 876. » Persius, i. 27. 1« iEsch. ChoSph. 21. 
 
 ♦ Ar. Eq. 36. » Ov. Met. i. 747. 1* Hor. Epist. i. 5. 30W 
 
 6 Thuc. iv. 129. 4. 10 Virg. /En. v. 6. 
 
220 Examination Papers. 
 
 CII. 
 
 1. Explain the object, and the result, of the Gabinian roga- 
 tion (B.C. 67), and the Manilian law. 
 
 2. Give the date of the trial of Clodius, and the substance 
 of the charge brought against him. To what class of judicia 
 does this trial belong ? and how are they defined ? Detail the 
 various changes which took place in the appointment of judices 
 for these cases between the years 100 and 44 B.C., assigning 
 them to their respective authors, and stating the motives which 
 prompted them. What irregularity was there in this particular 
 in the case of Clodius ? 
 
 3. What was the year of Cicero's Consulship, and by what 
 great event was it distinguished 1 Give some account of the 
 author by whom that event has been narrated, and your 
 opinion upon the historical value of the work. 
 
 4. What were the limits of * the Gauls ' which J. Caesar re- 
 ceived as his province, and by what races inhabited ? Trace a 
 map of Gallia Transalpina in the time of J. Caesar, marking 
 the principal tribes mentioned in his Commentaries. What 
 parts of Gaul were designated by the names Gallia Togata, 
 Braccata, Comata, and for what reason ? What was the sub- 
 sequent division of it into provinces under the Emperors? 
 Give the ancient names of the Rhone, Garonne, Loire, Seine, 
 Saone, Mame, Isfere, and the different divisions of the French 
 Alps : and the modem ones of Provincia, Massilia, Nemausus, 
 Arelate, Lugdunum, Augusta Trevirorum, Narbo, Aquae Sextias, 
 Forum Julii. 
 
 5. What explanation has been given of Pompeius's policy in 
 quitting Italy in 705 ? Trace the military operations which 
 ensued between this retreat and the battle of Pharsalia. *Sed 
 
ft- 
 
 Examination Papers, 221 
 
 hoc T€/)as horribili vigilantia, celeritate, diligentia, est.'* Illus- 
 trate this from the events of the early part of this year. 
 
 6. What were the occasion and the subject of Cicero's 
 speeches contra Rullum % 
 
 7. How did Cicero incur the displeasure of Clodius ? What 
 means did the latter use to gain his revenge, and with what 
 result % 
 
 8. Explain the historical allusions in the following passages, 
 dating, where it is possible, the event referred to. 
 
 Motum ex Metello consule civicum.- 
 Non Bibulo quidquam nuper, sed Csesare factum 
 est: 
 
 Nam Bibulo fieri consule nil memini.' 
 Quis castra timenti 
 Nescit mixta foro, gladii cum triste minantes 
 Judicium insoUta trepidum cinxere corona.* 
 Professus inter suos ire se ad exercitum sine duce, 
 
 et inde reversurum ad ducem sine exercitu.** 
 'Tu leones Antonii ne pertimescas cave.*' 
 At ille tibi, ttoAAoI x<w/octv t<J koX^ dicens, pergit 
 Brundisium.' 
 
 Sparsit potius Pharsalia nostras 
 Quam subvertit opes.^ 
 
 9. Give the dates of the principal victories of J. Caesar, 
 stating in each case the scene of the battle, and the name of 
 the general to whom he was opposed. 
 
 10. Describe Caesar's reformation of the Calendar. At what 
 subsequent periods have alterations been made % What other 
 reforms did he contemplate or carry out 1 
 
 11. Compare briefly the character, personal and military, of 
 Caesar and Pompeius. Also give a sketch of the character and 
 
 1 Cic. ad Att. viii. 9. 3. < Lucan, i. 319. f Cic. ad Ait. viiL 8. 
 
 ' Hor. Od. ii. i. * Sueton. Jul. 34. • Lucan, viii. 972. 
 
 » Sueton. yul. so. « Cic. ad Att. x. 13. 
 
222 Examination Papers. 
 
 fate (with dates) of Crassus, Cato, Brutus, and the younger 
 Curio. 
 
 12. Describe the extent and the principal divisions of the 
 Roman dominions at the death of Caesar. 
 
 \^Trlniiy College, Cambridge, i^Si-] 
 
 cm. 
 
 1. Give a short account of any important events in Grecian 
 history which you can assign to the years 334, 330, 324, 323, 
 
 311, 305. 3oi» B.C. 
 
 2. Discuss the character and abihties of Alexander of 
 Macedon. How far may he be considered a Greek 1 and in 
 what respects do his Asiatic conquests belong to the history 
 of Greece ? 
 
 3. What is meant by saying that ' the Macedonian kingdom 
 was nothing but a well-combined military machine ' 1 Give 
 some description of the organization of Alexander's array. 
 
 4. What was the political condition of Greece when Alex- 
 ander set out on the Asiatic expedition 1 Relate the circum- 
 stances which led to the destruction of Thebes. 
 
 5. What conditions of peace were offered to Alexander after 
 the battle of Issus, and why were they not accepted ? 
 
 6. Describe the siege of Tyre by Alexander. Why, and 
 when, was this siege undertaken ? 
 
 7. What were the circumstances which led to the exile of 
 Demosthenes ? and when did he return to Athens ? 
 
 8. Describe the character, and discuss the public policy of 
 Phocion. 
 
 9. What terms of peace were imposed upon Athens by 
 Antipater in the year 322 "^ 
 
 10. Give some account of Demetrius Phalereus, and of the 
 state of Athens under his administration. 
 
■ 
 
 ^^■^^ Examination Papers, 223 
 
 ^^^ Si. Mention briefly v^\\2X you know concerning the period 
 " of history given above, in connection with the following 
 names of persons and places: — Demochares, Halicamassus, 
 Hyperides, Lamia, Gaugamela, Demetrius Poliorcetes, Poms, 
 Pylae Ciliciae, Batis, Gordium, Pinarus, Megalopolis, Xeno- 
 crates, Philip Arrhidaeus, Charidemus, Diogenes, Memnon. 
 
 1 2. Explain the following terms : — •qyefiovia, Amphictyonic 
 War, VTrepaonna-Tal, crdpicra'a, ypa<f)ri irapavofitov, Satrap, Dia- 
 dochi. 
 
 \TrinUy College, 1868.] 
 
 CIV. 
 
 I. Anaxagoras, materiem infinitam ; sed ex ea particulas, 
 similes inter se, minutas ; eas primum confusas, postea in ordi- 
 nem adductas a mente divina. Xenophanes, pauco etiam 
 antiquior, unum esse omnia, neque id esse mutabile, et id esse 
 deum, neque natum unquam, et sempitemum, conglobata figura: 
 Parmenides ignem, qui moveat terram, quae ab eo formetur : 
 Leucippus plenum et inane : Democritus huic in hoc similis, 
 uberior in ceteris : Empedocles, haec pervulgata et nota quat- 
 tuor : Heraclitus, ignem : Melissus hoc, quod esset infinitum 
 et immutabile, et fuisse semper, et fore. Plato ex materia in 
 se omnia recipiente mundum esse factum censet a deo sempit- 
 ernum. Pythagorei ex numeris et mathematicorum initiis pro- 
 ficisci volunt omnia. ^ 
 
 Explain and illustrate these statements, and arrange accord- 
 ing to their schools or successions the philosophers mentioned. 
 Compare the arreipov of the Greeks with the * infinite ' of 
 modern metaphysicians. Who first invented the Greek term 
 answering to ' materies ' ? 
 
 1 Cicero, AcmI. Pr. ii. 37. 118. . 
 
224 Examination Papers. 
 
 2. What is the supreme rule of human action according to 
 Aristotle, the Stoics, Butler, Bentham, Kant ? To what extent 
 do you accept the Utilitarian theory, and what do you con- 
 ceive to be the true place of a system of consequences in 
 Ethical Science 1 Are ' good ' and * useful ' co-extensive 
 terms? 
 
 3. What is the doctrine of Philosophical Necessity? By 
 what arguments has it been defended and impugned ? How 
 far, if granted, does it affect practice ? 
 
 4. Give a short history of the theory of Mental Association, 
 tracing it from Aristotle through Hume, Hartley, Brown, and 
 James Mill. What use does Mackintosh make of it in explaining 
 the formation of Conscience ? 
 
 5. ' De Platonis inconstantia Ion gum est dicere.' Give such 
 instances of this inconsistency as occur to you, and discuss any 
 hypotheses that have been formed to account for it. 
 
 6. Mr. J. S. Mill^ defines Matter * the permanent possibilities 
 of sensation.' Explain this fully. 
 
 What are the primary and secondary qualities of mat- 
 ter? 
 
 How do we arrive at the perception of Distance and Exten- 
 sion? Give (i.) Berkeley's and (2.) Prof. Bain's* explanation 
 of the former \ and (i.) Bain's and (2.) Hamilton's theory of 
 the latter. 
 
 Distinguish sensation, perception, judgment, opinion, belief, 
 cognition. 
 
 7. Give an account of the origin, nature, and growth of 
 Habit. 
 
 8. Describe the processes of (i.) abstraction, generalization, 
 definition, (2.) induction, as understood by Aristotle, Bacon, 
 Whewell, Mill, (3.) deduction. 
 
 9. Explain the differences between scientific or demonstrative, 
 
 1 Examination of Sir W. Hamilton's Philosophy. • Senses and Intellect. 
 
Examination Papers. 225 
 
 dialectical, and rhetorical reasoning according to Aristotle, and 
 describe the logical instruments that they severally employ. 
 
 10. State the theory of the universal Relativity of Know- 
 ledge (understood in the sense that every act of perception and 
 cognition is relative to the individual Subject). If you hold it 
 to be true, give your reasons ; if not, your answer. 
 
 1 1. Describe Aristotle's doctrine of the Mean in its relation 
 to Ethics : and cite examples from Aristotle's other writings, 
 the Greek Tragic poets, and Greek Literature in general, 
 of its universal appHcation. What form does it assume in 
 Plato ? and in which of his dialogues % 
 
 12. Give some account of Aristotle's division of Philosophy. 
 What was the division which subsequently superseded it ? 
 
 Examine the relation which Politics is made to bear to 
 Ethics in (i.) Plato's and (2.) Aristotle's treatment of those 
 subjects ; and afterwards, in (3.) the later Greek, and (4) 
 Modem, Ethical, and Political Philosophy. 
 
 13. Describe Bacon's inductive method, and point out 
 wherein it differed from that of his philosophical predecessors. 
 Examine its claims to novelty and originality. 
 
 What is the meaning of the title Novum Organum ? and 
 what place does this work occupy in the general scheme of 
 the Instauratio Magna as Bacon conceived it ? 
 
 14. What is the general meaning and purpose of Plato's 
 Cratylus ? Give a brief account of the prevailing theories 
 of the origin of language ; and particularly of Prof. Max 
 Miiller's views of its primary and elementary stage.* Is this 
 latter in accordance with the analogies of the formation and 
 growth of language, and of the development of the human 
 intellect in general? State Mr. J. S. Mill's opinion on the 
 subject.' 
 
 1 5. Express in a tabular form the historical affiliation of the 
 
 1 Lecturest vol. i. Lect. ix. * Exam, of Sir W. Hamilton's Philosophy, 
 
 P 
 
226 Examination Papers. 
 
 languages of the Indo-Germanic family at present spoken in 
 Europe. 
 
 1 6. Locke, Berkeley, Whewell, and many others, have 
 observed, that all or most * abstract terms,' and especially words 
 which denote * mental operations,' are originally borrowed from 
 * sensible things ' * or * external objects.' " Exemplify this from 
 any languages with which you are acquainted. What is the 
 argument that Locke derives from this fact % and how does it 
 bear upon Prof. Miiller's theory of roots ? 
 
 17. Trace from the derivation the present meaning or 
 meanings of the following words : — 
 
 Instance, instant, circumstance, accident, energy, predica- 
 ment, immediate, axiom, hypothesis, category, definition, term, 
 right and wrong (illustrate this last by Greek, Latin, or any 
 other analogies) — positive, determination (sens, mor.) 
 
 Case, declension, oblique cases, accusative (case), syntax, 
 mood, tense, accidence ; metaphor ; hypotenuse ; quintes- 
 sence. 
 
 Disastrous, ascendancy, influence, exorbitant, jovial, satur- 
 nine : symptom, emblem ; plot ; species, spice \ attention, 
 intention, intense ; surprise ; resolution. 
 
 Wiseacre, Beefeater, countrydance, faubourg, Stamboul, Leg- 
 horn, Negropont, causeway, dogcheap, dandylion (explain the 
 principle of the formation of this latter class of words). 
 
 What was the original name of Beneventum % and why was 
 it changed ? 
 
 18. Give some account of the different opinions that have 
 been held by Political Economists upon the theory of Rent 
 
 [Trijiity College Fellowships, 1866.] 
 
 1 Locke, lierkeley. 2 Whewdl, 
 
Examination Papers, 227 
 
 CV. 
 
 1. What accounts has Eusebius given of the circumstances 
 under which the Four Gospels were respectively written 1 
 
 2. Translate — 
 
 'ETnypcoTwv 8e avrov Kat o-T/3aTCVo/>t€vot, AlyovTCS, Kat i^/acis Tt 
 7roirj(TO/JL€v ; Kat €?7re tt/oos avrovs, MrySeva 8ia(r€L(nfjT€, firjSl crvKO- 
 <f>avT'i]a-r)re' kol d/OKeto-^e rots d^wvtois vfiiov.^ 
 
 What is the exact meaning of crrpaTevofievoL 1 What circum- 
 stance mentioned in Josephus throws light on this passage 1 
 
 3. Translate — 
 
 Kat (XTroKpiOels 6 'Irjarovs iLTrev avrots, Ov Sia tovto irAavaa^c, 
 firj €t8oT€S ras ypa<f)as, [irjSe ttjv Svvafiiv tou 0€ov j "Orav yap 
 iK v€Kpo}v dvao-Twcrtj/, orrc yafiova-iv, ovre -ya/AtcTKOVTat, dAA* 
 yicriv d)s ayyeAot oi Iv rots ovpavoi<s. Uepl Se twv vcKpwv, on 
 eycipovTai, ovk dveyv(OT€ kv ry (3l^X(^ Mwcrews, e^rt 7^s fSdrov ws 
 ciTrev avrc^ 6 Geos Aeywv, 'Eyw 6 Geo? ^A^padfi, kol 6 Gcos 
 'lo-ad/c, Kat 6 Geo? 'laKiojS ; Ovk eoriv 6 Geos vcKpwv, dAAd Geo? 
 ^(ovTwv v/xets ovv TToXv irXavda-Oe.^ 
 
 In what manner has the expression iirl rrj's pdrov been ex- 
 plained ? Does that explanation solve any difficulty in another 
 passage in this GospeU 
 
 4. What was the principal object of the speech of St. 
 Stephen ? What historical difficulties does it contain ? How 
 are those difficulties removed ] Translate the following, and 
 state from what prophet it is quoted, with what variations, and 
 how those variations are explained : — 
 
 "Ka-rpexj/c Be 6 Geos, Kat TrapeBwKcv avrovs XarpeioeLv tq crrpa- 
 Ti^ Tov ovpavov' KaOios yeypairraL iv /3i(3X(^ Ttuv vpocfirjToiv, M^ 
 o-^dyta Kai ^vo-t as 7rpo(rr)v€yKaT€ fioL erq rccrcrapaKovTa iv ry 
 cpyjfKi)^ o?KOS 'lorpa-qX ; Kat dveXd/ScTe ttjv (TKrjvrjv tov MoAo^, 
 
 1 St. Luke iii. 14. a St. Mark xii. 94. 
 
2 28 Examination Papers. 
 
 Koi TO acrrpov rov Geov vixdv 'Pc/x^olv, tovs tvttovs ous Ittoi?/ 
 (rare irpoa-Kvvclv avrots" Kat fJL€TOLKL(o vfias €Tr€K€tva BafBvkiovos.^ 
 
 5. Kar' cKcii/ov 8k rov Katpov eire/Sakev *H/)w5?^s 6 ^acriAcvs 
 ras x*V'°'5 KOKwo-at rti/as twk cxtto t^? c/CKAr/crias* avetAc 81 
 ^la.K(i)fiov Toi/ aSeX^oi/ 'Iwavvov /ia^atp^.* 
 
 Give a short account of the rise of the Herodian family. 
 Who is meant in the above passage 1 What was the extent of 
 his dominion ? What account of his death is given in the 
 Acts 1 Compare that account with the narrative of Josephus. 
 
 6. Mention the incidents of St. Paul's first visit to Philippi. 
 How is that city described in the Acts ? How do you explain 
 that description ? When and under what circumstances did 
 St. Paul write the Epistle to the Philippians 1 State the gene- 
 ral tenor of that Epistle. 
 
 7. The writings of the New Testament possess in their pecu- 
 liar idiom an internal evidence of their authenticity. Explain 
 this, and translate and illustrate the following expressions : — 
 
 a. KOL irpoa-eOcTO Trefxif/aL erepov SovkovJ 
 
 b, kqX "^v do-Tcios T^ Q€(^.* 
 
 C. ov SiKaL(i}6'q(r€Tat iraaa crdp^.^ 
 d. KarcTToO-q 6 ^avaros ets vlkos.^ 
 
 8. Give the original Greek of the following passages, and 
 state in each case whether our Authorized Version is correct : 
 
 a. On the second sabbath after the first. ' 
 
 d. For we are not as many, which corrupt the word of God." 
 
 c. Let your moderation be known unto all men." 
 
 d. Supposing that gain is godliness.^" 
 
 9. State the date, object, and result of Pliny's Letter to 
 Trajan respecting the early Christians. 
 
 Translate and illustrate — 
 
 Affirmabant autem banc fuisse summam vel culpse suae vel 
 
 1 Acts vii. 42. 8 St. Luke xx. 11. « i Cor. xv. 54. » Phil. iv. 5. 
 
 * lb. xii. I. * Acts vii. 20. ^ St. Luke vi. i. 1° i Tim. vi. 5. 
 
 ' Rom. ill 20. 82 Cor. ii. 17. 
 
Examination Papers. 229 
 
 erroris, quod essent soliti stato die* ante lucem convenire, car- 
 menque Christo quasi Deo dicere secum invicem, seque Sacra- 
 mento, non in scelus aliquod, obstringere, sed ne furta, ne 
 latrocinia, ne adulteria coramitterent, ne fidem fallerent, ne 
 depositum appellati abnegarentj quibus peractis, morem sibi 
 discedendi fuisse rursusque coeundi ad capiendum cibum, pro- 
 miscuum tamen et innoxium-J-: quod ipsum facere desisse post 
 edictum meum, quo, secundum mandata tua, hetaerias esse 
 vetueram.* 
 
 * What traces of the observance of the Lord's Day are found 
 in the New Testament ? 
 
 \ What accounts of the Agape are found in early Christian 
 writers ? To what does the expression * innoxium ' refer 1 
 Translate — 
 
 OvTot ^i(Tiv kv rats ayaTrats v/xwv o-7riXa8es, (TVv^v{iiyov- 
 
 fi€V0L a^o/3a>s.^ 
 SiriA-ot KOi [liofioij €VTpv(f>ci}VT€S €V Tais dTrarats avrwv, 
 (Tvvevia^ovfievoL vfitv.* 
 10. Translate and explain — 
 
 In matutina nuper spectatus arena 
 
 Mucius, imposuit qui sua membra focis, 
 Si patiens, fortisque tibi durusque videtur, 
 
 Abderitanse pectora plebis habes ; 
 Nam clim dicatur, tunic^ prsesente molestd, 
 *Ure manum,* plus est dicere, *Non facio/* 
 \B ell and Barnes Scholarships, 1867.] 
 
 CVI. 
 
 Grecian History. 
 
 I. "Hrot liXv irpitiTLo-Ta Xdos yever^ avrap cTrctra 
 
 Fat' €vpv<rT€pvos TravTWV c^os d(T<f>a\ls act.' 
 
 1 Plin. Ep. X. 97. 82 Pet. \i 13. s Heaod, TA^o^. 116. 
 
 '^ St. Jude 12. ■* Martial, x. 25. 
 
230 Examinatio7i Papers. 
 
 The Religion of Greece in the Heroic age— its origin, de- 
 velopment, and moral influence. 
 
 2. ot l3ov\6iX€VOL creixvovv ra irepl Kvpov.^ 
 
 A life of the personage referred to, and an explanation of 
 the historian's remark. 
 
 3. Tovs fi€v vav/xa^cJjcravTas fitav 
 Kol nAaraicts evdvs elvai kolvtI 8ovX<av SecnroTas.* 
 
 A detail of the historical facts to which allusion is made. 
 
 4. Give a brief sketch of Spartan history from the peace of 
 Antalcidas to her humiliation. 
 
 5. Thucydides writes of the Athenians that they were 
 €invoTJ(rai o^cts Kal cTrtreAeo-at €py(i>—ToXjJL7]ral — eveATiSes — 
 
 aOKVOL, 
 
 Demosthenes charges them with ppaSvrrjs — p(jL6viJ.ia — dfii- 
 A,eia, K.T.X. 
 
 Compare these views of Athenian character, discussing any 
 causes which may have modified it 
 
 6. Give an account of Alexander's campaign in India. 
 
 Roman History. 
 
 1. Infer the original component elements of the Roman 
 * populus ' from — 
 
 a. Legendary history. 
 
 d. Ancient offices, grades of dignity, and usages. 
 
 c. Names of places in Rome. 
 
 2. Compare and distinguish the popular movements headed 
 by members of the Licinian and Sempronian gentes respec- 
 tively. Date and briefly give the scope of the successive 
 enactments by which the plebs obtained political equality with 
 the patres. 
 
 3. Date the achievements of any remarkable member of the 
 Fabian gens between B.C. 500 and B.C. 200, giving names in full. 
 
 1 Hdt. L 95. 3. * Ar. Kan. 693. 
 
I 
 
 Examination Papers. 23 1 
 
 4. State the political circumstances which led to the banish- 
 ment and recall of Cicero. 
 
 5. State how far the forms and institutions of the Republic 
 tvere preserved under the first four Roman emperors. 
 
 6. Who are the chief historical authorities for the reign of 
 Domitian % What reforms did he effect on his accession to 
 the empire % 
 
 [^Classical Tripos ^ 1866.] 
 
 CVII. 
 
 Ancient History. 
 
 A. — Trace the origin and mutual connection of the Hellenes 
 and any earlier inhabitants of Greece Proper, having regard to 
 the theories of Herodotus and Thucydides, and the inferences 
 which may be drawn from language and mythology. 
 
 Or 
 
 State what were the constitutions of Sparta, Athens, and 
 Corinth in the earliest historical times, and what fundamental 
 changes they respectively underwent before the commencement 
 of the Peloponnesian War. 
 
 Or 
 
 Compare the political sentiments of -^schylus, Sophocles, 
 and Euripides, as deduced from their writings. 
 
 B.— Out of the sources of Athenian revenue specify any 
 which correspond to our customs, excise, tolls, land-tax, and 
 property-tax; and any which have no present English equi- 
 valent 
 
 Or 
 
 Trace the growth of the power of Olynthus, showing how it 
 
232 Examination Papers, 
 
 was impaired (i.) by the Spartans, (2.) by the Athenians. Give 
 your opinion of the policy of these States in curtaiHng it. 
 
 Or 
 Give your estimate of the probable results to Greece and to 
 the world if Alexander had lived to consolidate his Asiatic 
 conquests. 
 
 C. — State what plan and principle Livy lays down for him- 
 self in his History. Discuss and illustrate his merits as a 
 Historian, showing how far he performs what he promises. 
 
 Or 
 
 Enumerate any points of contact between Greek and Roman 
 History from about 500 to 200 b.c. 
 
 Or 
 Give a sketch of Hannibal's war with Rome, formed by 
 actual quotations from, or references to, Roman poets. 
 
 D. — (i.) Pro lege Manilia, (2.) Pro Gaio Rabirio, (3.) Pro 
 Tito Annio Milone, (4.) Oratio Philippica i. State the occa- 
 sion of each of these speeches, and the political relations of the 
 orator at the time. 
 
 Or 
 
 Discuss the position and influence of the Epicurean and 
 Stoic pliilosophies in the last age of the Republia 
 
 Or 
 
 Trace the causes which led to the extinction of a middle 
 class in the Roman commonwealth, and show how this result 
 was preparatory to the monarchy. 
 
 [Classical Tripos ^ 1867.] 
 
Examination Papers, 233 
 
 CVIII. 
 
 Ancient History. 
 
 A. — I. Interpret the theories mentioned in the following 
 passage, and assign them to their several supporters as far as 
 the time of Socrates : — 
 
 Tots \iXv SoK€tv %v fiovov TO ov cTvai, TOis S' airctpa to ttXtjOos' 
 Koi TOis fJikv act KLV€Lcr6ai TravTa, tois S' ovSev av ttotc KLvrjOrjvai' 
 Kot Tots /Ji€v Trdvra yiyvio-dai tc koX aTroXXva-Saiy tois Se ovt' av 
 yivea-Oai irore ovSev ovr' oLTroXeia-dai.^ 
 
 Or 
 
 2. Trace through its successive phases the policy of the oli- 
 garchical party at Athens, during the interval between the 
 Persian Wars and the Thirty Tyrants. 
 
 Or 
 
 3. Describe the political intention of the following plays of 
 Aristophanes ',—Acharnians, Knights^ Clouds^ Wasps, Peace, 
 Birds : and quote passages from any of them that fix the date 
 of their production. Mention any striking differences between 
 the earlier and later plays. 
 
 B. — I. Compare the leading characteristics, and the gene- 
 ral influence upon Hellas, of the Athenian, Spartan, and 
 Theban supremacies. 
 
 Or 
 
 2. Give the occasion, purport, and result of each of the 
 following speeches of Demosthenes : — (i.) First Philippic, 
 (2.) Third Philippic, (3.) Oration on the Peace, (4.) Oration 
 on the Crown. 
 
 Or 
 
 3. Compare the capacity of the Greek States for united 
 
 1 Xen. Mem. i. t. 14. 
 
234 Examination Papers. 
 
 action in the age of Themistocles and in the age of Philo- 
 poemen. Show how far the difference had been brought 
 about (i.) by necessary tendencies of Hellenic civilisation, 
 (2.) by external causes. 
 
 C. — I. Sketch the political history of Rome from the 
 * Servian Constitution ' to the Decemvirate, pointing out espe- 
 cially (i.) the probable cause of each of the changes intro- 
 duced, (2.) their connection. 
 
 Or 
 
 2. What light is thrown by the plays of Plautus, or by the 
 
 fragments of contemporary dramatists, on the change which 
 
 external influences — Greek or Italian — were producing on (i.) 
 
 the religion, (2.) the manners, (3.) the popular education, of 
 
 Rome ? Quote, where you can, the passages on which you 
 
 rely. 
 
 Or 
 
 3. Sketch the history of the Senate from the end of the 
 Punic Wars to the death of Sulla, dwelling on the qualifica- 
 tions for membership, the changes in its powers, and the 
 growth of a Senatorial class. 
 
 D. — I. Give a brief connected outline of the life of Caesar 
 
 from the formation of the * First Triumvirate,' dwelling chiefly 
 
 on (i.) the state of parties at the beginning of the period, 
 
 (2.) the causes, extent, and results, of the Gallic campaigns, 
 
 (3.) the nature of Caesar's reforms, carried out or projected 
 
 during his monarchy. 
 
 Or 
 
 2. With reference to the insurrection on the Lower Rhine 
 
 under Civilis, give — 
 
 a. The names and ethnological affinities of the tribes 
 
 that joined in it. 
 
Examination Papers, 235 
 
 h. The names, ancient and modern, of the principal 
 Roman military stations upon 01 near the Rhine 
 below Moguntiacum ; distinguishing those that 
 were at any time the scene of operations. 
 
 c. The objects of Civilis, pointing out the character of 
 the results that were nearly achieved by him, and 
 the circumstances under which such an outbreak 
 became possible. 
 
 Or 
 3. Trace the political influence of the military power from 
 the fall of the Republic to the accession of Trajan. 
 
 {Classical Tripos, 1868.] 
 
 CIX. 
 
 Ancient History. 
 
 A. — I. Gather from the notices of the Homeric poems by 
 
 Herodotus and Thucydides their judgment on Homer's 
 
 personality and his trustworthiness as evidence. State the 
 
 leading views which have been entertained by later critics on 
 
 the subject 
 
 Or 
 
 2. Give a succinct account of Xerxes' expedition against 
 
 Greece; and criticise the conduct of the several Hellenic 
 
 nations at the time. 
 
 Or 
 
 3. Define clearly the nature and uses of Ostracism; and 
 enumerate the several occasions on which it was resorted to, 
 describing fully the circumstances which seemed to make it 
 expedient. 
 
 B. — I. Trace the successive developments of the art of 
 
236 Exajni7iation Papers. 
 
 war in Greece by land and sea ; noticing the authors and 
 occasions of each. 
 
 Or 
 
 2. Discuss the character and method of Socrates, and the 
 truthfulness of Plato's delineation of them. 
 
 Or 
 
 3. 6 fid\t<rTa ^rjXoydels vtto TtfioXeovros '^irafieivcovSas.'^ De- 
 scribe the career of Timoleon in Sicily with especial reference 
 to the analogy suggested by Plutarch. 
 
 C — I. What evidence may be derived from a comparison of 
 the Greek and Latin languages as to the modes of thought and 
 life of the united people which the ancestors of the two races 
 once formed 1 Mark particularly the points in which they 
 differ from other kindred races. Can we form any probable 
 conjecture as to the region inhabited by the Graeco-Italians ? 
 
 Or 
 
 2. Illustrate from the legends of Coriolanus, Cincinnatus, 
 and the siege of Veii, the contributions to early Roman history 
 from the following sources : — (i.) historical or family tradition, 
 (2.) commonplaces of ancient legend, (3.) Greek poetry. 
 
 Or 
 
 3. The different relations of the various communities in 
 Italy (including Gallia Cisalpina) to Rome, before and after 
 the Social War. Explain the terms Civitas optimi juris, 
 LaiinitaSy and Peregrini. 
 
 D.— I. The function of the Consuls, Praetors, ^diles, and 
 Qusestors ; — the derivation of the names ; — the increase of the 
 numbers, duties, and prerogatives, with the extension of the 
 empire of Rome; and their absorption after the fall of the 
 Republic. 
 
 I Plutarch. 
 
Examination Papers, 2.37 
 
 Or 
 
 2. A narrative of Roman enterprise in Britain from Caesar's 
 landing to the recall of Agricola ; — its chief crisis, its range, 
 centres of settlement, and results j with some account of 
 Roman ideas of foreign colonization. 
 
 Or 
 
 3. Compare together the Roman literatures of the last cen- 
 tury of the Republic, of the Augustan, and of the Flavian era ; 
 defining the points of difference which seem to indicate vigour 
 or decline, and to reflect the political features of the periods. 
 
 {^Classical Tripos , 1869.] 
 
 ex. 
 
 Ancient History. 
 
 A. — I. Discuss the mantic art among the Greeks; its 
 bearings on their domestic and political life, and its influence 
 on civilisation, colonization, the fine arts, and philosophy. 
 
 2. Trace the rise and fall of the Tyrannies in the Dorian 
 cities of Peloponnesus, and point out the reasons why Sparta 
 especially should be opposed to the Tyrants. 
 
 3. Trace the policy and foreign relations of Athens between 
 the years 466 and 431 B.C., showing the several points wherein 
 her strength and weakness lay. 
 
 B. — I. Give an account of the rise and fall of the Four 
 Hundred at Athens. 
 
 2. Describe the reforms proposed by Agis iv. ot Sparta, 
 stating carefully the circumstances which suggested them, and 
 those which interfered with their execution. 
 
 3. Give some account of the Graeco-Italian schools of philo- 
 sophy, and trace their influence upon the philosophy of the 
 mother country. 
 
238 Examination Papers. 
 
 C. — I. Discuss the value of the extant authorities for the 
 history of Rome up to the first Punic War, and show how the 
 credibility of Livy's account is impaired or affirmed by the 
 existence of other authorities. 
 
 2. Criticise the received account of the appointment, work, 
 and downfall of the Decemvirs. 
 
 3. ' Exterae nationes in arbitratu, dicione, potestate, amici- 
 tiave populi Romani.' ^ Enumerate the peoples whom this desig- 
 nation comprised at Sulla's death. State briefly when and how 
 the several additions were made : also the different conditions 
 and political relations to Rome of her non-Italian subjects. 
 
 D. — I. Survey the position of parties at Rome just before 
 the Catilinarian conspiracy. Discuss the political aim and 
 significance of this plot : and criticise the conduct and motives 
 of the principal actors concerned. 
 
 2. Sketch the history of Roman interference in the affairs of 
 Judaea from B.C. 63 to a.d. 70. 
 
 3. Examine the relations between Rome and the barbarians 
 on the northern frontier of the Empire during the reign of 
 Domitian. 
 
 {Classical Tripos^ 1870.] 
 
 CXI. 
 
 1. What were the chief points of difference between the 
 writers of the Augustan, and of the subsequent age of Latin 
 literature, (i.) in the use of particles, (2.) in the construction 
 and sense of certain verbs 1 Is the distinction more marked 
 in prose or verse ? 
 
 2. a. Trace the origin of the following English words, and 
 
 show how any modification of meaning arose : — 
 
 1 Lex Repci. 
 
Examination Papers. 239 
 
 profligate^ genial, pilgrim^ peculiar^ journey, prevent^ 
 prestige, author, libertine, jovial, privilege. 
 0. Give the Latin names of the following places, and 
 explain the law according to which the change has 
 taken place : — Besan^on, Tivoli, Coblentz, Oporto, 
 Grenoble, Lodi, Tarragona, Chester, Piacenza, 
 Aix, Modena, Lerida. Mention any analogous 
 changes in other words to illustrate your answer. 
 
 3. Translate, with any necessary explanation, the following 
 phrases : — Fenus unciarium ; Sensus communis ; Argentum 
 bigatum ; Caducae hereditates j Maris expers ; Sarta tecta ; 
 Tempestiva convivia ; Operse subsecivae ; Operas theatrales ; 
 Saga sumere \ Versuram facere mensium quinque ; Quadrin- 
 genties sestertium \ A. D. viii. Id. Febr. ; Homo nullius sti- 
 pendii;! H.M.N.S. 
 
 4. What is the proper force of each of the Latin cases? Notice 
 any deviations from the ordinary usage. What is meant by * the 
 Virgilian use of the Dative ' ? How do you account for such 
 forms as — Anxuri, domi militioeque, Vesperi, familias, aquai ? 
 
 5. Mention the chief particulars that have come down to us 
 of the life of Terence, and especially the data furnished by his 
 own writings. To what causes can we ascribe the similarity 
 of his plots ? Had the style of Terence much share in forming 
 the literary language of Rome 1 
 
 6. What public speakers, of whose oratory any character- 
 istics are preserved, rose to eminence at Rome before the 
 time of Cicero 1 Which of the extant orations of Cicero were 
 not delivered, and for what reason ? Can you account for the 
 fact that satire flourished among the Romans after the decline 
 of eloquence ? 
 
 7. Quote the judgment which Horace passes upon ancient 
 and contemporary poets. To what Latin writings of an early 
 date does he expressly refer, and to what effect 1 Do you 
 
 1 See Comm on Hor. ^. i. 8. n. 
 
240 Exa7ni7iatio7i Papers. 
 
 find allusion to authors of his own day in VirgiU^ Show the 
 estimation in which Virgil and Horace were held after their 
 death among their countrymen. 
 
 8. To what extent did the study of philosophy influence the 
 literature of Rome 1 Which of the rival schools do you con- 
 sider most congenial to the Roman character, and which of 
 the more distinguished Latin writers can you refer to any par- 
 ticular school 1 
 
 9. It has been said on high authority, * In modern history 
 the English alone have had a career like that of the Romans. 
 These two histories must therefore ever remain the most im- 
 portant ones.' 
 
 In what respects can a parallel be most closely drawn be- 
 tween the constitutional development of Rome and England 1 
 Give dates and facts with your answer. 
 
 10. Describe the position of the principal Roman colonies 
 in Italy, and the help which they furnished towards making 
 Rome mistress of the peninsula. Did the Roman senate 
 change its system in dealing with nations beyond the pale of 
 Italy % What was the foreign policy of Tiberius % 
 
 11. Give some account of Sertorius, Mithridates, and 
 Arminius, with the generals to whom they were respectively 
 opposed. What light does the history of Jugurtha throw upon 
 the morality of public men at Rome % 
 
 12. Explain the organization of the Roman army at the 
 period with which you are most familiar. Were any improve- 
 ments in arms and tactics borrowed from other nations ? Ex- 
 plain the following military terms : — Praetorium ; Principia ; 
 Lituus ; Primus pilus ; Exauctoratio ; In procinctu ; Sub vex- 
 illo esse; In ordinem cogi; Evocata; Sacramento dicere; 
 Vineas agere ; Agmen quadratum. 
 
 [Indian Civil Service, 1870.] 
 
 1 See on Eel. iii. 90 ; ix. 35. 
 
Examination Papers, 241 
 
 CXII. 
 
 1. a. Distinguish the Hellenes and the Phoenikes ethno- 
 
 logically. What points of contact between them 
 appear before the time of Herodotus : — (i.) from 
 legend and poetry, (2.) from facts of geography, 
 languages, and religion ] 
 
 Or 
 
 /». Grcecia: Greed: Graii. Can any probable reason 
 be assigned for the adoption of these names for 
 Hellas and its people by the Romans % Mention 
 and account for any other instances in history 
 where a nation has obtained among neighbours a 
 name fundamentally different from that which its 
 own people use. How was Greece poUtically dis- 
 tributed under Roman dominion % 
 
 2. a. State, with reference to Thucydides, the antecedent 
 
 and existing causes of the greatness of Athens at 
 the commencement of the Peloponnesian War. By 
 what rules of policy would Athenian power have 
 been best maintained ? How far were these rules 
 transgressed in the Sicilian expedition ? 
 b. Describe the site of Corinth, give its ancient name, 
 and state what causes made it memorable in 
 Greece, and why it never exercised a leading in- 
 fluence, except in the final struggle for freedom. 
 What were its chief colonies % how were they, and 
 how was Corinth itself, interested in the Pelopon- 
 nesian War? What interest did Corinth exhibit 
 in the affairs of one of those colonies at a later 
 time ? Explain to 8' kv KoptvOi^ ^cvckov ov;( ovtos 
 o 
 
242 Examination Papers, 
 
 rp€<i>€i;^ Cicero says — 'Corinthum patres vestri 
 totius Graeciae lumen exstinctum esse voluerunt.'' 
 When and how ? What, then, was the Corinth in 
 which St. Paul resided ? Account for the words 
 * totius Graeciae lumen.* 
 
 3. Explain the word Uapavpea-peui, and illustrate it by 
 citing similar compounds with Trapd. Whose are the speeches 
 extant on this subject 1 In what year were they delivered, in 
 what kind of trial, and with what result 1 State briefly, with 
 dates, the series of events narrated in the speech for the prose- 
 cution, the gist of the charges, and the tenor of the defendant's 
 answer ? What other prosecution was complicated with this, 
 and what delay did it cause 1 
 
 4. Niebuhr says — * Alexander undertook the Asiatic expe- 
 dition as a true adventurer.' Test the justice of this censure 
 by considering (i.) Alexander's position at Philip's death, 
 (2.) the condition of the Persian empire and its antecedent 
 relations to Greece, (3.) Alexander's conduct of Grecian afifairs, 
 (4.) his general management of the war with Persia, from the 
 passage of the Hellespont to the death of Darius. 
 
 5. Describe the life and character of any ^«^ of the following 
 persons : — Dion, Lycurgus the Orator,' Philopoemen. 
 
 a. Aivos Pa(Ti\€V€i rov At' tJcAT^AaKws.* What doctrine 
 does this verse ridicule 1 Who was its propounder? 
 Give some account of him and his philosophic 
 system. By what school was it adopted and sys- 
 tematized at a later time 1 In what extant work 
 is it expounded ? 
 
 Or 
 
 ^. Who were the elder Stoics 1 Whence do we derive 
 our knowledge of them and their doctrines 1 Com- 
 
 ' Aristoph. Plutus, 173. 3 See especially ThirlwL H. G. vii. 139 scgt/. 
 
 * Cic Z#f. Mattil. 5. II. 4 Aristoph. Ntib. 1471. 
 
Examination Papers. 243 
 
 pare their theories of virtue and the end of existence 
 with those of Aristotle. What writings of the later 
 Stoics are extant % 
 
 7. a. Characterize ^schylus and Euripides with reference 
 
 to the criticism of Aristophanes, and from your 
 own point of view. What rank do you assign to 
 Sophocles, as poet, dramatist, and moralist ? Cite 
 those tragedies of each author which you regard 
 as most characteristic of his genius. 
 
 Or 
 
 h. Give some account of Pindar's career as a poet ; and 
 describe, with reference to any complete specimen, 
 his method of constructing an Epinician ode. 
 
 8. Write down the Greek Alphabet as you suppose it to 
 have stood in the age of the earliest Homeric poems. How 
 far was their rhythm confined by laws of quantity ? What 
 light does Comparative Philology throw upon the derivation 
 or formation of the following words 1 — aetSw, ^aivw, papvsj 
 PhOoSj jSpoTos, ^epa-Yj, eiirov, lAa^vs, ka-Tro/x'qv, kxhov, fj.€L^(i)v, 
 fxcfi/SXtoKa^ fji€(rcros, ve/Spos, TTivre, ireima^ vttvoS) (f>€yyos. 
 
 Trace each from what you believe to be its primitive root. 
 
 \Indian Civil Service^ 1870.] 
 
 CXIII. 
 
 1. Derive and illustrate 6i6/)os, Aijlbv, ^aXao-o-a, a/xav/)6s, 
 hispidus, improbus^ eluiius, comperio, candidus^ lustro. 
 
 2. Give instances of apparent exceptions to Grimm's law of 
 the interchange of labials. 
 
244 Exami7iatio7i Papers. 
 
 3. Explain the change of mood or tense in the following 
 passages : — 
 
 a. StOTt h\ ovK rjXOov . , . a^€ts.* 
 
 d. €7rt(rx€S a»s dvda-a-'g.^ 
 
 c. Arcades discriminat agros.* 
 
 d. Videsne, quae vis . . . meminisse % * 
 
 4. How do you account for the form qiuesitus ? What other 
 instances are there 1 
 
 5. Examine the following dicta : — 
 
 a. * Conjunctiones istas {koX . . . Se) in eodem sententiae 
 
 membro haud credo occurrere apud istius aevi 
 (^schyli, Sophoclis, Euripidis sc.) scriptores.' 
 
 b. *Non usurpatur ws, pro ets vel Trpos, nisi de personis.' 
 
 c. Ou iravv, like ov ttcivtcus, is equivalent to the Latin 
 
 * omnino non.' * 
 
 d. * Since the time when ' should be rendered in Latin 
 
 not by * ex quo ' but by * cum.' 
 
 6. What materials are there for determining the right pro- 
 nunciation in Latin and Greek of a^ /, <:, /, </>, 7, f, o.v ? 
 
 7. Translate and explain — 
 
 a, oXy^KL T€TUKTat.' 
 
 b. (TfMepSaXios Texyy.'' 
 
 C. TO Sc vpoKXv^iv . . . TTpoxaLperb).^ 
 
 d, ov fxrf TTidrjTaL . . . Xd/3oLS.^ 
 
 e. [iri KaOap^ yap Kadapov €(f>d7rTe(rdai firj ov dep.irov y." 
 
 f. Jam sibi carinis.^^ 
 
 g. Bis medium .... dati.^- 
 
 //. Hie mihi exit^^ 
 
 /. Pelopis sono.'* 
 
 1 Thucyd. viii. 87. 3. C, and Shilleto on Thuc. i. 3. 2. w Plat. Phad. 67. B. 
 
 5 Eur. Phcen. 92. « Horn. //. xix. 221. 11 Virg. Georg. i. 360. 
 8 Virg. Mti. xi. 142. 7 lb. Odyss. xi. 609. 12 lb. ^n. ii. 218. 
 
 * Cic. De Orat. ii. 74. 300. 8 /Esch. Ag. 251 (242 ed. Paley). 1' lb. viiL 65. 
 
 6 See Cope's Gorgias, Note » Soph. Phii. 103. " Horat. C. ii. 13. 37- 
 
Examiftation Papers. 245 
 
 k. Secanda funus.* 
 
 /. Pone Tigellinum . arena.* 
 
 8. The comparative age of the Greek dialects. 
 
 9. In truth, whoever has been once imbued with the Latin 
 of Plautus, Terence, Cicero, and Lucretius, cannot but feel 
 what painful inroads Greek, and often debased Alexandrian 
 Greek, had made in the language of even the Augustan writers, 
 and what irreparable mischief it had occasioned, in the times 
 of Quinctilian and Tacitus, to thought as well as idiom. 
 
 Illustrate this. 
 
 10. How does the distinctive character of the Greek lan- 
 guage appear (i.) in its choice of final letters, (2.) in its pre- 
 servation of verbal forms ? 
 
 [Ireland Scholarships 1870.] 
 
 CXIV. 
 
 1. For a Latin epigram :— * Longe dissimiles hie vir et ille 
 puer.* 
 
 2. For a Greek inscription on a statue : — IIo^os. 
 
 3. The characteristics of post-Augustan poetry. 
 
 4. The place of Agathon in the history of the Drama. 
 
 5. The principles of emendation. 
 
 6. * Hinc omnis pendet Lucilius hosce secutus.' The rela- 
 tion of Roman Satire to the old Comedy. 
 
 7. Trace the gradual change in Lyric metres in Greek 
 Tragedy. 
 
 8. How far were literary forgeries common in antiquity, and 
 by what criteria may they be detected \ 
 
 {^Ireland Scholarships 1870.] 
 
 i Horat. C. ii. 18. 17. « Juv. I 155. 
 
246 Exa77iination Papers, 
 
 CXV. 
 
 1. State any arguments you may know, for and against the 
 conclusion, tliat the author of the Iliad was also the author of 
 the Odyssey. 
 
 2. Give an account, with examples, of the usages of the 
 particles ottws, Ti/a, do-T^^ irplv, Trplv 17, irplv av. 
 
 3. In what sense is the Latin language said to be older 
 than the Greek 1 
 
 4. Explain and illustrate the following : — 
 
 a. 6 Se iraprjT€iTO fXTjSev rovnav Sp^v tpyi^ yap dyaOi^ 
 
 pv(r€a-9aL ras atrta? (TT/oarcvo'a/xci'os, ^ tot€ iroiciv 
 avTovs o Ti /3ov\ovTaO 
 
 b. oA^icrat Se yjyi] 
 
 ct TravTtt 6' (US Trpd(T(TOLix av, evdapa-rj'S eyw.* 
 C. Aoyot S' ev dX.Xr]\oL(riv ippoOovv KaKoi, 
 (fivXa^ G\€y)^(i)V <j>vXaKa.^ 
 
 d. lucosque sub alta 
 
 Consulit Albunea, nemorum quae maxima sacro 
 Fonte sonat, saevamque exhalat opaca mephitim.* 
 
 e. Hac arte Pollux et vagus Hercules 
 Enisus arces attigit igneas.' 
 
 /. Quam intuens, in eaque defixa. 
 
 5. Define an Epigram, and write one on — 
 
 Galeatum sero duelli 
 Poenitet.* 
 Or, StcuKet Trais iroTavov opvtv.'' 
 
 6. What is the difference between the metres of Sappho 
 and Horace, of Theocritus and Virgil ? 
 
 1 Thpc. V. 63. 3. 3 Soph. Ant. 259. « Juv. i. 169. 
 
 2 iEsch. Ag. 90X. * Virg. Mn. vii. 82. ^ ,/Esch. Ag. 385. 
 
 ' Hor. C. iii. 3. 9. 
 
Examination Papers, 247 
 
 7. Criteria of the foreign origin of Latin words. Which is 
 right, silva or sylva, clypeus or dupeus f 
 
 8. Characteristics of the Attic dialect 
 
 9. How was the place of the modern press supplied (i.) in 
 ancient Athens, (2.) in ancient Rome ? 
 
 10. How far was the Roman Emperor a reproduction of 
 the Roman Kingi 
 
 11. The political theory of Virgil and of Horace. 
 
 1 2. The attempts made before Caesar's to place the govern- 
 ment of the Roman State in a single hand. 
 
 13. The influence of Alexander the Great on Asia. 
 
 14. Discuss the political character of Augustus. What 
 appearance did it present to an ordinary Roman contem- 
 porary ] 
 
 [Queen's College {Oxford) Scholarships 
 and Exhibitions^ 1870.] 
 
 CXVI. 
 
 I. Discuss the derivation and meaning of the following 
 words, and give examples of their use : — aywvm, SctAi;, 8L<l>pos, 
 elKOCTToXoyos, Ivr;, KXriTrjp, oTvoxpj "TrapaypdcfjeLv, crTLpdSy VTTOTpk- 
 X^f-v '- annona, calumnia^ co?npitum, fenus, indicare, indicere, 
 manipulusy nundince, pessumdare^ seditio^ triumphus, 
 
 [From Trinity College {Cambridge) 
 Scholarships, 1870.] 
 
MISCELLANEOUS QUESTIONS. 
 
 I. Translate — 
 
 (a.) Tollite cuncta sui petere.* 
 
 {b.) De dote teque cura.2 
 
 (c) In Equo peritiorera esse.^ 
 
 (d.) Cum tamen morae.'* 
 
 {e.) Amphora agricola !^ 
 
 (/) Artifices lateris placere viro.'' 
 
 (g) Atreus assemJ 
 
 {h.) Cur saepe villam.^ 
 
 (/.) Est sane remittas.^ 
 
 (;*.) Primum, ut opinor .... Quinti fratris.^^^ 
 
 {k.) Sed tamen posse videamur.^^ 
 
 (/.) Cadmi nigellae filiae. . . Auson. Epist. 4, 74. 
 (m.) lam in exostra heluatur ; 
 
 antea post siparium 
 
 solebat Cic. De Prov. Cofis. vi. 14. 
 
 2. Translate — 
 
 Victum eo die, ob *impotentem injuriam unius, ingens vin- 
 culum fidei : jussique consules ferre ad populum, ne quis, nisi 
 qui noxam meruisset, donee poenam lueret, in compedibus aut 
 in nervo teneretur : pecuniae creditae bona debitoris, non 
 corpus obnoxium esset. Ita nexi soluti : cautumque in poste- 
 rum, ne necterentur.^^ 
 
 * Explain this word, as also the various technical terms in 
 the above. To what position of affairs in Rome is there 
 allusion ? 
 
 3. a. What is the proper meaning of the Greek aorist? 
 
 Point out how far the notion of past time enters 
 into it in the different moods. 
 b. What are the rules for the use of ottw? to translate 
 
 1 Plin. Ep. vi. 33. 6 Martial, xii. 76. 9 Statius, Sih>. iv. 9. 
 
 2 Cic. ad. Aii. xii. 12. « Ovid, A. A. ni. 351. W Cic. ad. Ati. ii. 3. 
 
 * Cic ad. Div. vii. 16. ^ Martial, xL 32. " lb. De Fiti, iL 7. »•. 
 
 * Ov. Trist. L i. 105-124. 8 lb. xii. 57. *» livy, viiL 28. » 
 
Examination Papers, 249 
 
 the English in order that I may, that I mighty that 
 J might have ? 
 c. Distinguish between the use of av, separately and with 
 relatives, with the subjunctive and optative moods. 
 
 4. Distinguish o/xvvmi ^eov, and o/Avri/at ^€(p, and quote a 
 passage from Aristophanes bearing in any way on the distinc- 
 tion.i 
 
 5. Mention and criticise any of the various readings intro- 
 duced by Bentley in his edition of Horace. How is the 
 work alluded to by contemporary English Satirists ? 
 
 6. Distinguish TrapaK/oovw, ck/c/oovo), KaraK/oovcD, 8iaKpova> : 
 8(j)po8oK€LV ri, B(opo8oK€Lcrdai ti : xprjixarL^eiv, xprjfiaTi^ea-dai : 
 KLXP'fjP'i'^ Savci^o) : ko/dos, vjSpts : avctK/aio-t?, dvTw/xocria, SLOifxocrLa, 
 vir(t)fio(rLa : di/Ttrtftacr^at, Trpoa-Tifiacrdaij TrpocTTifiav : cv^vwy, 
 SoKLfiacrta : IrSet^t?, cTrayycXca, cla-ayyeXta : Siktj airpoa-raa-LOVy 
 8. aTTocrTacTLov : <f)6pos, crvvra^tSj eicrcfiopd : Aoyio-rat, evdvvoi : 
 ypd<^€tv irapoLvofiOj '7rapav6fJL<av ypdcfiecrdaL : fJiapTvpeiv, fiaprvpea-- 
 Bai, kTTLiiaprvpea-dai tovs ira/aoi/ras : [xoiprvs, KXtjTqp. 
 
 7. Translate and explain— 
 
 a. ^iXris yap Trpo^€vov KaTrjvva'av.* 
 
 b. firj Trpos Piav 
 
 ifiov KoXacrrov irpodTvyjiiiv <f>v(rrj (f>p€vas.* 
 
 8. a. What account does Hesiod give of his own origin 
 
 and life 1 What is the date assigned to him by 
 Herodotus 1 Give a short analysis of the Works 
 and Days, By what English authors has it been 
 imitated 1 
 
 Translate the following passages from the "E/oya 
 KoX *Iifi€pai : — 
 
 (l.) "Eapt TToAetv .... KaKLOTTj. — w. 460-469. 
 (2.) A/xwcrl 8' €TroTpvv€Lv .... Kot /Soe Xva-at. 
 
 vv. 595-606. 
 
 1 See Ar. A^«*. 248 ; cf. Eur. Med. 746, 752. 2 Soph. Ei. 1451. « /6. 1462. 
 
250 Examinatio7t Papers. 
 
 b. Explain the Hesiodic use of *7r€i/Tofos, *<^c/)€otKos, f/Ma^a 
 
 d/xoXyatrj, xdkKciov ^wkoi', dXea Xeo'X'QV, avroyvov, 
 
 uKii/T/Ta, fX€Td8oviroij Kttva^as, citing the passages 
 
 from the 'E. k. *H. in which they respectively occur. 
 
 * Cite a similar usage from Catullus,* 
 
 •J- Illustrate by this a peculiar Homeric expression. 
 
 9. Translate and explain, so as to give the full meaning of 
 the preposition — 
 
 a. Xpr)ndT<j)v TToXX.ojv avTov Ik^vov avTLTifi(afJi.€vov Trap' 
 
 oXiyas xl/'q(f>ovs irLfx-qcraTe.'^ 
 
 b. irapa toctovtov 1^ 7rdA.ts "^XOe klvSvvov. 
 
 C. rj Trap^ €Xd)(^LcrTOV 8rj 't]k6€ to 'AdrjvaCcov 
 Kparos T^s '^aXd(r(rqs dcfieXea-Oai, 
 
 d. irapa 7roA,v li/tKWV ol K.€pKvpaioi. 
 
 e. TO irpayp.' dyeiv ovx ws Trap* ovSev. 
 Render the passages also into Latin. 
 
 10. Distinguish SIktj, ypaiji-j : vofios, ^ea-fios, xln^(j>i(r/Jia : ciora- 
 yttv SiKTjVj iia-uvat Slktjv. What is meant hyrjyefxovca SiKaa-TTjpioVy 
 and into what different classes were its possessors divided ? 
 Who were ot IvSe/ca ? Had they any rjy. 8lk. 1 Who were the 
 UpoiSpoL ? 
 
 11. What formalities were required before a new law could 
 be (i.) proposed, (2.) enacted, at Athens 1 When a law had 
 once been enacted, in what way was care taken for its mainten- 
 ance, and how could it be finally abolished 1 
 
 Explain the terms — 
 
 a. kTriyiipoTOvia rdv vofxcDV. 
 
 b. TrpocroSov ypd\pa(r9ai Trpos rrjv /SovX'qv. 
 
 C. KvpLovs eu/at tovs vofiovs diro ttJs 17/AC/oas ijs Ikuctto? 
 iredrj^ ttXtjv ci t^ irpoaryeypaTTTai xpovos ovrtva Bel 
 apxeiv. 
 
 d. hloiK7](TL<i. 
 
 1 See Catull. 64, i8- 
 
Examination Papers. 
 
 251 
 
 1 2. Explain the following phrases and terms, giving, where 
 you can, the nearest English equivalent : — 
 
 legem. 
 
 rogare 
 abrogare* 
 derogare 
 obrogare 
 subrogare 
 ferre 
 suadere 
 promulgare 
 jubere 
 
 antiquare 1 
 
 13. Translate into Latin, giving the technical names for the 
 several clauses and sentences — 
 
 lex 
 
 rogatio 
 
 plebiscitum 
 
 Senatus consultum 
 
 privilegium 
 
 jus civile 
 
 jus honorarium. 
 
 "Q. 
 
 crT€ ov Tovro 
 
 Its So).' 
 
 Convert the passage into Oratio Obliqua, both in Greek and 
 Latin. 
 
 14. Translate — 
 
 Plerique autem ... qui contra disputant, coinpositl.* 
 And retranslate into Greek the translations of Platonic phrases. 
 
 15. Derive the following words ; — dolus^ fraus^ sagmen^ arx^ 
 iransmna, oppido, perperam, cerritus, assulaiim, exainussim. 
 Explain diets causa, susque deque, subula leonem, siremps. 
 
 16. Translate into Latin, using the Oratio Obliqua — 
 
 He asked Why did you not know it 1 Have you forgotten 
 it % Are we to teach you for ever ? 
 
 17. Translate into Latin — 
 
 He paid me five million sesterces on the 12th of June. 
 Can you tell me how much this will amount to in three years 
 at 8 per cent, simple interest, per annum, and to how much 
 at compound? 
 
 1 Gc. ad Ait. iii. 23. 2. 
 
 2 Xen. Anab. \. 7. 7. 
 
 • Quintil. Inst. Or. ii. 15. 24. 
 
252 Examination Papers, 
 
 18. Distinguish, and render, severally, into Latin — 
 
 ( 7rot€t, 
 
 €0)5 "s tTTotet, and ^^% o.v< , 
 j , , ( Trocqa-Q. 
 
 19. Give Aristotle's ten Categories with their Greek and 
 Latin names. Define the term. 
 
 Explain the phrase elpo/xevq koI Karecrrpafifxevrj Xe^tq} To 
 whom is it applied 1 
 
 20. Give briefly Aristotle's arguments 
 
 a. Against Plato's * Republic' 
 d. Against Plato's * Laws.' 
 
 21. Give a short summary of Plato's Apology, 
 
 22. Translate and explain the words and construction 
 
 at A^s, TrepLCov fioi Trcpl ^vfianSav aA,c3v. 
 
 * * * * 
 
 ov xpricrdai. aiyyjVj (a KciKtcrT' aTroAov/Aeva. ^ 
 
 23. Translate, explaining the names and circumstances — 
 
 ^hjv 8rj tot' lyo) ^oXeydvSpLos ">] ^iKiirqTqs 
 dvTL y' 'AOrjvaLOVj irarpih^ dfieixf/dixevos' 
 
 aTipa yap dv ^arts rjSe /act' dydpfjiiroiari ycvoiTO, 
 'Attikos ovtos dvrip tiov ^aXafiLva<f>€TC)v. * 
 
 24. Translate — 
 
 TOVTt KOL Syj X^P^^ .... K0Tvkrj8(OV.* 
 
 In V. 1490, whose correction is rAi)o-o-ct? 
 
 25. Translate — 
 
 ovK dxpr}crT09 .... Ta vra hoLfid^erai.^ 
 Whose words are these ? Describe exactly the occasion on 
 which they were delivered. Explain, carefully, the construc- 
 tion in the last sentence. 
 
 26. Distinguish "q eTriKAi^/Dos, y cTrtStKos, rj eiTLTrpoLKos. How 
 was the interest of money calculated at Athens 1 
 
 1 See Cope on Ar. J? A. iii. 2 Ar. Acham. 772, 778. « Ar. Vespa, 1483. 
 
 9. I., and Introduction to Ar. ' Solon, a (12). ^ Thucyd. vi. 16. 3, 
 
 Kh. pp. 306 segq. 
 
Examination Papers, 253 
 
 Translate into Greek : — 
 
 ' I wish to borrow ninety-five talents and a half, and I will 
 ask Pasion the banker to lend me the sum at 18 per cent' 
 
 27. Translate and explain— 
 
 *At [iXv Qvv crvvdrJKai, .... at SiadrJKat Keivrai.^ 
 
 28. Translate— 
 
 vti fiev 6 SScvs, €K S' opavui fxeyas 
 ■)(€ifiiav' TTCTrayao-iv 8' vSoLTOiv poac. 
 
 « « K: 
 
 Ka^/?aAAe tov ^^eifitov*, Ittc filv Tt^eis 
 7rv/3, €v Sc Kcpvais oTvov d^€tSe(t)s 
 fi€\L-)(j)6v avrap dfMirl Kopa-c^. 
 p,a\6aKov dixTTLTtdeL yva^aAAov, 
 * * * 
 
 TO fi€v yap evdev KVfia KvXiVSerat, 
 
 TO 8' evOev' aiJLjjies 8' dv to /Aecro'cv 
 vat <f)op'qfi€da (rvv fxeXaiviji 
 ^iifiCivi iio\d€vvr€% fJL€yd\(^ KoiXbiv.^ 
 How do the laws of this metre differ from those of its Latin 
 imitation 1 Quote any passage that appears to you to be imi- 
 tated from the above. 
 
 29. a. Trace the different meanings of^z^m from its derivation. 
 d. Derive tri/tXj consertus^ explaining the phrase ex jure 
 
 manu consertum.^ Distinguish infestus, infefisus, 
 giving the derivation of each. 
 
 30. Distinguish the philosophical terms ivdvfxrjfia, a-vWoyia-- 
 /Aos, ctKos, (rr}fjL€Lov, 8LaX€KriKrj, dvaXvTLKa. How does Plato 
 define 8. •? How is his definition connected with the derivation 1 
 
 31. Explain the following proverbs : — 
 
 a. aTTOiTcpo) iy yovv Kirqiirj, 
 
 b. flioL MvKOVOS. 
 
 C. p-vs TTca-crr^s y€V€Tai. 
 I Demosth. 945, 946. 8 Alcaeus. 8 See Heitland on Cir. Afur. § 26. 
 
254 Examination Papers, 
 
 d. \VK0V cfScS. 
 
 e. ovov TrapaLKyxJ/is, fSovs iv TroAct, v<s iKiofiacnv. 
 
 f. CTTl T^S aVT'^S 6/3/i€tV TOtS TToXAoiS. 
 
 g. K€pafji€vs Kepajxet. 
 
 h. 7ro\vTrpayfMO(rvinj KaKOTrpayfiocrvvrj, 
 i. virepov TrepiTpoTT'q, 
 Give, where you can, the Latin or English equivalent. 
 
 32. Translate and explain — 
 
 ^ TToXka TToAA-OtS .... So/iOt?.^ 
 
 33. Explain the difficulties of construction or language in 
 the following passages, translating them : — 
 
 a, M. cf>ev (fiev' jSpoTOLS c/acores ws KaKov /xeya. 
 K. OTTO)? av, ot/Aat, koI irapaa-Toicnv rv^at.' 
 
 If. ct TOVcrSc y' cvv^s ouve/c' ov (rrkpyu TraTtjp.* 
 C. (OS ai/ TToiT^o-rys, Travrax^ \p'r\'JTO'i y' ccret.* 
 ^/. ot' ovScv (01/ ToiJ fXYjSkv dvT€(Trqs vTrep.^ 
 
 e, 6 TO^O-nyS .... T€6d\J/€Ta(,^ 
 
 34. Translate — 
 
 «. Sunt aliis scriptse . . . tempora nostra solent' 
 Distinguish carefully between ia/ij fessera, miles. 
 
 b. Caelo supinas .... mica.* 
 
 Investigate the peculiarities of construction in the last stanza, 
 and give your reasons for the interpretation which you prefer. 
 
 35. Trace back the following usages of re Ao?, its compounds 
 and derivatives, to the primitive meaning of the word — eisavSpa? 
 TcAw, ot kv TcAet, TcAiy vewv, opi^irai reXr} tyKapira Att, Zcvs 
 TcAetcs, arc Acta, tcroTeAT^s, tt/qos tov irarkpa reXka-ai. 
 
 36. Distinguish clearly between the meaning of the aorist 
 and of the perfect, and mention any cases in which the use of 
 the Greek aorist differs from that of the English preterite. 
 
 1 Eurip. Med. 579-608. 4 Soph. Aj. 1369. Cf. Bassus 178-196 (Weber, 
 
 2 lb. 33a 5 Jb. 1231. Corp. Poet. Lat. 1412). 
 
 3 lb. 88. 6 lb. 1120-1141. 8 Horace, Carvt. iii. 23. 
 
 7 Ovid, Trist. ii. 471-484. 
 
Examination Papers. 255 
 
 37. Translate carefully the following passages, explaining 
 and illustrating the grammatical peculiarities : — 
 
 a. Kpavyrjv ttoAA^v Ittoiovv KaAouvre? dX\'qXov<s, cuo-tc 
 Kal Tovs TToXe/xtovs oLKOveiv' (u(rT€ ol fjikv tyyvrara 
 Twv TToXefxioiv Kal €<f)vyov €K T(av (rKr)V(0[idT(i)v^ 
 
 if. €1 TtS aVT(§ SOKOLT) l^\aK€V€tV, iKXiyOjXCVOS TOV ilTLTTJ- 
 
 Sciov *e7raio-€v av, worre Trdcnv aia-xvvrjv elvai firj ov 
 crvcnrovSd^eiv.^ 
 
 * What would be the diflference if eratev av were read? 
 Render both readings into Latin. 
 
 C. ocTov 8' av )(fi6vov TO ^yovfievov €7ri(rTiyo-€ie.' 
 
 d. €1 ^ovXei, fxhe €irt t^ o-TpaTev/xaTi' lyw 8' WcXdi 
 
 7rop€V€(r6aL,* 
 Distinguish, generally, between /3ovXofiai, ^eAw. 
 
 e. DITTOS eSoK« TToAAot iJ8>^ aAr^^ewat roiavra, ra ovra re 
 
 (OS ovra KOI ra /ai) oi/ra (os ovk ovra.^ 
 Give a short, but clear, account of the usages of ov and /a^, 
 with passages in illustration. 
 
 38. Translate the following : — 
 
 "AvSpes Ttvcs aKKi^ofxevoL 2/cv^at 
 
 V€KpOV MTTTOV (TTVyeOKTlV Aoy^, KTaflCVOV iv <j)d€L' 
 
 KpV<f>ai 81 (TKoXtovs yhv(riv dv8€poiariv iroSas ^Se K€<f)a- 
 Ads.« 
 Of what adage is it the expansion 1 Explain the following pro- 
 verbs and proverbial expressions : — 
 
 a. K.optv6LOLS ov fXifxcfieTai to y' TAioi', 
 d. Xivov Xlv(^ (rvvdTTTeiv, 
 C. a y^eip Ta.v \eipo.. 
 
 d. Atos Ko/)ii/^os. 
 
 e. iv TTlOi^ T^V K€pafi€tav. 
 
 f. 8lKir\V V<p€^€LS KOLV OVOS 8dK'j[) KVVO, 
 
 * Xen. Anad. ii. 2. 17. « Xen. Anab. ii. 4. ad * Xen. Anab. iv. 4. 15. 
 
 ' lb. ii. 3. II. * 73. ill 4. 41. « Pindar, /^ra^. 217 (114) 
 
256 Examination Papers, 
 
 g, ftrj jlOL TO fJLCTa^V KopLvOoV Kol StKVWI'OS. 
 
 ^. S^x^Tai KOI jSiokov dA.^TJ/S. 
 
 k. dvdepLKOV ^€pL^€LV. 
 
 I. rJTOL T€$v7jK€v rj StSctcT/cct ypdfifiaTa. 
 m, tTTTTcas €19 TriSLov irpoKakii. 
 n. SttKTvAos dfi€pa. 
 0. ovos ayet fxvcTTrjpLa. 
 Give the Greek equivalents of the following :— 
 a. A fool's paradise. 
 
 d. Out of the frying-pan, etc 
 c. Birds of a feather, etc. 
 
 tf. Righteous overmuch. 
 
 e. Hear the other side. 
 
 / Teach your grandmother, etc. 
 
 39. Explain ^wdpT-qv eXa^^es, KeCvrjv Koa-fjici. Where is the 
 saying originally found?* 
 
 40. Translate and explain- 
 
 a. Hsec servavit avis Tarpeii templa Tonantis. 
 
 Miraris ? Nondum fecerat ilia Deus. 
 d. Turbabis versus, nee littera tota volabit, 
 
 Unam perdideris si Palamedis avem.* 
 
 41. Translate, explaining the technical terms — 
 
 Spurius Postumius . . . consulibus permissum est' 
 
 42. Translate and explain — 
 
 Cum M. Crassus exercitum Brundisii imponeret, quidam in 
 porta caricas Cauno advectas vendens, Cauneas, clamitabat. 
 Dicamus, si placet, monitum ab eo Crassum, caveret, ne iret : 
 non fuisse periturum, si omini paruisset. Quae si suscipiamus, 
 pedis offensio nobis, et abruptio corrigise et stemutamenta 
 erunt observanda.* 
 
 43. What information regarding the life of Thucydides do 
 
 1 Eur. Teleph, Fragm. * Martial, xiii. 74, 75. * Cic. de Diviiu iu 40. 84. 
 
 jtxiii. (Dind.) ^ Livy, xxxix. 19. 
 
Examination Papers. 257 
 
 we get from his own writings ? What period of time is embraced 
 by his history 1 By whom was it continued % How far can 
 we concur in the opinion expressed of Thucydides in the 
 words SoK€? TToXAct ya.[ii^^<TQa.i /ikv Aa/ccSai/Aovtoi?, KaTqyopelv 8k 
 *A$rjvaL<i)v P Mention any instances of the ivapyeia, the Ac Jet? 
 TTOL-qTLKaLj and the Tra/oo/xotwo-ets, TrapLo-iocrcLS, avTcdecreis, and 
 Trapovofxda-LaL attributed to his style by an ancient critic.'^ By 
 what writers has his style been imitated 1 Give any instances 
 of imitation. 
 
 44. State Hermann's distinction between ?ras with and with- 
 out the definite article, when it accompanies a numeral or 
 equivalent expression. Translate ret KTTjvea irdvra ^va-Lfia, and 
 Ta irdvra KT^vea ^v(rifia. Also distinguish to, TroAAa Travra, and 
 Ttt Trdvra ttoAAo. Dechne ooTts and TroAts, in the singular and 
 plural, according to the Ionic dialect. Write in Ionic Greek 
 dva^o-qaraSf ivevorjTOf '^avfia, dvairkcvcrai, ^cao-^at, ^ew/xevoi, 
 K€Lvrai, d^LKOVTOf reTpa/xfihoL -qtraVj irorepov, VTroKpivi(rdai^ and 
 I aor. ind. act. i pers. sing, of <rvfi<l>€p(a : and in Attic oikoto, 
 KaraXafKfidevTes, aAi^civ, dXirj, rjciSe, irporfSeaTO, dTrohk^acrdai. 
 What meaning have avayvwvat, o-vyytyvwcrKetv, dvapr^v (how 
 does Herodotus write this?) vjroKpiavs^ aTreLXrjdeis, in Herodotus, 
 and what in Attic writers 1 
 
 45. a. How does eipovcia, as defined by Theophrastus, differ 
 
 from that of Socrates? What is meant by the irony 
 of Sophocles ? Refer to any instances of irony in 
 iEschylus or Euripides. 
 d. What are the distinguishing characteristics of the 
 Platonic and Aristotelian philosophy? Explain 
 the nature of the Platonic ISeaL. State the proof 
 of the immortality of the soul derived by Plato 
 from the doctrine of iSeai. How was the doctrine 
 misrepresented by Aristotle ? 
 
 » ^t I'huc. § 4. yuri. 24. 4 ; 52. 3.— See Poppo (ed. Mb.) 
 
 ' Dion. Hal. (ed. KrQger.) De Thuc. De Hist. Thuc, Comment. 
 
 R 
 
2 58 Exammatio?i Papers. 
 
 c. Give a concise history of the Old and New Academy, 
 and show how philosophy degenerated in the de- 
 cline of the political existence of Greece. 
 
 46. Wnte a short life of Livy, with dates. Mention, also 
 with dates, the chief historians before him. Give an estimate 
 of his qualifications as a historian, and his general merits as a 
 writer. How does ^Tacitus speak of him % To what Greek 
 writer does Quintilian compare him 1 What portions of his 
 work are extant % What period did it originally comprise ? 
 Into how many books was it divided ? What portions have 
 been most recently discovered ? What works are ascribed to 
 him besides the History 1 What name does he give to the 
 latter ? To what authors does he refer, and in what terms % 
 What do you understand by the term Patavinity f Compare 
 Livy with Tacitus, (i.) in point of style, (2.) as a historian. 
 
 Translate and explain — 
 
 a. Vectigalia summis pretiis . . . exercuerunt* 
 
 b. Mos erat turn solo persultabant.' 
 
 47. Explain the meaning of * In Q. Caecilium Divinatio.' 
 Give some account of the celebrated cause with which the 
 speech bearing the above name is connected ? How many 
 other orations are there extant on it 1 How many were de- 
 livered ? Before what tribunal was the defendant arraigned, 
 and who presided there % What was the result and what the 
 ultimate fate of the defendant ? 
 
 Translate and explain — 
 
 Quartum quem sit habiturus ... 
 . . . reos reperiatis.* 
 
 48. Who were the Triumviri Capitalesl Wliere did they 
 hold their Court ? By whom and when were they instituted, 
 and in succession to what Roman magistrates in their judicial 
 
 1 See Tac. Ann. iv. 34, Agr. lo, and, ' Liv. xllv. 9. 
 
 on L. generally, SM^ra p. 202. * In Q. C Divinatio 15, % 49. 
 
 * Liv. xxxix. 
 
Examination Papers, 259 
 
 capacity % To what Athenian magistrates did they partly corre- 
 spond ? Explain the point of Cicero's j oke — ' Treviros vites cen- 
 seo. Audio capitales esse. Mallera auro, sere, argento essent.' * 
 
 49. Cicero says' — 
 
 * Quintum genus principiorum adhibet Aristoteles, vacans 
 nomine, et sic ipsum animum IvrcAexetav appellat novo nomine, 
 quasi quandam continuatam raotionem et perennem.' Translate 
 this. Distinguish ivreA-cxeta and cj/SeXex^'S giving the deriva- 
 tion of each. Which would you read here ? How does it appear 
 that Cicero has not correctly given the meaning of Aristotle 1 
 
 50. Distinguish mxrere, dolere^ lugere: carer e^ desiderare, indi- 
 gere, requirere. Explain the words or phrases versurd solvere, 
 morbus comitialis, cretio, novae tahulcB, frumentujfi decumanum^ 
 f. cestimatum, f. stipendiarium, 
 
 51. Explain the following inscriptions : — 
 a. III. VIR. AAAFF. 
 
 b A.P.F. 
 
 c. CUR. X. FL. S.C. 
 
 d. Q. ET M. TULLIS. Q. ET M. FF. CICERONIBUS 
 III. VIREIS. AED. POT. MUNICIPI ARPINATIUM 
 D.D. 
 
 e. M. TULLIO. M.F.M.N.M.PN. COR. 
 
 CICERONI COS. PRO COS. PROV. ASIiE LEG. IMP. 
 C^S. AUG. IN SIRIA PATRONO. 
 Also the following symbols : — 
 
 HS : NP : *C : *MERK. : *EID . *N : HS. CCCIDDD. 
 
 • In the Roman Calendar. 
 
 5.? Explain the constructions in — 
 
 a. Haec tibi dictabam post fanum putre Vacunae, 
 Excepto, quod non simul esses, cetera Isetus.' 
 b» Karavowv tov avSpo? Ti\v (ro(f>iav ovre fxrf H€fx\nj(r6at 
 Svvafiai avTov, ovt€ fxeixvrjfxhos fir) ovk iiraiveiv.* 
 
 1 Ep. ad Div. vii. 13. ' Hon Epist. L lo, 4* 
 
 « Tttsc. i. 10, § 2a. ♦ Xen. Apol Socr. 54. 
 
ON THE PLATONIC IDEAS. 
 
 § I. To^exactly comprehend and explain Plato's Ideas has 
 always been a problem. Aristotle tells us that they arose 
 from an union between the universal definitions of Socrates, 
 and the doctrine put forth by Heraclitus of the fleeting char- 
 acter of all objects of sense. (Ar. Metaphys. xii. (xiii.), 4 : 
 ^vv€/3rj "q TTcpt Twv ctSwv So^a . . . Sua to ireicrOrjvaL tols 
 *H/3aKA,€tTetot9 \6yoL<s ws irdvTbiv twv alcrd'qTQv del peovroiv . . . 
 '2o)KpdTov<s §€ 'Trepl Toiv -qdiKoyv dperiov opi^ecrOaL KaOoXov ^rjTOVvro^ 
 . . . (TvvkjBaiviV T^ avT^ Aoy^ irdvruiv tScas elvai twi/ KaOoXov 
 \eyofx€vo)v.) The theory has been defined as ' the assertion 
 of the principle that, in order to general reasoning, we must 
 generalize and classify' (Donalds. JVew Crat. § 58), and it 
 is in consequence of this that the theory assigns Ideas to every- 
 thing capable of receiving a name, Ideas of relations, colours, 
 sounds, even of artificial instances of mechanism. (See, 
 especially, Rep. x. 596 b, troWal irov eicn, k.t.A.) 'It should 
 be remarked that Plato uses tSea, in its strictest sense, only 
 in five dialogues, the ParmenideSy PhilebuSy Phcedo, Republic^ 
 and TimcBus : its appearance is the sequel of the completion 
 of the doctrine in the mind of its author, and these dialogues 
 are, accordingly, reckoned among his maturer productions ' 
 (Note in Archer Butler ^ ii. 127). 
 
 § 2. Now the philosophy of Plato has been characterized as 
 ' a system mediating between the dogmatism of the sciolist on 
 the one hand, and the scepticism of the disputant on the other ' 
 (Hampden^ p. 222). 
 
On the Platont(i tiiefbS\ v^y ^6i 
 
 § 3. His great hypothesis was the faliacioushess of Opinion 
 (5d^a) : his great need, therefore, to seek for some criterion of 
 truth out of the region of mere opinion {ib.) This hypothesis 
 involved a corresponding h)rpothesis in philosophy of the 
 fallaciousness of the senses. From the combination of these two 
 principles arose his master-science of dialectic {ib. p. 223). 
 
 §4. This science is conversant about that which is, or 
 which has being, as contrasted with presentations to the 
 senses, which have only the semblance of Being : it, therefore, 
 investigates the reason or account (Aoyos) of everything as 
 it IS, and not as it appears {ib) 
 
 § 5. It was to establish a sound theory of being, or, in 
 other words, a sure criterion of Truth, that Plato put forth his 
 Theory of Ideas {ib. ; compare Archer Butler^ ii. 89). 
 
 § 6. The value of the theory consists in its laying a stable 
 foundation of science, in the principles themselves of the human 
 mind. The error lay in carrying the theory too far {ib. 
 p. 250). 
 
 § 7. As far as the word is concerned, TSca properly de- 
 notes an appearance^ considered as a result of details, as in 
 Phced. 108 D, 109 b; Protag. 315 ej Rep. 380 d, 588 c; 
 Phcedr. 251 a, <?/ alibi. But, inasmuch as the result is the 
 final cause of the disposition of the elements, 'ISea passed from 
 its proper sense into that of structural t3rpe, or model upon 
 which anything is made : this structural type, viewed from the 
 subjective side, would be construed as the ultimate efficient : 
 viewed from the objective side, as the ultimate manifestation 
 of objectivity. Hence, the order of the various shades of 
 meaning may be given as — 
 
 1. Appearance, considered as a result ; this is the sense of 
 
 the passages cited above. 
 
 2. Appearance, considered as a type. {Philebm 67 a; 
 
 Hippias Major 297 b.) 
 
262 On the Platonic Ideas, 
 
 3. Appearance, conceived as a typical efficient, and, con- 
 sequently, as to the percipient, the final reality. (See 
 Rep. 369 A, 479 A, et alibi.) 
 
 §8. The Ideas themselves may be defined as the arche- 
 types of all created things as they exist in the divine intel- 
 lect, the created things themselves being the antitypes or re- 
 presentations : it is these model forms that are real according 
 to Plato. The archetypes and antitypes may be conceived as 
 standing in the same relation to each other as that which exists 
 between Algebra and Arithmetic, the former being the science 
 of generalization, the latter that of particularizing, with respect 
 to number and magnitude. 
 
 §9. The theory of Ideas is presented by Plato in four 
 aspects — 
 
 1. In connection with logical science. 
 
 2. As a means of summing up and measuring the infinites 
 
 of the sensible world. 
 
 3. As a philosophy of Being, in opposition to the mere know- 
 
 ledge of sensible phenomena. 
 
 4. Its aspect as a theory of the Cause of the Universe. 
 
 For a fuller account of this doctrine, the student is referred to 
 Hampden's Fathers of Gk. Phil. pp. 222 seqq. 
 Dr. Thompson's edition of Prof. Archer Butler's Lectures, 
 
 vol. ii., with the Index. 
 Sir A. Grant's Aristotle's Ethics, vol. i., Essay iil 
 Grote's Plato, vol. iii. p. 117. 
 
 Macguire on the Platonic Idea. (London ; Longmans, 
 1866.) 
 
ADDENDA. 
 
 Page Question 
 
 33. 13. For the Silver Age generally, see TeufTel's J^om. Lit, 
 (Engl. Transl.) Introd. to Vol. ii. ; Prof. Mayor, index 
 to Juvenal, and notes on iv. 96, x. 34, xi. 205, xiii. 211, 
 and Quintil. Inst. Or. x. i. §§ 9 {opus and interim), 
 12 {quocungue), i6 {orare)^ 18 {inhibemur credere)^ 20 
 {non ni^ and frequenter), 24 (auctor), 40 (ingeniosis 
 quidem), 45 {studiosi), 52 {circa), for some of the 
 peculiar usages. See also Index of Words in Church 
 and Brodribb's Select Letters of Pliny. 
 36. 3. See Exc. on Verg. (7. ii. 81, in Conington's Vergil, and 
 
 Page on Hor. C. i. 3. 36. 
 Probably the instrumental ablative. 
 Dem. Meid. 525. 
 Auct. Pervigil. Ven. 17. 
 By o-T. Trp. I77P. is meant * a question at issue relating to a 
 matter of fact, and depending on written documents.' See Donaldson's 
 Gk. Lit. iii. (ii. of the continuation) pp. 157, 158; Cope's Introd. to Ar. 
 Rhet. pp. 397-400 ; Holmes on Arg. 2, Dem. de Cor. ; Sandys on Isocr. 
 ad Demon, p. 2, n. 6. The speech c. Lept. is full of N6/*ot and \l/r}<pi<x/xaTa. 
 (Mainly from Notes and Queries, April 30, 1870,) 
 
 79- 
 
 
 3. 
 
 no. 
 
 
 10. 
 
 134. 
 
 
 9. 
 
 155, 
 
 note 
 
 I. 
 
EDINBURGH : 
 THOMAS AND ARCHIBALD CONSTABLE,. 
 FRINTERS TO THE QUEEN, AND TO THE UNIVERSITY. 
 
 ( 
 
TTTSJTVirT?«TTV ATP P A T TVnTJXTT A t 
 
 LOAN DEPT. 
 
 or o- the date 'oJb^% 6«-3405 j„. 
 
 sale.] 
 nd E. 
 
 LD2lA-60m-8,'70 
 
 (N8837sl0)476— A-3i 
 
YB Ob lb? 
 
 RIVINGTON'S EDUCATIONAL LIST 
 
 Catena Classicortim. 
 
 ARISTOPHANIS COMCEDIiE. 
 
 The Acharnians and the 
 
 Knights. 4j.— The Wasvs. 35. dd. 
 
 — The Clouds. 35. dd. 
 DEMOSTHENIS ORATIONES 
 
 PUBLICO. The Olynthiacs. 
 
 sj. dd, — The PHiLirrics. y. Or, 
 
 in one volume, 41. td. Db Falsa 
 
 Legations. 6j. 
 DEMOSTHENIS ORATIONES 
 
 PRIVATiE. De Corona. 5^. 
 HERODOTI HISTORIA. Book I., 
 
 (>s. — Book II., 5J. « • 
 HOMERI ILIAS. Books I.-XII. 
 
 6j. 
 HORATI OPERA. The Odes, 
 
 Carmen Seculare, and EroDES. 
 
 ^s. 6^.— The Odes. Books I.— IV. 
 
 separately, \s. 6d. each. 
 ISOCRATIS ORATIONES. Ad 
 
 Demonicum et Panegyriccs. iS. 6d. 
 JUVENALIS SATIRiE. 5^. 
 PERSII SATIRiE. r^s. 6d. 
 SOPHOCLIS TRAGCEDLF. '■ 
 
 Electra. 3J.6d.— TheAja- 
 TACITI HISTORI/E. Bo ... 
 
 II., 6j.— Books III., IV., r 
 TERENTI COMOEDI^ 
 
 and Eunuchus. ^./ ^ 
 
 lately, Andria, ^Sy^ ' 
 
 THUCYDIDIS 
 I. andll.,6fy/ /-^ 
 
 6S' y ^,7i;zzs 
 
 Latin Texts. 
 
 AENEID OF VERGIL. Books I., 
 
 II., III., IV., v., VII., VIII., IX., 
 
 •id. each. Books VI , X., XI., XII., 
 
 %d. each. 
 GEORGICS OF VERGIL. Books 
 
 I.-IV. 2^. each. 
 BUCQLICS OF VERGIL, id. 
 
 Th6 above in one volume. 2J. 6d. 
 C/ESAR DE BELLO GALLICO. 
 
 Books I., v.. VI T , VIII., sr/. each. 
 
 Books II., III. , VI., aa. each. 
 The above ' olume, \s, 6d. 
 
 Gl 
 
 ^louds. 
 
 . Plutus. 
 
 . inTaukis. 
 
 .< Electra. 
 
 Alcestis. Bacch^b. Hecuba. 
 
 Ct'cero de Amicitid, 
 
 Sidgwick. iS. 
 
 By A. 
 
 Exercises in Latin Ele- 
 giac Verse. By C. G. Gepp. 3*. 6i/. 
 
 Eclogcs Ovidiance. By t. k. 
 
 Arnold, m. 6d. 
 
 A First History of Eng- 
 land. By Louise Creighto.v. zs.dd. 
 
 Selec' 
 
 Rv 
 
 Shakspere. 
 
 \d. 
 
 IET. 2.r. 
 [E FIFTH. 9S. 
 AK NIGHT'S 
 
 2J. 
 
 S. 2*. 6d. 
 .'EST. 2 J. 
 
 Mstory of England. 
 
 jy J. F. Bright. 
 -'eriod I.— Medlcval Monarchy : 
 
 A.D. 449—1485. 4^. dd. 
 Period II.— Peijsonal Monarchy: 
 
 A.D. 1485— 1688. 5J. 
 
 Period III.— Constitutional IVIon- 
 
 ARCIIY : A.D. 1689—1837. IS. (id. 
 
 Historical Biographies. 
 
 SIMON DE MONTFORT. is. 6d. 
 THE BLACK PRINCE, is. 6d. 
 SIR WALTER RALEGH. 3*. 
 OLIVER CROMWELL. 3s. 6d. 
 DUKE OF AL^RLBOROUGII. 
 
 3^. 6d. 
 DUKE OF WELLINGTON. 3^.6./. 
 
 A Handbook in Outline 
 
 of EiigUsh History to 1882. By 
 Arthur H. D. Acland and Cyril 
 Ransome. 6j. 
 A Skeleton Outline of the above. 
 xs. 6d. 
 
 Waterloo Place, Pall Mall, London. 
 
 4